Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots

go-math-grade-8-chapter-14-scatter-plots-answer-key

Students can grab the complete knowledge on Divide Fractions on Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots. This article consists of the solutions to practice problems, review tests along with answers and explanations for students to have more practice. So, the students who are in search of Go Math 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots can Download pdf from here. It is difficult for parents and teachers to deal with the students & give explanations for their questions. Therefore, start practicing the maths with the help of Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key.

Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots

We the team of ccss math answers offer the pdf of Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots. Get step by step solution for Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots here. With the help of the HMH Go Math 8th Grade Solution Key you can score good marks in the exams. If you learn the concepts you can make the question on your own and test your knowledge. Hence make use of the below links and practice the given problems from now.

Lesson 1: Scatter Plots and Association

Lesson 2: Trend Lines and Predictions

Model Quiz

Mixed Review

Guided Practice – Scatter Plots and Association – Page No. 436

Bob recorded his height at different ages. The table below shows his data.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Lesson 1: Scatter Plots and Association img 1

Question 1.
Make a scatter plot of Bob’s data.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Lesson 1: Scatter Plots and Association img 2
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
grade 8 chapter 14 image 1

Explanation:
As Bob gets older, his height increases along with the straight line on the
graph. So, the association is positive and linear.

Question 2.
Describe the association between Bob’s age and his height. Explain the association.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The association is positive and linear. Bob’s height increases as he gets older. We would see that Bob’s height eventually stops increasing if the data continued.

Question 3.
The scatter plot shows the basketball shooting results for 14 players. Describe any clusters you see in the scatter plot. Identify any outliers.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Lesson 1: Scatter Plots and Association img 3
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
There is an outlier at (35,18)

Explanation:
There is a cluster in the “20 – 25” shots attempted range and a smaller cluster in the “5 – 14” shots attempted range.
There is an outlier at (35,18)

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 4.
Explain how you can make a scatter plot from a set of bivariate data.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Bivariate data – data that has two variables per observation,
An x variable and y variable.
Scatterplot – The graph displaying categorical data, with an x and y-axis.
Response Variable – the variable that is explained by the other.
Explanatory Variable – the variable which explains the other.

14.1 Independent Practice – Scatter Plots and Association – Page No. 437

Sports Use the scatter plot for 5–8.

Olympic Men’s Long Jump Winning Distances
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Lesson 1: Scatter Plots and Association img 4

Question 5.
Describe the association between the year and the distance jumped for the years 1960 to 1988.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The data shows a positive linear association. If the year increases, the winning distance increases.

Question 6.
Describe the association between the year and the distance jumped for the years after 1988.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Between 1996 and 2004, there was a slight increase in distance over time. The data from 1988 to 2012 will show a negative association.

Question 7.
For the entire scatter plot, is the association between the year and the distance jumped linear or nonlinear?
_____________

Answer:
The data show a rise between 1960 and 1988. The data also show a fall between 1988 and 2012. Therefore, overall, there is no linear pattern.

Question 8.
Identify the outlier and interpret its meaning.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The outlier is at (1968, 8.9). It represents a long jump of 8.9 meters in 1968 that exceeds the other jumps made in the surrounding years.

Question 9.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Compare a scatter plot that shows no association to one that shows negative association.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Randomly scattered data points with no apparent pattern define a scatter plot with no association. Data points that fall from left to right and has data set values that increases as the other decreases define a scatter plot with a negative association.

Scatter Plots and Association – Page No. 438

For 10–11, describe a set of real-world bivariate data that the given scatter plot could represent. Define the variable represented on each axis.

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Lesson 1: Scatter Plots and Association img 5
_____________

Answer:
The x-axis represents the number of containers. The y-&is represents the price per container.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Lesson 1: Scatter Plots and Association img 6
_____________

Answer:
The x-axis represents the number of hours spent watching tv. The y-axis represents the number of TVs owned.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 12.
Multiple Representations Describe what you might see in a table of bivariate data that would lead you to conclude that the scatter plot of the data would show a cluster.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A cluster in a scatter plot is when there are a lot of points all grouped around the same location.
Look for points that have the same input and output values. If there are a lot of points together, you must have a cluster in your scatter plot.

Question 13.
Justify Reasoning Is it possible for a scatter plot to have a positive or negative association that is not linear? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
Yes; it is possible for a scatter plot to have a positive or negative association that is not linear. The data points may have a falling or rising curve that will exhibit a nonlinear association.

Question 14.
Critical Thinking To try to increase profits, a theater owner increases the price of a ticket by $25 every month. Describe what a scatter plot might look like if x represents the number of months and y represents the profits. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Initially, the number of tickets sold might decline a little, but the price increase would offset the loss in sales. That means that profits would increase, showing a positive association.
When the price would get too high, ticket sales would decline rapidly, so profits would fall giving a negative association.

Guided Practice – Trend Lines and Predictions – Page No. 442

Angela recorded the price of different weights of several bulk grains. She made a scatter plot of her data. Use the scatter plot for 1–4.

Question 1.
Draw a trend line for the scatter plot.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Lesson 2: Trend Lines and Predictions img 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
grade 8 chapter 14 image 2

Question 2.
How do you know whether your trend line is a good fit for the data?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Most of the data points are close to the trend line. The trend line has about the same number of points above and below it.

Question 3.
Write an equation for your trend line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
y = 0.09x

Explanation:
The trend line passes through (0, 0) and (19, 1.80).
Find the slope by using the slope formula.
slope = m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1) = 1.80/19 = 0.09
The line passes through the origin. So, the y-intercept is 0.
From an equation for the trend line by substituting the slope value for m and the value of the y-intercept b in the slope-intercept formula.
y = mx + b
y = 0.09x + 0
y = 0.09x

Question 4.
Use the equation for your trend line to interpolate the price of 7 ounces and extrapolate the price of 50 ounces.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The price for 7 and 50 ounces is $0.63 and $4.50

Explanation:
Use the equation for the trend line (y = 0.09x) to interpolate the price of 7 ounces by substituting 7 for x (y= 0.09 • 7) and solving for y.
Use the equation for the trend line (y = 0.09x) to interpolate the price of 50 ounces by substituting 50 for x (y= 0.09 • 50) and solving for y.

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 5.
A trend line passes through two points on a scatter plot. How can you use the trend line to make a prediction between or outside the given data points?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Use two points on the line. rind the slope and y-intercept. Substitute the values of the slope (m) and y-intercept (b) to form an equation using y = mx + b. Substitute the value of x for which you want to make a prediction and solve for y OR substitute your prediction for y and solve to find its value.

14.2 Independent Practice – Trend Lines and Predictions – Page No. 443

Use the data in the table for Exercises 6–10.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Lesson 2: Trend Lines and Predictions img 8

Question 6.
Make a scatter plot of the data and draw a trend line.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Lesson 2: Trend Lines and Predictions img 9
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
grade 8 chapter 14 image 3

Question 7.
What type of association does the trend line show?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Negative Association

Explanation:
One data set increases – Wind Speed and the other – Wind Chill decreases. So, the trend line shows a Negative Association.

Question 8.
Write an equation for your trend line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
y = -0.25x + 2.5

Explanation:
Find the slope using the Slope Formula
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1) = ((-10) – 5)/(50 – 30) = -5/20 = -0.25
Find the y-intercept using the Slope-Intercept Formula
y = mx + b
-5 = -0.25(30) + b
-5 = -7.5 + b
2.5 = b
Substitute the value of m and b into the Slope-Intercept Formula to form an equation for the trend line.
y = -0.25x + 2.5

Question 9.
Make a Prediction Use the trend line to predict the wind chill at these wind speeds.
a. 36 mi/h
_________ °F

Answer:
-6.5°F

Explanation:
Use the trend line to predict the wind chill at 36mi/h
y = -0.25x + 2.5
y = -0.25(36) + 2.5
y = -9 + 2.5
y = -6.5
The wind chill at 36mi/h is -6.5ºF

Question 9.
b. 100 mi/h
_________ °F

Answer:
-22.5°F

Explanation:
Use the trend line to predict the wind chill at 100mi/h
y = -0.25x + 2.5
y = -0.25(100) + 2.5
y = -25 + 2.5
y = -22.5
The wind chill at 100mi/h is -22.5ºF

Question 10.
What is the meaning of the slope of the line?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The slope means that the wind chill falls about 1°F for every 4 mph increase in wind speed.

Use the data in the table for Exercises 11–14.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Lesson 2: Trend Lines and Predictions img 10

Question 11.
Make a scatter plot of the data and draw a trend line.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Lesson 2: Trend Lines and Predictions img 11
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
grade 8 chapter 14 image 4

Question 12.
Write an equation for your trend line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
y = -(2/15)x + 64

Explanation:
Find the slope using the Slope Formula
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1) = (72 – 64)/(60 – 0) = 8/60 = -2/15
Find the y-intercept using the Slope-Intercept Formula at (0, 64)
y = mx + b
b = 64
Substitute the value of m and b into the Slope-Intercept Formula to form an equation for the trend line.
y = -2/15x + 64

Question 13.
Make a Prediction Use the trend line to predict the apparent temperature at 70% humidity.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
73.3º F

Explanation:
Use the equation of the trend line. Substitute 70(for 70%) into the equation for x.
y = -(2/15)x + 64
y = -(2/15)(70) + 64
y = -140/15 + 64
y = -9.3 + 64
y = 73.3
The apparent temperature is 73.3º F

Question 14.
What is the meaning of the y-intercept of the line?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The y-intercept explains that at 0% humidity, the apparent temperature is 64ºF

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING – Trend Lines and Predictions – Page No. 444

Question 15.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Is it possible to draw a trend line on a scatter plot that shows no association? Explain.
_____________

Answer:
No

Explanation:
It is not possible to draw a trend line on a scatter plot that shows no association. If the scatter plot shows no association, the data points have no relationships with one another. You can draw a trend line if a linear association is available.

Question 16.
Critique Reasoning Sam drew a trend line that had about the same number of data points above it as below it, but did not pass through any data points. He then picked two data points to write the equation for the line. Is this a correct way to write the equation? Explain.
_____________

Answer:
No

Explanation:
Sam did not use the correct way to write an equation.
Sam may have drawn a correct trend line but using the data points that are not on the trend line may have an incorrect equation for the line. He should use two points on that trend line to write the equation.

Question 17.
Marlene wanted to find a relationship between the areas and populations of counties in Texas. She plotted x (area in square miles) and y (population) for two counties on a scatter plot:
Kent County (903, 808)                                Edwards County (2118, 2002)
She concluded that the population of Texas counties is approximately equal to their area in square miles and drew a trend line through her points.
a. Critique Reasoning Do you agree with Marlene’s method of creating a scatter plot and a trend line? Explain why or why not.
_____________

Answer:
I do not agree with Marlene’s method of creating a scatter plot and a trend line. She did not have enough data. Marlene should have collected and plotted data for many more counties.

Question 17.
b. Counterexamples Harris County has an area of 1778 square miles and a population of about 4.3 million people. Dallas County has an area of 908 square miles and a population of about 2.5 million people. What does this data show about Marlene’s conjecture that the population of Texas counties is approximately equal to their area?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The data collected are only of two counties whose populations are nearly equal to their area. The fact that the populations of Harris and Dallas counties are in the millions, Marlene’s conjecture about the population of Texas counties being equivalent to their area is invalid.

Ready to Go On? – Model Quiz – Page No. 445

14.1 Scatter Plots and Association

An auto store is having a sale on motor oil. The chart shows the price per quart as the number of quarts purchased increases. Use the data for Exs. 1–2.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Model Quiz img 12

Question 1.
Use the given data to make a scatter plot.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Model Quiz img 13
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
grade 8 chapter 14 image 5

Question 2.
Describe the association you see between the number of quarts purchased and the price per quart. Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Negative nonlinear association

Explanation:
The association seen between the number of quarts purchased and the price per quart is negative and nonlinear. As the number of quarts rises, the price per quart decreases but you can see a data curve.

14.2 Trend Lines and Predictions

The scatter plot below shows data comparing wind speed and wind chill for an air temperature of 20 °F. Use the scatter plot for Exs. 3–5.

Question 3.
Draw a trend line for the scatter plot.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Model Quiz img 14
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
grade 8 chapter 14 image 6

Question 4.
Write an equation for your trend line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
y = -0.35x + 12.25

Explanation:
The line passes through (10, 8.75) and (35, 0) so we can use these points to find the slope.
The slope of the line is :
Slope = m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1) = (0 – 8.75)/(35 – 10) = -8.75/25 = -0.35
Find the y-intercept using the slope-intercept formula :
y = mx + b
0 = -0.35 . 35 + b
0 = -12.25 + b
b = 12.25
Substitute the slope m and the y-intercept b in the slope-intercept formula.
The equation for the trend line is :
y = mx + b
y = -0.35x + 12.25

Question 5.
Use your equation to predict the wind chill to the nearest degree for a wind speed of 60 mi/h.
________ °F

Answer:
9°F

Explanation:
y = −0.35x + 12.25
y = -0.35(60) + 12.25
y = -21 + 12.25
y = -8.75
The wind chill to the nearest degree for a wind speed of 60 mi/h is 9°F.

ESSENTIAL QUESTION

Question 6.
How can you use scatter plots to solve real-world problems?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Using a scatter plot, you can see positive and negative trends such as prices over time. You can also make predictions such as height at a certain age.

Selected Response – Mixed Review – Page No. 446

Question 1.
Which scatter plot could have a trend line whose equation is y = 3x + 10?
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Mixed Review img 15
Options:
a. A
b. B
c. C
d. D

Answer:
b. B

Question 2.
What type of association would you expect between a person’s age and hair length?
Options:
a. linear
b. negative
c. none
d. positive

Answer:
c. none

Explanation:
The length of their hair reduces. This is because the length of hair changes with the growth phase of the hair follicles. When one is young, the cells of the papilla divide more rapidly, and hence the length of the hair to be long before reaching the transitional phase and then shed off in the telogen phase. The older one gets, the papilla cells do not divide as rapidly and the length of the hair shortens with age.

Question 3.
Which is not shown on the scatter plot?
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Mixed Review img 16
Options:
a. cluster
b. negative association
c. outlier
d. positive association

Answer:
d. positive association

Explanation:
The scatter plot shows a cluster, some outliers, and a negative association.
It does not show a positive association.

Question 4.
A restaurant claims to have served 352,000,000 hamburgers. What is this number in scientific notation?
Options:
a. 3.52 × 106
b. 3.52 × 108
c. 35.2 × 107
d. 352 × 106

Answer:
b. 3.52 × 108

Explanation:
100,000,000
So, 3.52 × 108

Question 5.
Which equation describes the relationship between x and y in the table?
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Mixed Review img 17
Options:
a. y = −4x
b. y = −\(\frac{1}{4}\)x
c. y = 4x
d. y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x

Answer:
b. y = −\(\frac{1}{4}\)x

Explanation:
In order to find out the relationship between x and y, we have to use the values in the question and substitute them into the solution options.
So, y = -1/4x

Mini-Task

Question 6.
Use the data in the table.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Mixed Review img 18
a. Make a scatterplot of the data.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots Mixed Review img 19
Type below:
______________

Answer:
grade 8 chapter 14 image 7

Question 6.
b. Which data point is an outlier?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The outlier is the point (92, 135).

Question 6.
c. Predict the number of visitors on a day when the high temperature is 102 °F.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
Based on the cluster around 100°F, I would expect that on a day with a temperature of 102 °F, the pool would have between 350 and 400 visitors.

Conclusion:

Hope our Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 14 Scatter Plots helped you a lot. Stick to our page to get chapter-wise Answer Keys of Go Math Grade 8. You can get step by step explanations for all the questions in an easy manner.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units

go-math-grade-4-chapter-12-relative-sizes-of-measurement-units-answer-key

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Pdf download links are provided here for free od cost.  Do refer to them during the preparation time and learn the concepts easily. All the students who are hunting for the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units can download them here. So, take the help of these available pdf links and download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 pdf to understand & learn the concepts of Relative Sizes of Measurement Units in a simplistic manner.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units

Go through the below-provided links and get the Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Answer Key for better preparation and score good marks in the exams. The provided solutions to all the questions asked from Relative Sizes of Measurement Units concepts will help you in real-time calculations also. Hence, utilize these lesson-wise links and solve each and every concept related questions covered in this chapter.

Lesson 1:

Lesson 2:

Common Core

Lesson 3:

Common Core

Lesson 4:

Common Core

Lesson 5:

Common Core

Mid Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6:

Common Core

Lesson 7:

Common Core

Lesson 8:

Common Core

Lesson 9: Problem Solving • Elapsed Time

Common Core

Chapter 12: Page No. 699

Chapter 12: Page No. 700

Lesson 10:

Lesson 11: Algebra • Patterns in Measurement Units

Common Core

Chapter 12: Review/Test

Common Core – New – Page No. 645

Measurement Benchmarks

Use benchmarks to choose the customary unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 1

Question 1.
height of a computer
foot

Question 2.
weight of a table
________

Answer: Pound

The customary unit to measure the weight of the table is Pound.

Question 3.
length of a semi-truck
________

Answer: Yard

The unit to measure the length of a semi-truck is the yard.

Question 4.
the amount of liquid a bathtub holds
________

Answer: Gallon

The customary unit to measure the amount of liquid a bathtub holds is Gallon.

Use benchmarks to choose the metric unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 2

Question 5.
mass of a grasshopper
________

Answer: Gram

The metric unit to measure the mass of a grasshopper is the gram.

Question 6.
the amount of liquid a water bottle holds
________

Answer: Liter

The metric unit to measure the amount of liquid a water bottle holds is Liter.

Question 7.
length of a soccer field
________

Answer: Meter

The metric unit to measure the length of a soccer field is meter.

Question 8.
length of a pencil
________

Answer: Centimeter

The metric unit to measure the length of a pencil is Centimeter.

Circle the better estimate.

Question 9.
mass of a chicken egg
a. 50 grams
b. 50 kilograms

Answer: 50 grams

The better estimate to measure the mass of a chicken egg is 50 grams.

Question 10.
length of a car
a. 12 miles
b. 12 feet

Answer: 12 feet

The better estimate to measure the length of a car is 12 feet.

Question 11.
amount of liquid a drinking glass holds
a. 8 ounces
b. 8 quarts

Answer: 8 ounces

The better estimate to measure the amount of liquid a drinking glass holds is 8 ounces.

Complete the sentence. Write more or less.

Question 12.
A camera has a length of _______ than one centimeter.

Answer: more

Explanation:

The length of a camera will greater than a centimeter. So, A camera has a length of more than one centimeter.

Question 13.
A bowling ball weighs _______ than one pound.

Answer: more

The unit of the pound is very less compared to the length of the ball.
So, A bowling ball weighs more than one pound.

Problem Solving

Question 14.
What is the better estimate for the mass of a textbook, 1 gram or 1 kilogram?
1 ________

Answer: 1 kilogram

The weight of a book will be more than a gram. So, the better estimate for the mass of a textbook is 1 kilogram.

Question 15.
What is the better estimate for the height of a desk, 1 meter or 1 kilometer?
1 ________

Answer: 1 meter

The kilometer is not suitable to measure the height of the desk. So, the better estimate for the height of a desk is 1 meter.

Common Core – New – Page No. 646

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which is the best estimate for the weight of a stapler?
Options:
a. 4 ounces
b. 4 pounds
c. 4 inches
d. 4 feet

Answer: 4 ounces

The best estimate for the weight of a stapler is 4 ounces
So, the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
Which is the best estimate for the length of a car?
Options:
a. 4 kilometers
b. 4 tons
c. 4 kilograms
d. 4 meters

Answer: 4 meters

The unit to measure the length of the car is meters.
Thus the answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bart practices his trumpet 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours each day. How many hours will he practice in 6 days?
Options:
a. 8 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
b. 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
c. 7 hours
d. 6 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours

Answer: 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours

Explanation:

Bart practices his trumpet 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours each day.
The normal fraction for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
In order to calculate the number of hours for 6 days, we need to multiply the fraction with 6.
6 × \(\frac{5}{4}\) = \(\frac{30}{4}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{30}{4}\) is 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
So, the correct answer is otpion D.

Question 4.
Millie collected 100 stamps from different countries. Thirty-two of the stamps are from countries in Africa. What is \(\frac{32}{100}\) written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 32
b. 3.2
c. 0.32
d. 0.032

Answer: 0.32

The decimal for the fraction is \(\frac{32}{100}\) = 0.32
Thus the answer is option C.

Question 5.
Diedre drew a quadrilateral with 4 right angles and 4 sides of the same length. What kind of polygon did Diedre draw?
Options:
a. square
b. trapezoid
c. hexagon
d. pentagon

Answer: square

Explanation:

A square has got 4 sides of equal length and 4 right angles (right angle = 90 degrees).
So, the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 60°
b. 90°
c. 120°
d. 180°

Answer: 180°

Explanation:

\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 360°
360°/2 = 180°
So, the correct answer is option D.

Page No. 649

Question 1.
Compare the size of a yard to the size of a foot.
Use a model to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 3
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 4
1 yard is ____ times as long as ____ foot.
____              ____

Answer: 1 yard is three times as long as one feet.

Complete.

Question 2.
2 feet = ____ inches

Answer: 24 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
2 feets = 2 × 12 inches = 24 inches

Question 3.
3 yards = ____ feet

Answer: 9 feets

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feets
3 yards = 3 × 3 = 9 feets

Question 4.
7 yards = ____ feet

Answer: 21 feets

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feets
7 yards = 3 × 7 = 21 feets
Therefore 7 yards = 21 feets

Question 5.
4 yards = ____ feet

Answer: 12 feets

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
4 yards = 4 × 3 feets = 12 feets
4 yards = 12 feets

Question 6.
10 yards = ____ feet

Answer: 30 feets

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feets
10 yards = 10 × 3 feets = 30 feets
10 yards = 30 feets

Question 7.
7 feet = ____ inches

Answer: 84 inches

Explanation:

1 feet = 12 inches
7 feets = 7 × 12 = 84 inches

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
1 foot ____ 13 inches

Answer: 1 foot < 13 inches

Explanation:

We know that 1 foot = 12 inches
12 inches is less than 13 inches
So, 1 foot < 13 inches

Question 9.
2 yards ____ 6 feet

Answer: 2 yards = 6 feet

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feets
2 yards = 2 × 3 feets = 6 feets
2 yards = 6 feet

Question 10.
6 feet ____ 60 inches

Answer: 6 feet > 60 inches

Explanation:

1 feet = 12 inches
6 feets = 6 × 12 inches = 72 inches
72 inches is greater than 60 inches
So, 6 feet > 60 inches

Question 11.
Joanna has 3 yards of fabric. She needs 100 inches of fabric to make curtains. Does she have enough fabric to make curtains? Explain. Make a table to help.
Type below:
________

Answer:

Given that, Joanna has 3 yards of fabric. She needs 100 inches of fabric to make curtains.
1 yard = 36 inches
3 yards = 36 × 3 = 108 inches
108 inches > 100 inches
So, she has enough fabric to make curtains.

Question 12.
Select the measures that are equal. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 4 feet
b. 12 yards
c. 36 feet
d. 480 inches
e. 15 feet
f. 432 inches

Answer: B = C = F

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
12 yards = 12 × 3 = 36 feet
So, B = C

1 feet = 12 inches
36 feet = 12 × 36 inches = 432 inches
C = F
Therefore B = C = F

Page No. 650

Question 13.
Jasmine and Luke used fraction strips to compare the size of a foot to the size of an inch using fractions. They drew models to show their answers. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Jasmine’s Work
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 5
1 inch is \(\frac{1}{12}\) of a foot.
Luke’s Work
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 6
1 inch is \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a foot.
_______ ‘s answer makes sense

Answer: Jasmine’s answer makes sense

Question 13.
a. Apply For the answer that is nonsense, write an answer that makes sense.
Type below:
________

Answer: Luke’s answer is nonsense and Jasmine’s answer makes sense.
Because 1 foot = 12 inches. The fraction of 1 inch = \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a foot.

Question 13.
b. Look back at Luke’s model. Which two units could you compare using his model? Explain.
Type below:
________

Answer: Luke’s model will be suitable to compare the size of a foot to the size of a yard using fractions.

1 feet = 12 inches
3 feet = 36 inches
36 inches = 1 yard
So, 1 yard = \(\frac{12}{36}\)
1 yard = \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet

Common Core – New – Page No. 651

Customary Units of Length

Complete.

Question 1.
3 feet = 36 inches
Think: 1 foot = 12 inches,
so 3 feet = 3 × 12 inches, or 36 inches

Question 2.
2 yards = ____ feet

Answer: 6

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
2 yards = 2 × 3 = 6 feets

Question 3.
8 feet = ____ inches

Answer: 96 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
8 feet = 12 × 8 = 96 inches
So, 8 feet = 96 inches

Question 4.
7 yards = ____ feet

Answer:21 feets

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
7 yards = 7 × 3 feet = 21 feets
So, 7 yards = 21 feets

Question 5.
4 feet = ____ inches

Answer: 48 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
4 feet = 4 × 12 inches = 48 inches
So, 4 feet = 48 inches

Question 6.
15 yards = ____ feet

Answer: 45 feet

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
15 yards = 15 × 3 feet = 45 feet
So, 15 yards = 45 feet

Question 7.
10 feet = ____ inches

Answer: 120 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
10 feet = 10 × 12 inches
10 feet = 120 inches

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
3 yards ____ 10 feet

Answer: 3 yards < 10 feet

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
3 yards = 3 × 3 feet = 9 feet
9 feet is less than 10 feet
So, 3 yards < 10 feet

Question 9.
5 feet ____ 60 inches

Answer: 5 feet = 60 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
5 feet = 5 × 12 inches = 60 inches
So, 5 feet = 60 inches

Question 10.
8 yards ____ 20 feet

Answer: 8 yards > 20 feet

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
8 yards = 8 × 3 feet = 24 feet
24 feet is greater than 20 feet
So, 8 yards > 20 feet

Question 11.
3 feet ____ 10 inches

Answer: 3 feet > 10 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
3 feet = 3 × 12 inches = 36 inches
36 inches is greater than 10 inches
So, 3 feet > 10 inches

Question 12.
3 yards ____ 21 feet

Answer: 3 yards < 21 feet

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
3 yards = 3 × 3 feet = 9 feet
9 feet is less than 21 feet
So, 3 yards < 21 feet

Question 13.
6 feet ____ 72 inches

Answer: 6 feet = 72 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
6 feet = 6 × 12 inches = 72 inches
6 feet = 72 inches

Problem Solving

Question 14.
Carla has two lengths of ribbon. One ribbon is 2 feet long. The other ribbon is 30 inches long. Which length of the ribbon is longer?
2 feet ____ 30 inches

Answer: 2 feet < 30 inches

Explanation:

Carla has two lengths of ribbon. One ribbon is 2 feet long. The other ribbon is 30 inches long.
1 feet = 12 inches
2 feet = 2 × 12 inches = 24 inches
24 inches is less than 30 inches
30 inches is greater than 2 feet.
2 feet < 30 inches

Question 15.
A football player gained 2 yards on one play. On the next play, he gained 5 feet. Was his gain greater on the first play or the second play?
2 yards ____ 5 feet

Answer: 2 yards > 5 feet

Explanation:

A football player gained 2 yards on one play.
On the next play, he gained 5 feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
2 yards = 2 × 3 feet = 6 feet
The first play > The second play

Common Core – New – Page No. 652

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Marta has 14 feet of wire to use to make necklaces. She needs to know the length in inches so she can determine how many necklaces to make. How many inches of wire does Marta have?
Options:
a. 42 inches
b. 84 inches
c. 168 inches
d. 504 inches

Answer: 168 inches

Explanation:

Marta has 14 feet of wire to use to make necklaces.
1 feet = 12 inches
14 feet = 14 × 12 inches
14 feet = 168 inches
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Jarod bought 8 yards of ribbon. He needs 200 inches to use to make curtains. How many inches of ribbon does he have?
Options:
a. 8 inches
b. 80 inches
c. 96 inches
d. 288 inches

Answer: 288 inches

Explanation:

Jarod bought 8 yards of ribbon. He needs 200 inches to use to make curtains.
1 yard = 36 inches
8 yards = 288 inches
Thus he has 288 inches of ribbon.
So, the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which describes the turn shown below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 7
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn counterclockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise

By seeing the above figure we can say that the circle turn \(\frac{1}{4}\) in counterclockwise direction.

Question 4.
Which decimal represents the shaded part of the model below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 8
Options:
a. 0.03
b. 0.3
c. 0.33
d. 0.7

Answer: 0.3

Explanation:

The square is divided into 10 parts. Among them, 3 parts are shaded.
The fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The decimal that represents the above figure is 0.3
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Three sisters shared $3.60 equally. How much did each sister get?
Options:
a. $1.00
b. $1.20
c. $1.80
d. $10.80

Answer: $1.20

Explanation:

Three sisters shared $3.60 equally.
The amount that each sister get = x
x × 3 = $3.60
x = $3.60/3 = $1.20
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Which is the best estimate for the width of your index finger?
Options:
a. 1 millimeter
b. 1 gram
c. 1 centimeter
d. 1 liter

Answer: 1 centimeter

The unit to measure the width of your index finger is 1 centimeter
The answer is option C.

Page No. 655

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 9
Question 1.
4 tons = ______ pounds

Answer: 8000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
4 tons = 4 × 2000 pounds = 8000 pounds
4 tons = 8000 pounds

Complete.

Question 2.
5 tons = ______ pounds

Answer: 10,000 pounds

1 ton = 2000 pounds
5 tons = 5 × 2000 pounds
5 tons = 10,000 pounds

Question 3.
6 pounds = ______ ounces

Answer: 96 ounces

1 pound = 16 ounces
6 pounds = 6 × 16 ounces
6 pounds = 96 ounces

Question 4.
7 pounds = ______ ounces

Answer: 112 ounces

1 pound = 16 ounces
7 pounds = 7 × 16 ounces
7 pounds = 112 ounces

Question 5.
6 tons = ______ pounds

Answer:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
6 tons = 6 × 2000 pounds
6 tons = 12,000 pounds

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using >, <, or =.

Question 6.
1 pound ______ 15 pounds

Answer: 1 pound < 15 pounds
1 is greater than 15.
So, 1 pound < 15 pounds

Question 7.
2 tons ______ 2 pounds

Answer: 2 tons > 2 pounds
1 ton is greater than 1 pound.
So, 2 tons > 2 pounds

Question 8.
A landscaping company ordered 8 tons of gravel. It sells the gravel in 50-pound bags. How many pounds of gravel did the company order?
______ 50-pound bags.

Answer: 16000 pounds

A landscaping company ordered 8 tons of gravel. It sells the gravel in 50-pound bags.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
8 tons = 8 × 2000 pounds = 16000 pounds

Question 9.
If you could draw a number line that shows the relationship between tons and pounds, what would it look like? Explain.

Answer:
Since 1 ton = 2000 pounds, the number line would show tick marks for every whole number from 0 to 2000. Each tick mark from 0 to 2000 would represent 1 pound. The tick mark in 2000 would represent 1 ton.

Question 10.
Write the symbol that compares the weights correctly.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 10
160 ounces ______ 10 pounds

Answer: 160 ounces = 10 pounds
1 pound = 16 ounces
16 pounds = 10 × 16 ounces = 160 ounces
160 ounces = 10 pounds

Question 10.
600 pounds ______ 1 ton

Answer: 600 pounds < 1 ton
1 ton = 2000 pounds
600 pounds is less than 2000 pounds
600 pounds < 1 ton

Page No. 656

Question 11.
Alexis bought \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound of grapes. How many ounces of grapes did she buy?
Dan drew the number line below to solve the problem. He says his model shows that there are 5 ounces in \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound. What is his error?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 11
Look at the way Dan solved the problem.
Draw a correct number line and solve the problem.
Find and describe his error.
So, Alexis bought ______ ounces of grapes.
Type below:
________

1 pound = 16 ounces
\(\frac{1}{2}\) pound = 8 ounces
The error of Dan is he must draw the mark till 8 but he drew till 5 ounces.

Question 11.
Look back at the number line you drew. How many ounces are in \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound? Explain.
Type below:
________

Answer: There are 4 ounces in \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound.

Common Core – New – Page No. 657

Customary Units of Weight

Complete.

Question 1.
5 pounds = 80 ounces
Think: 1 pound = 16 ounces, so
5 pounds = 5 × 16 ounces, or 80 ounces

Question 2.
7 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 14,000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
7 tons = 7 × 2000 pounds = 14000 pounds
7 tons = 14000 pounds

Question 3.
2 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 32 ounces

Explanation:

1 pound = 16 ounces
2 pounds = 2 × 16 ounces = 32 ounces
2 pounds = 32 ounces

Question 4.
3 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 6,000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
3 tons = 3 × 2000 pounds = 6000 pounds
3 tons = 6000 pounds

Question 5.
10 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 160 ounces

Explanation:

1 pound = 16 ounces
10 pounds = 10 × 16 ounces = 160 ounces
10 pounds = 160 ounces

Question 6.
5 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 10,000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
5 tons = 5 × 2000 pounds = 10000 pounds
5 tons = 10000 pounds

Question 7.
7 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 112 ounces

Explanation:

1 pound = 16 ounces
7 pounds = 7 × 16 ounces = 112 ounces
7 pounds = 112 ounces

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
8 pounds _____ 80 ounces

Answer: 8 pounds > 80 ounces

Explanation:

1 pound = 16 ounces
8 pounds = 128 ounces
128 ounces is greater than 80 ounces
So, the answer is 8 pounds > 80 ounces

Question 9.
1 ton _____ 100 pounds

Answer: 1 ton > 100 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
2000 pounds is greater than 100 pounds
1 ton > 100 pounds

Question 10.
3 pounds _____ 50 ounces

Answer: 3 pounds < 50 ounces

Explanation:

1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces
3 pounds = 48 ounces
3 pounds < 50 ounces

Question 11.
5 tons _____ 1,000 pounds

Answer: 5 tons > 1,000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
5 tons = 5 × 2000 pounds = 10000 pounds
10000 pounds is greater than 1000 pounds
5 tons > 1,000 pounds

Question 12.
16 pounds _____ 256 ounces

Answer: 16 pounds = 256 ounces

Explanation:

1 pound = 16 ounces
16 pounds = 16 × 16 ounces = 256 ounces
16 pounds = 256 ounces

Question 13.
8 tons _____ 16,000 pounds

Answer: 8 tons = 16,000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
8 tons = 8 × 2000 pounds = 16,000 pounds
8 tons = 16,000 pounds

Problem Solving

Question 14.
A company that makes steel girders can produce 6 tons of girders in one day. How many pounds is this?
6 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 12,000 pounds

Explanation:

A company that makes steel girders can produce 6 tons of girders in one day.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
6 tons = 6 × 2000 pounds = 12000 pounds
6 tons = 12000 pounds

Question 15.
Larry’s baby sister weighed 6 pounds at birth. How many ounces did the baby weigh?
6 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 96 ounces

Explanation:

Larry’s baby sister weighed 6 pounds at birth.
1 pound = 16 ounces
6 pounds = 6 × 16 ounces = 96 ounces

Common Core – New – Page No. 658

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ann bought 2 pounds of cheese to make lasagna. The recipe gives the amount of cheese needed in ounces. How many ounces of cheese did she buy?
Options:
a. 20 ounces
b. 32 ounces
c. 40 ounces
d. 64 ounces

Answer: 32 ounces

Explanation:

Ann bought 2 pounds of cheese to make lasagna.
1 pound = 16 ounces
2 pounds = 2 × 16 ounces = 32 ounces
So, the answer is option is option B.

Question 2.
A school bus weighs 7 tons. The weight limit for a bridge is given in pounds. What is this weight of the bus in pounds?
Options:
a. 700 pounds
b. 1,400 pounds
c. 7,000 pounds
d. 14,000 pounds

Answer: 14,000 pounds

Explanation:

A school bus weighs 7 tons. The weight limit for a bridge is given in pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
7 tons = 7 × 2000 pounds
7 tons = 14000 pounds
So, the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the measure of m∠EHG?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 12
Options:
a. 60°
b. 100°
c. 120°
d. 130°

Answer: 120°

Explanation:

m∠EHG = m∠EHF + m∠FHG
m∠EHG = 90° + 30° = 120°
m∠EHG = 120°
The correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
How many lines of symmetry does the square below have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 13
Options:
a. 0
b. 2
c. 4
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

A square contains 4 right angles.
So, the answer is option C.

Question 5.
To make dough, Reba needs 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour. How much flour does she need to make 5 batches of dough?
Options:
a. 14 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
b. 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
c. 11 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
d. 10 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Answer: 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Explanation:

To make dough, Reba needs 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour.
5 × 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
She need 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour to make dough.
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Judi’s father is 6 feet tall. The minimum height to ride a rollercoaster is given in inches. How many inches tall is Judi’s father?
Options:
a. 60 inches
b. 66 inches
c. 72 inches
d. 216 inches

Answer: 72 inches

Explanation:

Judi’s father is 6 feet tall. The minimum height to ride a rollercoaster is given in inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
6 feet = 6 × 12 inches = 72 inches
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Page No. 661

Question 1.
Compare the size of a quart to the size of a pint.
Use a model to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 14
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 15
1 quart is ____ times as much as _____ pint.

Answer: 1 quart is 2 times as much as 1 pint.

Complete.

Question 2.
2 pints = _____ cups

Answer: 4 cups

Explanation:

1 pint = 2 cups
2 pints = 2 × 2 cups = 4 cups
2 pints = 4 cups

Question 3.
3 gallons = _____ quarts

Answer: 12 quarts

Explanation:

1 gallon = 4 quarts
3 gallons = 3 × 4 quarts = 12 quarts
3 gallons = 12 quarts

Question 4.
6 quarts = _____ cups

Answer: 24 cups

Explanation:

1 quart = 4 cups
6 quarts = 6 × 4 cups = 24 cups
6 quarts = 24 cups

Use a model or Tools to complete.

Question 5.
4 gallons = _____ pints

Answer: 32 pints

Explanation:

1 gallon = 8 pints
4 gallons = 4 × 8 pints = 32 pints
4 gallons = 32 pints

Question 6.
5 cups = _____ fluid ounces

Answer:

1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
5 cups = 5 × 8 fluid ounces = 40 fluid ounces
5 cups = 40 fluid ounces

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using >, <, or =.

Question 7.
2 gallons _____ 32 cups

Answer: 2 gallons = 32 cups

Explanation:

1 gallon = 16 cups
2 gallons = 2 × 16 cups = 32 cups
2 gallons = 32 cups

Question 8.
4 pints _____ 6 cups

Answer: 4 pints > 6 cups

Explanation:

1 pint = 2 cups
4 pints = 4 × 2 cups = 8 cups
So, 4 pints > 6 cups

Question 9.
5 quarts _____ 11 pints

Answer: 5 quarts < 11 pints

Explanation:

1 quart = 2 pints
5 quarts = 5 × 2 pints = 10 pints
10 is less than 11 pints
So, 5 quarts < 11 pints

Question 10.
A soccer team has 25 players. The team’s thermos holds 4 gallons of water. If the thermos is full, is there enough water for each player to have 2 cups? Explain. Make a table to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 16
________

Answer: Enough water

GallonsCups
116
232
348
464

Page No. 662

Question 11.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Whose statement makes sense? Whose statement is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 17
_______ ’s statement makes sense.

Answer: Angela’s Statement is true. A gallon is 8 times as much as a pint, so 1 pint is 1/8 of a gallon.
Zach’s statement is nonsense. There are 8 pints in a gallon, not 4, so a pint cannot be 1/4 of a gallon.

Question 12.
Peter’s glasses each hold 8 fluid ounces. How many glasses of juice can Peter pour from a bottle that holds 2 quarts?
_____ glasses

Answer: 8 glasses

Explanation:

Peter’s glasses each hold 8 fluid ounces.
There is 32oz per quart. 8 goes into 32 a total of four times. So since there are two quarts, Peter can pour 8 glasses.

Question 13.
A pitcher contains 5 quarts of water. Josy says the pitcher contains 10 cups of water. Explain Josy’s error. Then find the correct number of cups the pitcher contains.
Type below:
________

Answer: 20 cups

Explanation:

Josy multiplied the number of quarts by 2.
There are 4 cups in each quart.
She should have multiplied the number of quarts by 4
5 × 4 = 20
Therefore there are 20 cups in the pitcher.

Common Core – New – Page No. 663

Customary Units of Liquid Volume

Complete.

Question 1.
6 gallons = 24 quarts
Think: 1 gallon = 4 quarts,
so 6 gallons = 6 × 4 quarts, or 24 quarts

Question 2.
12 quarts = _____ pints

Answer: 24 pints

Explanation:

1 quart = 2 pints
12 quarts = 12 × 2 pints
12 pints = 24 pints

Question 3.
6 cups = _____ fluid ounces

Answer: 48 fluid ounces

Explanation:

1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
6 cups = 6 × 8 fluid ounces = 48 fluid ounces
So, 6 cups = 48 fluid ounces

Question 4.
9 pints = _____ cups

Answer: 18 cups

Explanation:

1 pint = 2 cups
9 pints = 9 × 2 cups = 18 cups
9 pints = 18 cups

Question 5.
10 quarts = _____ cups

Answer: 40 cups

Explanation:

1 quart = 4 cups
10 quarts = 10 × 4 cups = 40 cups
10 quarts = 40 cups

Question 6.
5 gallons = _____ pints

Answer: 40 pints

Explanation:

1 gallon = 8 pints
5 gallons = 5 × 8 pints = 40 pints
5 gallons = 40 pints

Question 7.
3 gallons = _____ cups

Answer: 48 cups

Explanation:

1 gallon = 16 cups
3 gallons = 3 × 16 cups = 48 cups
Therefore 3 gallons = 48 cups

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
6 pints _____ 60 fluid ounces

Answer: 6 pints > 60 fluid ounces

Explanation:

1 pint = 16 fluid ounces
6 pints = 6 × 16 fluid ounces = 96 fluid ounces
96 fluid ounces is greater than 60 fluid ounces
So, 6 pints > 60 fluid ounces

Question 9.
3 gallons _____ 30 quarts

Answer: 3 gallons < 30 quarts

Explanation:

1 gallon = 4 quarts
3 gallons = 3 × 4 quarts = 12 quarts
12 is less than 30
So, 3 gallons < 30 quarts

Question 10.
5 quarts _____ 20 cups

Answer: 5 quarts = 20 cups

Explanation:

1 quart = 4 cups
5 quarts = 5 × 4 cups = 20 cups
5 quarts = 20 cups

Question 11.
6 cups _____ 12 pints

Answer: 6 cups < 12 pints

Explanation:

1 cup = \(\frac{1}{2}\) pint
6 cups = 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) pint = 3 pints
3 is less than 12.
So, 6 cups < 12 pints

Question 12.
8 quarts _____ 16 pints

Answer: 8 quarts = 16 pints

Explanation:

1 quart = 2 pints
8 quarts = 8 × 2 pints = 16 pints
8 quarts = 16 pints

Question 13.
6 gallons _____ 96 pints

Answer: 6 gallons < 96 pints

Explanation:

1 gallon = 8 pints
6 gallons = 6 × 8 pints = 48 pints
48 is less than 96 pints
So, 6 gallons < 96 pints

Problem Solving

Question 14.
A chef makes 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons of soup in a large pot. How many 1-cup servings can the chef get from this large pot of soup?
_____ 1-cup servings

Answer: 24 1-cup servings

Explanation:

A chef makes 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons of soup in a large pot.
1 gallon = 16 cups
We have to convert a mixed fraction into a proper fraction.
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{2}\) × 16 cups = 24 cups
Thus the chef get 24 1-cup servings from this large pot of soup.

Question 15.
Kendra’s water bottle contains 2 quarts of water. She wants to add a drink mix to it, but the directions for the drink mix give the amount of water in fluid ounces. How many fluid ounces are in her bottle?
_____ fluid ounces

Answer: 64 fluid ounces

Explanation:

Kendra’s water bottle contains 2 quarts of water.
She wants to add a drink mix to it, but the directions for the drink mix give the amount of water in fluid ounces.
1 quart = 4 cups
1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
4 cups = 4 × 8 fluid ounces = 32 fluid ounces
2 quarts = 2 × 32 fluid ounces = 64 fluid ounces
Thus 64 fluid ounces are in her bottle.

Common Core – New – Page No. 664

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joshua drinks 8 cups of water a day. The recommended daily amount is given in fluid ounces. How many fluid ounces of water does he drink each day?
Options:
a. 16 fluid ounces
b. 32 fluid ounces
c. 64 fluid ounces
d. 128 fluid ounces

Answer: 64 fluid ounces

Explanation:

1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
8 cups = 8 × 8 fluid ounces = 64 fluid ounces
8 cups = 64 fluid ounces
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
A cafeteria used 5 gallons of milk in preparing lunch. How many 1-quart containers of milk did the cafeteria use?
Options:
a. 10
b. 20
c. 40
d. 80

Answer: 20

Explanation:

A cafeteria used 5 gallons of milk in preparing lunch.
1 gallon = 4 quarts
5 gallons = 5 × 4 quarts = 20 quarts
5 gallons = 20 quarts
So, the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Roy uses \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of batter for each muffin. Which list shows the amounts of batter he will use depending on the number of muffins he makes?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{5}, \frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{7}, \frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{5}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{3}{12}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{5}{20}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{6}{24}, \frac{8}{32}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{5}{4}\)

Explanation:

Given that, Roy uses \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of batter for each muffin.
The amounts of batter he will use depending on the number of muffins he makes is \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{5}{4}\)
The correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Beth has \(\frac{7}{100}\) of a dollar. Which shows the amount of money Beth has?
Options:
a. $7.00
b. $0.70
c. $0.07
d. $0.007

Answer: $0.07

Explanation:

Beth has \(\frac{7}{100}\) of a dollar.
The decimal of \(\frac{7}{100}\) = 0.07
The amount of money Beth has is $0.07
So, the answer is option C.

Question 5.
Name the figure that Enrico drew below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 18
Options:
a. a ray
b. a line
c. a line segment
d. an octagon

Answer: a ray

Explanation:

A part of a line with a start point but no endpoint is called a ray.
The above figure has no endpoint.
So, the answer is option A.

Question 6.
A hippopotamus weighs 4 tons. Feeding instructions are given for weights in pounds. How many pounds does the hippopotamus weigh?
Options:
a. 4,000 pounds
b. 6,000 pounds
c. 8,000 pounds
d. 12,000 pounds

Answer: 8,000 pounds

Explanation:

A hippopotamus weighs 4 tons. Feeding instructions are given for weights in pounds.
We know that 1 ton = 2000 pounds
4 tons = 4 × 2000 pounds = 8000 pounds
Thus the answer is option C.

Page No. 667

Question 1.
A food critic collected data on the lengths of time customers waited for their food. Order the data from least to greatest time. Make a tally table and a line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 19
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 20
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 21
Type below:
________

Answer:

Tally Table:

Time Customers waited for Food
Time (in hour)Tally
\(\frac{1}{2}\)||
\(\frac{1}{4}\)|||
\(\frac{3}{4}\)|
1|

Line plot:

Go Math Solution Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 solution image_2

Use your line plot for 2 and 3.

Question 2.
On how many customers did the food critic collect data?
________

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Number of customers waited for half an hour = 2
Number of customers waited for an hour = 1
Number of customers waited for \(\frac{3}{4}\) of an hour = 1
Number of customers waited for \(\frac{1}{4}\) of an hour = 3
Total number of customers = 2 + 1 + 1 + 3 = 7
The food critic collects data from 7 customers.

Question 3.
What is the difference between the longest time and the shortest time that customers waited?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\)

The longest time is 1 hour
And the shortest time is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 4.
Use Models The data show the lengths of the ribbons Mia used to wrap packages. Make a tally table and a line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 22
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 23
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 24
Type below:
________

Answer:

Ribbon used to Wrap Packages
Length (in yards)Tally
\(\frac{1}{6}\)|
\(\frac{2}{6}\)|||
\(\frac{5}{6}\)|
\(\frac{6}{6}\)|
\(\frac{3}{6}\)||

Line plot:

Go math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 12 solution image_3

Question 5.
What is the difference in length between the longest ribbon and the shortest ribbon Mia used?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) yard

Answer: \(\frac{5}{6}\) yard

Explanation:

The longest ribbon is \(\frac{6}{6}\) yard
The shortest ribbon is \(\frac{1}{6}\) yard
To find the difference of both the ribbons we have to subtract the shortest ribbon from the longest ribbon
\(\frac{6}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Page No. 668

Question 6.
The line plot shows the distances the students in Mr. Boren’s class ran at the track in miles. Altogether, did the students run more or less than 5 miles?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 25
a. What are you asked to find?
Type below:
________

Answer: If the students ran more or less than 5 miles together.

Question 6.
b. What information do you need to use?
Type below:
________

Answer: I need the information about the distance each student ran.

Question 6.
c. How will the line plot help you solve the problem?
Type below:
________

Answer: With the help of the line plot I can know how far each student ran.

Question 6.
d. What operation will you use to solve the problem?
Type below:
________

Answer: I use addition to solve the problem.

Question 6.
e. Show the steps to solve the problem.
Type below:
________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{3}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{22}{5}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{22}{5}\) is 4 \(\frac{2}{5}\).

Question 6.
Complete the sentences.
The students ran a total of ____ miles.
The distance is ____ than 5 miles. Altogether the students ran ____ than 5 miles.
Type below:
________

Answer: he students ran a total of 4 \(\frac{2}{5}\) miles.
The distance is less than 5 miles. Altogether the students ran less than 5 miles.

Question 7.
Lena collects antique spoons. The line plot shows the lengths of the spoons in her collection. If she lines up all of her spoons in order of size, what is the size of the middle spoon? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 26
\(\frac{□}{□}\) feet spoon

Answer: \(\frac{4}{4}\) feet
I ordered the data from the least to the greatest value and found the middle value.

Question 8.
A hiking group recorded the distances they hiked. Complete the line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 27
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 28
Type below:
________

Answer:

Go Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 solution image_6

Common Core – New – Page No. 669

Line Plots

Question 1.
Some students compared the time they spend riding the school bus. Complete the tally table and line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 29
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 30

Time Spent on School Bus
Time (in hour)Tally
\(\frac{1}{6}\)||
\(\frac{2}{6}\)|
\(\frac{3}{6}\)||||
\(\frac{4}{6}\)|

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 solution image_1

Use your line plot for 2 and 3.

Question 2.
How many students compared times?
______ students

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Number of students spent \(\frac{1}{6}\) of an hour on school bus = 2
Number of students spent \(\frac{2}{6}\) of an hour on school bus = 1
Number of students spent \(\frac{3}{6}\) of an hour on school bus = 4
Number of students spent \(\frac{4}{6}\) of an hour on school bus = 1
Total number of students = 2 + 1 + 4 + 1 = 8 students

Question 3.
What is the difference between the longest time and shortest time students spent riding the bus?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:

Longest time is \(\frac{4}{6}\) and shortest time is \(\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{4}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)
Thus the difference between the longest time and shortest time students spent riding the bus is \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Problem Solving

For 4–5, make a tally table on a separate sheet of paper.
Make a line plot in the space below the problem.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 31
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 32

Answer:

HMH Go Math Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 solution image_4

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 33
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 34

Answer:

Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key for chapter 12 solution image_5

Common Core – New – Page No. 670

Lesson Check

Use the line plot for 1 and 2.

Question 1.
How many students were reading during study time?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 35
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

By seeing the above line plot we can say that the number of students was reading during study time is 8.
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 2.
What is the difference between the longest time and shortest time spent reading?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{8}\) hour
b. \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour
c. \(\frac{2}{8}\) hour
d. \(\frac{1}{8}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour

Explanation:

The line plot shows that the shortest time is \(\frac{1}{8}\) hour and the longest time is \(\frac{4}{8}\) hour.
The difference of between the longest time and shortest time spent reading is \(\frac{4}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour
So, the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bridget is allowed to play on-line games for \(\frac{75}{100}\) of an hour each day. Which shows that fraction as a decimal?
Options:
a. 75.0
b. 7.50
c. 0.75
d. 0.075

Answer: 0.75

Explanation:

The decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{75}{100}\) is 0.75.
So, the answer is option C.

Question 4.
Bobby’s collection of sports cards has \(\frac{3}{10}\) baseball cards and \(\frac{39}{100}\) football cards. The rest are soccer cards. What fraction of Bobby’s sports cards are baseball or football cards?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{42}{100}\)
c. \(\frac{52}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{69}{100}\)

Answer: \(\frac{69}{100}\)

Explanation:

The way the question is written, there are other possibilities, but it seems to me the simplest possibility is that Bobby has 100 sports cards. If 3/10 are baseball, that’s 30. He has 39 football cards. So for baseball and football together it’s 69 cards.
So, the fraction is of Bobby’s sports cards are baseball or football cards is \(\frac{69}{100}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Jeremy gives his horse 12 gallons of water each day. How many 1-quart pails of water is that?
Options:
a. 24
b. 48
c. 72
d. 96

Answer: 48

Explanation:

Jeremy gives his horse 12 gallons of water each day.
For 1 quart he needs 12 × 4 = 48 gallons of water
So, the answer is option B.

Question 6.
An iguana at a pet store is 5 feet long. Measurements for iguana cages are given in inches. How many inches long is the iguana?
Options:
a. 45 inches
b. 50 inches
c. 60 inches
d. 72 inches

Answer: 60 inches

Explanation:

An iguana at a pet store is 5 feet long. Measurements for iguana cages are given in inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
5 feet = 5 × 12 inches = 60 inches
Thus the answer is option C.

Page No. 671

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 36

Question 1.
A _______ is a customary unit used to measure weight.
_______

Answer: Pound

Question 2.
The cup and the _____ are both customary units for measuring liquid volume.
_______

Answer: Pint

Complete the sentence. Write more or less.

Question 3.
A cat weighs _______ than one ounce
____

Answer: more

Explanation:
Pound, unit of avoirdupois weight, equal to 16 ounces
The weigh of the cat is measured in pounds. So, the cat weighs more than one ounce

Question 4.
Serena’s shoe is ______ than one yard long.
____

Answer: Less

The length of the shoe is less when compared to the yard.
So, Serena’s shoe is less than one yard long.

Complete.

Question 5.
5 feet = ____ inches

Answer: 60 inches

Explanation:

1 feet = 12 inches
5 feets = 5 × 12 inches = 60 inches
5 feets = 60 inches

Question 6.
4 tons = ____ pounds

Answer: 8000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
4 tons = 4 × 2000 pounds = 8000 pounds
The answer is 4 tons = 8000 pounds

Question 7.
4 cups = ____ pints

Answer: 2 pints

Explanation:

1 pint = 2 cups
4 cups = 4 × 1/2 pint = 2 pints
Thus 4 cups = 2 pints

Question 8.
Mrs. Byrne’s class went raspberry picking. The data show the weights of the cartons of raspberries the students picked. Make a tally table and a line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 37
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 38
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 39
Type below:
_________

Line plot:

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 12 Answer Key image_6

Tally Marks:

Cartons of Raspberries picked
Weight (in pounds)Tally
\(\frac{1}{4}\)|||
\(\frac{2}{4}\)||
\(\frac{3}{4}\)|||
\(\frac{4}{4}\)|

Use your line plot for 9 and 10.

Question 9.
What is the difference in weight between the heaviest carton and the lightest carton of raspberries?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pound

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound

Explanation:

The heaviest carton of raspberries is \(\frac{4}{4}\)
The lightest carton of raspberries is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
The difference in weight between the heaviest carton and a lightest carton of raspberries = \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds.

Question 10.
How many pounds of raspberries did Mrs. Byrne’s class pick in all?
______ pounds

Answer: 5 pounds

Explanation:

Add total weight of carton of raspberries picked
= \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{4}\) = 5
Therefore Mrs. Byrne’s class picked 5 pounds of raspberries in all.

Page No. 672

Question 11.
A jug contains 2 gallons of water. How many quarts of water does the jug contain?
______ quarts

Answer: 8 quarts

Explanation:

A jug contains 2 gallons of water
Now we have to gallons into quarts.
We know that 1 gallon = 4 quarts
2 gallons = 2 × 4 quarts = 8 quarts
Thus the jug contain 8 quarts of water.

Question 12.
Serena bought 4 pounds of dough to make pizzas. The recipe gives the amount of dough needed for a pizza in ounces. How many ounces of dough did she buy?
______ ounces

Answer: 64 ounces

Explanation:

Serena bought 4 pounds of dough to make pizzas.
The recipe gives the amount of dough needed for a pizza in ounces.
We know that,
1 pound = 16 ounces
4 pounds = 4 × 16 ounces = 64 ounces
Thus Serena bought 64 ounces of dough.

Question 13.
Vicki has a 50 inch roll of ribbon. She used 3 feet of the ribbon to wrap a gift. How many inches of ribbon does she have left?
______ inches

Answer: 14 inches

Explanation:

Vicki has a 50 inch roll of ribbon. She used 3 feet of the ribbon to wrap a gift.
1 feet = 12 inches
3 feet = 3 × 12 inches = 36 inches
Now subtract 36 inches from 50 inches
50 inches – 36 inches = 14 inches
Therefore 14 inches of ribbon is left.

Question 14.
The watering can that Carlos uses in his vegetable garden holds 5 of a certain unit of liquid volume. When full, how much water is in the watering can?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 40
5 ______ of water

Answer: 5 gallons of water
The unit to measure the liquid volume is the gallon. So, the watering can holds 5 gallons of water.

Page No. 675

Complete.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 41

Question 1.
2 meters = _____ centimeters

Answer: 200 centimeters

Explanation:

Convert meters into centimeters
1 meter = 100 centimeters
2 meters = 2 × 100 centimeters = 200 centimeters

Question 2.
3 centimeters = _____ millimeters

Answer: 30 millimeters

Explanation:

Convert the centimeters into millimeters
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
3 centimeters = 3 × 10 millimeters = 30 millimeters
3 centimeters = 30 millimeters

Question 3.
5 decimeters = _____ centimeters

Answer: 50 centimeters

Explanation:

1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
5 decimeters = 5 × 10 centimeters = 50 centimeters
5 decimeters = 50 centimeters

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 4.
4 meters _____ 40 decimeters

Answer: 4 meters = 40 decimeters

Explanation:

1 meter = 10 decimeters
4 meters = 4 × 10 decimeters = 40 decimeters
4 meters = 40 decimeters

Question 5.
5 centimeters _____ 5 millimeters

Answer: 5 centimeters > 5 millimeters

Explanation:

1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
5 centimeters = 50 millimeters
50 millimeters is greater than 5 millimeters
Thus 5 centimeters > 5 millimeters

Question 6.
6 decimeters _____ 65 centimeters

Answer: 6 decimeters < 65 centimeters

Explanation:

1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
6 decimeters = 6 × 10 centimeters = 60 centimeters
60 is less than 65 centimeters
6 decimeters < 65 centimeters

Question 7.
7 meters _____ 700 millimeters

Answer: 7 meters > 700 millimeters

Explanation:

1 meter = 1000 millimeters
7 meters = 7 × 1000 millimeters = 7000 millimeters
7000 is greater than 700
So, 7 meters > 700 millimeters

Describe the length in meters. Write your answer as a fraction and as a decimal.

Question 8.
65 centimeters = ______ or ______ meter
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{65}{100}\) or 0.65 meter

Explanation:

The fraction for 65 centimeters is \(\frac{65}{100}\) and the decimal form of the fraction is 0.65 meter

Question 9.
47 centimeters = ______ or ______ meter
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{47}{100}\) or 0.47 meter

Explanation:

The fraction for 47 centimeters is \(\frac{47}{100}\) and the decimal is 0.47 meter.

Question 10.
9 decimeters = ______ or ______ meter
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{9}{10}\) or 0.9 meter

Explanation:

The fraction for 9 decimeters is \(\frac{9}{10}\) and the decimal for the fraction is 0.9 meter.

Question 11.
2 decimeters = ______ or ______ meter
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{2}{10}\) or 0.2 meter

Explanation:

The fraction for 2 decimeters is \(\frac{2}{10}\) and the decimal for the fraction is 0.2 meter.

Question 12.
A new building is 25 meters tall. How many decimeters tall is the building?
______ decimeters

Answer: 250 decimeters

Explanation:

A new building is 25 meters tall.
Now we have to convert the meters into decimeters
1 meter = 10 decimeters
25 meters = 25 × 10 decimeters = 250 decimeters
The height of the building is 250 decimeters.

Question 13.
Alexis is knitting a blanket 2 meters long. Every 2 decimeters, she changes the color of the yarn to make stripes. How many stripes will the blanket have? Explain.
______ stripes

Answer: 10 stripes

Explanation:

Given that, Alexis is knitting a blanket 2 meters long. Every 2 decimeters, she changes the color of the yarn to make stripes.
First of all, convert the meters into the decimeters
1 meter = 10 decimeters
2 meters = 20 decimeters
If she changes the color of the yarn for every 2 decimeters then the blanket will have 10 stripes.

Page No. 676

Question 14.
Julianne’s desk is 75 centimeters long. She says her desk is 7.5 meters long. Describe her error.
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{75}{100}\) or 0.75 meter

The fraction form of 75 centimeters is \(\frac{75}{100}\). The decimation for the fraction is 0.75 meter

Question 15.
Write the equivalent measurements in each column.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 42
Type below:
_________

Answer:

5 meters55 centimeters50 millimeters
5000 millimeters55/100 meter500/1000 meter
500 centimeters0.55 meter0.500 meter
50 decimeters550 millimeters50 centimeters

Question 16.
Aruna was writing a report on pecan trees. She made the table of information to the right. Write a problem that can be solved by using the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 43
Type below:
_________

Answer: The height of the tree is 21m to 30m. How many centimeters is the height of the tree?

Question 16.
Describe how you could change the problem by changing a unit in the problem. Then solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Convert meters into centimeters.
Given that the height of the height is 21 to 30m
1 meter = 100 centimeters
21 meters = 2100 centimeters, 30 meters = 3000 centimeters
So, the height of the tree in centimeters is 2100 to 3000 centimeters.

Common Core – New – Page No. 677

Metric Units of Length

Complete.

Question 1.
4 meters = 400 centimeters
Think: 1 meter = 100 centimeters,
so 4 meters = 4 × 100 centimeters, or 400 centimeters

Question 2.
8 centimeters = ______ millimeters

Answer: 80 millimeters

Explanation:

1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
8 centimeters = 8 × 10 millimeters = 80 millimeters
8 centimeters = 80 millimeters

Question 3.
5 meters = ______ decimeters

Answer: 50 decimeters

Explanation:

We have to convert meters into decimeters
1 meter = 10 decimeters
5 meters = 5 × 10 decimeters = 50 decimeters
5 meters = 50 decimeters

Question 4.
9 meters = ______ millimeters

Answer: 9000 millimeters

Explanation:

You need to convert meters into millimeters
1 meter = 1000 millimeters
9 meters = 9 × 1000 millimeters = 9000 millimeters
9 meters = 9000 millimeters

Question 5.
7 meters = ______ centimeters

Answer: 700 centimeters

Explanation:

Convert meters into centimeters
1 meter = 100 centimeters
7 meters = 7 × 100 centimeters = 700 centimeters
7 meters = 700 centimeters

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 6.
8 meters ______ 80 centimeters

Answer: 8 meters > 80 centimeters

Explanation:

1 meter = 100 centimeters
8 meters = 800 centimeters
800 centimeters is greater than 80 centimeters
8 meters > 80 centimeters

Question 7.
3 decimeters ______ 30 centimeters

Answer: 3 decimeters = 30 centimeters

Explanation:

1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
3 decimeters = 3 × 10 centimeters = 30 centimeters
So, 3 decimeters = 30 centimeters

Question 8.
4 meters ______ 450 centimeters

Answer: 4 meters < 450 centimeters

Explanation:

1 meter = 100 centimeters
4 meters = 400 centimeters
400 centimeters < 450 centimeters
So, 4 meters < 450 centimeters

Question 9.
90 centimeters ______ 9 millimeters

Answer: 90 centimeters > 9 millimeters

Explanation:

1 millimeter = 1/10 centimeters
9 millimeters = 1/90 centimeters
So, 90 centimeters > 9 millimeters

Describe the length in meters. Write your answer as a fraction and as a decimal.

Question 10.
43 centimeters =
Type below:
________

Answer: \(\frac{43}{100}\), 0.43

Explanation:

The fraction of 43 centimeters is \(\frac{43}{100}\). the decimal form of \(\frac{43}{100}\) is 0.43

Question 11.
6 decimeters =
Type below:
________

Answer: \(\frac{6}{10}\), 0.6

Explanation:

The fraction form of 6 decimeters is \(\frac{6}{10}\) and the decimal for the fraction is 0.6

Question 12.
8 centimeters =
Type below:
________

Answer: \(\frac{8}{100}\), 0.08

Explanation:

The fraction form of 8 centimeters is \(\frac{8}{100}\). The decimal for the fraction of \(\frac{8}{100}\) is 0.08

Question 13.
3 decimeters =
Type below:
________

Answer: \(\frac{3}{10}\), 0.3

Explanation:

The fraction of 3 decimeters is \(\frac{3}{10}\) and the decimal for the 3 decimeters is 0.3

Problem Solving

Question 14.
A flagpole is 4 meters tall. How many centimeters tall is the flagpole?
_____ centimeters

Answer: 400 centimeters

Explanation:

A flagpole is 4 meters tall.
Now we have to convert the meters into centimeters.
We know that
1 meter = 100 centimeters
4 meters = 4 × 100 centimeters = 400 centimeters
Thus the height of the flagpole is 400 centimeters

Question 15.
A new building is 25 meters tall. How many decimeters tall is the building?
_____ decimeters

Answer: 250 decimeters

Explanation:

A new building is 25 meters tall.
We know that 1 meter = 10 decimeters
25 meters = 25 × 10 decimeters = 250 decimeters
The height of the building is 250 decimeters.

Common Core – New – Page No. 678

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A pencil is 15 centimeters long. How many millimeters long is that pencil?
Options:
a. 1.5 millimeters
b. 15 millimeters
c. 150 millimeters
d. 1,500 millimeters

Answer: 150 millimeters

Explanation:

A pencil is 15 centimeters long
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
15 centimeters = 15 × 10 millimeters = 150 millimeters
15 centimeters = 150 millimeters
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
John’s father is 2 meters tall. How many centimeters tall is John’s father?
Options:
a. 2,000 centimeters
b. 200 centimeters
c. 20 centimeters
d. 2 centimeters

Answer: 200 centimeters

Explanation:

John’s father is 2 meters tall.
Convert meters to centimeters.
1 meter = 100 centimeters
2 meters = 2 × 100 centimeters = 200 centimeters
The correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bruce reads for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour each night. How long will he read in 4 nights?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{16}\)hours
b. \(\frac{7}{4}\) hours
c. \(\frac{9}{4}\) hours
d. \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours

Answer: \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours

Explanation:

Bruce reads for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour each night.
Multiply latex]\frac{3}{4}[/latex] hour with 4 = latex]\frac{3}{4}[/latex] × 4 = \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Mark jogged 0.6 mile. Caroline jogged 0.49 mile. Which inequality correctly compares the distances they jogged?
Options:
a. 0.6 = 0.49
b. 0.6 > 0.49
c. 0.6 < 0.49
d. 0.6 + 0.49 = 1.09

Answer: 0.6 > 0.49

Explanation:

Mark jogged 0.6 mile. Caroline jogged 0.49 mile.
0.49 miles is less than 0.6 miles
So, the correct answer is option B.

Use the line plot for 5 and 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 44

Question 5.
How many lawns were mowed?
Options:
a. 8
b. 9
c. 10
d. 11

Answer: 11

Explanation:

The line plot shows that the total number lawns = 11
The correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
What is the difference between the greatest amount and the least amount of gasoline used to mow lawns?
Options:
a. \(\frac{6}{8}\) gallon
b. \(\frac{5}{8}\) gallon
c. \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon
d. \(\frac{3}{8}\) gallon

Answer: \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon

Explanation:

The greatest amount of gasoline used to mow lawns = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
The least amount of gasoline used to mow lawns = \(\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon
The correct answer is option C.

Page No. 680

Question 1.
There are 3 liters of water in a pitcher. How many milliliters of water are in the pitcher?
There are _____ milliliters in 1 liter. Since I am changing from a larger unit to a smaller unit, I can _____ 3 by 1,000 to find the number of milliliters in 3 liters.
So, there are _____ milliliters of water in the pitcher.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 45

Answer: There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter. Since I am changing from a larger unit to a smaller unit, I can multiply 3 by 1,000 to find the number of milliliters in 3 liters.
So, there are 3000 milliliters of water in the pitcher.

Complete.

Question 2.
4 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 4000 milliliters

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
4 liters = 4 × 1000 milliliters = 4000 milliliters
4 liters = 4000 milliliters

Question 3.
6 kilograms = _____ grams

Answer: 6000 grams

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams
6 kilograms = 6000 grams

Complete.

Question 4.
8 kilograms = _____ grams

Answer: 8000 grams

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
8 kilograms = 8 × 1000 grams = 8000 grams
8 kilograms = 8000 grams

Question 5.
7 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 7000 milliliters

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
7 liters = 7 × 1000 milliliters = 7000 milliliters
7 liters = 7000 milliliters

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 6.
1 kilogram _____ 900 grams

Answer: 1 kilogram < 900 grams

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
1000 grams is less than 900 grams
1 kilogram < 900 grams

Question 7.
2 liters _____ 2,000 milliliters

Answer: 2 liters = 2,000 milliliters

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 liters
2 liters = 2,000 milliliters

Look for a Pattern Algebra Complete.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 46
Type below:
_________

Answer:

LitersMilliters
11,000
22 × 1,000 = 2,000
33 × 1,000 = 3,000
44 × 1,000 = 4,000
55 × 1,000 = 5,000
66 × 1,000 = 6,000
77 × 1,000 = 7,000
88 × 1,000 = 8,000
99 × 1,000 = 9,000
1010 × 1,000 = 10,000

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 47
Type below:
_________

Answer:

KilogramsGrams
11,000
22 × 1,000 = 2,000
33 × 1,000 = 3,000
44 × 1,000 = 4,000
55 × 1,000 = 5,000
66 × 1,000 = 6,000
77 × 1,000 = 7,000
88 × 1,000 = 8,000
99 × 1,000 = 9,000
1010 × 1,000 = 10,000

Page No. 681

Question 10.
Frank wants to fill a fish tank with 8 liters of water. How many milliliters is that?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 48
_____ milliliters

Answer: 8000 milliliters

Explanation:

Frank wants to fill a fish tank with 8 liters of water.
Convert liters into milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
8 liters = 8 × 1000 milliliters = 8000 milliliters

Question 11.
Kim has 3 water bottles. She fills each bottle with 1 liter of water. How many milliliters of water does she have?
_____ milliliters

Answer: 3000 milliliters

Explanation:

Kim has 3 water bottles. She fills each bottle with 1 liter of water.
Convert liters into milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
3 liters = 3 × 1000 milliliters = 3,000 milliliters
She has 3000 milliliters of water.

Question 12.
Jared’s empty backpack has a mass of 3 kilograms. He doesn’t want to carry more than 7 kilograms on a trip. How many grams of equipment can Jared pack?
_____ grams

Answer: 4000 grams

Explanation:

Jared’s empty backpack has a mass of 3 kilograms.
He doesn’t want to carry more than 7 kilograms on a trip.
7 kilograms – 3 kilograms = 4 kilograms
Convert kilogram into grams
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
4 kilograms = 4 × 1000 grams = 4000 grams.
Jared can pack 4000 grams of equipment.

Question 13.
A large cooler contains 20 liters of iced tea and a small cooler contains 5 liters of iced tea. How many more milliliters of iced tea does the large cooler contain than the small cooler?
_____ milliliters

Answer: 15000 milliliters

Explanation:

A large cooler contains 20 liters of iced tea and a small cooler contains 5 liters of iced tea.
20 liters – 5 liters = 15 liters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
15 liters = 15 × 1000 milliliters = 15,000 milliliters
The large cooler contain 15,000 milliliters than the small cooler.

Question 14.
A 500-gram bag of granola costs $4, and a 2-kilogram bag of granola costs $15. What is the least expensive way to buy 2,000 grams of granola? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
A 500-gram bag of granola costs $4, and a 2-kilogram bag of granola costs $15.
500-gram bag of granola costs $4
2000 grams = 4 × $4 = $16
2-kilogram bag of granola costs $15.
The Least expensive way to buy 2,000 grams of granola is $15.

Question 15.
Verify the Reasoning of Others The world’s largest apple had a mass of 1,849 grams. Sue said the mass was greater than 2 kilograms. Does Sue’s statement make sense? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

The world’s largest apple had a mass of 1,849 grams.
Sue said the mass was greater than 2 kilograms.
The statement of Sue doesn’t make sense. Because 1,849 grams is less than 2 kilograms.

Page No. 682

Question 16.
Lori bought 600 grams of cayenne pepper and 2 kilograms of black pepper. How many grams of pepper did she buy in all?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 49
a. What are you asked to find?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I am asked to find How many grams of pepper did Lori buy in all.

Question 16.
b. What information will you use?
Type below:
_________

Answer: Number of grams of black pepper and cayenne pepper.

Question 16.
c. Tell how you might solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer: I will solve by adding the weight of both the peppers.

Question 16.
d. Show how you solved the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer: I solved the problem by converting the kilograms into grams and then add the weight of both the peppers.

Question 16.
e. Complete the sentences.
Lori bought ______ grams of cayenne pepper.
She bought ______ grams of black pepper.
______ + ______ = ______ grams
So, Lori bought ______ grams of pepper in all.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Lori bought 600 grams of cayenne pepper.
She bought 2000 grams of black pepper.
600 + 2000 = 2600
So, Lori bought 2600 grams of the pepper in all.

Question 17.
Jill has two rocks. One has a mass of 20 grams and the other has a mass of 20 kilograms. Which rock has the greater mass? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Jill has two rocks. One has a mass of 20 grams and the other has a mass of 20 kilograms.
To find the greater mass of both the rocks. We have to compare the mass of two rocks.
20 grams is less than 20 kilograms.
The rock of 20 kilograms is having the greater mass.

Question 18.
For numbers 18a–18c, choose Yes or No to tell whether the measurements are equivalent.
a. 5,000 grams and 5 kilograms
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
5 kilograms = 5 × 1000 grams = 5000 grams
So, the above statement is true.

Question 18.
b. 300 milliliters and 3 liters
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
3 liters = 3000 milliliters
So, the above statement is false.

Question 18.
c. 8 grams and 8,000 kilograms
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
8 kilograms = 8 × 1000 grams = 8000 grams
So, the above statement is true.

Common Core – New – Page No. 683

Metric Units of Mass and Liquid Volume

Complete.

Question 1.
5 liters = 5,000 milliliters
Think: 1 liter 5 1,000 milliliters,
so 5 liters 5 5 × 1,000 milliliters, or 5,000 milliliters

Question 2.
3 kilograms = _____ grams

Answer: 3000 grams

Explanation:

Convert kilograms into grams
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
3 kilograms = 3 × 1000 grams = 3000 grams
3 kilograms = 3000 grams

Question 3.
8 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 8000 milliliters

Explanation:

Convert liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
8 liters = 8 × 1000 milliliters = 8000 milliliters
8 liters = 8000 milliliters

Question 4.
7 kilograms = _____ grams

Answer: 7000 grams

Explanation:

Convert kilograms into grams
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
7 kilograms = 7 × 1000 grams = 7000 grams
7 kilograms = 7000 grams

Question 5.
9 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 9000 milliliters

Explanation:

Convert liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
9 liters = 9 × 1000 milliliters = 9000 milliliters
9 liters = 9000 milliliters

Question 6.
2 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 2000 milliliters

Explanation:

Convert liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 milliliters
2 liters = 2000 milliliters

Question 7.
6 kilograms = _____ grams

Answer: 6000 grams

Explanation:

Convert kilograms into grams
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams
6 kilograms = 6000 grams

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
8 kilograms _____ 850 grams

Answer: 8 kilograms > 850 grams

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
8 kilograms = 8 × 1000 grams = 8000 grams
8000 grams is greater than 850 grams
So, 8 kilograms > 850 grams

Question 9.
3 liters _____ 3,500 milliliters

Answer: 3 liters < 3,500 milliliters

Explanation:

Convert liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
3 liters = 3 × 1000 milliliters = 3000 milliliters
3000 milliliters is less than 3,500 milliliters
Thus, 3 liters < 3,500 milliliters

Question 10.
1 kilogram _____ 1,000 grams

Answer: 1 kilogram = 1,000 grams

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
The symbol the above statement is 1 kilogram = 1,000 grams

Question 11.
5 liters _____ 520 milliliters

Answer: 5 liters > 520 milliliters

Explanation:

Convert liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
5 liters = 5 × 1000 milliliters = 5000 milliliters
5000 milliliters is greater than 520 milliliters
5 liters > 520 milliliters

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Kenny buys four 1-liter bottles of water. How many milliliters of water does Kenny buy?
_____ milliliters

Answer: 4000 milliliters

Explanation:

Kenny buys four 1-liter bottles of water.
4 × 1-liter = 4 liters
Kenny buys 4-liter bottles
Now convert liters into milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
4 liters = 4 × 1000 milliliters = 4000 milliliters
Kenny bought 4000 milliliters of water.

Question 13.
Mrs. Jones bought three 2-kilogram packages of flour. How many grams of flour did she buy?
_____ grams

Answer: 6000 grams

Explanation:

Mrs. Jones bought three 2-kilogram packages of flour.
That means she buys 6 kilograms of flour.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams
Mrs. Jones bought 6000 grams of flour.

Question 14.
Colleen bought 8 kilograms of apples and 2.5 kilograms of pears. How many more grams of apples than pears did she buy?
_____ grams

Answer: 5500 grams

Explanation:

Colleen bought 8 kilograms of apples and 2.5 kilograms of pears.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
8 kilograms = 8 × 1000 grams = 8000 grams
2.5 kilograms = 2.5 × 1000 grams = 2500 grams
8000 grams – 2500 grams = 5500 grams
That means Collen bought 5500 grams of apples than pears.

Question 15.
Dave uses 500 milliliters of juice for a punch recipe. He mixes it with 2 liters of ginger ale. How many milliliters of punch does he make?
_____ milliliters

Answer: 2500 milliliters

Explanation:

Dave uses 500 milliliters of juice for a punch recipe. He mixes it with 2 liters of ginger ale.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 milliliters
Add 2000 milliliters from 500 milliliters
2000 milliliters + 500 milliliters = 2500 milliliters
Dave made 2500 milliliters of punch.

Common Core – New – Page No. 684

Lesson Check

Question 1.
During his hike, Milt drank 1 liter of water and 1 liter of sports drink. How many milliliters of liquid did he drink in all?
Options:
a. 20 milliliters
b. 200 milliliters
c. 2,000 milliliters
d. 20,000 milliliters

Answer: 2,000 milliliters

Explanation:

Given,
During his hike, Milt drank 1 liter of water and 1 liter of sports drink.
we have to convert liters into milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 milliliters.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Larinda cooked a 4-kilogram roast. The roast left over after the meal weighed 3 kilograms. How many grams of roast were eaten during that meal?
Options:
a. 7,000 grams
b. 1,000 grams
c. 700 grams
d. 100 grams

Answer: 1,000 grams

Explanation:

Given that,
Larinda cooked a 4-kilogram roast.
The roast leftover after the meal weighed 3 kilograms.
4 kilogram – 3 kilogram = 1kilogram
Convert kilograms into grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
So, the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Use a protractor to find the angle measure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 50
Options:
a. 15°
b. 35°
c. 135°
d. 145°

Answer: 145°

Explanation:

By using the protractor we can measure the unknown angle for the above figure.
The angle for the above figure is 145°
The correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Which of the following shows parallel lines?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 51
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 52
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 53
d.Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 54

Answer: Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 53

Non-intersecting lines are known as parallel lines. From the above figures, we can that option c has non intersecting lines.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Carly bought 3 pounds of birdseed. How many ounces of birdseed did she buy?
Options:
a. 30 ounces
b. 36 ounces
c. 42 ounces
d. 48 ounces

Answer: 48 ounces

Explanation:

Carly bought 3 pounds of birdseed.
Convert the pounds into ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces.
Thus Carly bought 48 ounces of birdseed.
The correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
A door is 8 decimeters wide. How wide is the door in centimeters?
Options:
a. 8 centimeters
b. 80 centimeters
c. 800 centimeters
d. 8,000 centimeters

Answer: 80 centimeters

Explanation:

A door is 8 decimeters wide.
1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
8 decimeters = 8 × 10 centimeters = 80 centimeters
The door is 80 centimeters wide.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Page No. 687

Question 1.
Compare the length of a year to the length of a month.
Use a model to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 55
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 56
1 year is _____ times as long as _____ month.
Type below:
_______

Answer: 1 year is 12 times as long as 1 month.

Complete.

Question 2.
2 minutes = _____ seconds

Answer: 120 seconds

Explanation:

Convert minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
2 minutes = 2 × 60 seconds = 120 seconds
2 minutes = 120 seconds

Question 3.
4 years = _____ months

Answer: 48 months

Explanation:

Convert year to months
1 year = 12 months
4 years = 4 × 12 months = 48 months
So, 4 years = 48 months

Complete.

Question 4.
3 minutes = _____ seconds

Answer: 180 seconds

Explanation:

Convert minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
3 minutes = 3 × 60 seconds = 180 seconds
So, 3 minutes = 180 seconds

Question 5.
4 hours = _____ minutes

Answer: 240 minutes

Explanation:

Convert hours to minutes
1 hour = 60 minutes
4 hours = 4 × 60 minutes = 240 minutes
4 hours = 240 minutes

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using >, <, or =.

Question 6.
3 years _____ 35 months

Answer: 3 years > 35 months

Explanation:

First of all, you need to convert years to minutes
1 year = 12 months
3 years = 3 × 12 months = 36 months
36 months is greater than 35 months
Thus 3 years > 35 months

Question 7.
2 days _____ 40 hours

Answer: 2 days > 40 hours

Explanation:

Convert days to hours
1 day = 24 hours
2 days = 2 × 24 hours = 48 hours
48 is greater than 40.
So, 2 days > 40 hours

Question 8.
Damien has lived in the apartment building for 5 years. Ken has lived there for 250 weeks. Who has lived in the building longer? Explain. Make a table to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 57
_____

Answer:

Given that, Damien has lived in the apartment building for 5 years. Ken has lived there for 250 weeks.

YearWeeks
152
2104
3156
4208
5260

Damien has lived in the building longer.

Question 9.
How many hours are in a week? Explain.
_____ hours

Answer: 168 hours

Explanation:

Convert week to hours
1 day = 24 hours
1 week = 7 days
7 days = 7 × 24 hours = 168 hours
Therefore there are 168 hours in a week.

Page No. 688

Question 10.
Communicate Explain how you know that 9 minutes is less than 600 seconds.
Type below:
________

Answer:

First, convert minutes to seconds
We know that,
1 minute = 60 seconds
9 minutes = 9 × 60 seconds = 540 seconds.
540 is less than 600 seconds.
Therefore 9 minutes is less than 600 seconds.

Question 11.
Draw lines to match equivalent time intervals. Some intervals might not have a match.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 58
Type below:
________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Relative-Sizes-of-Measurement-Units-img-58

One day is the length of time it takes Earth to make one complete rotation. One year is the time it takes Earth to revolve around the sun. To make the calendar match Earth’s orbit time, there are leap years. Leap years add one extra day to the year. A leap day, February 29, is added to the calendar every four years.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 59
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 60

Question 12.
How many days are there in 4 years, if the fourth year is a leap year? Explain. Make a table to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 61
_____ days

Answer:

YearDays
1365
2730
31095
41460
51825

Question 13.
Parker was born on February 29, 2008. The second time he is able to celebrate on his actual birthday is in 2016. How many days old will Parker be on February 29, 2016?
_____ days

Answer: 2922 days

Explanation:

Parker was born on February 29, 2008.
The second time he is able to celebrate on his actual birthday is in 2016.
Parker was 8 years old.
There are 2 leap years out of 8 years. There are 366 days in a leap year = 366 × 2 = 732
And multiply 6 years with 365 = 365 × 6 = 2190
2190+ 732 = 2920 days.
Parker will be 2920 days old on February 29, 2016.

Common Core – New – Page No. 689

Units of Time

Complete.

Question 1.
6 minutes = 360 seconds
Think: 1 minute = 60 seconds,
so 6 minutes = 6 × 60 seconds, or 360 seconds

Question 2.
5 weeks = ____ days

Answer: 35 days

Explanation:

1 week = 7 days
5 weeks = 5 × 7 days = 35 days
5 weeks = 35 days

Question 3.
3 years = ____ weeks

Answer: 156 weeks

Explanation:

Convert years to weeks.
1 year = 52 weeks
3 years = 3 × 52 weeks = 156 weeks
3 years = 156 weeks.

Question 4.
9 hours = ____ minutes

Answer: 540 minutes

Explanation:

Convert hours into minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
9 hours = 9 × 60 minutes = 540 minutes
9 hours = 540 minutes

Question 5.
9 minutes = ____ seconds

Answer: 540 seconds

Explanation:

Convert minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
9 minutes = 9 × 60 seconds = 540 seconds
9 minutes = 540 seconds

Question 6.
5 years = ____ months

Answer: 60 months

Explanation:

Convert years to months
1 year = 12 months
5 years = 5 × 12 months = 60 months
5 years = 60 months

Question 7.
7 days = ____ hours

Answer: 168 hours

Explanation:

Convert days to hours.
1 day = 24 hours
7 days = 7 × 24 hours = 168 hours
7 days = 168 hours

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
2 years ____ 14 months

Answer: 2 years > 14 months

Explanation:

Convert years to months
1 year = 12 months
2 years = 2 × 12 months = 24 months
24 months is greater than 14 months.
So, 2 years > 14 months

Question 9.
3 hours ____ 300 minutes

Answer: 3 hours < 300 minutes

Explanation:

1 hour = 60 minutes
3 hours = 3 × 60 minutes = 180 minutes.
180 is less than 300 minutes.
So, 3 hours < 300 minutes

Question 10.
2 days ____ 48 hours

Answer: 2 days = 48 hours

Explanation:

Convert days to hours
1 day = 24 hours
2 days = 2 × 24 hours = 48 hours
So, 2 days = 48 hours

Question 11.
6 years ____ 300 weeks

Answer: 6 years > 300 weeks

Explanation:

Convert years to weeks.
1 year = 52 weeks
6 years = 6 × 52 weeks = 312 weeks
312 weeks is greater than 300 weeks.
So, 6 years > 300 weeks.

Question 12.
4 hours ____ 400 minutes

Answer: 4 hours < 400 minutes

Explanation:

Convert hours to minutes
1 hour = 60 minutes
4 hours = 4 × 60 minutes = 240 minutes
240 minutes is less than 400 minutes
4 hours < 400 minutes

Question 13.
5 minutes ____ 300 seconds

Answer: 5 minutes = 300 seconds

Explanation:

Convert minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
5 minutes = 5 × 60 seconds = 300 seconds
5 minutes = 300 seconds

Problem Solving

Question 14.
Jody practiced a piano piece for 500 seconds. Bill practiced a piano piece for 8 minutes. Who practiced longer?
_________

Answer: Jody

Explanation:

Jody practiced a piano piece for 500 seconds.
Bill practiced a piano piece for 8 minutes.
First, convert minutes to seconds.
8 × 60 seconds = 480 seconds
480 seconds is less than 500 seconds.
So, Jody practiced for a longer time.

Question 15.
Yvette’s younger brother just turned 3 years old. Fred’s brother is now 30 months old. Whose brother is older?
_________ ‘s brother

Answer: Yvette’s

Explanation:

Yvette’s younger brother just turned 3 years old.
Fred’s brother is now 30 months old.
Convert years to months.
1 year = 12 months
3 years = 3 × 12 months = 36 months
36 months is more than 30 months.
So, Yvette’s brother is older than Fred’s brother.

Common Core – New – Page No. 690

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Glen rode his bike for 2 hours. For how many minutes did Glen ride his bike?
Options:
a. 60 minutes
b. 100 minutes
c. 120 minutes
d. 150 minutes

Answer: 120 minutes

Explanation:

Glen rode his bike for 2 hours.
Convert hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
2 hours = 2 × 60 minutes = 120 minutes.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Tina says that vacation starts in exactly 4 weeks. In how many days does vacation start?
Options:
a. 28 days
b. 35 days
c. 42 days
d. 48 days

Answer: 28 days

Explanation:

Tina says that vacation starts in exactly 4 weeks.
Convert weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
4 weeks = 4 × 7 days = 28 days
So, the correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Kayla bought \(\frac{9}{4}\) pounds of apples. What is that weight as a mixed number?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
b. 1 \(\frac{4}{9}\) pounds
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
d. 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds

Explanation:

Kayla bought \(\frac{9}{4}\) pounds of apples.
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{9}{4}\) is 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Judy, Jeff, and Jim each earned $5.40 raking leaves. How much did they earn in all?
Options:
a. $1.60
b. $10.80
c. $15.20
d. $16.20

Answer: $16.20

Explanation:

Judy, Jeff, and Jim each earned $5.40 raking leaves.
= 3 × $5.40 = $16.20
They earned $16.20 in all.
The correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Melinda rode her bike \(\frac{54}{100}\) mile to the library. Then she rode \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile to the store. How far did Melinda ride her bike in all?
Options:
a. 0.14 mile
b. 0.58 mile
c. 0.94 mile
d. 1.04 miles

Answer: 0.94 mile

Explanation:

Melinda rode her bike \(\frac{54}{100}\) mile to the library.
Then she rode \(\frac{4}{10}\)mile to the store.
The decimal form of \(\frac{54}{100}\) is 0.54 mile
The decimal form of \(\frac{4}{10}\) is 0.40 mile
0.54 + 0.40 = 0.94 mile
Thus the answer is option C.

Question 6.
One day, the students drank 60 quarts of milk at lunch. How many pints of milk did the students drink?
Options:
a. 30 pints
b. 120 pints
c. 240 pints
d. 480 pints

Answer: 120 pints

Explanation:

One day, the students drank 60 quarts of milk at lunch.
1 quart = 2 pints
60 quarts = 60 × 2 pints = 120 pints
The correct answer is option B.

Page No. 693

Question 1.
Evelyn has dance class every Saturday. It lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 12:45 p.m. At what time does Evelyn’s dance class begin?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 62
First, write the problem you need to solve.
Type below:
________

Answer: I need to find when Evelyn’s dance class begins.

Question 1.
Next, draw a time line to show the end time and the elapsed time.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 63
Type below:
________

Answer:

Question 1.
Finally, find the start time.
Evelyn’s dance class begins at _________ .
______ A.M.

Answer: 11:30 A.M.

Explanation:

Evelyn has dance class every Saturday. It lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 12:45 p.m.
12 hr 45 minutes
-1 hr 15 minutes
11 hr 30 minutes

Thus Evelyn dance class starts at 11:30 A.M.

Question 2.
What if Evelyn’s dance class started at 11:00 a.m. and lasted 1 hour and 25 minutes? At what time would her class end? Describe how this problem is different from Problem 1.
Type below:
________

Answer: 12:25 P.M.

Explanation:

If Evelyn’s dance class started at 11:00 a.m. and lasted 1 hour and 25 minutes.
Then the class ends at 12:25 P.M.
11 hours 0 minutes
+1 hour 25 minutes
12 hour 25 minutes

Question 3.
Beth got on the bus at 8:06 a.m. Thirty-five minutes later, she arrived at school. At what time did Beth arrive at school?
______ a.m.

Answer: 8:41 A.M.

Explanation:

Beth got on the bus at 8:06 a.m.
Thirty-five minutes later, she arrived at school.
8 hour 06 minutes
+ 0 hour 35 minutes
8 hour 41 minutes

Beth arrived to school at 8:41 A.M.

Question 4.
Lyle went fishing for 1 hour and 30 minutes until he ran out of bait at 6:40 p.m. At what time did Lyle start fishing?
______ p.m.

Answer: 5:10 P.M.

Explanation:

Lyle went fishing for 1 hour and 30 minutes until he ran out of bait at 6:40 p.m.
Subtract 1 hour and 30 minutes from 6:40 p.m.
6 hour 40 minutes
-1 hour 30 minutes
5 hour 10 minutes

Lyle starts fishing at 5:10 P.M.

Page No. 694

Question 5.
Mike and Jed went skiing at 10:30 a.m. They skied for 1 hour and 55 minutes before stopping for lunch. At what time did Mike and Jed stop for lunch?
______ p.m

Answer: 12:25 P.M.

Explanation:

Mike and Jed went skiing at 10:30 a.m.
They skied for 1 hour and 55 minutes before stopping for lunch.
Add 1 hour and 55 minutes to 10:30 a.m
10 hour 30 minutes
+1 hour 55 minutes
12 hour 25 minutes
= 12:25 P.M.
Mike and Jed stop for lunch at 12:25 P.M.

Question 6.
Mike can run a mile in 12 minutes. He starts his run at 11:30 am. and runs 4 miles. What time does Mike finish his run?
_____ : _____  _____

Answer: 12:18 P.M

Explanation:

Mike can run a mile in 12 minutes. He starts his run at 11:30 am. and runs 4 miles.
1 mile = 12 minutes
4 miles = 4 × 12 minutes = 48 minutes
Add 48 minutes to 11:30 A.M.
11 hour 30 minutes
0 hour 48 minutes
12 hour 18 minutes

Mike finish his run at 12:18 P.M.

Question 7.
Communicate Explain how you can use a diagram to determine the start time when the end time is 9:00 a.m. and the elapsed time is 26 minutes. What is the start time?
______ a.m.

Answer: 8:34 A.M.

Explanation:

End time = 9:00 A.M.
Elapsed time = 26 minutes
Subtract 26 minutes from 9 hours.
9 hour 00 minutes
-0 hour 26 minutes
8 hour 34 minutes
So, the start time is 8:34 A.M.

Question 8.
Bethany finished her math homework at 4:20 p.m. She did 25 multiplication problems in all. If each problem took her 3 minutes to do, at what time did Bethany start her math homework?
______ p.m.

Answer: 3:05 P.M.

Explanation:

Bethany finished her math homework at 4:20 p.m. She did 25 multiplication problems in all.
If she took 3 minutes to solve each problem then multiply 25 with 3
25 × 3 = 75 minutes = 1 hour 15 minutes
Subtract 1 hour 15 minutes from 4:20 P.M.
4 hour 20 minutes
-1 hour 15 minutes
3 hour 05 minutes

Therefore Bethany started her math homework at 3:05 P.M.

Question 9.
Vincent began his weekly chores on Saturday morning at 11:20 a.m. He finished 1 hour and 10 minutes later. Draw a time line to show the end time.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 64
Vincent finished his chores at _______ p.m.
______ p.m.

Answer: 12:30 P.M.

Explanation:

Vincent began his weekly chores on Saturday morning at 11:20 a.m. He finished 1 hour and 10 minutes later.
Add 1 hour 10 minutes to 11:20 A.M.
11 hour 20 minutes
+1 hour 10 minutes
12 hour 30 minutes
Thus the Endtime is 12:30 P.M.

Common Core – New – Page No. 695

Problem Solving Elapsed Time

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Molly started her piano lesson at 3:45 P.M. The lesson lasted 20 minutes. What time did the piano lesson end?
Think: What do I need to find?
How can I draw a diagram to help?
4:05 P.M.

Question 2.
Brendan spent 24 minutes playing a computer game. He stopped playing at 3:55 P.M and went outside to ride his bike. What time did he start playing the computer game?
______ P.M.

Answer: 3:31 P.M

Explanation:

Brendan spent 24 minutes playing a computer game.
He stopped playing at 3:55 P.M and went outside to ride his bike.
You need to subtract 24 minutes from 3:55 P.M. = 3:31 P.M.

Question 3.
Aimee’s karate class lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 5:00 P.M. What time does Aimee’s karate class start?
______ P.M.

Answer: 3:45 P.M

Explanation:

Aimee’s karate class lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 5:00 P.M.
You need to subtract 1 hour 15 minutes from 5:00 P.M = 5:00 – 1:15 = 3:45 P.M.
Aimee’s karate class started at 3:45 P.M.

Question 4.
Mr. Giarmo left for work at 7:15 A.M. Twenty-five minutes later, he arrived at his work. What time did Mr. Giarmo arrive at his work?
______ A.M.

Answer: 7:40 A.M.

Explanation:

Mr. Giarmo left for work at 7:15 A.M.
Twenty-five minutes later, he arrived at his work.
Add 25 minutes to 7:15 A.M. = 7:40 A.M.
Mr. Giarmo arrived at his work at 7:40 A.M.

Question 5.
Ms. Brown’s flight left at 9:20 A.M. Her plane landed 1 hour and 23 minutes later. What time did her plane land?
______ A.M.

Answer: 10:43 A.M.

Explanation:

Ms. Brown’s flight left at 9:20 A.M.
Her plane landed 1 hour and 23 minutes later.
Add 1 hour and 23 minutes to 9:20 A.M = 10:43 A.M.
Her plane landed at 10:43 A.M.

Common Core – New – Page No. 696

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Bobbie went snowboarding with friends at 10:10 A.M. They snowboarded for 1 hour and 43 minutes, and then stopped to eat lunch. What time did they stop for lunch?
Options:
a. 8:27 A.M.
b. 10:53 A.M.
c. 11:53 A.M.
d. 12:53 A.M.

Answer: 11:53 A.M.

Explanation:

Bobbie went snowboarding with friends at 10:10 A.M.
They snowboarded for 1 hour and 43 minutes and then stopped to eat lunch.
Add 1 hour and 43 minutes to 10:10 A.M. = 11:53 A.M.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
The Cain family drove for 1 hour and 15 minutes and arrived at their camping spot at 3:44 P.M. What time did the Cain family start driving?
Options:
a. 4:59 P.M.
b. 2:44 P.M.
c. 2:39 P.M.
d. 2:29 P.M.

Answer: 2:29 P.M.

Explanation:

The Cain family drove for 1 hour and 15 minutes and arrived at their camping spot at 3:44 P.M.
Subtract 1 hour and 15 minutes from 3:44 P.M
3:44 P.M. – 1:15 = 2:29 P.M.
The correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A praying mantis can grow up to 15 centimeters long. How long is this in millimeters?
Options:
a. 15 millimeters
b. 150 millimeters
c. 1,500 millimeters
d. 15,000 millimeters

Answer: 150 millimeters

Explanation:

A praying mantis can grow up to 15 centimeters long.
Convert centimeters to millimeters
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
15 centimeters = 15 × 10 millimeters = 150 millimeters
The correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Thom’s minestrone soup recipe makes 3 liters of soup. How many milliliters of soup is this?
Options:
a. 30 milliliters
b. 300 milliliters
c. 3,000 milliliters
d. 30,000 milliliters

Answer: 3,000 milliliters

Explanation:

Thom’s minestrone soup recipe makes 3 liters of soup.
Convert liters to milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
3 liters = 3 × 1000 milliliters = 3,000 milliliters
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Stewart walks \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile each day. Which is a multiple of \(\frac{2}{3}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:

Stewart walks \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile each day.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
The correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Angelica colored in 0.60 of the squares on her grid. Which of the following expresses 0.60 as tenths in fraction form?
Options:
a. \(\frac{60}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{60}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{6}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Explanation:

Angelica colored in 0.60 of the squares on her grid.
The fraction of 0.60 is \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The correct answer is option D.

Page No. 699

Question 1.
A truck is carrying 2 tons 500 pounds of steel. How many pounds of steel is the truck carrying?
Think of 2 tons 500 pounds as 2 tons + 500 pounds.
Write tons as pounds.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 65
So, the truck is carrying _____ pounds of steel.
______ pounds

Answer: 4,500 pounds

Explanation:

A truck is carrying 2 tons 500 pounds of steel.
Before you add convert tons to pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
2 tons = 2 × 2000 pounds = 4000 pounds
4000 pounds
+500 pounds
4500 pounds
So, the truck is carrying 4500 pounds of steel.

Rewrite each measure in the given unit.

Question 2.
1 yard 2 feet
______ feet

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:

Convert yard to feet
1 yard = 3 feet
3 feet + 2 feet = 5 feet

Question 3.
3 pints 1 cup
______ cups

Answer: 7 cups

Explanation:

1 pint = 2 cups
3 pints = 3 × 2 cups = 6 cups
6 cups + 1 cup = 7 cups

Question 4.
3 weeks 1 day
______ days

Answer: 22 days

Explanation:

Convert weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
3 weeks = 21 days
21 days + 1 day = 22 days.

Add or subtract.

Question 5.
2 lb 4 oz
+ 1 lb 6 oz
————–
_____ lb _____ oz

Answer: 3 lb 10 oz

Explanation:

Add 2 lb 4 oz and 1 lb 6 oz

2 lb 4 oz
+ 1 lb 6 oz
3 lb 10 oz

Question 6.
3 gal 2 qt
− 1 gal 3 qt
————–
_____ gal _____ qt

Answer: 1 gal 3 qt

Explanation:

Subtract 1 gal 3 qt from 3 gal 2 qt
Convert gallon to a quart and then borrow to 2 quarts = 6 quarts

3 gal 2 qt
− 1 gal 3 qt
1 gal 3 qt

Question 7.
5 hr 20 min
− 3 hr 15 min
—————–
_____ hr _____ min

Answer: 2 hr 5 min

Explanation:

Subtract 3 hr 15 min from 5 hr 20 min

5 hr 20 min
− 3 hr 15 min
2 hr 5 min

Rewrite each measure in the given unit.

Question 8.
1 hour 15 minutes
_____ minutes

Answer: 75 minutes

Explanation:

Convert hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
60 minutes + 15 minutes = 75 minutes

Question 9.
4 quarts 2 pints
_____ pints

Answer: 10 pints

Explanation:

Convert quart to pints
1 quart = 2 pints
4 quarts = 8 pints
8 pints + 2 pints = 10 pints

Question 10.
10 feet 10 inches
_____ inches

Answer: 130 inches

Explanation:

Convert feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
10 feet = 10 × 12 inches = 120 inches
120 inches + 10 inches = 130 inches

Add or subtract.

Question 11.
2 tons 300 lb
– 1 ton 300 lb
—————–
_____ ton(s) _____ lb

Answer: 1ton

Explanation:

Subtract 1 ton 300 lb from 2 tons 300 lb

2 tons 300 lb
– 1 ton 300 lb
1ton 0 lb

Question 12.
10 gal 8 c
+ 8 gal 9 c
—————–
_____ gal _____ c

Answer: 19 gal 1 c

Explanation:

Add 10 gal 8 c and 8 gal 9 c
Convert cups to gallon
17 cups = 1 gal 1 cup

10 gal 8 c
+ 8 gal 9 c
18 gal 17 c = 19 gal 1 c

Question 13.
7 lb 6 oz
− 2 lb 12 oz
—————–
_____ lb _____ oz

Answer: 4 lb 10 oz

Explanation:

Subtract 2 lb 12 oz from 7 lb 6 oz
1 lb = 16 oz
Borrow 16 oz to ones place.
7 lb 6 oz

6 lb 22 oz
− 2 lb 12 oz
4 lb 10 oz

Question 14.
Apply Ahmed fills 6 pitchers with juice. Each pitcher contains 2 quarts 1 pint. How many pints of juice does he have in all?
_____ pints of juice

Answer: 30 pints of juice

Explanation:

Apply Ahmed fills 6 pitchers with juice. Each pitcher contains 2 quarts 1 pint.
Convert quarts to pints.
1 quart = 2 pint
2 quarts = 2 × 2 pint = 4 pints
2 quarts 1 pint = 4 pints + 1 pint = 5 pints
5 pints × 6 pitchers = 30 pints of juice.

Question 15.
Sense or Nonsense? Sam and Dave each solve the problem at the right. Sam says the sum is 4 feet 18 inches. Dave says the sum is 5 feet 6 inches. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain.
2 ft 10 in.
+ 2 ft 8 in.
—————-
Type below:
_________

Answer: The answer of Dave and Sam makes sense. Because 4 feet 18 inches and 5 feet 6 inches are the same.
Convert feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
4 feet 18 inches = 5 feet 6 inches.

Question 16.
Jackson has a rope 1 foot 8 inches long. He cuts it into 4 equal pieces. How many inches long is each piece?
______ inches

Answer: 5 inches

Explanation:

Jackson has a rope 1 foot 8 inches long. He cuts it into 4 equal pieces.
Convert feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
12 inches + 8 inches = 20 inches
20 ÷ 4 = 5 inches.
Therefore there are 5 inches in each piece.

Page No. 700

Question 17.
Theo is practicing for a 5-kilometer race. He runs 5 kilometers every day and records his time. His normal time is 25 minutes 15 seconds. Yesterday it took him only 23 minutes 49 seconds. How much faster was his time yesterday than his normal time?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 66
a. What are you asked to find?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I am asked to find how much faster was his time yesterday than his normal time.

Question 17.
b. What information do you know?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I know the information about his normal time and the time he took to run yesterday.

Question 17.
c. How will you solve the problem?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I will solve this problem by subtracting the time taken by him yesterday from normal time.
25 minutes 15 seconds
-23 minutes 49 seconds

Question 17.
d. Solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

25 minutes 15 seconds
-23 minutes 49 seconds
1 minute 26 seconds     

Question 17.
e. Fill in the sentence.
Yesterday, Theo ran 5 kilometers in a time that was ______ faster than his normal time.
_____ min _____ sec

Answer: 1 min 26 sec

Question 18.
Don has 5 pieces of pipe. Each piece is 3 feet 6 inches long. If Don joins the pieces end to end to make one long pipe, how long will the new pipe be?
_____ ft _____ in

Answer: 17 ft 6 in.

Explanation:

Don has 5 pieces of pipe. Each piece is 3 feet 6 inches long.
5 pieces = 5 × 3 feet 6 inches
= 15 feet 30 inches
1 feet = 12 inches
30 inches = 2 feet 6 inches
15 feet 30 inches = 17 feet 6 inches
The new pipe will be 17 feet 6 inches long.

Question 19.
Ana mixes 2 quarts 1 pint of apple juice and 1 quart 3 cups of cranberry juice. Will her mixture be able to fit in a 1 gallon pitcher? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer: Yes

Ana mixes 2 quarts 1 pint of apple juice and 1 quart 3 cups of cranberry juice.
We should convert it into gallons.
Before that convert pint to cups.
1 pint = 2 cups
2 quarts 1 pint = 2 quarts 2 cups

2 quarts 2 cups
1 quart 3 cups
3 quart 5 cups

1 quart = 4 cups
5 cups = 1 quart 1 cup
3 quart 5 cups = 4 quart 1 cup
Now we can convert 4 quarts 1 cup into gallons.
1 gallon = 4 quarts
1 gallon 1 cup.

Common Core – New – Page No. 701

Mixed Measures

Complete.

Question 1.
8 pounds 4 ounces = 132 ounces
Think: 8 pounds = 8 × 16 ounces, or 128 ounces.
128 ounces + 4 ounces = 132 ounces

Question 2.
5 weeks 3 days = _____ days

Answer: 38 days

Explanation:

Convert weeks to days
1 week = 7 days
5 weeks = 5 × 7 days = 35 days
35 days + 3 days = 38 days

Question 3.
4 minutes 45 seconds = _____ seconds

Answer: 285 seconds

Explanation:

Convert minutes to seconds
1 minute = 60 seconds
4 minutes = 4 × 60 seconds = 240 seconds
240 seconds + 45 seconds = 285 seconds

Question 4.
4 hours 30 minutes = _____ minutes

Answer: 270 minutes

Explanation:

Convert hours to minutes
1 hour = 60 minutes
4 hours = 4 × 60 minutes = 240 minutes
240 minutes + 30 minutes = 270 minutes

Question 5.
3 tons 600 pounds = _____ pounds

Answer: 6600 pounds

Explanation:

Convert tons to pounds
1 ton = 2,000 pounds
3 tons = 3 × 2000 pounds = 6,000 pounds
6,000 pounds + 600 pounds = 6,600 pounds

Question 6.
6 pints 1 cup = _____ cups

Answer: 13 cups

Explanation:

Convert pints to cups.
1 pint = 2 cups
6 pints = 6 × 2 cups = 12 cups
12 cups + 1 cup = 13 cups

Question 7.
7 pounds 12 ounces = _____ ounces

Answer: 124 ounces

Explanation:

Convert pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
7 pounds = 7 × 16 ounces = 112 ounces
112 ounces + 12 ounces = 124 ounces

Add or subtract.

Question 8.
9 gal 1 qt
+ 6 gal 1 qt
—————
______ gal ______ qt

Answer: 15 gal 2 qt

Explanation:

9 gal + 6 gal = 15 gal
1 qt + 1 qt = 2qt

9 gal 1 qt
+ 6 gal 1 qt
15 gal 2 qt

Question 9.
12 lb 5 oz
– 7 lb 10 oz
—————
______ lb ______ oz

Answer: 4 lb 11 oz

Explanation:

21 oz – 10 oz = 11 oz
11 lb – 7 lb = 4 lb

12 lb 5 oz
– 7 lb 10 oz
4 lb 11 oz

Question 10.
8 hr 3 min
+ 4 hr 12 min
—————
______ hr ______ min

Answer: 12 hr 15 min

Explanation:

8 hr + 4 hr = 12 hr
3 min + 12 min = 15 min

8 hr 3 min
+ 4 hr 12 min
12 hr 15 min

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Michael’s basketball team practiced for 2 hours 40 minutes yesterday and 3 hours 15 minutes today. How much longer did the team practice today than yesterday?
______ minutes

Answer: 35 minutes

Explanation:

Michael’s basketball team practiced for 2 hours 40 minutes yesterday and 3 hours 15 minutes today.
3 hours 15 minutes
– 2 hours 40 minutes
0 hours 35 minutes

Question 12.
Rhonda had a piece of ribbon that was 5 feet 3 inches long. She removed a 5-inch piece to use in her art project. What is the length of the piece of ribbon now?
______ feet ______ inches

Answer: 4 feet 10 inches

Explanation:

Rhonda had a piece of ribbon that was 5 feet 3 inches long. She removed a 5-inch piece to use in her art project.
5 feet 3 inches
– 0 feet 5-inch

1 feet = 12 inches
12 inches – 5 inches = 7 inches
5 feet 3 inches
– 0 feet 5-inch
4 feet 10 inches

Common Core – New – Page No. 702

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Marsha bought 1 pound 11 ounces of roast beef and 2 pounds 5 ounces of corned beef. How much more corned beef did she buy than roast beef?
Options:
a. 16 ounces
b. 10 ounces
c. 7 ounces
d. 6 ounces

Answer: 10 ounces

Explanation:

Marsha bought 1 pound 11 ounces of roast beef and 2 pounds 5 ounces of corned beef.
Subtract 1 pound 11 ounces of roast beef from 2 pounds 5 ounces of corned beef.
2 pounds 5 ounces
1 pound 11 ounces
0 pound 10 ounces
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Theodore says there are 2 weeks 5 days left in the year. How many days are left in the year?
Options:
a. 14 days
b. 15 days
c. 19 days
d. 25 days

Answer: 19 days

Explanation:

Theodore says there are 2 weeks 5 days left in the year.
Convert weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
2 weeks = 14 days
14 days + 5 days = 19 days.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
On one grid, 0.5 of the squares are shaded. On another grid, 0.05 of the squares are shaded. Which statement is true?
Options:
a. 0.05 > 0.5
b. 0.05 = 0.5
c. 0.05 < 0.5
d. 0.05 + 0.5 = 1.0

Answer: 0.05 < 0.5

Explanation:

Given,
On one grid, 0.5 of the squares are shaded.
On another grid, 0.05 of the squares are shaded.
0.5 is greater than 0.05
So, the answer is option C.

Question 4.
Classify the triangle shown below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 67
Options:
a. right
b. acute
c. equilateral
d. obtuse

Answer: right

Explanation:

The above figure is the right angle triangle.
So, the correct answer is option A.

Question 5.
Sahil’s brother is 3 years old. How many weeks old is his brother?
Options:
a. 30 weeks
b. 36 weeks
c. 90 weeks
d. 156 weeks

Answer: 156 weeks

Explanation:

Sahil’s brother is 3 years old.
Convert years to weeks.
1 year = 52 weeks
3 years = 3 × 52 = 156 weeks.
Therefore the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
Sierra’s swimming lessons last 1 hour 20 minutes. She finished her lesson at 10:50 A.M. At what time did her lesson start?
Options:
a. 9:30 A.M.
b. 9:50 A.M.
c. 10:30 A.M.
d. 12:10 A.M.

Answer: 9:30 A.M.

Explanation:

Sierra’s swimming lessons last 1 hour 20 minutes. She finished her lesson at 10:50 A.M.
10 hour 50 minutes
– 1 hour 20 minutes
9 hours 30 minutes
9:30 A.M.
So, the correct answer is option A.

Page No. 705

Question 1.
The table shows a pattern for two units of time. Label the columns of the table with the units of time.
Think: What unit of time is 24 times as great as another unit?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 68
Type below:
________

Answer: Days, Hours
The conversion of the day to hours is
1 day = 24 hours.

DayHours
124
248
372
496

Each table shows a pattern for two customary units. Label the columns of the table.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 69
Type below:
________

Answer: Pint, Cups
1 pint = 2 Cups
So, the label for the above table is:

PintCups
12
24
36
48
510

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 70
Type below:
________

Answer: Pound, Ounces
Conversion of pounds to ounces is 1 pound = 16 ounces

PoundOunces
116
232
348
464
580

Each table shows a pattern for two customary units. Label the columns of the table.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 71
Type below:
________

Answer: Yard, Inches
1 yard = 36 inches

YardInches
136
272
3108
4144
5180

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 72
Type below:
________

Answer: Feet, Inches
1 Feet = 12 inches

FeetInches
112
224
336
448
560

Each table shows a pattern for two metric units of length. Label the columns of the table.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 73
Type below:
________

Answer: Decimeter, Centimeter, and Centimeter, Millimeter

1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters

Label for Decimeter and Centimeter:

DecimeterCentimeter
110
220
330
440
550

Label for Centimeter and Millimeter:

CentimeterMillimeter
110
220
330
440
550

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 74
Type below:
________

Answer: Meter, Centimeter

1 meter = 100 centimeters,

Label for Meter and Centimeter is:

MeterCentimeter
1100
2200
3300
4400
5500

Question 8.
List the number pairs for the table in Exercise 6. Describe the relationship between the numbers in each pair.

Answer: There are 8 pairs for the table.
The relationship for the first pair is Day, Hour.
The relationship for the second pair is Pound, Ounces.
The relationship for the third pair is Yard, Inches.
The relationship for the fourth pair is Feet, inches.
The relationship for the fifth pair is Decimeter, Centimeter.
The relationship for the sixth pair is Centimeter, Millimeter.
The relationship for the seventh pair is Meter, Centimeter.

Page No. 706

Question 9.
What’s the Error? Maria wrote Weeks as the label for the first column of the table and Years as the label for the second column. Describe her error.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 75
Type below:
________

Answer: The error of Maria is she didn’t write the name for the pair of table.

YearWeeks
152
2104
3156
4208
5260

Question 10.
Verify the Reasoning of Others The table shows a pattern for two metric units. Lou labels the columns Meters and Millimeters. Zayna labels them Liters and Milliliters. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 76
Type below:
________

Answer: Both Lou and Zayna labels are correct but they didn’t name the pair of units.

MetersMillimeters
11000
22000
33000
44000
55000
LitersMilliliters
11000
22000
33000
44000
55000

Question 11.
Look at the following number pairs: 1 and 365, 2 and 730, 3 and 1,095. The number pairs describe the relationship between which two units of time? Explain.
____ ____

Answer:

Year Days
112
224
336

Question 12.
The tables show patterns for some units of measurement. Write the correct labels in each table.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 77
Type below:
________

Answer:

The suitable units the first table is

FeetInches
112
224
336
448

The suitable units the second table is

DayHours
124
248
372
496

The suitable units the third table is

GallonQuarts
14
28
312
416

Common Core – New – Page No. 707

Patterns in Measurement Units

Each table shows a pattern for two customary units of time or volume. Label the columns of the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 78

Question 2.

____________________
112
224
336
448
560

Answer:

YearsMonths
112
224
336
448
560

Question 3.

____________________
12
24
36
48
510

Answer:

PintsCups
12
24
36
48
510

Question 4.

____________________
17
214
321
428
535

Answer:

WeeksDays
17
214
321
428
535

Problem Solving

Use the table for 5 and 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 79

Question 5.
Marguerite made the table to compare two metric measures of length. Name a pair of units Marguerite could be comparing.
1 _________
= 10 _________

Answer: The pair of units for the above table is Centimeters, Millimeters.

Question 6.
Name another pair of metric units of length that have the same relationship.
1 _________
= 10 _________

Answer: Another pair of metric units of length are Meters, Decimeters.

Common Core – New – Page No. 708

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joanne made a table to relate two units of measure. The number pairs in her table are 1 and 16, 2 and 32, 3 and 48, 4 and 64. Which are the best labels for
Joanne’s table?
Options:
a. Cups, Fluid Ounces
b. Gallons, Quarts
c. Pounds, Ounces
d. Yards, Inches

Answer: Pounds, Ounces

Explanation:

Joanne made a table to relate two units of measure. The number pairs in her table are 1 and 16, 2 and 32, 3 and 48, 4 and 64.
The label for Joanna’s table is pounds and ounces.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Cade made a table to relate two units of time. The number pairs in his table are 1 and 24, 2 and 48, 3 and 72, 4 and 96. Which are the best labels for Cade’s table?
Options:
a. Days, Hours
b. Days, Weeks
c. Years, Months
d. Years, Weeks

Answer: Days, Hours

Explanation:

Cade made a table to relate two units of time. The number pairs in his table are 1 and 24, 2 and 48, 3 and 72, 4 and 96.
The label for Joanna’s table is Days and Hours.
The correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Anita has 2 quarters, 1 nickel, and 4 pennies. Write Anita’s total amount as a fraction of a dollar
Options:
a. \(\frac{39}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{54}{100}\)
c. \(\frac{59}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{84}{100}\)

Answer: \(\frac{59}{100}\)

Question 4.
The minute hand of a clock moves from 12 to 6. Which describes the turn the minute hand makes?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn
d. 1 full turn

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn

Explanation:

The minute hand of a clock moves from 12 to 6.
If the minute hand move from 12 to 6 then the fraction of the turn is \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Roderick has a dog that has a mass of 9 kilograms. What is the mass of the dog in grams?
Options:
a. 9 grams
b. 900 grams
c. 9,000 grams
d. 90,000 grams

Answer: 9,000 grams

Explanation:

Roderick has a dog that has a mass of 9 kilograms.
Convert kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
9 kilograms = 9 × 1000 grams = 9000 grams
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Kari mixed 3 gallons 2 quarts of lemon lime drink with 2 gallons 3 quarts of pink lemonade to make punch. How much more lemon-lime drink did Kari use than pink lemonade?
Options:
a. 3 quarts
b. 4 quarts
c. 1 gallon 1 quart
d. 1 gallon 2 quarts

Answer: 3 quarts

Explanation:

Kari mixed 3 gallons 2 quarts of lemon-lime drink with 2 gallons 3 quarts of pink lemonade to make punch.
Kari used 3 quarts of pink lemonade more to make punch.
The correct answer is option A.

Common Core – New – Page No. 709

Question 1.
Mrs. Miller wants to estimate the width of the steps in front of her house. Select the best benchmark for her to use.
Options:
a. her fingertip
b. the thickness of a dime
c. the width of a license plate
d. how far she can walk in 20 minutes

Answer: the thickness of a dime

Question 2.
Franco played computer chess for 3 hours. Lian played computer chess for 150 minutes. Compare the times spent playing computer chess. Complete the sentence.
_____ played for _____ minutes longer than _____.

Answer: Franco played for 30 minutes longer than Lian.

Question 3.
Select the measures that are equal. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 6 feet
b. 15 yards
c. 45 feet
d. 600 inches
e. 12 feet
f. 540 inches

Answer: B, F; C, F

The measure of 15 yards = 45 feet = 540 inches

Question 4.
Jackie made 6 quarts of lemonade. Jackie says she made 3 pints of lemonade. Explain Jackie’s error. Then find the correct number of pints of lemonade.
Type below:
_________

Answer: The error of Jackie is that she made 12 pints of lemonade but she noted 3 pints of lemonade.
1 quart = 2 pints
6 quarts = 6 × 2 pints = 12 pints

Page No. 710

Question 5.
Josh practices gymnastics each day after school. The data shows the lengths of time Josh practiced gymnastics for 2 weeks.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 80
Part A
Make a tally table and line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 81
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Time Practicing Gymnastics
Time (in hours)Tally
\(\frac{1}{2}\)|
\(\frac{1}{4}\)||
\(\frac{3}{4}\)|||
1||||

Line Plot:

Go Math 4th Grade Chapter 12 Key Review test solution image_2

Question 5.
Part B
Explain how you used the tally table to label the numbers and plot the Xs.
Type below:
_________

Answer: By using the tally marks table I have plotted the X’s on the line plot. Based on the tally of each fraction I have plotted X on the point.

Question 5.
Part C
What is the difference between the longest time and shortest time Josh spent practicing gymnastics?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hour

Answer:

The longest time is 1
The shortest time is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Thus the difference between the longest time and shortest time Josh spent practicing gymnastics is \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 6.
Select the correct word to complete the sentence.
Juan brings a water bottle with him to soccer practice.
A full water bottle holds Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 82 of water.
_________

Answer: A full water bottle holds 1 liter of water

Page No. 711

Question 7.
Write the symbol that compares the weights correctly.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 83
128 ounces ____ 8 pounds
8,000 pounds ____ 3 tons

Answer:

i. 128 ounces ____ 8 pounds

1 pound = 16ounces
8 pounds = 8 × 16 ounces = 128 ounces
Thus 128 ounces = 8 pounds

ii. 8,000 pounds ____ 3 tons

1 ton = 2000 pounds
4 tons = 4 × 2000 pounds = 8000 pounds
8000 pounds is greater than 6000 pounds
So, 8,000 pounds > 3 tons

Question 8.
Dwayne bought 5 yards of wrapping paper. How many inches of wrapping paper did he buy?
____ inches

Answer: 180 inches

Convert yards to inches
1 yard = 36 inches
5 yards = 5 × 36 inches = 180 inches
Therefore he bought 180 inches of wrapping paper.

Question 9.
A sack of potatoes weighs 14 pounds 9 ounces. After Wendy makes potato salad for a picnic, the sack weighs 9 pounds 14 ounces. What is the weight of the potatoes Wendy used for the potato salad? Write the numbers to show the correct subtraction.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 84
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 85
____ pounds ____ ounces

Answer: 4 pounds 11 ounces

14 pounds 9 ounces
-9 pounds 14 ounces
Borrow 1 pound to ones place to subtract 11 ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
16 + 9 = 25 ounces

13 pounds 25 ounces
-9 pounds 14 ounces
4 pounds 11 ounces

Question 10.
Sabita made this table to relate two customary units of liquid volume.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 86
Part A
List the number pairs for the table. Then describe the relationship between the numbers in each pair.
Type below:
________

Answer: The relationship between the numbers in each pair is Pint, Cups.

Question 10.
Part B
Label the columns of the table. Explain your answer.
Type below:
________

Answer:

PintCups
12
24
36
48
510

Page No. 712

Question 11.
The table shows the distances some students swam in miles. Complete the line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 87
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 88

Answer:

Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 12 Review solution image_3

What is the difference between the longest distance and the shortest distance the students swam?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) mile

Answer: \(\frac{4}{8}\) mile

Explanation:

The longest distance = \(\frac{5}{8}\) mile
The shortest distance = \(\frac{1}{8}\) mile
\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) mile
The difference between the longest distance and the shortest distance the students swam is \(\frac{4}{8}\) mile.

Question 12.
An elephant living in a wildlife park weighs 4 tons. How many pounds does the elephant weigh?
______ pounds

Answer: 8000 pounds

Explanation:

An elephant living in a wildlife park weighs 4 tons.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
4 tons = 4 × 2000 pounds = 8000 pounds
The elephant weighs 8000 pounds.

Question 13.
Katia bought two melons. She says the difference in mass between the melons is 5,000 grams. Which two melons that did Katia buy?
Options:
a. watermelon: 8 kilograms
b. cantaloupe: 5 kilograms
c. honeydew: 3 kilograms
d. casaba melon: 2 kilograms
e. crenshaw melon: 1 kilogram

Answer: cantaloupe: 5 kilograms

Katia bought two melons. She says the difference in mass between the melons is 5,000 grams.
She bought cantaloupe: 5 kilograms.
The correct answer is option B.

Question 14.
Write the equivalent measurements in each column.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 89
Type below:
________

Answer:

3 meters35 centimeters300 millimeters
3,000 millimeters35/100 meter300/1000 meter
300 centimeters0.35 meter0.300 meter
30 decimeters350 millimeters30 centimeters

Page No. 713

Question 15.
Cheryl is making a mixed fruit drink for a party. She mixes 7 pints each of apple juice and cranberry juice. How many fluid ounces of mixed fruit drink does Cheryl make?
______ fluid ounces

Answer: 224 fluid ounces

Explanation:

Cheryl is making a mixed fruit drink for a party. She mixes 7 pints each of apple juice and cranberry juice.
We need to convert pints into fluid ounces
We know that, 1 pint = 32 fluid ounces
7 pints = 7 × 32 fluid ounces = 224 fluid ounces.
Therefore Cheryl makes 224 fluid ounces of mixed fruit drink.

Question 16.
Hamid’s soccer game will start at 11:00 a.m., but the players must arrive at the field three-quarters of an hour early to warm up. The game must end by 1:15 p.m.
Part A
Hamid says he has to be at the field at 9:45 a.m. is Hamid correct? Explain your answer.
______

Answer: No

Explanation:

The statement of Hamid is wrong. Because Hamid’s soccer game starts at 10:15 A.M.

Question 16.
Part B
The park closes at 6:30 p.m. There is a 15-minute break between each game played at the park, and each game takes the same amount of time as Hamid’s soccer game. How many more games can be played before the park closes? Explain your answer.
______ more games

Answer: 2 more games

Explanation:

Given that,
The park closes at 6:30 p.m.
There is a 15-minute break between each game played at the park, and each game takes the same amount of time as Hamid’s soccer game.
The game starts at 11:00 A.M and ends at 1:15 P.M.
After completion of the game, they will take a break for 15 minutes.
So, game starts at 1:30 P.M or 2:00 P.M. and ends at 4:15 P.M.
By this, we can say that 2 more games can be played before the park closes.

Question 17.
For numbers 17a–17e, select Yes or No to tell whether the measurements are equivalent.
a. 7,000 grams and 7 kilograms
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
7 kilograms = 7 × 1000 grams = 7000 grams.
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 17.
b. 200 milliliters and 2 liters
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2000 milliliters
So, the above statement is not correct.

Question 17.
c. 6 grams and 6,000 kilograms
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams.
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 17.
d. 5 liters and 5,000 milliliters
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
5 liters = 5000 milliliters
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 17.
e. 2 milliliters and 2,000 liters
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2000 milliliters
the above statement is false.

Page No. 714

Question 18.
Draw lines to match equivalent time intervals.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 90

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Relative-Sizes-of-Measurement-Units-img-90-1

Question 19.
Anya arrived at the library on Saturday morning at 11:10 a.m. She left the library 1 hour 20 minutes later. Draw a time line to show the end time.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 91
Anya left the library at _____ P. M.

Question 20.
The tables show patterns for some units of measurement. Write the correct labels in each table.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 92

Answer: Yard, Feet; Week, days; Quart, Cups.

The label for the first table is:

YardFeet
13
26
39
412

The label for the second table is:

WeekDays
17
214
321
428

The label for the third table is:

QuartCups
14
28
312
416

Question 21.
An Olympic swimming pool is 25 meters wide. How many decimeters wide is an Olympic swimming pool?
_____ decimeters wide

Answer: 250 decimeter

Explanation:

An Olympic swimming pool is 25 meters wide.
Convert meters to decimeters.
1 meter = 10 decimeter
25 meters = 25 × 10 decimeter = 250 decimeters
Thus the Olympic swimming pool is 250 decimeters wide.

Question 22.
Frankie is practicing for a 5-kilometer race. His normal time is 31 minutes 21 seconds. Yesterday it took him only 29 minutes 38 seconds.
How much faster was Frankie yesterday than his normal time?
Type below:
________

Answer: 1 minute 43 seconds

Explanation:

Frankie is practicing for a 5-kilometer race.
His normal time is 31 minutes 21 seconds. Yesterday it took him only 29 minutes 38 seconds.
Subtract 29 minutes 38 seconds from 31 minutes 21 seconds
31 minutes 21 seconds
29 minutes 38 seconds
1 minute 43 seconds

Page No. 719

Question 1.
Find the perimeter of the rectangle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 93
The perimeter is _______ feet.
_____ ft

Answer: 24 ft.

Explanation:

The length of the rectangle = 8 ft.
The width of the rectangle = 4 ft.
The formula for the perimeter of the rectangle is 2 (l + w)
= 2 (8 ft. + 4 ft.) = 2(12 ft.) = 24 ft.
The perimeter of the rectangle = 24 ft.

Find the perimeter of the rectangle or square.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 94
P = _____ yards

Answer: 40 yards

Explanation:

The length of the rectangle = 16 yards
The width of the rectangle = 4 yards
The formula for the perimeter of the rectangle is 2 (l + w)
= 2 (16 yards + 4 yards) = 2(20 yards) = 40 yards
The perimeter of the rectangle is 40 yards.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 95
P = _____ meters

Answer: 304 meters

Explanation:

The length of the rectangle = 110 m
The width of the rectangle = 42 m
The formula for the perimeter of the rectangle is 2 (l + w)
= 2 (110 m + 42 m) = 2(152 m)
= 304 meters
Therefore the perimeter of the rectangle is 304 meters.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 96
P = _____ meters

Answer: 16 meters

Explanation:

The side of the square is 4 meters
The perimeter of the square = 4a
= 4 × 4 = 16 meters.
Therefore the perimeter of the square is 16 meters.

Find the perimeter of the rectangle or square.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 97
P = _____ inches

Answer: 108 in.

Explanation:
Length = 34 in.
Width = 20 in.
The formula for the perimeter of the rectangle is 2 (l + w)
= 2 (34 in. + 20 in.)
= 108 in.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 98
P = _____ feet

Answer: 464 feet

Explanation:

The side of the square is 116 feet
The perimeter of the square = 4a
= 4 × 116 feet = 464 feet.
Thus the perimeter of the square is 464 feet.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 99
P = _____ meters

Answer: 126 meters

Explanation:

The length of the rectangle = 42 meters
The width of the rectangle = 21 meters
The formula for the perimeter of the rectangle is 2 (l + w)
= 2 (42 m + 21 m) = 2 (63 m) = 126 meters
Therefore the perimeter of the above rectangle is 126 meters.

Question 8.
Robert wants to put lights around the edge of his yard. The yard is 40 feet long and 23 feet wide. How many yards of lights does he need?
_____ feet

Answer: 126 feet

Explanation:

Given that, Robert wants to put lights around the edge of his yard. The yard is 40 feet long and 23 feet wide.
The length = 40 ft.
The width = 23 ft.
The formula for the perimeter of the rectangle is 2 (l + w)
= 2 (40 ft. + 23 ft.) = 2 (63 feet) = 126 feets
Thus Robert need 126 feet to put lights.

Question 9.
Analyze What is the side length of a square with a perimeter of 60 meters?
l = _____ meters

Answer: 15 meters

Explanation:

The perimeter of the square = 60 meters
We know that, the perimeter of the square = 4a
4a = 60 meters
a = 60/4 = 15 meters
Thus the length of a square is 15 meters.

Page No. 720

Question 10.
Alejandra plans to sew fringe on a scarf. The scarf is shaped like a rectangle. The length of the scarf is 48 inches. The width is one half the length. How much fringe does Alejandra need?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 100
a. Draw a picture of the scarf, and label the given measurements on your drawing.
Type below:
________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 12 Review Test solution image_1

Question 10.
b. What do you need to find?
Type below:
___9 _____

Answer: I need to find how much fringe does Alejandra need?

Question 10.
c. What formula will you use?
Type below:
________

Answer: I will use the perimeter of the rectangle formula = 2 (l + w).

Question 10.

d. Show the steps you use to solve the problem.
Type below:
________

Answer:

First I will calculate the width of the rectangle.
After that, I will use the formula of perimeter of the rectangle.
I will substitute the value of the length and width of the rectangle.

Question 10.
e. Complete.
The length of the scarf is ____ inches.
The width is one half the length, or
____ ÷ 2 = ____ inches.
So, the perimeter is
(____ × ____) + (____ × ____) = ____ inches.
Type below:
________

Answer:

The length of the scarf is 48 inches.

The width is one half the length, or 48 ÷ 2 = 24 inches.

So, the perimeter is

(2 × 24) + (2 × 48) = 144 inches

Question 10.
f. Alejandra needs _____ of fringe.
____ inches of fringe

Answer: 144 inches of fringe

Question 11.
Marcia will make a frame for her picture. The picture frame will be three times as long as it is wide. The width of the frame will be 5 inches. How much wood does Marcia need for the frame?
____ inches

Answer: 40 inches

Explanation:

Given that, Marcia will make a frame for her picture.
The picture frame will be three times as long as it is wide.
The width of the frame will be 5 inches.
Length = 3 × 5 inches = 15 inches
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2 (l + w)
= 2 (15 + 5) = 2 × 20 = 40 inches
Marcia needs 40 inches of wood for the frame.

Question 12.
Maya is building a sandbox that is 36 inches wide. The length is four times the width. What is the perimeter of the sandbox? Show your work. Explain.
____ inches

Answer: 360 inches

Explanation:

Maya is building a sandbox that is 36 inches wide. The length is four times the width.
Width = 36 inches
length = 4 × 36 inches = 144 inches
The perimeter of the rectangle = 2 (l + w)
= 2 (144 in. + 36 in.) = 2 × 180 inches = 360 inches
Therefore, the perimeter of the sandbox is 360 inches.

Conclusion:

The questions covered in the review test and mid-chapter checkpoint can also be verified using the Go Math grade 4 answer key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Pdf. So, you can practice well and score good grades in the standard tests and exams. Also, it clarifies all your subject doubts within no time. Hence, download and prepare more on a daily basis.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations

go-math-grade-6-chapter-8-solutions-of-equations-answer-key

Are you searching for the Go Math Grade 6 Solution Key for Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations? If my guess is correct then you are on the right page. We provide the solutions to all the questions in pdf format. So, Download Go Math 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations pdf for free. Our Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations is helpful for quick and easy learning.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations

Enhance your performance in practice tests or assignments with the help of HMH Go Math 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations. Get the solutions of Review Test and Mid Chapter Checkpoint in Go Math 6th Grade Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations. Scroll down this page to know the topics covered in this chapter. Make use of the links and Download Grade 6 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations.

Lesson 1: Solutions of Equations

Lesson 2: Write Equations

Lesson 3: Investigate • Model and Solve Addition Equations

Lesson 4: Solve Addition and Subtraction Equations

Lesson 5: Investigate • Model and Solve Multiplication Equations

Lesson 6: Solve Multiplication and Division Equations

Lesson 7: Problem Solving • Equations with Fractions

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 8: Solutions of Inequalities

Lesson 9: Write Inequalities

Lesson 10: Graph Inequalities

Chapter 8 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 423

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the equation.

Question 1.
x + 12 = 29; x = 7
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
x + 12 = 29
If x = 7
7 + 12 = 29
19 ≠ 29
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 2.
n − 13 = 2; n = 15
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
n = 15
n − 13 = 2
15 – 13 = 2
The variable is a solution.

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)c = 14; c = 28
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
c = 28
\(\frac{1}{2}\)c = 14
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 28 = 14
14 = 14
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 4.
m + 2.5 = 4.6; m = 2.9
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
m + 2.5 = 4.6
m = 2.9
2.9 + 2.5 = 4.6
5.4 ≠ 4.6
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 5.
d − 8.7 = 6; d = 14.7
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
d = 14.7
d − 8.7 = 6
14.7 – 8.7 = 6
6 = 6
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 6.
k − \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\); k = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
k = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
k − \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Thus the variable is a solution.

On Your Own

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the equation.

Question 7.
17.9 + v = 35.8; v = 17.9
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
17.9 + v = 35.8
v = 17.9
17.9 + 17.9 = 35.8
35.8 = 35.8
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 8.
c + 35 = 57; c = 32
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
c + 35 = 57
c = 32
32 + 35 = 57
67 ≠ 57
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 9.
18 = \(\frac{2}{3}\)h; h= 12
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
18 = \(\frac{2}{3}\)h
h = 12
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 12 = 8
18 ≠ 8
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 10.
In the equation t + 2.5 = 7, determine whether t = 4.5, t = 5, or t = 5.5 is a solution of the equation.
The solution is ________.

Answer: t = 4.5

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
t = 4.5
t + 2.5 = 7
4.5 + 2.5 = 7
7 = 7
t = 5
t + 2.5 = 7
5 + 2.5 = 7
7.5 ≠ 7
Not a solution
t = 5.5
t + 2.5 = 7
5.5 + 2.5 = 7
8 ≠ 7
Not a solution

Question 11.
Antonio ran a total of 9 miles in two days. The first day he ran 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles. The equation 9 – d = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) can be used to find the distance d in miles Antonio ran the second day. Determine whether d = 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\), d = 4, or d = 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) is a solution of the equation, and tell what the solution means.
The solution is ________ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
9 – d = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Substitute d = 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) in the above equation
9 – 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) ≠ 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Not a solution
Substitute d = 4
9 – 4 = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
5 ≠ 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Not a solution
Substitute d = 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
9 – 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
9 – d = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\); d = 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) is a solution.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 424

Use the table for 12–14.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 1

Question 12.
Connect Symbols and Words The length of a day on Saturn is 14 hours less than a day on Mars. The equation 24.7 − s = 14 can be used to find the length in hours s of a day on Saturn. Determine whether s = 9.3 or s = 10.7 is a solution of the equation, and tell what the solution means.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: s = 10.7

Explanation:
The length of a day on Saturn is 14 hours less than a day on Mars.
The equation 24.7 − s = 14 can be used to find the length in hours s of a day on Saturn.
24.7 − s = 14
Substitute s = 9.3 in the equation
24.7 – 9.3 = 14
15.4 ≠ 14
Not a solution
Substitute s = 10.7 in the equation
24.7 – 10.7 = 14
14 = 14
Therefore s = 10.7 is a solution to the equation.

Question 13.
A storm on one of the planets listed in the table lasted for 60 hours, or 2.5 of the planet’s days. The equation 2.5h = 60 can be used to find the length in hours h of a day on the planet. Is the planet Earth, Mars, or Jupiter? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Earth

Explanation:
A storm on one of the planets listed in the table lasted for 60 hours, or 2.5 of the planet’s days.
2.5h = 60
h = 60/2.5
h = 24 hours
By seeing the above table we can say that Earth is the answer.

Question 14.
A day on Pluto is 143.4 hours longer than a day on one of the planets listed in the table. The equation 153.3 − p = 143.4 can be used to find the length in hours p of a day on the planet. What is the length of a storm that lasts \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a day on this planet?
________ hours

Answer: 3.3 hours

Explanation:
A day on Pluto is 143.4 hours longer than a day on one of the planets listed in the table.
153.3 − p = 143.4
153.3 – 143.4 = p
p = 153.3 – 143.4
p = 9.9
Now p with \(\frac{1}{3}\) to find the length of a storm that lasts of a day on this planet
9.9 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3.3 hours

Question 15.
What’s the Error? Jason said that the solution of the equation 2m = 4 is m = 8. Describe Jason’s error, and give the correct solution.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: m = 2

Explanation:
Jason said that the solution of the equation 2m = 4 is m = 8.
2m = 4
m = 4/2 = 2
The error of Jason is he multiplied 2 and 4 but he should divide 4 by 2.

Question 16.
The marking period is 45 school days long. Today is the twenty-first day of the marking period. The equation x + 21 = 45 can be used to find the number of days x left in the marking period. Using substitution, Rachel determines there are _____ days left in the marking period.
Rachel determines there are _____________ days left.

Answer: 24

Explanation:
The marking period is 45 school days long. Today is the twenty-first day of the marking period.
The equation x + 21 = 45
x = 45 – 21 = 24 days
Using substitution, Rachel determines there are 24 days left in the marking period.
Thus Rachel determines there are 24 days left.

Solutions of Equations – Page No. 425

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the equation.

Question 1.
x − 7 = 15; x = 8
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
x = 8
8 – 7 = 15
1 ≠ 15
Therefore the variable is not a solution.

Question 2.
c + 11 = 20; c = 9
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
c = 9
9 + 11 = 20
20 = 20
Therefore the variable is a solution.

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)h = 6; h = 2
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)h = 6
h = 2
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × 2 = 6
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ≠ 6
Therefore the variable is not a solution.

Question 4.
16.1 + d = 22; d = 6.1
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
16.1 + d = 22
d = 6.1
16.1 + 6.1 = 22
22.2 ≠ 22
Therefore the variable is not a solution.

Question 5.
9 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)e; e = 12
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
9 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)e
e = 12
9 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(12)
9 = 3 × 3
9 = 9
Therefore the variable is a solution.

Question 6.
15.5 – y = 7.9; y = 8.4
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
15.5 – y = 7.9
y = 8.4
15.5 – 8.4 = 7.9
7.1 ≠ 7.9
Therefore the variable is not a solution.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Terrance needs to score 25 points to win a game. He has already scored 18 points. The equation 18 + p = 25 can be used to find the number of points p that Terrance still needs to score. Determine whether p = 7 or p = 13 is a solution of the equation, and tell what the solution means.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: p = 7

Explanation:
Terrance needs to score 25 points to win a game. He has already scored 18 points.
The equation is 18 + p = 25
Substitute p = 7 in the above equation.
18 + 7 = 25
25 = 25
The variable is a solution.
Substitute p = 13
18 + p = 25
18 + 13 = 25
31 ≠ 25
The variable is not a solution.
Therefore p = 7 is a solution for the equation.

Question 8.
Madeline has used 50 sheets of a roll of paper towels, which is \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the entire roll. The equation \(\frac{5}{8}\)s = 50 can be used to find the number of sheets s in a full roll. Determine whether s = 32 or s = 80 is a solution of the equation, and tell what the solution means.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Madeline has used 50 sheets of a roll of paper towels, which is \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the entire roll.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)s = 50
s = 50 × \(\frac{8}{5}\)
s = 80 because 80 × 5 = 400
400 ÷ 8 = 50

Question 9.
Use mental math to find the solution to 4x = 36. Then use substitution to check your answer.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x = 9

Explanation:
4x = 36
x = 36/4
x = 9

Lesson Check – Page No. 426

Question 1.
Sheena received a gift card for $50. She has already used it to buy a lamp for $39.99. The equation 39.99 + x = 50 can be used to find the amount x that is left on the gift card. What is the solution of the equation?
_____

Answer: 10.01

Explanation:
Given:
Sheena received a gift card for $50. She has already used it to buy a lamp for $39.99.
The equation 39.99 + x = 50
39.99 + x = 50
x = 50 – 39.99
x = 50.00 – 39.99
x = 10.01
Thus $10.01 is left on the gift card.

Question 2.
When Pete had a fever, his temperature was 101.4°F. After taking some medicine, his temperature was 99.2°F. The equation 101.4 – d = 99.2 can be used to find the number of degrees d that Pete’s temperature decreased. What is the solution of the equation?
_____

Answer: 2.2

Explanation:
Given,
When Pete had a fever, his temperature was 101.4°F.
After taking some medicine, his temperature was 99.2°F.
The equation 101.4 – d = 99.2
104.4 – 99.2 = d
d = 104.4 – 99.2
d = 2.2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Melanie has saved $60 so far to buy a lawn mower. This is 20% of the price of the lawn mower. What is the full price of the lawn mower that she wants to buy?
$ _____

Answer: 300

Explanation:
Melanie has saved $60 so far to buy a lawn mower. This is 20% of the price of the lawn mower.
60 ÷ 20%
60 ÷ 20/100
60 × 100/20 = 6000/20 = 300
She wants to buy a $300 price of the lawn mower.

Question 4.
A team of scientists is digging for fossils. The amount of soil in cubic feet that they remove is equal to 6³. How many cubic feet of soil do the scientists remove?
_____ cubic feet

Answer: 216

Explanation:
A team of scientists is digging for fossils. The amount of soil in cubic feet that they remove is equal to 6³.
6 × 6 × 6 = 216
Thus the scientists remove 216 cubic feet of soil.

Question 5.
Andrew made p picture frames. He sold 2 of them at a craft fair. Write an expression that could be used to find the number of picture frames Andrew has left.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: p – 2

Explanation:
Andrew made p picture frames. He sold 2 of them at a craft fair.
The expression is the difference of 9 and 2
The equation is p – 2

Question 6.
Write an expression that is equivalent to 4 + 3(5 + x).
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 4 + 15 + 3x

Explanation:
4 + 3(5 + x) = 4 + 15 + 3x
3x + 19
Thus the expression 4 + 3(5 + x) is equivalent to 4 + 15 + 3x or 3x + 19

Share and Show – Page No. 429

Question 1.
Write an equation for the word sentence “25 is 13 more than a number.”
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number. The phrase ‘more than’ indicates addition operation.
Thus the equation is 25 = 13 + n.

Write an equation for the word sentence.

Question 2.
The difference of a number and 2 is 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\).
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase “difference” indicates the subtraction operation.
The equation is n – 2 = 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 3.
Ten times the number of balloons is 120.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase “times” indicates multiplication operation.
The equation is 10 × n = 120

Write a word sentence for the equation.

Question 4.
x − 0.3 = 1.7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The difference of x and 0.3 is 1.7

Question 5.
25 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)n
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 25 is n times \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Write an equation for the word sentence.

Question 6.
The quotient of a number and 20.7 is 9.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase “quotient” indicates the division operation.
Thus the equation is n ÷ 20.7 = 9.

Question 7.
24 less than the number of snakes is 35.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase “less than” indicates subtraction operation.
Thus the equation is n – 24 = 35

Question 8.
75 is 18 \(\frac{1}{2}\) more than a number.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase “more than” indicates addition operation.
75 = 18 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + n

Question 9.
d degrees warmer than 50 degrees is 78 degrees.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase “warmer than” indicates addition operation.
The equation is d + 50 = 78 degrees

Write a word sentence for the equation.

Question 10.
15g = 135
Type below:
_____________

Answer: g times 15 is 135

Question 11.
w ÷ 3.3 = 0.6
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The quotient of w and 3.3 is 0.6

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 430

To find out how far a car can travel on a certain amount of gas, multiply the car’s fuel efficiency in miles per gallon by the gas used in gallons. Use this information and the table for 12–13.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 2

Question 12.
Write an equation that could be used to find how many miles a hybrid SUV can travel in the city on 20 gallons of gas.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
From table 36 miles per gallon in the city.
A hybrid SUV uses 36 miles per gallon in the city.
So, no. of miles = y
x = no. of gallons
So, y = 36 × x
x = 20 gallons
Thus y = 36 × 20

Question 13.
A sedan traveled 504 miles on the highway on a full tank of gas. Write an equation that could be used to find the number of gallons the tank holds.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A sedan uses 28 miles per gallon on the highway.
The equation that could be used to find the number of gallons the tank holds is
504 = 28g

Question 14.
Connect Symbols to Words Sonya was born in 1998. Carmen was born 11 years after Sonya. If you wrote an equation to find the year in which Carmen was born, what operation would you use in your equation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: In this equation, I would use addition or subtraction operation.

Question 15.
A magazine has 110 pages. There are 23 full-page ads and 14 half-page ads. The rest of the magazine consists of articles. Write an equation that can be used to find the number of pages of articles in the magazine.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The equation that can be used to find the number of pages of articles in the magazine is
23 + 14/2 + a = 110
where a represents the number of articles.

Question 16.
What’s the Error? Tony is traveling 560 miles to visit his cousins. He travels 313 miles the first day. He says that he can use the equation m − 313 = 560 to find the number of miles m he has left on his trip. Describe and correct Tony’s error.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Tony subtracted the number of miles traveled from the number of miles left.
Tony should have written m + 313 = 560

Question 17.
Jamie is making cookies for a bake sale. She triples the recipe in order to have enough cookies to sell. Jamie uses 12 cups of flour to make the triple batch. Write an equation that can be used to find out how much flour f is needed for one batch of cookies.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The equation that can be used to find out how much flour f is needed for one batch of cookies is 3f = 12

Write Equations – Page No. 431

Write an equation for the word sentence.

Question 1.
18 is 4.5 times a number.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase “times” indicates the multiplication operation.
The equation is 18 = 4.5n

Question 2.
Eight more than the number of children is 24.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let c represents the number of children.
The phrase “more than” indicates addition operation.
Thus the equation is 8 + c = 24.

Question 3.
The difference of a number and \(\frac{2}{3}\) is \(\frac{3}{8}\).
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase “difference” indicates a subtraction operation.
The equation is n – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 4.
A number divided by 0.5 is 29.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase divided by indicates division operation.
The equation is n ÷ 0.5 = 29

Write a word sentence for the equation.

Question 5.
x − 14 = 52
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
14 less than x is 52
the difference of x and 14 is 52
14 fewer than a number is 52.

Question 6.
2.3m = 0.46
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The product of 2.3 and m is 0.46
2.3 times m is .46
2.3 of m is 0.46

Question 7.
25 = k ÷ 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 25 is the quotient of k and 5.

Question 8.
\(4 \frac{1}{3}+q=5 \frac{1}{6}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The sum of \(4 \frac{1}{3}\) and q is [/latex]5 \frac{1}{6}[/latex]
q is more than \(4 \frac{1}{3}\) and [/latex]5 \frac{1}{6}[/latex]
\(4 \frac{1}{3}\) increased by a number is [/latex]5 \frac{1}{6}[/latex]

Question 9.
An ostrich egg weighs 2.9 pounds. The difference between the weight of this egg and the weight of an emu egg is 1.6 pounds. Write an equation that could be used to find the weight w, in pounds, of the emu egg.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2.9 – w = 1.6

Explanation:
An ostrich egg weighs 2.9 pounds.
The difference between the weight of this egg and the weight of an emu egg is 1.6 pounds.
The phrase “difference” indicates the subtraction operation.
The equation will be 2.9 – w = 1.6

Question 10.
In one week, the number of bowls a potter made was 6 times the number of plates. He made 90 bowls during the week. Write an equation that could be used to find the number of plates p that the potter made.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 6p = 90

Explanation:
Given,
In one week, the number of bowls a potter made was 6 times the number of plates.
He made 90 bowls during the week.
The phrase “times” indicates the multiplication operation.
The equation to find the number of plates p that the potter made will be 6p = 90

Question 11.
When writing a word sentence as an equation, explain when to use a variable.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
In a word sentence, a variable represents “a number.”
The sum of a number and three = n + 3
The difference of five times a number and four = 5n – 4

Lesson Check – Page No. 432

Question 1.
Three friends are sharing the cost of a bucket of popcorn. The total cost of the popcorn is $5.70. Write an equation that could be used to find the amount a in dollars that each friend should pay.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3a = 5.70

Explanation:
Three friends are sharing the cost of a bucket of popcorn.
The total cost of the popcorn is $5.70.
The expression will be “5.70 is the product of 3 and a.
The equation is 3a = 5.70

Question 2.
Salimah had 42 photos on her phone. After she deleted some of them, she had 23 photos left. What equation could be used to find the number of photos p that Salimah deleted?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: p + 23 = 42

Explanation:
Salimah had 42 photos on her phone. After she deleted some of them, she had 23 photos left.
The expression is the sum of p and 23 is 42.
Thus the equation is p + 23 = 42

Question 3.
A rope is 72 feet long. What is the length of the rope in yards?
______ yards

Answer: 24 yard

Explanation:
A rope is 72 feet long.
Convert from feet to yards.
1 yard = 3 feet
1 foot = 1/3 yards
72 feet = 72 × 1/3 = 24 yards
Thus the length of the rope is 24 yards.

Question 4.
Julia evaluated the expression 33 + 20 ÷ 22. What value should she get as her answer?
______

Answer: 32

Explanation:
The equation is 33 + 20 ÷ 22.
33 = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27
22 = 2 × 2 = 4
27 + (20 ÷ 4)
27 + 5 = 32
The answer for the above equation is 32.

Question 5.
The sides of a triangle have lengths s, s + 4, and 3s. Write an expression in the simplest form that represents the perimeter of the triangle.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 5s + 4

Explanation:
The perimeter of the triangle is a + b + c
P = a + b + c
P = s + s + 4 + 3s
P = 5s + 4
Thus the perimeter of the triangle is 5s + 4

Question 6.
Gary knows that p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) is a solution to one of the following equations. Which one has p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) as its solution?
\(p+2 \frac{1}{2}=5\)        \(p-2 \frac{1}{2}=5\)
\(2+p=2 \frac{1}{2}\)       4 – p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: p + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 5

Explanation:
\(p+2 \frac{1}{2}=5\)
p + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 5
p = 5 – 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(p-2 \frac{1}{2}=5\)
p – 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 5
p = 5 + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(2+p=2 \frac{1}{2}\)
2 + p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 2
p = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
4 – p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = 4 – 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Share and Show – Page No. 435

Model and solve the equation by using algebra tiles or iTools.

Question 1.
x + 5 = 7
x = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 5 in the left rectangle, and model 7 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove five 1 tiles on the left side and five 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be two 1 tiles on the right sides.

Question 2.
8 = x + 1
x = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 1 in the left rectangle, and model 8 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove one 1 tiles on the left side and one 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be seven 1 tiles on the right sides.

Question 3.
x + 2 = 5
x = ______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 2 in the left rectangle, and model 5 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove two 1 tiles on the left side and five 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be three 1 tiles on the right sides.

Question 4.
x + 6 = 8
x = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 6 in the left rectangle, and model 8 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove six 1 tiles on the left side and six 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be two 1 tiles on the right sides.

Question 5.
5 + x = 9
x = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 5 in the left rectangle, and model 9 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove five 1 tiles on the left side and five 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be four 1 tiles on the right sides.

Question 6.
5 = 4 + x
x = ______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 4 in the left rectangle, and model 5 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove four 1 tiles on the left side and four 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be one 1 tiles on the right sides.

Solve the equation by drawing a model.

Question 7.
x + 1 = 5
x = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 1 in the left rectangle, and model 5 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove one 1 tiles on the left side and one 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be four 1 tiles on the right sides.

Go Math Grade 6 Key Chapter 8 solution img-6

Question 8.
3 + x = 4
x = ______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 3 in the left rectangle, and model 4 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove three 1 tiles on the left side and three 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be one 1 tiles on the right sides.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key 8th chapter solution img-7

Question 9.
6 = x + 4
x = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 4 in the left rectangle, and model 6 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove four 1 tiles on the left side and four 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be two 1 tiles on the right sides.

HMH 6th Grade Go Math Answer Key solution img-8

Question 10.
8 = 2 + x
x = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 2 in the left rectangle, and model 8 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove two 1 tiles on the left side and two 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be six 1 tiles on the right sides.

6th Grade Go Math key solution img-9

Question 11.
Describe a Method Describe how you would draw a model to solve the equation x + 5 = 10.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x = 5

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 5 in the left rectangle, and model 10 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove five 1 tiles on the left side and five 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be five 1 tiles on the right sides.

Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6th Grade solution img-10

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 436

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 3

Question 12.
Interpret a Result The table shows how long several animals have lived at a zoo. The giraffe has lived at the zoo 4 years longer than the mountain lion. The equation 5 = 4 + y can be used to find the number of years y the mountain lion has lived at the zoo. Solve the equation. Then tell what the solution means.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The table shows how long several animals have lived in a zoo.
The giraffe has lived at the zoo 4 years longer than the mountain lion.
5 = 4 + y
y = 5 – 4
y = 1
The solution is y = 1
The solution means that the mountain lion has lived at the zoo for 1 year.

Question 13.
Carlos walked 2 miles on Monday and 5 miles on Saturday. The number of miles he walked on those two days is 3 miles more than the number of miles he walked on Friday. Write and solve an addition equation to find the number of miles Carlos walked on Friday
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Given that,
Carlos walked 2 miles on Monday and 5 miles on Saturday.
The number of miles he walked on those two days is 3 miles more than the number of miles he walked on Friday.
The equation is f + 3 = 2 + 5
f + 3 = 7
f = 7 – 3
f = 4
The solution is f = 4
The solution means that Carlos walked 4 miles on Friday.

Question 14.
Sense or Nonsense? Gabriela is solving the equation x + 1 = 6. She says that the solution must be less than 6. Is Gabriela’s statement sense or nonsense? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Gabriela’s statement makes sense.
x + 1 = 6
x = 6 – 1
x = 5
Thus the solution is less than 6.

Question 15.
The Hawks beat the Tigers by 5 points in a football game. The Hawks scored a total of 12 points.
Use numbers and words to explain how this model can be used to solve the equation x + 5 = 12.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 4
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Remove 5 squares from each side. The rectangle is by itself on the left and 7 squares are on the right side.
So, the solution is x = 7

Model and Solve Addition Equations – Page No. 437

Model and solve the equation by using algebra tiles.

Question 1.
x + 6 = 9
x = ________

Answer: 3

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 6 in the left rectangle, and model 9 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove six 1 tiles on the left side and six 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be three 1 tiles on the right sides.

Thus x = 3

Question 2.
8 + x = 10
x = ________

Answer: 2

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 8 in the left rectangle, and model 10 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove eight 1 tiles on the left side and eight 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be two 1 tiles on the right sides.

8 + x = 10
x = 10 – 8 = 2
x = 2

Question 3.
9 = x + 1
x = ________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 1 in the left rectangle, and model 9 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove 1 tile on the left side and 1 tile on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be eight 1 tiles on the right sides.

Thus x = 8

Solve the equation by drawing a model.

Question 4.
x + 4 = 7
x = ________

Answer: 3

Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 solution img-1

Question 5.
x + 6 = 10
x = ________

Answer: 4
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 solution img-2

Problem Solving

Question 6.
The temperature at 10:00 was 10°F. This is 3°F warmer than the temperature at 8:00. Model and solve the equation x + 3 = 10 to find the temperature x in degrees Fahrenheit at 8:00.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x = 7

Explanation:
The temperature at 10:00 was 10°F. This is 3°F warmer than the temperature at 8:00.
The equation is x + 3 = 10
x = 10 – 3 = 7

Question 7.
Jaspar has 7 more checkers left than Karen does. Jaspar has 9 checkers left. Write and solve an addition equation to find out how many checkers Karen has left.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: c = 2

Explanation:
Jaspar has 7 more checkers left than Karen does. Jaspar has 9 checkers left.
The expression is c + 7 = 9
The equation to find out how many checkers Karen has left is c + 7 = 9.

Question 8.
Explain how to use a drawing to solve an addition equation such as x + 8 = 40.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 32

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 8 in the left rectangle, and model 40 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove eight 1 tile on the left side and eight 1 tile on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be 32 1 tiles on the right side.

x + 8 = 40
x = 40 – 8
x = 32

Lesson Check – Page No. 438

Question 1.
What is the solution of the equation that is modeled by the algebra tiles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 5
x = ________

Answer: 1

The equation is x + 6 = 7
x = 7 – 6
x = 1

Question 2.
Alice has played soccer for 8 more years than Sanjay has. Alice has played for 12 years. The equation y + 8 = 12 can be used to find the number of years y Sanjay has played. How long has Sanjay played soccer?
________ years

Answer: 4 years

Explanation:
Alice has played soccer for 8 more years than Sanjay has. Alice has played for 12 years.
the equation is y + 8 = 12
y = 12 – 8
y = 4 years
Sanjay played soccer games for 4 years.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A car’s gas tank has a capacity of 16 gallons. What is the capacity of the tank in pints?
________ pints

Answer: 128 pints

Explanation:
A car’s gas tank has a capacity of 16 gallons.
Convert from gallons to pints.
1 gallon = 8 pints
16 gallons = 16 × 8 = 128 pints
Thus the capacity of the tank is 128 pints.

Question 4.
Craig scored p points in a game. Marla scored twice as many points as Craig but 5 fewer than Nelson scored. How many points did Nelson score?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2p + 5

Explanation:
Craig scored p points in a game.
Marla scored twice as many points as Craig but 5 fewer than Nelson score.
The equation will be 2p + 5.

Question 5.
Simplify 3x + 2(4y + x).
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 5x + 8y

Explanation:
The expression is 3x + 2(4y + x)
3x + 2 × 4y + 2 × x
3x + 8y + 2x
Combine the like terms.
5x + 8y
3x + 2(4y + x) = 5x + 8y

Question 6.
The Empire State Building in New York City is 443.2 meters tall. This is 119.2 meters taller than the Eiffel Tower in Paris. Write an equation that can be used to find the height h in meters of the Eiffel Tower.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 119.2 + h = 443.2

Explanation:
The Empire State Building in New York City is 443.2 meters tall.
This is 119.2 meters taller than the Eiffel Tower in Paris.
Here we have to use the addition operation.
The equation is 119.2 + h = 443.2

Share and Show – Page No. 441

Question 1.
Solve the equation n + 35 = 80.
n = ________

Answer: 45

Explanation:
The given equation is
n + 35 = 80
n = 80 – 35
n = 45

Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 2.
16 + x = 42
x = ________

Answer: 26

Explanation:
Given the equation 16 + x = 42
x + 16 = 42
x = 42 – 16
x = 26

Question 3.
y + 6.2 = 9.1
y = ________

Answer: 2.9

Explanation:
The given equation is
y + 6.2 = 9.1
y = 9.1 – 6.2
y = 2.9

Question 4.
m + \(\frac{3}{10}=\frac{7}{10}\)
m = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Explanation:
The given equation is
m + \(\frac{3}{10}=\frac{7}{10}\)
m = \(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The denominators are common so subtract the numerators
m = \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Question 5.
z – \(\frac{1}{3}=1 \frac{2}{3}\)
z = ________

Answer: 2

Explanation:
The given equation is
z – \(\frac{1}{3}=1 \frac{2}{3}\)
z = \(\frac{1}{3}\) + 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
z = 1 + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)
z = 1 + \(\frac{3}{3}\)
z = 1 + 1 = 2
Thus the value of z is 2.

Question 6.
12 = x − 24
x = ________

Answer: 36

Explanation:
The given equation is
12 = x − 24
x – 24 = 12
x = 12 + 24
x = 36
Thus the value of x is 36.

Question 7.
25.3 = w − 14.9
w = ________

Answer: 40.2

Explanation:
The given equation is
25.3 = w − 14.9
w – 14.9 = 25.3
w = 25.3 + 14.9
w = 40.2
The value of w is 40.2

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 8.
y − \(\frac{3}{4}=\frac{1}{2}\)
y = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The given equation is
y − \(\frac{3}{4}=\frac{1}{2}\)
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
y = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Therefore the value of y is 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 9.
75 = n + 12
n = ________

Answer: 63

Explanation:
The given equation is
75 = n + 12
n + 12 = 75
n = 75 – 12
n = 63
The value of n is 63.

Question 10.
m + 16.8 = 40
m = ________

Answer: 23.2

Explanation:
The given equation is
m + 16.8 = 40
m = 40 – 16.8
m = 23.2
The value of m is 23.2

Question 11.
w − 36 = 56
w = ________

Answer: 92

Explanation:
The given equation is
w − 36 = 56
w = 56 + 36
w = 92
The value of  is 92.

Question 12.
8 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = d + 2\(\frac{2}{5}\)
d = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:
The given equation is
8 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = d + 2\(\frac{2}{5}\)
d + 2\(\frac{2}{5}\) = 8 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
d = 8 \(\frac{2}{5}\) – 2\(\frac{2}{5}\)
d = 8 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) – 2 – \(\frac{2}{5}\)
d = 8 – 2 = 6
Thus the value of d is 6.

Question 13.
8.7 = r − 1.4
r = ________

Answer: 10.1

Explanation:
The given equation is
8.7 = r − 1.4
r − 1.4 = 8.7
r = 8.7 + 1.4
r = 10.1
The value of r is 10.1

Question 14.
The temperature dropped 8 degrees between 6:00 p.m. and midnight. The temperature at midnight was 26ºF. Write and solve an equation to find the temperature at 6:00 p.m.
________ ºF

Answer: 34ºF

Explanation:
The temperature dropped 8 degrees between 6:00 p.m. and midnight.
The temperature at midnight was 26ºF.
26ºF + 8ºF = 34ºF
The equation to find the temperature at 6:00 p.m is 34ºF

Question 15.
Reason Abstractly Write an addition equation that has the solution x = 9.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x + 4 = 13

Explanation:
Let the equation be x + 4 = 13
x = 13 – 4
x = 9

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 442

Question 16.
In July, Kimberly made two deposits into her bank account. She made no withdrawals. At the end of July, her account balance was $120.62. Write and solve an equation to find Kimberly’s balance at the beginning of July.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 6
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: We need to find Kimberly’s balance at the beginning of July.

Question 16.
b. What information do you need from the bank statement?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: We need the information about the deposit on July 12 and July 25 from the bank statement.

Question 16.
c. Write an equation you can use to solve the problem. Explain what the variable represents.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
x = bank account balance
y = deposit 1
z = deposit 2
x = y + z

Question 16.
d. Solve the equation. Show your work and describe each step.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 120.62 = y + z
Where y is the deposit 1 and z represents the deposit 2.
y = $45.50, z = $43.24
45.50 + 43.24 = 88.74
x + 88.74 = 120.62

Question 16.
e. Write Kimberly’s balance at the beginning of July.
$ _______

Answer: 31.88

Explanation:
x + 88.74 = 120.62
x = 120.62 – 88.74
x = $31.88
Kimberly’s balance at the beginning of July is $31.88

Question 17.
If x + 6 = 35, what is the value of x + 4? Explain how to find the value without solving the equation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
x + 6 = 35
x + 4 + 2 = 35
x  + 4 = 35 – 2
x + 4 = 33
Thus the value of x + 4 = 33

Question 18.
Select the equations that have the solution n = 23. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 16 + n = 39
b. n – 4 = 19
c. 25 = n – 2
d. 12 = n – 11

Answer: A, B, D

Explanation:
a. 16 + n = 39
n = 23
16 + 23 = 39
39 = 39
The variable is a solution.
b. n – 4 = 19
n = 23
23 – 4 = 19
19 = 19
The variable is a solution.
c. 25 = n – 2
25 = 23 – 2
25 ≠ 21
The variable is not a solution.
d. 12 = n – 11
n = 23
12 = 23 – 11
12 = 12
The variable is a solution.
Thus the correct answers are options A, B, D.

Solve Addition and Subtraction Equations – Page No. 443

Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 1.
y − 14 = 23
y = _______

Answer: 37

Explanation:
y − 14 = 23
y = 23 + 14
y = 37
Thus the solution is 37.

Question 2.
x + 3 = 15
x = _______

Answer: 12

Explanation:
The equation is x + 3 = 15
x = 15 – 3
x = 12
The solution is 12.

Question 3.
n + \(\frac{2}{5}=\frac{4}{5}\)
n = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
The equation is n + \(\frac{2}{5}=\frac{4}{5}\)
n + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)
n = \(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{2}{5}\)
n = (4 – 2)/5
n = \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Thus the solution is \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 4.
16 = m − 14
m = _______

Answer: 30

Explanation:
The equation is 16 = m − 14
m – 14 = 16
m = 16 + 14
m = 30
The solution is m = 30

Question 5.
w − 13.7 = 22.8
w = _______

Answer: 36.5

Explanation:
The equation is w − 13.7 = 22.8
w = 22.8 + 13.7
w = 36.5
The solution is w = 36.5

Question 6.
s + 55 = 55
s = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The equation is s + 55 = 55
s = 55 – 55
s = 0
The solution is s = 0

Question 7.
23 = x − 12
x = _______

Answer: 35

Explanation:
The given equation is 23 = x – 12
x – 12 = 23
x = 23 + 12
x = 35
The solution is x = 35.

Question 8.
p − 14 = 14
p = _______

Answer: 28

Explanation:
The given equation is p − 14 = 14
p = 14 + 14
p = 28
The solution is p = 28.

Question 9.
m − \(2 \frac{3}{4}=6 \frac{1}{2}\)
m = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The given equation is m − \(2 \frac{3}{4}=6 \frac{1}{2}\)
m – 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
m = 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
m = 6 + 2 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
m = 8 + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
m = 9 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Problem Solving

Question 10.
A recipe calls for 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour. Lorenzo only has 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of flour. Write and solve an equation to find the additional amount of flour Lorenzo needs to make the recipe.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
A recipe calls for 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour.
Lorenzo only has 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of flour.
x + 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
x = 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
x =  1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 11.
Jan used 22.5 gallons of water in the shower. This amount is 7.5 gallons less than the amount she used for washing clothes. Write and solve an equation to find the amount of water Jan used to wash clothes.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 30

Explanation:
Jan used 22.5 gallons of water in the shower.
This amount is 7.5 gallons less than the amount she used for washing clothes.
Let the amount of water Jan used to wash clothes be x
x – 7.5 = 22.5
x = 22.5 + 7.5
x = 30
Therefore the amount of water Jan used to wash clothes is 30 gallons.

Question 12.
Explain how to check if your solution to an equation is correct.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
i. Evaluate the left-hand side expression at the given value to get a number.
ii. Evaluate the right-hand side expression at the given value to get a number.
iii. See if the numbers match.

Lesson Check – Page No. 444

Question 1.
The price tag on a shirt says $21.50. The final cost of the shirt, including sales tax, is $23.22. The equation 21.50 + t = 23.22 can be used to find the amount of sales tax t in dollars. What is the sales tax?
$ _______

Answer: 1.72

Explanation:
The price tag on a shirt says $21.50.
The final cost of the shirt, including sales tax, is $23.22.
The equation is 21.50 + t = 23.22
t = 23.22 – 21.50
t = 1.72
Therefore the sales tax is $1.72 dollars.

Question 2.
The equation l – 12.5 = 48.6 can be used to find the original length l in centimeters of a wire before it was cut. What was the original length of the wire?
_______ centimeters

Answer: 61.1 centimeters

Explanation:
The equation l – 12.5 = 48.6 can be used to find the original length l in centimeters of a wire before it was cut.
l – 12.5 = 48.6
l = 48.6 + 12.5
l = 61.1 centimeters
Thus the original length of the wire is 61.1 centimeters.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
How would you convert a mass in centigrams to a mass in milligrams?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The conversion factor is 10; so 1 centigram = 10 milligrams. In other words, the value in cg multiplies by 10 to get a value in mg.

Question 4.
In the expression 4 + 3x + 5y, what is the coefficient of x?
The coefficient is _______

Answer:
A numerical or constant quantity placed before and multiplying the variable in an algebraic expression.
Thus the coefficient of 3x is 3.

Question 5.
Write an expression that is equivalent to 10c.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
-2(-5c) expand the brackets
-2 × -5c
= 10c

Question 6.
Miranda bought a $7-movie ticket and popcorn for a total of $10. The equation 7 + x = 10 can be used to find the cost x in dollars of the popcorn. How much did the popcorn cost?
$ _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Miranda bought a $7-movie ticket and popcorn for a total of $10.
The equation is 7 + x = 10
x = 10 – 7
x = 3
Therefore the cost of the popcorn is $3.

Share and Show – Page No. 447

Model and solve the equation by using algebra tiles.

Question 1.
4x = 16
x = _______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 4x in the left rectangle, and model 16 in the right rectangle.
  • There are four x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into 4 equal groups.

Question 2.
3x = 12
x = _______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 3x in the left rectangle, and model 12 in the right rectangle.
  • There are three x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into 3 equal groups.

Question 3.
4 = 4x
x = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 4x in the left rectangle, and model 4 in the right rectangle.
  • There are four x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into 4 equal groups.

Question 4.
3x = 9
x = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 3x in the left rectangle, and model 9 in the right rectangle.
  • There are three x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into 3 equal groups.

Question 5.
2x = 10
x = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 2x in the left rectangle, and model 10 in the right rectangle.
  • There are two x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into two equal groups.

Question 6.
15 = 5x
x = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 5x in the left rectangle, and model 15 in the right rectangle.
  • There are five x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into five equal groups.

Solve the equation by drawing a model.

Question 7.
4x = 8
x = _______

Answer: 2
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key 8th chapter solution img-11

Question 8.
3x = 18
x = _______

Answer: 6
6th Grade Go Math Solution Key solution img-12

Problem Solving + Applications

Question 9.
Communicate Explain the steps you use to solve a multiplication equation with algebra tiles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
To solve an equation, model the terms of the equation on both sides of an equals sign.
Isolate the variable on one side by adding opposites and creating zero pairs.
To remove a factor from the variable, divide the sides into rows equal to the factor, and distribute the terms equally among all the rows.

Page No. 448

The bar graph shows the number of countries that competed in the first four modern Olympic Games. Use the bar graph for 10–11.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 7

Question 10.
Naomi is doing a report about the 1900 and 1904 Olympic Games. Each page will contain info7rmation about 4 of the countries that competed each year. Write and solve an equation to find the number of pages Naomi will need.
_______ pages

Answer: 9 pages

Explanation:
By seeing the above table we can say that the equation is 4x = 36
The number of countries that competed in the 1900 summer Olympic games is 24.
The number of countries that competed in the 1904 summer Olympic games is 12.
The total number of countries competed in total is 36.
Each page of Naomi’s report contains information about 4 of the countries that competed each year.
4x = 36
x = 36/4
x = 9
Thus Naomi would require 9 pages to complete her report.

Question 11.
Pose a Problem Use the information in the bar graph to write and solve a problem involving a multiplication equation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
By seeing the above table we can say that the equation is 4x = 72
The number of countries that competed in the 1900 summer Olympic games is 24.
The number of countries that competed in the 1904 summer Olympic games is 12.
The number of countries that competed in the 1896 summer Olympic games is 14.
The number of countries that competed in the 1908 summer Olympic games is 22.
The total number of countries competed in total is 72.
4x = 72
x = 72/4
x = 18

Question 12.
The equation 7s = 21 can be used to find the number of snakes s in each cage at a zoo. Solve the equation. Then tell what the solution means.
s = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The equation 7s = 21 can be used to find the number of snakes s in each cage at a zoo. Solve the equation.
7 × s = 21
s = 21/7 = 3
The solution s is 3.

Question 13.
A choir is made up of 6 vocal groups. Each group has an equal number of singers. There are 18 singers in the choir. Solve the equation 6p = 18 to find the number of singers in each group. Use a model.
_______ singers

Answer: 3 singers

Explanation:
A choir is made up of 6 vocal groups. Each group has an equal number of singers.
There are 18 singers in the choir.
The equation 6p = 18
p = 18/6 = 3
p = 3
The solution p is 3.

Model and Solve Multiplication Equations – Page No. 449

Model and solve the equation by using algebra tiles.

Question 1.
2x = 8
x = _______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 2x in the left rectangle, and model 8 in the right rectangle.
  • There are two x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into two equal groups.

Question 2.
5x = 10
x = _______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 5x in the left rectangle, and model 10 in the right rectangle.
  • There are five x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into five equal groups.

Question 3.
21 = 3x
x = _______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 3x in the left rectangle, and model 21 in the right rectangle.
  • There are three x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into three equal groups.

Solve the equation by drawing a model.

Question 4.
6 = 3x

Answer: 2
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Key Chapter 8 solution img-13

Question 5.
4x = 12
x = _______

Answer: 3
Go Math 6th Grade Answer Key chapter 8 solution img-14

Problem Solving

Question 6.
A chef used 20 eggs to make 5 omelets. Model and solve the equation 5x = 20 to find the number of eggs x in each omelet.
_______ eggs

Answer: 4

Explanation:
A chef used 20 eggs to make 5 omelets.
The equation is 5x = 20
x = 50/5 = 4
Thus there are 4 eggs in each omelet.

Question 7.
Last month, Julio played 3 times as many video games as Scott did. Julio played 18 video games. Write and solve an equation to find the number of video games Scott played.
_______ video games

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Last month, Julio played 3 times as many video games as Scott did. Julio played 18 video games.
The equation will be 3x = 18
x = 18/3 = 6
x = 6
The number of video games Scott played is 6.

Question 8.
Write a multiplication equation, and explain how you can solve it by using a model.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
15 = 5x
Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 5x in the left rectangle, and model 15 in the right rectangle.
  • There are five x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into five equal groups.

Lesson Check – Page No. 450

Question 1.
What is the solution of the equation that is modeled by the algebra tiles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 8
x = 1 _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
The equation for the above figure is 3x = 3
Substitute x = 1
3(1) = 3
3/3 = 1
Thus the solution is 1.

Question 2.
Carlos bought 5 tickets to a play for a total of $20. The equation 5c = 20 can be used to find the cost c in dollars of each ticket. How much does each ticket cost?
$ _______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Carlos bought 5 tickets to a play for a total of $20.
The equation is 5c = 20
c = 20/5 = 4
c = 4
The cost of each ticket is $4.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A rectangle is 12 feet wide and 96 inches long. What is the area of the rectangle?
_______ square feet

Answer: 1152

Explanation:
A rectangle is 12 feet wide and 96 inches long.
Area of rectangle is l × w
A = 12 × 96
A = 1152 square feet.
Thus the area of the rectangle is 1152 square feet.

Question 4.
Evaluate the algebraic expression 24 – x ÷ y for x = 8 and y = 2.
_______

Answer: 20

Explanation:
24 – x ÷ y for x = 8 and y = 2.
Substitute the value of x and y in the equation.
24 – (8 ÷ 2)
24 – 4 = 20

Question 5.
Ana bought a 15.5-pound turkey at the grocery store this month. The equation p – 15.5 = 2.5 can be used to find the weight p, in pounds, of the turkey she bought last month. What is the solution of the equation?
p = _______

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Ana bought a 15.5-pound turkey at the grocery store this month.
The equation is p – 15.5 = 2.5
p = 2.5 + 15.5
p = 18
The solution for the equation is 18.

Question 6.
A pet store usually keeps 12 birds per cage, and there are 7 birds in the cage now. The equation 7 + x = 12 can be used to find the remaining number of birds x that can be placed in the cage. What is the solution of the equation?
x = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
A pet store usually keeps 12 birds per cage, and there are 7 birds in the cage now.
The equation is 7 + x = 12
x = 12 – 7
x = 5
Thus the solution of the equation is 5.

Share and Show – Page No. 453

Question 1.
Solve the equation 2.5m = 10.
m = _______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
2.5m = 10
m = 10/2.5
m = 4

Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 2.
3x = 210
x = _______

Answer: 70

Explanation:
3x = 210
x = 210/3
x = 70

Question 3.
2.8 = 4t
t = _______

Answer: 0.7

Explanation:
2.8 = 4t
4t = 2.8
t = 2.8/4
t = 0.7

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)n = 15
n = _______

Answer: 45

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)n = 15
n = 15 × 3
n = 45

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)y = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
y = _______

Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)y = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
y = \(\frac{1}{10}\) × 2
y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 6.
25 = \(\frac{a}{5}\)
a = _______

Answer: 125

Explanation:
25 = \(\frac{a}{5}\)
a = 25 × 5
a = 125

Question 7.
1.3 = \(\frac{c}{4}\)
c = _______

Answer: 5.2

Explanation:
1.3 = \(\frac{c}{4}\)
c = 1.3 × 4
c = 5.2

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 8.
150 = 6m
m = _______

Answer: 25

Explanation:
6m = 150
m = 150/6
m = 25

Question 9.
14.7 = \(\frac{b}{7}\)
b = _______

Answer: 102.9

Explanation:
14.7 = \(\frac{b}{7}\)
b = 14.7 × 7
b = 102.9

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)s
s = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)s
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{5}{3}\) = s
s = \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 11.
There are 100 calories in 8 fluid ounces of orange juice and 140 calories in 8 fluid ounces of pineapple juice. Tia mixed 4 fluid ounces of each juice. Write and solve an equation to find the number of calories in each fluid ounce of Tia’s juice mixture.
_______ calories

Answer: 15 calories

Explanation:
Number of calories in 8 ounces of orange juice = 100
Number of calories in 1 ounce of juice = 100/8
Number of calories in 4 ounces of juice 100/8 × 4 = 50 calories
Number of calories in 8 ounces of pineapple juice = 140
Number of calories in 1 ounce of juice = 140/8
Number of calories in 4 ounces of pineapple juice = 140/8 × 4 =70 calories
Now the mixture has 50 + 70 calories = 120 calories in 8 ounces
So, 1 ounce of the mixture has 120/8 = 15 calories.

Question 12.
Write a division equation that has the solution x = 16.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
2x = 32
x = 32/2
x = 16
Thus the equation is x = 16.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 454

What’s the Error?

Question 13.
Melinda has a block of clay that weighs 14.4 ounces. She divides the clay into 6 equal pieces. To find the weight w in ounces of each piece, Melinda solved the equation 6w = 14.4.
Look at how Melinda solved the equation. Find her error.
6w = 14.4
\(\frac{6 w}{6}\) = 6 × 14.4
w = 86.4
Correct the error. Solve the equation, and explain your steps.
Describe the error that Melinda made
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Melinda has a block of clay that weighs 14.4 ounces. She divides the clay into 6 equal pieces.
The equation is 6w = 14.4
The error of Melinda is she used the multiplication equation to solve the equation.
She must have used the division equation to get the solution.
6w = 14.4
w = 14.4/6
w = 2.4

Question 14.
For numbers 14a−14d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the equation has the solution x = 15.
14a. 15x = 30
14b. 4x = 60
14c. \(\frac{x}{5}\) = 3
14d. \(\frac{x}{3}\) = 5
14a. _____________
14b. _____________
14c. _____________
14d. _____________

Answer:
Given the value of x is 15
14a. 15x = 30
15 × 15 = 30
225 ≠ 30
The answer is No.
14b. 4x = 60
4 × 15 = 60
60 = 60
The answer is yes.
14c. \(\frac{x}{5}\) = 3
x/5 = 3
15/5 = 3
3 = 3
The answer is yes.
14d. \(\frac{x}{3}\) = 5
x/3 = 5
15/3 = 5
5 = 5
The answer is yes.

Solve Multiplication and Division Equations – Page No. 455

Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 1.
8p = 96
p = ________

Answer: 12

Explanation:
8p = 96
8 × p = 96
p = 96/8
p = 12
The solution is 12

Question 2.
\(\frac{z}{16}\) = 8
z = ________

Answer: 128

Explanation:
The given equation is
\(\frac{z}{16}\) = 8
z = 8 × 16
z = 128
The solution is 128.

Question 3.
3.5x = 14.7
x = ________

Answer: 4.2

Explanation:
The given equation is
3.5x = 14.7
x = 14.7/3.5
x = 4.2
The solution x is 4.2

Question 4.
32 = 3.2c
c = ________

Answer: 10

Explanation:
The given equation is
32 = 3.2c
3.2 × c = 32
c = 32/3.2
c = 1/0.1 = 10
The solution c is 10.

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)w = 40
w = ________

Answer: 100

Explanation:
The given equation is
\(\frac{2}{5}\)w = 40
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × w = 40
w = 40 × 5/2
w = 200/2
w = 100

Question 6.
\(\frac{a}{14}\) = 6.8
a = ________

Answer: 95.2

Explanation:
The given equation is
\(\frac{a}{14}\) = 6.8
a = 6.8 × 14
a = 95.2

Question 7.
1.6x = 1.6
x = ________

Answer: 1

Explanation:
The given equation is
1.6x = 1.6
x = 1.6/1.6
x = 1
The solution x is 1

Question 8.
23.8 = 3.5b
b = ________

Answer: 6.8

Explanation:
The given equation is
23.8 = 3.5b
3.5b = 23.8
b = 23.8/3.5
b = 6.8
Thus the solution of the variable b is 6.8

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)t
t = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Explanation:
The given equation is
\(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)t
t = \(\frac{3}{5}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
t = \(\frac{9}{10}\)
Thus the solution of the variable t is \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Anne runs 6 laps on a track. She runs a total of 1 mile, or 5,280 feet. Write and solve an equation to find the distance, in feet, that she runs in each lap.
________ feet

Answer: 880

Explanation:
Anne runs 6 laps on a track. She runs a total of 1 mile, or 5,280 feet.
Let the l represents the runs in each lap.
6 × l = 5280 feet
l = 5280/6
l = 880 feet
Therefore Anne runs 880 feets in each lap.

Question 11.
In a serving of 8 fluid ounces of pomegranate juice, there are 32.8 grams of carbohydrates. Write and solve an equation to find the amount of carbohydrates in each fluid ounce of the juice.
________ grams

Answer: 4.1

Explanation:
Given, In a serving of 8 fluid ounces of pomegranate juice, there are 32.8 grams of carbohydrates.
Let c represents the amount of carbohydrates in each fluid ounce of the juice
8 × c = 32.8 grams
c = 32.8/8
c = 4.1 grams

Question 12.
Write and solve a word problem that can be solved by solving a multiplication equation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The quotient of 6 and p is 12
6 ÷ p = 12
p = 6/12
p = 1/2

Lesson Check – Page No. 456

Question 1.
Estella buys 1.8 pounds of walnuts for a total of $5.04. She solves the equation 1.8p = 5.04 to find the price p in dollars of one pound of walnuts. What does one pound of walnuts cost?
$ ________

Answer: 2.8

Explanation:
Given that, Estella buys 1.8 pounds of walnuts for a total of $5.04.
p represents the price in dollars of one pound of walnuts.
The equation to find one pound of walnuts cost is 1.8p = 5.04
1.8p = 5.04
p = 5.04/1.8
p = 2.8
Therefore the cost of one pound of walnuts is $2.8

Question 2.
Gabriel wants to solve the equation \(\frac{5}{8}\)m = 25. What step should he do to get m by itself on one side of the equation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Gabriel wants to solve the equation \(\frac{5}{8}\)m = 25.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)m = 25
5m = 25 × 8
5 × m = 200
m = 200/5 = 40
Thus m = 40

Spiral Review

Question 3.
At top speed, a coyote can run at a speed of 44 miles per hour. If a coyote could maintain its top speed, how far could it run in 15 minutes?
________ miles

Answer: 11

Explanation:
At top speed, a coyote can run at a speed of 44 miles per hour.
Convert from minutes to hour.
60 minutes = 1 hour
15 minutes = 15 × 1/60 = 0.25 = 1/4
44 × 1/4 = 11 miles
A coyote can run at a speed of 11 miles for 15 minutes.

Question 4.
An online store sells DVDs for $10 each. The shipping charge for an entire order is $5.50. Frank orders d DVDs. Write an expression that represents the total cost of Frank’s DVDs.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 10d + $5.50

Explanation:
An online store sells DVDs for $10 each.
The shipping charge for an entire order is $5.50. Frank orders d DVDs.
The expression will be the product of 10 and d more than 5.50
The expression is 10d + $5.50

Question 5.
A ring costs $27 more than a pair of earrings. The ring costs $90. Write an equation that can be used to find the cost c in dollars of the earrings.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: $90 – $27 = c

Explanation:
A ring costs $27 more than a pair of earrings.
The ring costs $90.
c represents the cost in dollars of the earrings.
Thus the equation is c + $27 = $90
c = $90 – $27.

Question 6.
The equation 3s = 21 can be used to find the number of students s in each van on a field trip. How many students are in each van?
________ students

Answer: 7 students

Explanation:
The equation 3s = 21 can be used to find the number of students s in each van on a field trip.
3s = 21
s = 21/3 = 7
s = 7
Thus there are 7 students in each van.

Share and Show – Page No. 459

Question 1.
Connor ran 3 kilometers in a relay race. His distance represents \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the total distance of the race. The equation \(\frac{3}{10}\)d = 3 can be used to find the total distance d of the race in kilometers. What was the total distance of the race?
________ kilometers

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Connor ran 3 kilometers in a relay race.
His distance represents \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the total distance of the race.
\(\frac{3}{10}\)d = 3
3 × d = 3 × 10
3 × d = 30
d = 30/3 = 10 kilometers
Therefore the total distance of the race is 10 kilometers.

Question 2.
What if Connor’s distance of 3 kilometers represented only \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the total distance of the race. What would the total distance of the race have been?
________ kilometers

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Connor’s distance of 3 kilometers represented only \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the total distance of the race.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) × d = 3
2 × d = 3 × 10
d = 30/2
d = 15 kilometers
Therefore the total distance of the race has been 15 kilometers.

Question 3.
The lightest puppy in a litter weighs 9 ounces, which is \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the weight of the heaviest puppy. The equation \(\frac{3}{4}\)w = 9 can be used to find the weight w in ounces of the heaviest puppy. How much does the heaviest puppy weigh?
________ ounces

Answer: 12

Explanation:
The lightest puppy in a litter weighs 9 ounces, which is \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the weight of the heaviest puppy.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)w = 9
3 × w = 9 × 4
3 × w = 36
w = 36/3
w = 12
The heaviest puppy weighs 12 ounces.

Question 4.
Sophia took home \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the pizza that was left over from a party. The amount she took represents \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a whole pizza. The equation \(\frac{2}{5}\)p = \(\frac{1}{2}\) can be used to find the number of pizzas p left over from the party. How many pizzas were left over?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pizzas

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pizzas

Explanation:
Sophia took home \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the pizza that was left over from a party.
The amount she took represents \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a whole pizza.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)p = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{5}{2}\)
p = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
p = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pizzas
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pizzas were leftover.

Question 5.
A city received \(\frac{3}{4}\) inch of rain on July 31. This represents \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the total amount of rain the city received in July. The equation \(\frac{3}{10}\)r = \(\frac{3}{4}\) can be used to find the amount of rain r in inches the city received in July. How much rain did the city receive in July?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches of rain

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches of rain

Explanation:
A city received \(\frac{3}{4}\) inch of rain on July 31.
This represents \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the total amount of rain the city received in July.
\(\frac{3}{10}\)r = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
r = \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{10}{3}\)
r = \(\frac{30}{12}\)
r = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
r = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The city received 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches of rain in July.

On Your Own – Page No. 460

Question 6.
Carole ordered 4 dresses for $80 each, a $25 sweater, and a coat. The cost of the items without sales tax was $430. What was the cost of the coat?
$ _______

Answer: 85

Explanation:
Carole ordered 4 dresses for $80 each, a $25 sweater, and a coat.
The cost of the items without sales tax was $430.
Cost of 4 dresses is 4 × 80 = $320
$320 + $25 = $345
c + 345 = 430
c = 430 – 345
c = 85
Therefore the cost of the coat is $85

Question 7.
A dog sled race is 25 miles long. The equation \(\frac{5}{8}\)k = 25 can be used to estimate the race’s length k in kilometers. Approximately how many hours will it take a dog sled team to finish the race if it travels at an average speed of 30 kilometers per hour?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) hours

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours

Explanation:
A dog sled race is 25 miles long.
The equation \(\frac{5}{8}\)k = 25
k represents race length in kilometers.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)k = 25
5 × k = 25 × 8
5k = 200
k = 200/5 = 40
k = 40
Average speed is k/30
40/30 = 4/3
The average speed of 30 kilometers per hour is 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours.

Question 8.
Explain a Method Explain how you could use the strategy solve a simpler problem to solve the equation \(\frac{3}{4}\)x = \(\frac{3}{10}\).
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)x = \(\frac{3}{10}\)
x = \(\frac{3}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{3}\)
x = \(\frac{12}{30}\)
x = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 9.
In a basket of fruit, \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the pieces of fruit are apples. There are 20 apples in the display. The equation \(\frac{5}{6}\)f = 20 can be used to find how many pieces of fruit f are in the basket. Use words and numbers to explain how to solve the equation to find how many pieces of fruit are in the basket.
_______ pieces of fruit

Answer: 24

Explanation:
In a basket of fruit, \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the pieces of fruit are apples.
There are 20 apples in the display.
\(\frac{5}{6}\)f = 20
5 × f = 20 × 6
5 × f = 120
f = 120/5
f = 24
There are 24 pieces of friut in the basket.

Problem Solving Equations with Fractions – Page No. 461

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Stu is 4 feet tall. This height represents \(\frac{6}{7}\) of his brother’s height. The equation \(\frac{6}{7}\)h = 4 can be used to find the height h, in feet, of Stu’s brother. How tall is Stu’s brother?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet

Answer: 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet

Explanation:
Stu is 4 feet tall. This height represents \(\frac{6}{7}\) of his brother’s height.
The equation \(\frac{6}{7}\)h = 4
6/7 × h = 4
6 × h = 4 × 7
6 × h =28
h = 28/6
h = 14/3
h = 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet
Thus the height of Stu’s brother in feet is 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet.

Question 2.
Bryce bought a bag of cashews. He served \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of cashews at a party. This amount represents \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the entire bag. The equation \(\frac{2}{3}\)n = \(\frac{7}{8}\) can be used to find the number of pounds n in a full bag. How many pounds of cashews were in the bag that Bryce bought?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{16}\)

Explanation:
Bryce bought a bag of cashews.
He served \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of cashews at a party.
This amount represents \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the entire bag.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)n = \(\frac{7}{8}\)
n = \(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
n = \(\frac{21}{16}\)
n = 1 \(\frac{5}{16}\)
Bryce bought 1 \(\frac{5}{16}\) pounds of cashews were in the bag.

Question 3.
In Jaime’s math class, 9 students chose soccer as their favorite sport. This amount represents \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the entire class. The equation \(\frac{3}{8}\)s = 9 can be used to find the total number of students s in Jaime’s class. How many students are in Jaime’s math class?
______ students

Answer: 24 students

Explanation:
In Jaime’s math class, 9 students chose soccer as their favorite sport.
This amount represents \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the entire class.
\(\frac{3}{8}\)s = 9
3 × s = 9 × 8
3 × s = 72
s = 72/3
s = 24 students
24 students are in Jaime’s math class.

Question 4.
Write a math problem for the equation \(\frac{3}{4}\)n = \(\frac{5}{6}\). Then solve a simpler problem to find the solution.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)n = \(\frac{5}{6}\)
n = \(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{4}{3}\)
n = \(\frac{20}{18}\)
n = \(\frac{10}{9}\)
n = 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Lesson Check – Page No. 462

Question 1.
Roger served \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of crackers, which was \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the entire box. What was the weight of the crackers originally in the box?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer: \(\frac{15}{16}\) pounds

Explanation:
Roger served \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of crackers, which was \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × p = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
p = \(\frac{5}{8}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
p = \(\frac{15}{16}\) pounds
\(\frac{15}{16}\) was the weight of the crackers originally in the box.

Question 2.
Bowser ate 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of dog food. That amount is \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the entire bag of dog food. How many pounds of dog food were originally in the bag?
______ pounds

Answer 6 pounds

Explanation:
Bowser ate 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of dog food.
That amount is \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the entire bag of dog food.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{9}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) p = \(\frac{9}{2}\)
p = \(\frac{9}{2}\) × \(\frac{4}{3}\)
p = 6 pounds
6 pounds of dog food were originally in the bag.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the quotient 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 4 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 4 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{14}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{21}{5}\)
= \(\frac{70}{63}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{70}{63}\) is 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\)
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 4 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Question 4.
Miranda had 4 pounds, 6 ounces of clay. She divided it into 10 equal parts. How heavy was each part?
_______ ounces

Answer: 7 ounces

Explanation:
Miranda had 4 pounds, 6 ounces of clay.
She divided it into 10 equal parts.
Convert from pounds to ounces
We know that
1 pound = 16 ounces
4 pounds = 4 × 16 ounces = 64 ounces
64 ounces + 6 ounces = 70 ounces
Now divide 70 ounces into 10 equal parts.
70 ÷ 10 = 7 ounces.
Thus each part was 7 ounces.

Question 5.
The amount Denise charges to repair computers is $50 an hour plus a $25 service fee. Write an expression to show how much she will charge for h hours of work.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 50h + 25

Explanation:
The amount Denise charges to repair computers is $50 an hour plus a $25 service fee.
The expression will be product of 50 and h more than 25.
The expression is 50h + 25.

Question 6.
Luis has saved $14 for a skateboard that costs $52. He can use the equation 14 + m = 52 to find how much more money m he needs. How much more does he need?
$ _______

Answer: 38

Explanation:
Luis has saved $14 for a skateboard that costs $52. He can use the equation 14 + m = 52
14 + m = 52
m = 52 – 14
m = 38
He needs $38 more.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 463

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 9

Question 1.
A(n) _____ is a statement that two mathematical expressions are equal.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: An equation is a mathematical statement that two expressions are equal.

Question 2.
Adding 5 and subtracting 5 are _____.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Solution of an equation.

Concepts and Skills

Write an equation for the word sentence.

Question 3.
The sum of a number and 4.5 is 8.2.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The phrase “sum” indicates an addition operation.
So, the equation is n + 4.5 = 8.2

Question 4.
Three times the cost is $24.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The phrase “times” indicates multiplication.
Multiply 3 with c.
3c = 24

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the equation.

Question 5.
x − 24 = 58; x = 82
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
82 – 24 = 58
58 = 58
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)c = \(\frac{3}{8}\), c = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)c = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{12}\) ≠ \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 7.
a + 2.4 = 7.8
a = _____

Answer: 5.4

Explanation:
Given the equation is a + 2.4 = 7.8
a + 2.4 = 7.8
a = 7.8 – 2.4
a = 5.4

Question 8.
\(b-\frac{1}{4}=3 \frac{1}{2}\)
b = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given the equation is \(b-\frac{1}{4}=3 \frac{1}{2}\)
b – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
b = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b = 3 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
b = 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 9.
3x = 27
x = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given the equation is 3x = 27
x = 27/3
x = 9

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{3} s=\frac{1}{5}\)
s = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
Given the equation is \(\frac{1}{3} s=\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\)s = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
s = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{t}{4}\) = 16
t = _______

Answer: 64

Explanation:
Given the equation is \(\frac{t}{4}\) = 16
t = 16 × 4
t = 64

Question 12.
\(\frac{w}{7}\) = 0.3
w = _______

Answer: 2.1

Explanation:
\(\frac{w}{7}\) = 0.3
w/7 = 0.3
w = 0.3 × 7
w = 2.1

Page No. 464

Question 13.
A stadium has a total of 18,000 seats. Of these, 7,500 are field seats, and the rest are grandstand seats. Write an equation that could be used to find the number of grandstand seats s.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: s + 7500 = 18000

Explanation:
A stadium has a total of 18,000 seats.
Of these, 7,500 are field seats, and the rest are grandstand seats.
Let s be the number of grandstand seats.
s + 7,500 = 18,000

Question 14.
Aaron wants to buy a bicycle that costs $128. So far, he has saved $56. The equation a + 56 = 128 can be used to find the amount a in dollars that Aaron still needs to save. What is the solution of the equation?
The solution is _______

Answer: 72

Explanation:
Aaron wants to buy a bicycle that costs $128. So far, he has saved $56.
The equation a + 56 = 128
a = 128 – 56
a = 72
The solution of the equation a + 56 = 128 is 72.

Question 15.
Ms. McNeil buys 2.4 gallons of gasoline. The total cost is $7.56. Write and solve an equation to find the price p in dollars of one gallon of gasoline.
$ _______

Answer: $3.15

Explanation:
Ms. McNeil buys 2.4 gallons of gasoline.
The total cost is $7.56.
2.4p = 7.56
p = 7.56/2.4
p = $3.15
The price of one gallon of gasoline is $3.15

Question 16.
Crystal is picking blueberries. So far, she has filled \(\frac{2}{3}\) of her basket, and the blueberries weigh \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound. The equation \(\frac{2}{3}\)w = \(\frac{3}{4}\) can be used to estimate the weight w in pounds of the blueberries when the basket is full. About how much will the blueberries in Crystal’s basket weigh when it is full?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds

Explanation:
Crystal is picking blueberries. So far, she has filled \(\frac{2}{3}\) of her basket, and the blueberries weigh \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound.
The equation \(\frac{2}{3}\)w = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
w = \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
w = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{9}{8}\) is 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds

Share and Show – Page No. 467

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the inequality.

Question 1.
a ≥ −6, a = −3
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution a in the inequality.
a = -3
-3 ≥ -6
-3 is greater than -6
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 2.
y < 7.8, y = 8 The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution y in the inequality.
y = 8
8 is less than 7.8
8<7.8
The variable is not the solution.

Question 3.
c > \(\frac{1}{4}\), c = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution c in the inequality.
c = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{1}{5}\) > \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{5}\) is greater than \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{5}\) > \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 4.
x ≤ 3, x = 3
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution x in the inequality.
x = 3
3 ≤ 3
3 is less than or equal to 3.
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 5.
d < 0.52, d = 0.51
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution d in the inequality.
-0.51 < -0.52
-0.51 is greater than -0.52
The variable is not the solution.

Question 6.
t ≥ \(\frac{2}{3}\), t = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution t in the inequality.
t = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ≥ \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) is greater than \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the variable is a solution.

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Determine whether s = \(\frac{3}{5}\), s = 0, or s = 1.75 are solutions of the inequality.

Question 7.
s > 1
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
s > 1
s = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) > -1
\(\frac{3}{5}\) is greater than -1.
The variable is the solution.
s = 0
0 > -1
0 is greater than -1
Thus the variable is a solution.
s = 1.75
1.75 > -1
1.75 is greater than -1
s > -1
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 8.
s ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
s ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
s = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) is less than but not equal to 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The variable is not the solution.
s ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
s = 0
0 ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The variable is not the solution.
s = 1.75
1.75 ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The variable is not the solution.

Question 9.
s < 0.43
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
s < 0.43
\(\frac{3}{5}\) < 0.43
\(\frac{3}{5}\) = 0.6
0.6 is not less than 0.43
Thus the variable is not the solution.
s = 0
0 < 0.43
0 is less than 0.43
Thus the variable is the solution.
s = 1.75
1.75 < 0.43
1.75 is greater than 0.43
Thus the variable is not the solution.

Give two solutions of the inequality.

Question 10.
e < 3
Type below: _____________

Answer:
The solution to the inequality must be whole numbers less than 3.
e = 1 and 2 are the solutions because 1 and 2 are less than 3.
Thus the 2 solutions are 1 and 2.

Question 11.
p > 12
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The solution to the inequality must be whole numbers greater than -12
p = 0 and -5 are the solutions because 0 and -5 are greater than -12.
Thus the 2 solutions are 0 and -5.

Question 12.
y ≥ 5.8
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The solution to the inequality must be whole numbers greater than or equal to 5.8
y = 5.8 and 5.9 are the solutions because 5.8 and 5.9 greater than or equal to 5.8
Thus the 2 solutions are 5.8 and 5.9

Question 13.
Connect Symbols and Words A person must be at least 18 years old to vote. The inequality a ≥ 18 represents the possible ages a in years at which a person can vote. Determine whether a = 18, a = 17\(\frac{1}{2}\), and a = 91.5 are solutions of the inequality, and tell what the solutions mean.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
a ≥ 18
Substitute the values of a in the inequality
a = 18
18 ≥ 18
Thus the variable is the solution.
a = 17\(\frac{1}{2}\)
17\(\frac{1}{2}\) ≥ 18
17\(\frac{1}{2}\) is less than 18.
The variable is not the solution.
a = 91.5
91.5 > 18
The solution is mean.

Problem Solving + Applcations – Page No. 468

The table shows ticket and popcorn prices at five movie theater chains. Use the table for 14–15.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 10

Question 14.
The inequality p < 4.75 represents the prices p in dollars that Paige is willing to pay for popcorn. The inequality p < 8.00 represents the prices p in dollars that Paige is willing to pay for a movie ticket. At how many theaters would Paige be willing to buy a ticket and popcorn? ______ theater

Answer: 1

Explanation:
The inequality p < 4.75 represents the prices p in dollars that Paige is willing to pay for popcorn. The inequality p < 8.00 represents the prices p in dollars that Paige is willing to pay for a movie ticket.
From the above table, we can see that there is the only theatre with 8.00 and 4.75
So, Paige is willing to buy a ticket and popcorn from 1 theatre.

Question 15.
Sense or Nonsense? Edward says that inequality d ≥ 4.00 represents the popcorn prices in the table, where d is the price of popcorn in dollars. Is Edward’s statement sense or nonsense? Explain. Type below: _____________

Answer: Edward’s statement makes sense because all of the popcorn prices in the table are greater than or equal to $4.00.

Question 16.
Use Math Vocabulary Explain why the statement t > 13 is an inequality.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The statement is equality because it compares two amounts t and 13 using an inequality symbol.

Question 17.
The minimum wind speed for a storm to be considered a hurricane is 74 miles per hour. The inequality w ≥ 74 represents the possible wind speeds of a hurricane.
Two possible solutions for the inequality w ≥ 74 are _____ and _____.
Two possible solutions for the inequality w ≥ 74 are _____ and _____

Answer: 75 and 80

Explanation:
Given that w is greater than or equal to 74.
The two possible solutions for the inequality w ≥ 74 are 75 and 80.

Solutions of Inequalities – Page No. 469

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the inequality.

Question 1.
s ≥ 1, s = 1
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is s ≥ 1
s = 1
1 ≥ 1
1 is a positive number so 1 will be greater than or equal to -1
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 2.
p < 0, p = 4
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is p < 0
Given p = 4
Substitute p = 4 in the inequality.
4 < 0
4 is not less than 0
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 3.
y ≤ 3, y = 1
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is y ≤ 3
y = -1
-1 ≤ 3
– 1 is greater than -3
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 4.
u > \(\frac{-1}{2}\), u = 0
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is u > \(\frac{-1}{2}\)
u = 0
0 > \(\frac{-1}{2}\)
0 is greater than \(\frac{-1}{2}\)
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 5.
q ≥ 0.6, q = 0.23
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is q ≥ 0.6
q = 0.23
0.23 is less than 0.6
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 6.
b < 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\), b = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is b < 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
b = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) < 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) is less than 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Thus the variable is a solution.

Give two solutions of the inequality.

Question 7.
k < 2
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
k = 0 and 1 because they are less than 2.
Thus the two possible inequalities for k < 2 are 0 and 1.

Question 8.
z ≥ 3
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
z = -3 and -2 because -3 and -2 are greater than or equal to -3
Thus the two solutions of the inequality are -3 and -2

Question 9.
f ≤ 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
f = -5 and -6 because -5 and -6 are less than or equal to -5
Thus the two solutions of the inequality are -5 and -6.

Problem Solving

Question 10.
The inequality s ≥ 92 represents the score s that Jared must earn on his next test to get an A on his report card. Give two possible scores that Jared could earn to get the A.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Two possible scores that Jared could earn to get the A are 92 and 100.

Question 11.
The inequality m ≤ $20 represents the amount of money that Sheila is allowed to spend on a new hat. Give two possible money amounts that Sheila could spend on the hat.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Two possible money amounts that Sheilla could spend on the hat are $15 or $10.

Question 12.
Describe a situation and write an inequality to represent the situation. Give a number that is a solution and another number that is not a solution of the inequality.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
In the United States, the minimum age required to run for president is 35. This can be represented by the inequality a ≥ 35.
A number that is a solution is 55 and a number that is not a solution is 29.

Lesson Check – Page No. 470

Question 1.
Three of the following are solutions of g < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\). Which one is not a solution?
g = 4     g = 7\(\frac{1}{2}\)   g = 0    g = 2\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: g = 0

Explanation:
g < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\).
g = 4
-4 < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\)
g = 7\(\frac{1}{2}\)
7\(\frac{1}{2}\) < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\).
g = 2\(\frac{1}{2}\)
2\(\frac{1}{2}\) < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\)
g = 0
0 < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus 0 is not the solution.

Question 2.
The inequality w ≥ 3.2 represents the weight of each pumpkin, in pounds, that is allowed to be picked to be sold. The weights of pumpkins are listed. How many pumpkins can be sold? Which pumpkins can be sold?
3.18 lb, 4 lb, 3.2 lb, 3.4 lb, 3.15 lb
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3.2 lb, 3.4 lb

Explanation:
The inequality w ≥ 3.2 represents the weight of each pumpkin, in pounds, that is allowed to be picked to be sold.
Substitute the solutions in the inequality.
w = 3.18
3.18 ≥ 3.2
3.18 is less than 3.2
3.18 < 3.2 lb
w = 4 lb
4 ≥ 3.2
4 is greater than 3.2
4 > 3.2
w = 3.2 lb
3.2 ≥ 3.2
3.2 lb is greater than 3.2 lb
w = 3.4 lb
3.4 ≥ 3.2
3.4 lb is greater than 3.2 lb
w = 3.15 lb
3.15 < 3.2
Thus 3.2 lb, 3.4 lb pumpkins can be sold.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the value of 8 + (27 ÷ 9)2?
_______

Answer: 17

Explanation:
8 + (27 ÷ 9)2?
8 + (3)2
8 + 9 = 17

Question 4.
Write an expression that is equivalent to 5(3x + 2z).
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 15x + 10z

Explanation:
5(3x + 2z)
5 × 3x + 5 × 2z
15x + 10z
The expression equivalent to 5(3x + 2z) is 15x + 10z

Question 5.
Tina bought a t-shirt and sandals. The total cost was $41.50. The t-shirt cost $8.95. The equation 8.95 + c = 41.50 can be used to find the cost c in dollars of the sandals. How much did the sandals cost?
$ _______

Answer: $32.55

Explanation:
Tina bought a t-shirt and sandals. The total cost was $41.50. The t-shirt cost $8.95.
The equation is 8.95 + c = 41.50
c = 41.50 – 8.95
c = $32.55
The cost of the sandal is 32.55

Question 6.
Two-thirds of a number is equal to 20. What is the number?
_______

Answer: 30

Explanation:
2/3 × n = 20
n = 3/2 × 20
n =  3 × 10
n = 30
The number is 30.

Share and Show – Page No. 473

Write an inequality for the word sentence. Tell what type of numbers the variable in the inequality can represent.

Question 1.
The elevation e is greater than or equal to 15 meters.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The phrase greater than or equal to represents “≥”
Thus the inequality is e ≥ 15

Question 2.
A passenger’s age a must be more than 4 years.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The phrase more than represents the greater than symbol “>”
Thus the inequality is a > 4

Write a word sentence for the inequality.

Question 3.
b < \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
By seeing the above inequality we can write the word sentence for inequality as,
b is less than \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 4.
m ≥ 55
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
By seeing the above inequality we can write the word sentence for inequality as,
m is greater than or equal to 55.

On Your Own

Question 5.
Compare Explain the difference between t ≤ 4 and t < 4.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
t ≤ 4 is t is less than or equal to 4 which means t is equal to 4 or 3.9.
t < 4 is t is less than 4 which means t is equal to 3, 2, or 1 or 0.

Question 6.
A children’s roller coaster is limited to riders whose height is at least 30 inches and at most 48 inches. Write two inequalities that represent the height h of riders for the roller coaster.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
h represents the height of riders for the roller coaster.
A children’s roller coaster is limited to riders whose height is at least 30 inches and at most 48 inches.
ar least 30 inches means h must be greater than or equal to 30 inches.
i.e., h ≥ 30 inches
at most 48 inches means h must be less than 48 inches.
i.e., h < 48 inches

Question 7.
Match the inequality with the word sentence it represents.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 11
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Solutions-of-Equations-img-11

Make Generalizations – Page No. 474

The reading skill make generalizations can help you write inequalities to represent situations. A generalization is a statement that is true about a group of facts.

Sea otters spend almost their entire lives in the ocean. Their thick fur helps them to stay warm in cold water. Sea otters often float together in groups called rafts. A team of biologists weighed the female sea otters in one raft off the coast of Alaska. The chart shows their results.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 12

Question 8.
Write two inequalities that represent generalizations about the sea otter weights.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
First, list the weights in pounds in order from least to greatest.
50, 51, 54, 58, 61, 61, 62, 62, 66, 68, 69, 71
Next, write an inequality to describe the weights by using the least weight on the list. Let w represent weights of the otters in the pounds.
The least weight is 50 pounds, so all of the weights are greater than or equal to 50 pounds.
w ≥ 50
Now write an inequality to describe the weights by using the greatest weights in the list.
The greatest weight is 71 pounds, so all of the weights are less than or equal to 71 pounds.
w ≤ 71

Question 9.
Use the chart at the right to write two inequalities that represent generalizations about the number of sea otter pups per raft.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 13
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
First, list the number of pups in order from least to greatest.
6, 6, 7, 10, 15, 16, 20, 23
Next, write an inequality to describe the number of pups by using the least number of pups on the list. Let n represent the number of pups.
The least weight is 6 pups. So all of the pups will be greater than or equal to 6.
n ≥ 6
Now write an inequality to describe the number of pups by using the greatest weights in the list.
The greatest weight is 23 pups so all of the weights are less than or equal to 23 pups.
n ≤ 23 pups

Write Inequalities – Page No. 475

Write an inequality for the word sentence. Tell what type of numbers the variable in the inequality can represent.

Question 1.
The width w is greater than 4 centimeters.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality symbol for “greater than” is >. w > 4, where w is the width in centimeters. w is a positive number.

Question 2.
The score s in a basketball game is greater than or equal to 10 points
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality symbol for “greater than or equal to” is ≥. s ≥ 10, where s is the score in the basketball game. s is a positive number.

Question 3.
The mass m is less than 5 kilograms
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality symbol for “less than” is <. m < 5, where m is the mass in kilograms. m is a positive number.

Question 4.
The height h is greater than 2.5 meters
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality symbol for “greater than” is >. h > 2.5, where h is the height in meters. h is a positive number.

Question 5.
The temperature t is less than or equal to −3°.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality symbol for “less than or equal to” is ≤. t ≤  −3° where t is the temperature in degrees. t is a negative number.

Write a word sentence for the inequality.

Question 6.4
k < 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The word sentence for the inequality is k is less than -7.

Question 7.
z ≥ 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The word sentence for the inequality is z is greater than or equal to 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\).

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Tabby’s mom says that she must read for at least 30 minutes each night. If m represents the number of minutes reading, what inequality can represent this situation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: m ≥ 30

Explanation:
Tabby’s mom says that she must read for at least 30 minutes each night.
m represents the number of minutes of reading.
m is greater than or equal to 30.
Thus the inequality is m ≥ 30.

Question 9.
Phillip has a $25 gift card to his favorite restaurant. He wants to use the gift card to buy lunch. If c represents the cost of his lunch, what inequality can describe all of the possible amounts of money, in dollars, that Phillip can spend on lunch?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: c ≤ 25

Explanation:
Phillip has a $25 gift card to his favorite restaurant.
He wants to use the gift card to buy lunch.
c represents the cost of his lunch
c is less than or equal to 25.
Thus the inequality is c ≤ 25.

Question 10.
Write a short paragraph explaining to a new student how to write an inequality.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Inequality is a statement that two quantities are not equal.
To know which direction to shade a graph, I write inequalities with the variable on the left side of the inequality symbol. I know that the symbol has to point to the same number after I rewrite the inequality.
For example, I write 4 < y as y > 4
Now the inequality symbol points in the direction that I should draw the shaded arrow on my graph.

Lesson Check – Page No. 476

Question 1.
At the end of the first round in a quiz show, Jeremy has at most −20 points. Write an inequality that means “at most −20”.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The phrase at most refers to less than or equal to.
Thus the inequality is J ≤ -20

Question 2.
Describe the meaning of y ≥ 7.9 in words.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: y ≥ 7.9 means y is greater than or equal to 7.9

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Let y represent Jaron’s age in years. If Dawn were 5 years older, she would be Jaron’s age. Which expression represents Dawn’s age?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: y – 5

Explanation:
Let y represent Jaron’s age in years.
If Dawn were 5 years older, she would be Jaron’s age.
We have to subtract 5 years to know the age of Jaron.
Thus the expression is y – 5.

Question 4.
Simplify the expression 7 × 3g.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 21g

Question 5.
What is the solution of the equation 8 = 8f?
f = ________

Answer:
8 = 8f
f = 8/8 = 1
f = 1
The solution for the equation 8 = 8f is 1.

Question 6.
Which of the following are solutions of the inequality k ≤ 2?
k = 0   k = 2   k = 4   k = 1   k = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: k = -2 k = -4

Explanation:
k = 0 in the inequality
k ≤ 2
0 ≤ 2
0 is less than but not equal to -2
Thus 0 is not the solution.
k = 2
k ≤ 2
-2 ≤ 2
Thus -2 is the solution.
k = 4
k ≤ 2
-4 ≤ 2
Thus -4 is the solution.
k = 1
1 ≤ 2
1 ≤ 2
1 is greater than but not equal to -2
Thus 1 is not the solution.
k = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ≤ 2
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ≤ 2
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) is less than but not equal to -2
Thus 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) is not the solution.

Share and Show – Page No. 479

Graph the inequality.

Question 1.
m < 15
Type below:
_____________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Grap the inequality solution img-1

Question 2.
c ≥ 1.5
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph the inequalities img-2

Question 3.
b ≤ \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:

Go Math Solution Key for Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph the inequalities img-3

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Graph the inequality.

Question 4.
a < \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph the inequalities img-4

Question 5.
x > 4
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 graph inequalities img-5

Question 6.
k ≥ 0.3
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go math grade 6 chapter 8 answer key graph inequalities img-6

Question 7.
t ≤ 6
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go math key grade 6 chapter 8 graph inequalities img-7

Write the inequality represented by the graph.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 14
Type below:
_____________

Answer: m < 6

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 15
Type below:
_____________

Answer: n ≥ -7

Question 10.
Model Mathematics The inequality w ≥ 60 represents the wind speed w in miles per hour of a tornado. Graph the solutions of the inequality on the number line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:

Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph inequalities img-8

Question 11.
Graph the solutions of the inequality c < 12 ÷ 3 on the number line
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
c < 12 ÷ 3
c < 4
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Answer Key Graph inequalities img-9

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 480

The table shows the height requirements for rides at an amusement park. Use the table for 12–16
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 16

Question 12.
Write an inequality representing t, the heights in inches of people who can go on Twirl & Whirl.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The minimum height of people who can go on Twirl and Whirl is 48 inches.
So, inequality is t ≥ 48.

Question 13.
Graph your inequality from Exercise 12.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Draw a full circle at 48 to show that 48 is a solution.
Shade to the right of 48 to show that values greater than or equal to 48 are solutions.

Question 14.
Write an inequality representing r, the heights in inches of people who can go on Race Track.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The minimum height of people who can go on Race track is 24 inches.
So, the inequality is r ≥ 42.

Question 15.
Graph your inequality from Exercise 14.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Draw a full circle at 42 to show that 42 is a solution.
Shade to the right of 42 to show that values greater than or equal to 48 are solutions.

Question 16.
Write an inequality representing b, the heights in inches of people who can go on both River Rapids and Mighty Mountain. Explain how you determined your answer.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
You need to be at least 38 inches tall to go on River Rapids and at least 44 inches tall to go on Mighty mountain.
So, you need to be at least 44 inches tall to go on both rides.
The inequality is b ≥ 44.

Question 17.
Alena graphed the inequality c ≤ 25. Darius said that 25 is not part of the solution of the inequality. Do you agree or disagree with Darius? Use numbers and words to support your answer
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 17
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Yes I agree with Darius.
That dark circle and the arrow to the left indicates that c ≤ 25

Graph Inequalities – Page No. 481

Graph the inequality.

Question 1.
h ≥ 3
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph inequalities image-1

Question 2.
x < \(\frac{-4}{5}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Key Graph Inequalities image-2

Question 3.
y > 2
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Solution Key for Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph inequalities image-3

Question 4.
n ≥ 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Key for Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graoh inequalities image-4

Question 5.
c ≤ 0.4
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key chapter 8 graph inequalities image-5

Write the inequality represented by the graph.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 18
Type below:
_____________

Answer: n > 3

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 19
Type below:
_____________

Answer: n > -5

Problem Solving

Question 8.
The inequality x ≤ 2 represents the elevation x of a certain object found at a dig site. Graph the solutions of the inequality on the number line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality x ≤ 2 represents the elevation x of a certain object found at a dig site.
Go math answer key grade 6 chapter 8 graph inequalities image-6

Question 9.
The inequality x ≥ 144 represents the possible scores x needed to pass a certain test. Graph the solutions of the inequality on the number line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Answer Key Graph inequalities image-7

Question 10.
Write an inequality and graph the solutions on a number line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality is n ≥ -7
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 15

Lesson Check – Page No. 482

Question 1.
Write the inequality that is shown by the graph.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 20
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x ≥ -2
The number line at right shows the solutions of the inequality x ≥ -2

Question 2.
Describe the graph of g < 0.6.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 solution img-5

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write an expression that shows the product of 5 and the difference of 12 and 9.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The equation for the product of 5 and the difference of 12 and 9
5 × 12 – 9
The equation is 5(12 – 9).

Question 4.
What is the solution of the equation 8.7 + n = 15.1?
n = ________

Answer: 6.4

Explanation:
The equation is 8.7 + n = 15.1
n + 8.7 = 15.1
n = 15.1 – 8.7
n = 6.4

Question 5.
The equation 12x = 96 gives the number of egg cartons x needed to package 96 eggs. Solve the equation to find the number of cartons needed.
________ cartons

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Given,
The equation 12x = 96 gives the number of egg cartons x needed to package 96 eggs.
12x = 96
x = 96/12 = 8
Thus 8 number of cartons are needed.

Question 6.
The lowest price on an MP3 song is $0.35. Write an inequality that represents the cost c of an MP3 song.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Given that,
The lowest price on an MP3 song is $0.35.
c ≥ 0.35
That is an inequality to represent the cost of an MP3 song.

Chapter 8 Review/Test – Page No. 483

Question 1.
For numbers 1a–1c, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the equation.
1a. \(\frac{2}{5}\)v=10; v = 25
1b. n + 5 = 15; n = 5
1c. 5z = 25; z = 5
1a. _____________
1b. _____________
1c. _____________

Answer:
1a. \(\frac{2}{5}\)v=10; v = 25
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × 25=10
2 × 5 = 10
10 = 10
The variable is a solution.
Thus the answer is yes.
1b. n + 5 = 15; n = 5
Substitute n = 5
5 + 5 = 15
10 ≠ 15
The variable is not a solution.
The answer is no.
1c. 5z = 25; z = 5
Substitute z = 5
5 × 5 = 25
25 = 25
The variable is a solution.
Thus the answer is yes.

Question 2.
The distance from third base to home plate is 88.9 feet. Romeo was 22.1 feet away from third base when he was tagged out. The equation 88.9 − t = 22.1 can be used to determine how far he needed to run to get to home plate. Using substitution, the coach determines that Romeo needed to run _____ feet to get to home plate.
Using substitution, the coach determines that Romeo needed to run _____________ feet to get to home plate

Answer: 66.8 feet

Explanation:
The distance from third base to home plate is 88.9 feet.
Romeo was 22.1 feet away from third base when he was tagged out.
The equation is 88.9 − t = 22.1
88.9 − t = 22.1
88.9 – 22.1 = t
t = 66.8 feet
Thus Using substitution, the coach determines that Romeo needed to run 66.8 feet to get to the home plate.

Question 3.
There are 84 grapes in a bag. Four friends are sharing the grapes. Write an equation that can be used to find out how many grapes g each friend will get if each friend gets the same number of grapes.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
84 = 4g
84 is the total amount of grapes
4 is the number of friends
g = how many grapes each friend will get

Question 4.
Match each scenario with the equation that can be used to solve it.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 21
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Solutions-of-Equations-img-21

Chapter 8 Review/Test Page No. 484

Question 5.
Frank’s hockey team attempted 15 more goals than Spencer’s team. Frank’s team attempted 23 goals. Write and solve an equation that can be used to find how many goals Spencer’s team attempted.
______ goals

Answer: 8 goals

Explanation:
Frank’s hockey team attempted 15 more goals than Spencer’s team.
Frank’s team attempted 23 goals.
Let x be the Spencer’s team
The phrase more than indicates addition operation.
x + 15 = 23
x = 23 – 15
x = 8 goals

Question 6.
Ryan solved the equation 10 + y = 17 by drawing a model. Use numbers and words to explain how Ryan’s model can be used to find the solution
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 22
Type below:
_____________

Answer: y = 7

Explanation:

  • Draw 11 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model y + 10 in the left rectangle, and model 17 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the y tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove ten 1 tiles on the left side and ten 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be seven 1 tiles on the right sides.

Thus 10 + y = 17
y = 17 – 10 = 7
y = 7

Question 7.
Gabriella and Max worked on their math project for a total of 6 hours. Max worked on the project for 2 hours by himself. Solve the equation x + 2 = 6 to find out how many hours Gabriella worked on the project.
______ hours

Answer: 4 hours

Explanation:
Gabriella and Max worked on their math project for a total of 6 hours.
Max worked on the project for 2 hours by himself.
x + 2 = 6
x = 6 – 2
x = 4
Gabriella worked 4 hours on the project.

Question 8.
Select the equations that have the solution m = 17. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3 + m = 21
b. m − 2 = 15
c. 14 = m − 3
d. 2 = m − 15

Answer: B, C, D

Explanation:
a. 3 + m = 21
3 + 17 = 21
20 ≠ 21
b. m − 2 = 15
17 – 2 = 15
15 = 15
c. 14 = m − 3
14 = 17 – 3
14 = 14
d. 2 = m − 15
2 = 17 – 15
2 = 2
Thus the correct answers are B, C and D.

Chapter 8 Review/Test Page No. 485

Question 9.
Describe how you could use algebra tiles to model the equation 4x = 20.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
4x = 20
x = 20/4 = 5
x = 5
Go Math Grade 6 Solution Key Chapter 8 solution img-3

Question 10.
For numbers 10a–10d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the equation has the solution x = 12.
10a. \(\frac{3}{4}\)x = 9
10b. 3x = 36
10c. 5x = 70
10d. \(\frac{x}{3}\) = 4
10a. _____________
10b. _____________
10c. _____________
10d. _____________

Answer:
10a. Yes
10b. Yes
10c. No
10d. Yes

Explanation:
10a. \(\frac{3}{4}\)x = 9
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 12 = 9
3 × 3 = 9
9 = 9
Thus the answer is yes.
10b. 3x = 36
x = 12
3 × 12 = 36
36 = 36
Thus the answer is yes.
10c. 5x = 70
x = 12
5 × 12 = 70
60 ≠ 70
Thus the answer is no.
10d. \(\frac{x}{3}\) = 4
x/3 = 4
x = 4 × 3
x = 12
Thus the answer is yes.

Question 11.
Bryan rides the bus to and from work on the days he works at the library. In one month, he rode the bus 24 times. Solve the equation 2x = 24 to find the number of days Bryan worked at the library. Use a model.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
2x = 24
x = 24/2 = 12
Thus x = 12
Go Math Grade 6 Key chapter 8 solution img-4

Chapter 8 Review/Test – Page No. 486

Question 12.
Betty needs \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a yard of fabric to make a skirt. She bought 9 yards of fabric.
Part A
Write and solve an equation to find how many skirts x she can make from 9 yards of fabric.
________ skirts

Answer: 12 skirts

Explanation:
Betty needs \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a yard of fabric to make a skirt.
She bought 9 yards of fabric.
x × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 9
x = 9 × \(\frac{4}{3}\)
x = 3 × 4 = 12
x = 12
she can make 12 skirts from 9 yards of fabric.

Question 12.
Part B
Explain how you determined which operation was needed to write the equation
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Division operation is needed to write the equation to know how many x skirts she can make from 9 yards of fabric.

Question 13.
Karen is working on her math homework. She solves the equation \(\frac{b}{8}\) = 56 and says that the solution is b = 7. Do you agree or disagree with Karen? Use words and numbers to support your answer. If her answer is incorrect, find the correct answer.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Karen is working on her math homework.
She solves the equation \(\frac{b}{8}\) = 56 and says that the solution is b = 7.
I Disagree with Karen.
b/8 = 56; multiply both sides by 8 to solve for b, and you get b = 448

Chapter 8 Review/Test Page No. 487

Question 14.
There are 70 historical fiction books in the school library. Historical fiction books make up \(\frac{1}{10}\) of the library’s collection. The equation \(\frac{1}{10}\)b = 70 can be used to find out how many books the library has. Solve the equation to find the total number of books in the library’s collection. Use numbers and words to explain how to solve \(\frac{1}{10}\)b = 70.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Given
Number of historical books = 70
The equation used to find the totals number of books in the library collection.
\(\frac{1}{10}\)b = 70
b = 70 × 10
b = 700
Hence there are 700 books in the library collection.

Question 15.
Andy drove 33 miles on Monday morning. This was \(\frac{3}{7}\) of the total number of miles he drove on Monday. Solve the equation \(\frac{3}{7}\)m = 33 to find the total number of miles Andy drove on Monday.
______ miles

Answer: 77 miles

Explanation:
Andy drove 33 miles on Monday morning.
This was \(\frac{3}{7}\) of the total number of miles he drove on Monday.
\(\frac{3}{7}\)m = 33
3 × m = 33 × 7
3 × m = 231
m = 231/3
m = 77 miles
Therefore the total number of miles Andy drove on Monday is 77 miles.

Question 16.
The maximum number of players allowed on a lacrosse team is 23. The inequality t≤23 represents the total number of players t allowed on the team.
Two possible solutions for the inequality are _____ and _____.
Two possible solutions for the inequality are _____ and _____

Answer:
The maximum number of players allowed on a lacrosse team is 23.
t ≤ 23
Thus the two possible solutions for the inequality are 22 and 23.

Question 17.
Mr. Charles needs to have at least 10 students sign up for homework help in order to use the computer lab. The inequality h ≥ 10 represents the number of students h who must sign up. Select possible solutions of the inequality. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 7
b. 8
c. 9
d. 10
e. 11
f. 12

Answer: D, E

Explanation:
Mr. Charles needs to have at least 10 students sign up for homework help in order to use the computer lab.
h ≥ 10
The number near to 10 is 10 and 11
Thus the correct answers are options D and E.

Chapter 8 Review/Test Page No. 488

Question 18.
The maximum capacity of the school auditorium is 420 people. Write an inequality for the situation. Tell what type of numbers the variable in the inequality can represent.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The maximum capacity of the school auditorium is 420 people
Let x be the maximum people
The inequality is x is less than or equal to 420.
x ≤ 420

Question 19.
Match the inequality to the word sentence it represents
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 23
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Solutions-of-Equations-img-23

Question 20.
Cydney graphed the inequality d ≤ 14.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 24
Part A
Dylan said that 14 is not a solution of the inequality. Do you agree or disagree with Dylan? Use numbers and words to support your answer
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Agree with Dylan. Because the dark circle shows that it is not the solution.

Question 20.
Part B
Suppose Cydney’s graph had an empty circle at 14. Write the inequality represented by this graph.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: y < 14
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter Key solution img-10

Conclusion:

I believe the information provided in the above article regarding the Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations is satisfactory for all the students. Get all the answer keys of all the chapters on ccssmathanswers.com For any queries you can post your comments in the below comment section.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice

go-math-grade-3-chapter-11-perimeter-and-area-extra-practice-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice will make you familiar with the area and perimeter of different shapes. By following the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key, you can get acquainted with the Perimeter and Area of the different shapes like rectangle, square, and etc. 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key has detailed solutions to all the problems and makes it easy for you to grasp the concepts behind them.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Answer Key Extra Practice

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Answer Key covers Questions from Chapter Tests, Practice Tests, Performance Tests, etc. You can gain Complete Knowledge on Perimeter and Area topic by using the Go Math 3rd Grade Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Answer Key Extra Practice. Solve as many times as possible and attempt the exam with confidence and score better grades in the exams.

Common Core – Page No. 235000

Chapter 11 Extra Practice

Lessons 11.1, 11.3

Question 1.
Find the perimeter of the shape. Each unit is 1 centimeter.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice Common Core img 1
______ centimeters

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
chapter 11 - common core - image 1 - 235000
Each square in the grid is a 1 by 1-centimeter square. So, we have to do is add up the
lengths of the dark segments right over the figure. Start the count from the box where 1
is placed. This parameter is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 centimeters long. So, it is 18 centimeters.

Question 2.
The square has a perimeter of 28 inches. What is the length of each side of the square?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice Common Core img 2
______ inches

Answer:
7 inches

Explanation:
From the given data
Perimeter of a square is = 28 inch
Length of each side of the square is = a inch
Perimeter of a square = a + a + a + a = 4a = 28 inch
4a= 28
Then, a = 28/4= 7
Therefore, length of each side of the square is = a = 7 inch

Lesson 11.2

Use a centimeter ruler to find the perimeter.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice Common Core img 3
______ cm

Answer:
11 cm

Explanation:
chapter 11 - common core - image 7 - 235000
1 + 4 + 1 + 2 + 3 = 11 cm

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice Common Core img 4
______ cm

Answer:
15 cm

Explanation:
chapter 11 - common core - image 8 - 235000
5 + 4 + 3 + 3 = 15 cm

Lessons 11.4–11.6

Find the area of the shape.
Each unit square is 1 square inch.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice Common Core img 5
Area = ______ square inches

Answer:
Area = 15 square inches

Explanation:
chapter 11 - common core - image 2 - 235000
As per the given data,
Each unit square is 1 square inch
Then, the area of the shape is = 15 square inches

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice Common Core img 6
Area = ______ square inches

Answer:
Area = 20 Square inches

Explanation:
chapter 11 - common core - image 3 - 235000
From the given data,
Each unit square is 1 square inch
Then, the area of the shape = 5 x 4 = 20 Square inches

Common Core – Page No. 236000

Lesson 11.7

Use the rectangles for 1–2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice Common Core img 7

Question 1.
How do the length and width change from Rectangle A to Rectangle B?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
22 centimeters

Explanation:
Rectangle A: Length = 2 ft; Width = 2 ft.
Rectangle B: Length = 3 ft; Width = 2 ft.
The Width from Rectangle A to Rectangle B is the same.
The Length is increased 1 ft from Rectangle A to Rectangle B.

Question 2.
How do the areas change from Rectangle A to Rectangle B to Rectangle C?
Rectangle A: ______ sq. ft.
Rectangle B: ______ sq. ft.
Rectangle C: ______ sq. ft.

Answer:
22 centimeters

Explanation:
Area of Rectangle A: 2 x 2 = 4 sq. ft
Area of Rectangle B: 2 x 3 = 6 sq. ft
Area of Rectangle C: 2 x 4 = 8 sq. ft
Then, areas change from Rectangle A to Rectangle B to Rectangle C is 2 sq. ft

Lesson 11.8

Draw a line to break apart the shape into rectangles.
Find the area of the shape.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice Common Core img 8
______ square units

Answer:
23 square units

Explanation:
chapter 11 - common core - image 4 - 236000
2 x 7= 14 Sq. units; 3 x 3= 9 Sq. units
14 + 9 = 23 Sq. units
Area of the shape is = 23 Sq. units

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice Common Core img 9
______ square units

Answer:
26 square units

Explanation:
chapter 11 - common core - image 5 - 236000
4 x 5 = 20 Sq. units; 2 x 3 = 6 Sq. units
20 + 6 = 26 Sq. units
Then, the area of the shape is = 26 Sq. units

Lessons 11.9–11.10

Find the perimeter and area of each rectangle.
Use your results to answer questions 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Extra Practice Common Core img 10

chapter 11 - common core - image 6 - 236000

Question 5.
Which two rectangles have the same perimeter?
Rectangles ______ and ______

Answer:
Rectangles A and C

Explanation:
Rectangle A: Permiter = 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = 16 Units.
Rectangle B: Permiter = 3 + 4 + 3 + 4 = 14 Units.
Rectangle C: Permiter = 6 + 2 + 6 + 2 = 16 Units.
Rectangle A and Rectangle C have the same perimeter

Question 6.
Which two rectangles have the same area?
Rectangles ______ and ______

Answer:
Rectangles B and C

Explanation:
Rectangle A: Area = 4 x 4 = 16 Sq. Units
Rectangle B: Area = 4 x 3 = 12 Sq. Units
Rectangle C: Area = 6 x 2 = 12 Sq. Units
Rectangle B and Rectangle C have the same area.

Conclusion

We have explained Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Extra Practice taking the help of the Perimeter and Area of different Shapes by using images, indicating images with arrows, and numbers. Know how to find the Area and Perimeter of different Shapes by accessing our Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area and resolve your doubts.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals

go-math-grade-5-chapter-3-add-and-subtract-decimals-answer-key

Large Collection of Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals is provided here.  Get acquainted with the topics of Grade 5 Ch 3 Add and Subtract Decimals through quick links available. Learning will be much simple using the 3rd Grade Go Math Solutions Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals. We have listed detailed explanations for all the Problems in Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Solution Key. You can get the Go math Grade 5 Answer Key free of cost here to kick start your preparation.

Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Answer Key

HMH Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key PDF is written in a simple and easy to understand language. Solutions provided covers the Cumulative Practice, Practice Test, Chapter Test of Go Math 5th Grade Ch 3 Add and Subtract Decimals. Score better grades in exams taking the help of the Go math grade 5 Chapter 3 Answer Key and we don’t charge any amount. 5th Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Topics are given using the quick links. All you need to do is simply tap on them and get a grip on them.

Lesson 1: Investigate • Thousandths

Lesson 2: Place Value of Decimals

Lesson 3: Compare and Order Decimals

Lesson 4: Round Decimals

Lesson 5: Investigate • Decimal Addition

Lesson 6: Investigate • Decimal Subtraction

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 7: Estimate Decimal Sums and Differences

Lesson 8: Add Decimals

Lesson 9: Subtract Decimals

Lesson 10: Algebra • Patterns with Decimals

Lesson 11: Problem Solving • Add and Subtract Money

Lesson 12: Choose a Method

Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 111

Write the decimal shown by the shaded parts of each model.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 1
______

Answer:
0.665

Explanation:
The given picture shows
6 hundredths, 6 tenths, and 5 thousandths are shaded
665/1000 = 0.665

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 2
______

Answer:
0.398

Explanation:
The given picture shows
3 hundredths, 9 tenths, and 8 thousandths are shaded
398/1000 = 0.398

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 3
______

Answer:
0.181

Explanation:
The given picture shows
1 hundredth, 8 tenths, and 1 thousandth are shaded
181/1000 = 0.181

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 4
______

Answer:
0.990

Explanation:
The given picture shows
9 hundredth, 9 tenths, and 0 thousandths are shaded
990/1000 = 0.990

Complete the sentence.

Question 5.
0.6 is 10 times as much as ______ .
______

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{100}\) = 0.06

Explanation:
Let the unknown number is S
0.6 = 10S
S = 0.6/10 = \(\frac{6}{10}\) x \(\frac{1}{10}\)
S = \(\frac{6}{100}\) = 0.06

Question 6.
0.007 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of _______ .
______

Answer:
0.07

Explanation:
Let the unknown number is S
0.007 = \(\frac{1}{10}\)S
S = 0.007 x 10 = 0.07

Question 7.
0.008 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of ________ .
______

Answer:
0.08

Explanation:
Let the unknown number is S
0.008 = \(\frac{1}{10}\)S
S = 0.008 x 10 = 0.08

Question 8.
0.5 is 10 times as much as ______ .
______

Answer:
0.05

Explanation:
Let the unknown number is S
0.5 = 10S
S = 0.5/10 = \(\frac{5}{10}\) x \(\frac{1}{10}\)
S = \(\frac{5}{100}\) = 0.05

Use place-value patterns to complete the table.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 5
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals image 1

Explanation:
0.2 is 10 times as much as
Let the unknown number is S
0.2 = 10S
S = 0.2/10 = 0.02
0.2 is 1/10 of
0.2 = S/10
S = 0.2 x 10 = 2
0.07 is 10 times as much as
Let the unknown number is S
0.07 = 10S
S = 0.07/10 = 0.007
0.07 is 1/10 of
0.07 = S/10
S = 0.07 x 10 = 0.7
0.05 is 10 times as much as
Let the unknown number is S
0.05 = 10S
S = 0.05/10 = 0.005
0.05 is 1/10 of
0.05 = S/10
S = 0.05 x 10 = 0.5
0.4 is 10 times as much as
Let the unknown number is S
0.4 = 10S
S = 0.4/10 = 0.04
0.4 is 1/10 of
0.4 = S/10
S = 0.4 x 10 = 4

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 6
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals image 2

Explanation:
0.06 is 10 times as much as
Let the unknown number is S
0.06 = 10S
S = 0.06/10 = 0.006
0.06 is 1/10 of
0.06 = S/10
S = 0.06 x 10 = 0.6
0.9 is 10 times as much as
Let the unknown number is S
0.9 = 10S
S = 0.9/10 = 0.09
0.9 is 1/10 of
0.9 = S/10
S = 0.9 x 10 = 9
0.3 is 10 times as much as
Let the unknown number is S
0.3 = 10S
S = 0.3/10 = 0.03
0.3 is 1/10 of
0.3 = S/10
S = 0.3 x 10 = 3
0.08 is 10 times as much as
Let the unknown number is S
0.08 = 10S
S = 0.08/10 = 0.006
0.08 is 1/10 of
0.08 = S/10
S = 0.08 x 10 = 0.8

Problem Solving Applications – Page No. 112

Use the table for 17 and 20.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 7

Question 17.
A science teacher showed an image of a carpenter bee on a wall. The image is 10 times as large as the actual bee. Then he showed another image of the bee that is 10 times as large as the first image. What is the length of the bee in the second image?
______ meters

Answer:
2.5 meters

Explanation:
A science teacher showed an image of a carpenter bee on a wall. The image is 10 times as large as the actual bee.
carpenter bee = 0.025
The first image = 0.025 x 10 = 0.25
The second image = 10 times as large as the first image = 0.25 x 10 = 2.5

Question 18.
Math Explain how you can use place value to describe how 0.05 and 0.005 compare.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Both numbers have 0 ones. So, we cannot compare these two numbers.
Look at the tenths. Both numbers have 0 tenths. So, we cannot compare these numbers.
Look at the hundredths.
The first number has 5 hundredths. The second number has 0 hundredths.
So, 0.05 > 0.005

Question 19.
Use Repeated Reasoning Terry, Sasha, and Harry each chose a number. Terry’s number is ten times as much as Sasha’s. Harry’s number is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of Sasha’s. Sasha’s number is 0.4. What number did each person choose?
Terry’s number: ______
Harry’s number: ______

Answer:
Terry’s number: 4
Harry’s number: 0.04

Explanation:
Sasha’s number is 0.4
Terry’s number is ten times as much as Sasha’s.
Terry’s number = 10 x 0.4 = 10 x \(\frac{4}{10}\) = 4
Harry’s number is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of Sasha’s.
Harry’s number = \(\frac{1}{10}\) x 0.4 = \(\frac{1}{10}\) x \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{100}\) = 0.04
Sasha’s number is 0.4
Terry’s number is 4
Harry’s number is 0.04

Question 20.
An atlas beetle is about 0.14 of a meter long. How does the length of the atlas beetle compare to the length of a leafcutting bee?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
An atlas beetle is about 0.14 of a meter long.
length of a leafcutting bee = 0.014
1 tenth is greater than 0 tenths.
So, 0.14 > 0.014
So, atlas beetle length is greater than the length of a leafcutting bee

Question 21.
Choose the numbers that make the statement true.
0.65 is 10 times as much as Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 8 and \(\frac{1}{10}\) of Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 9
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.65 is 10 times as much as 0.065
0.65 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of 6.5

Explanation:
0.65 is 10 times as much as
0.65 = 10S
S = 0.65/10 = 0.065
0.65 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of
0.65 x 10 = 6.5
So, 0.65 is 10 times as much as 0.065
0.65 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of 6.5

Share and Show – Page No. 115

Question 1.
Complete the place-value chart to find the value of each digit.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 10
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 115image 1

Explanation:
3 x 1 = 3
5 Tenths = 5 x 1/10 = 0.5
2 hundredths = 2 x 1/100 = 0.02
3 thousandths = 3 x 1/1000 = 0.003

Write the value of the underlined digit.

Question 2.
0.543
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.04

Explanation:
(0 x 1) + (5 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
4 x \(\frac{1}{100}\) = 4 hundredths = 0.04

Question 3.
6.234
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.2

Explanation:
(6 x 1) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
2 x \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 2 tenths = 0.2

Question 4.
3.954
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.004

Explanation:
(3 x 1) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (5 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
4 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\) = 4 thousandths = 0.004

Write the number in two other forms.

Question 5.
0.253
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Word Form: two hundred fifty-three thousandths
Expanded Form: (0 x 1) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (5 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))

Question 6.
7.632
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Word Form: seven and six hundred thirty-two thousandths
Expanded Form: (7 x 1) + (6 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))

On Your Own

Write the value of the underlined digit.

Question 7.
0.496
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.09

Explanation:
(0 x 1) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (6 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
9 x \(\frac{1}{100}\) = 9 hundredths = 0.09

Question 8.
2.726
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.7

Explanation:
(2 x 1) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (6 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
7 x \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 0.7

Question 9.
1.066
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.006

Explanation:
(1 x 1) + (0 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (6 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (6 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
6 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\) = 0.006

Question 10.
6.399
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.3

Explanation:
(6 x 1) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
3 x \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 0.3

Question 11.
0.002
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.002

Explanation:
(0 x 1) + (0 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (0 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
2 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\) = 0.002

Question 12.
4.371
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.001

Explanation:
(4 x 1) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (1 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
1 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\) = 0.001

Write the number in two other forms.

Question 13.
0.489
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Word Form: four hundred eighty-nine thousandths
Expanded Form: (0 x 1) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (8 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))

Question 14.
5.916
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Word Form: five and nine hundred sixteen thousandths
Expanded Form: (5 x 1) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (1 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (6 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))

Problem Solving Applications – Page No. 116

Use the table for 15–16.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 11

Question 15.
What is the value of the digit 7 in New Mexico’s average annual rainfall?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.07

Explanation:
New Mexico’s average annual rainfall = 0.372
(0 x 1) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
7 x \(\frac{1}{100}\) = 0.07

Question 16.
Which of the states has an average annual rainfall with the least number in the thousandths place? What is another way to write the total annual rainfall in this state?
_________

Answer:
Wisconsin
(0 x 1) + (8 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (0 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))

Explanation:
California = 0.564
New Mexico = 0.372
New York = 1.041
Wisconsin = 0.820
Maine = 1.074
The state that has an average annual rainfall with the least number in the thousandths place
0 < 1 < 2 < 4. So, the state is Wisconsin.
Another way to write the total annual rainfall in Wisconsin state is (0 x 1) + (8 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (0 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))

Question 17.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Damian wrote the number four and twenty-three thousandths as 4.23. Describe and correct his error.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
four and twenty-three thousandths = 4 ones and 0 tenths, 2 hundredths, three thousandths = 4.023.
He has written 4.23 which is wrong.

Question 18.
Dan used a meter stick to measure some seedlings in his garden. One day, a corn stalk was 0.85 m tall. A tomato plant was 0.850 m. A carrot top was 0.085 m. Which plant was shortest?
_________

Answer:
the carrot top is the shortest plant

Explanation:
Dan used a meter stick to measure some seedlings in his garden. One day, a corn stalk was 0.85 m tall. A tomato plant was 0.850 m. A carrot top was 0.085 m. 0 tenths are less than the 8 tenths. So, 0.085 is less than 0.85 or 0.850. So, the carrot top is the shortest plant.

Question 19.
Math Explain how you know that the digit 6 does not have the same value in the numbers 3.675 and 3.756.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
In 3.675, the digit of 6 is in the tenths place. So, its value is 6 x 1/10 or 0.6.
In 3.756, the digit of 6 is in the thousandths place, so its value is 6 x 1/1000 or 0.006.

Question 20.
What is the value of the underlined digit? Mark all that apply.
0.589
Options:
a. 0.8
b. 0.08
c. eight tenths
d. eight hundredths
e. 8 × (\(\frac{1}{10}\))

Answer:
b. 0.08
d. eight hundredths

Explanation:
(0 x 1) + (5 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (8 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
8 x \(\frac{1}{100}\) = 8 hundredths = 0.08

Share and Show – Page No. 119

Question 1.
Use the place-value chart to compare the two numbers. What is the greatest place-value position where the digits differ?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 12
Type below:
_________

Answer:
3.472 > 3.445
They differ in hundredths position

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 3 = 3
Compare the tenths; 4 = 4
Compare the hundredths; 7 > 4
So, 3.472 > 3.445

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 2.
4.563 ______ 4.536

Answer:
4.563 > 4.536

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 4 = 4
Compare the tenths; 5 = 5
Compare the hundredths; 6 > 3
So, 4.563 > 4.536

Question 3.
5.640 ______ 5.64

Answer:
5.640 = 5.64

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 5 = 5
Compare the tenths; 6 = 6
Compare the hundredths; 4 = 4
Compare the thousandths; 0 = 0
So, 5.640 = 5.64

Question 4.
8.673 ______ 8.637

Answer:
8.673 > 8.637

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 8 = 8
Compare the tenths; 6 = 6
Compare the hundredths; 7 > 3
So, 8.673 > 8.637

Name the greatest place-value position where the digits differ.

Name the greater number.

Question 5.
3.579; 3.564
______

Answer:
3.579 > 3.564
The greatest place-value position where the digits differ are hundredths

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 3 = 3
Compare the tenths; 5 = 5
Compare the hundredths; 7 > 6
So, 3.579 > 3.564
The greatest place-value position where the digits differ are hundredths

Question 6.
9.572; 9.637
______

Answer:
9.572 < 9.637
The greatest place-value position where the digits differ are tenths

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 9 = 9
Compare the tenths; 5 < 6
So, 9.572 < 9.637
The greatest place-value position where the digits differ are tenths

Question 7.
4.159; 4.152
______

Answer:
4.159 > 4.152
The greatest place-value position where the digits differ are thousandths

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 4 = 4
Compare the tenths; 1 = 1
Compare the hundredths; 5 = 5
Compare the thousandths; 9 > 2
So, 4.159 > 4.152
The greatest place-value position where the digits differ are thousandths

Order from least to greatest.

Question 8.
4.08; 4.3; 4.803; 4.038

Answer:
4.038, 4.08, 4.3, 4.803

Explanation:
Compare the ones; All are equal
Compare the tenths; 0 < 3 < 8.
So, 4.08, 4.038, 4.3, 4.803
Compare the hundredths of 4.08 and 4.038; 8 > 3
So, 4.038, 4.08, 4.3, 4.803

Question 9.
1.703; 1.037; 1.37; 1.073

Answer:
1.037, 1.073, 1.37, 1.703

Explanation:
Compare the ones; All are equal
Compare the tenths; 0 < 3 < 7.
So, 1.037; 1.073; 1.37; 1.703
Compare the hundredths of 1.037 and 1.073; 3 < 7
So, 1.037, 1.073, 1.37, 1.703

On Your Own

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 10.
8.72 ______ 8.720

Answer:
8.72 = 8.720

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 8 = 8
Compare the tenths; 7 = 7
Compare the hundredths; 2 = 2
Compare the thousands; 0 = 0
So, 8.72 = 8.720

Question 11.
5.4 ______ 5.243

Answer:
5.4 > 5.243

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 5 = 5
Compare the tenths; 4 > 2
So, 5.4 > 5.243

Question 12.
1.036 ______ 1.306

Answer:
1.036 < 1.306

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 1 = 1
Compare the tenths; 0 < 3
So, 1.036 < 1.306

Question 13.
2.573 ______ 2.753

Answer:
2.573 < 2.753

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 2 = 2
Compare the tenths; 5 < 7
So, 2.573 < 2.753

Question 14.
9.300 ______ 9.3

Answer:
9.300 = 9.3

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 9 = 9
Compare the tenths; 3 = 3
Compare the hundredths; 0 = 0
Compare the thousands; 0 = 0
So, 9.300 = 9.3

Question 15.
6.76 ______ 6.759

Answer:
6.76 > 6.759

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 6 = 6
Compare the tenths; 7 = 7
Compare the hundredths; 6 > 5
So, 6.76 > 6.759

Order from greatest to least.

Question 16.
2.007; 2.714; 2.09; 2.97
______ ; ______ ; ______ ; ______

Answer:
2.97; 2.714; 2.09; 2.007

Explanation:
Compare the ones; All are equal
Compare the tenths; 0 < 7 < 9.
So, 2.007; 2.09; 2.714; 2.97
Compare the hundredths of 2.007 and 2.09; 0 < 9
So, 2.007; 2.09; 2.714; 2.97
Order from greatest to least = 2.97; 2.714; 2.09; 2.007

Question 17.
0.386; 0.3; 0.683; 0.836
______ ; ______ ; ______ ; ______

Answer:
0.836; 0.683; 0.386; 0.3

Explanation:
Compare the ones; All are equal
Compare the tenths; 0 < 3 < 6 < 8.
So, 0.386; 0.3; 0.683; 0.836
Compare the hundredths of 0.386 and 0.3; 8 > 0
So, 0.3; 0.386; 0.683; 0.836
Order from greatest to least = 0.836; 0.683; 0.386; 0.3

Question 18.
5.249; 5.43; 5.340; 5.209
______ ; ______ ; ______ ; ______

Answer:
5.43; 5.340; 5.249; 5.209

Explanation:
Compare the ones; All are equal
Compare the tenths; 2 < 3 < 4.
So, 5.249; 5.209; 5.340; 5.43
Compare the hundredths of 5.249 and 5.209; 4 > 0
So, 5.209; 5.249; 5.340; 5.43
Order from greatest to least = 5.43; 5.340; 5.249; 5.209

Question 19.
0.678; 1.678; 0.587; 0.687
______ ; ______ ; ______ ; ______

Answer:
1.678; 0.687; 0.678; 0.587

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 0 < 1
So, 0.678; 0.587; 0.687; 1.678
Compare the tenths of 0.678; 0.587; 0.687; 5 < 6.
So, 0.587; 0.678; 0.687; 1.678
Compare the hundredths of 0.678 and 0.687; 7 < 8
So, 0.587; 0.678; 0.687; 1.678
Order from greatest to least = 1.678; 0.687; 0.678; 0.587

Use Reasoning Algebra Find the unknown digit to make each statement true.

Question 20.
3.59 > 3.5 ______ 1 > 3.572

Answer:
3.59 > 3.581 > 3.572

Explanation:
The possible values are
3.573; 3.574; 3.575; 3.578; 3.579; 3.580; 3.581; 3.582; 3.583; 3.584; 3.585; 3.586; 3.587; 3.588; 3.589;
The digit that ends with 1 is 3.581.
So, the unknown digit is 3.581

Question 21.
6.837 > 6.83 ______ > 6.835

Answer:
6.837 > 6.836 > 6.835

Explanation:
The value must be 6.836. Because 6 is the only digit between 5 and 7.
So, the unknown digit is 6.836

Question 22.
2.45 < 2 ______ 6 < 2.461

Answer:
2.45 < 2.456 < 2.461

Explanation:
2.451; 2.452; 2.453; 2.454; 2.455; 2.456; 2.457; 2.458; 2.459; 2.460; 2.461
The digit that ends with 6 is 2.456.
So, the unknown digit is 2.456

Problem Solving Applications – Page No. 120

Use the table for 23–26.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 13

Question 23.
In comparing the height of the mountains, which is the greatest place value where the digits differ?
_________

Answer:
The greatest place value where the digits differ is hundredths

Explanation:
3.104; 3.134; 3.152
0 hundredths < 3 hundredths < 5 hundredths
3.152; Mount Steele, Yukon is the greatest mountain.
The greatest place value where the digits differ is hundredths.

Question 24.
Use Math Vocabulary How does the height of Mount Steele compare to the height of Mount Blackburn? Compare the heights using words.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The Height of Mount Steele is greater than Height of Mount Blackburn.

Explanation:
Height of Mount Steele = 3.152
Height of Mount Blackburn = 3.104
3.152 > 3.104
The Height of Mount Steele is greater than Height of Mount Blackburn.

Question 25.
Explain how to order the heights of the mountains from greatest to least.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
3.152 > 3.134 > 3.104

Explanation:
3.104; 3.134; 3.152
0 hundredths < 3 hundredths < 5 hundredths
3.152 > 3.134 > 3.104

Question 26.
What if the height of Mount Blackburn were 0.05 mile greater? Would it then be the mountain with the greatest height? Explain.
______

Answer:
Height of Mount Blackburn = 3.104 + 0.05 = 3.154
3.154 > 3.152 > 3.134.
Yes, Mount Blackburn would have the greatest height if it has 0.05 mile greater.

Question 27.
Orlando kept a record of the total rainfall each month for 5 months.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 14
Order the months from the least amount of rainfall to the greatest amount of rainfall.
Least ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Greatest

Answer:
Least: 3.09; 3.75; 4.04; 4.09; 4.42 Greatest

Explanation:
3.75; 4.42; 4.09; 3.09; 4.04
3 < 4
3.75; 3.09; 4.42; 4.09; 4.04
Compare tenths of 3.75 and 3.09; 0 < 7
3.09; 3.75; 4.42; 4.09; 4.04
Compare tenths of 4.42; 4.09; 4.04; 0 <4
3.09; 3.75; 4.09; 4.04; 4.42
Compare hundredths of 4.09 and 4.04; 4 < 9
So, 3.09; 3.75; 4.04; 4.09; 4.42

Share and Show – Page No. 123

Write the place value of the underlined digit. Round each number to the place of the underlined digit.

Question 1.
0.673
Place value: ________
Round: ________

Answer:
Place value: 7 hundredths = 0.07
Round: 0.670

Explanation:
0.673
(0 x 1) + (6 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 7 x \(\frac{1}{100}\) = 7 hundredths = 0.07
0.673
3 < 5
0.670

Question 2.
4.282
Place value: ________
Round: ________

Answer:
Place value: 2 tenths = 0.2
Round: 4.300

Explanation:
4.282
(4 x 1) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (8 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 2 x \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 2 tenths = 0.2
4.282
8 > 5
4.300

Question 3.
12.917
Place value: ________
Round: ________

Answer:
Place value: 2 ones = 2
Round: 13

Explanation:
12.917
(1 x 10) + (2 x 1) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (1 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 2 x 1 = 2 ones = 2
12.917
9 > 5
13

Name the place value to which each number was rounded.

Question 4.
0.982 to 0.98
________

Answer:
The hundredths

Explanation:
As 2 < 5, We round 0.982 to 0.98.
The place value of the digit 8 is hundredths.
The hundredths

Question 5.
3.695 to 4
________

Answer:
The ones

Explanation:
As 6 > 5, We round 3.695 to 4.
The place value of the digit 3 is ones.
The ones

Question 6.
7.486 to 7.5
________

Answer:
The tenths

Explanation:
As 8 > 5, We round 7.486 to 7.5.
The place value of the digit 4 is tenths.
The tenths

On Your Own

Write the place value of the underlined digit. Round each number to the place of the underlined digit.

Question 7.
0.592
Place value: ________
Round: ________

Answer:
Place value: 5 tenths = 0.5
Round: 0.6

Explanation:
0.592
(0 x 1) + (5 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 5 x \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 5 tenths = 0.5
0.592
9 > 5
0.6

Question 8.
6.518
Place value: ________
Round: ________

Answer:
Place value: 6 ones = 6
Round: 7

Explanation:
6.518
(6 x 1) + (5 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (1 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (8 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 6 x 1 = 6 ones = 6
6.518
5 = 5
7

Question 9.
0.809
Place value: ________
Round: ________

Answer:
Place value: 0 hundredths = 0
Round: 0.8

Explanation:
0.809
(0 x 1) + (8 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (0 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 0 x \(\frac{1}{100}\) = 0 hundredths = 0
0.809
0 < 5
0.800

Question 10.
3.334
Place value: ________
Round: ________

Answer:
Place value: 7 tenths = 0.7
Round: 3

Explanation:
3.334
(3 x 1) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 3 x \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 7 tenths = 0.7
3.334
3 < 5
3.000

Question 11.
12.074
Place value: ________
Round: ________

Answer:
Place value: 0 tenths = 0
Round: 12.1

Explanation:
12.074
(1 x 10) + (2 x 1) + (0 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 0 x \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 0 tenths = 0
12.074
7 > 5
12.1

Question 12.
4.494
Place value: ________
Round: ________

Answer:
Place value: 9 hundredths = 0.09
Round: 4.49

Explanation:
4.494
(4 x 1) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 9 x \(\frac{1}{100}\) = 9 hundredths = 0.09
4.494
4 < 5
4.49

Name the place value to which each number was rounded.

Question 13.
0.328 to 0.33
________

Answer:
The hundredths

Explanation:
As 8 > 5, We round 0.328 to 0.33.
The place value of the digit 2 is hundredths.
The hundredths

Question 14.
2.607 to 2.61
________

Answer:
The hundredths

Explanation:
As 7 > 5, We round 2.607 to 2.61.
The place value of the digit 0 is hundredths.
The hundredths

Question 15.
12.583 to 13
________

Answer:
The ones

Explanation:
As 5 = 5, We round 12.583 to 13.
The place value of the digit 2 is ones.
The ones

Round 16.748 to the place named.

Question 16.
tenths: ______

Answer:
16.7

Explanation:
Round 16.748 to the nearest tenths
The tenth digit is 7. So, 4 < 5
16.7

Question 17.
hundredths: ______

Answer:
16.75

Explanation:
Round 16.748 to the nearest hundredths
The hundredth digit is 4. So, 8 > 5
16.75

Question 18.
ones: ______

Answer:
17

Explanation:
Round 16.748 to the nearest ones
The ones digit is 6. So, 7 > 5
17

Question 19.
Explain what happens when you round 4.999 to the nearest tenth.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
5

Explanation:
round 4.999 to the nearest tenth
The tenth digit is 9. So, 9 > 5
5

Problem Solving Applications – Page No. 124

Use the table for 20–22.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 15

Question 20.
The speeds of two insects when rounded to the nearest whole number are the same. Which two insects are they?
_________
_________

Answer:
Bumblebee
Honeybee

Explanation:
Dragonfly = 6.974 meters; nearest whole number = 7
Horsefly = 3.934 meters; nearest whole number = 4
Bumblebee = 2.861 meters; nearest whole number = 3
Honeybee = 2.548 meters; nearest whole number = 3
Housefly = 1.967 meters; nearest whole number = 2
Bumblebee and Honeybee speeds are the same if their rounded to the nearest whole number.

Question 21.
What is the speed of the housefly rounded to the nearest hundredth?
______ meters per second

Answer:
3.93 meters per second

Explanation:
Horsefly = 3.934 meters rounded to the nearest hundredth
The hundredth digit is 3. So, 4 < 5
3.93

Question 22.
What’s the Error? Mark said that the speed of a dragonfly rounded to the nearest tenth was 6.9 meters per second. Is he correct? If not, what is his error?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Dragonfly = 6.974 meters rounded to the nearest tenth.
The tenth digit is 9. So, 7 > 5
7.
So, Mark said is wrong.

Question 23.
A rounded number for the speed of an insect is 5.67 meters per second. What are the fastest and slowest speeds to the thousandths that could round to 5.67 meters per second? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The slowest speed to the thousandths that could round to 5.67 meters per second is 5.671
The fastest speed to the thousandths that could round to 5.67 meters per second is 5.674

Explanation:
To find the slowest speed to the thousandths that could round to 5.67 meters per second we need to find the lowest digit which will not affect the digit in the hundredths place, and that is 1. So, the slowest speed to the thousandths that could round to 5.67 meters per second is 5.671.
To find the fastest speed to the thousandths that could round to 5.67 meters per second we need to find the greatest digit which will not affect the digit in the hundredths place, and that is 4. So, the fastest speed to the thousandths that could round to 5.67 meters per second is 5.674.

Question 24.
The price of a certain box of cereal at the grocery store is $0.258 per ounce. For numbers 24a–24c, select True or False for each statement.
a. Rounded to the nearest whole number, the price is $1 per ounce.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
$0.258
2 < 5.
So, if we rounded to the nearest whole number, the value becomes 0.

Question 24.
b. Rounded to the nearest tenth, the price is $0.3 per ounce.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
$0.258
5 = 5
So, $3 is the answer.

Question 24.
c. Rounded to the nearest hundredth, the price is $0.26 per ounce.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
$0.258
8 > 5
$0.26

Share and Show – Page No. 127

Complete the quick picture

Question 1.
1.37 + 1.85 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 16
______

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 127 image 1

Explanation:
1.37 + 1.85 = 3. 22
Add hundredths; 7 + 5 = 12; Regroup
Add tenths; 3 + 8 + 1 = 12; Regroup
Add tens; 1 + 1 + 1 = 3

Add. Draw a quick picture.

Question 2.
0.9 + 0.7 =
______

Answer:
0.9 + 0.7 = 1.6
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 127 image 2

Explanation:
0.9 + 0.7 =
Add tenths 9 + 7 = 16; Regroup
Add ones 0 + 0 + 1 = 1
0.9 + 0.7 = 1.6

Question 3.
0.65 + 0.73 =
______

Answer:
0.65 + 0.73 = 1.38
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 127 image 3

Explanation:
0.65 + 0.73 = 1.38
Add hundredths 5 + 3 = 8;
Add tenths 6 + 7 = 13; Regroup
Add ones 0 + 0 + 1 = 1
0.65 + 0.73 = 1.38

Question 4.
1.3 + 0.7 =
______

Answer:
1.3 + 0.7 = = 2
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 127 image 4

Explanation:
Add tenths 3 + 7 = 10; Regroup
Add ones 1 + 1 = 2
1.3 + 0.7 = = 2

Question 5.
2.72 + 0.51 =
______

Answer:
2.72 + 0.51 = 3.23
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 127 image 5

Explanation:
Add hundredths 2 + 1 = 3
Add tenths 5 + 7 = 12; Regroup
Add ones 2 + 0 + 1 = 3
2.72 + 0.51 = 3.23

Problem Solving Applications

Question 6.
Carissa bought 2.35 pounds of chicken and 2.7 pounds of turkey for lunches this week. She used a quick picture to and the amount of lunch meat. Does Carissa’s work make sense? Explain.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 17
______

Answer:
Yes; Because she bought 2.35 pounds of chicken and 2.7 pounds
2.35 + 2.7 = 5.05 pounds.
there is 5 ones and 5 hundredths.

Sense or Nonsense? – Page No. 128

Question 7.
Robyn and Jim used quick pictures to model 1.85 + 2.73.
Robyn’s Work
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 18
1.85 + 2.73 = 3.158
Does Robyn’s work make sense?
Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Robyn’s work doesn’t make sense. Because 7 + 8 = 15. So, he needs to regroup and then add 1 to the one’s digits.
1 + 2 + 1 = 4
1.85 + 2.73 = 4.58 is the correct answer.

Jim’s Work
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 19
1.85 + 2.73 = 4.58
Does Jim’s work make sense?
Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Jim’s work makes sense.
Add: 1.85 + 2.73 = 4.58.
4 ones, 5 tenths, and 8 hundredths.

Question 8.
Make Arguments Explain how you would help Robyn understand that regrouping is important when adding decimals.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Regrouping is important when adding decimals. When you add two digits, if their addition is more than 10 then we need to regroup the values to find the correct answer.

Question 9.
Write a decimal addition problem that requires regrouping the hundredths. Explain how you know you will need to regroup.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Let’s add 1.47 and 1.35 As we have more than 9 hundredths we have to regroup and mid the tenths.
So, now we have 8 tenths and two-hundredths left.
Also, as we have less than 9 tenths we do not have to regroup and add the ones.
The answer is 2.82.
As we have more than 9 hundredths we have to regroup and mid the tenths.

Share and Show – Page No. 131

Complete the quick picture to find the difference.

Question 1.
0.62 − 0.18 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 20
______

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 131 image 1

Explanation:
0.62 − 0.18
Subtract hundredths:  2 – 8;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
12 – 8 = 4
Subtract tenths: 5 – 1 = 4
Subtract ones: 0 – 0 = 0
So, 0.62 − 0.18 = 0.44

Subtract. Draw a quick picture.

Question 2.
3.41 − 1.74 =
______

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 131 image 2

Explanation:
3.41 − 1.74
Subtract hundredths:  1 – 4;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
11 – 4 = 7
Subtract tenths: 3 – 7
There are not enough tenths. So, regroup
13 – 7 = 6
Subtract ones: 2 – 1 = 1
So, 3.41 − 1.74 = 1.67

Question 3.
0.84 − 0.57 =
______

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 131 image 3

Explanation:
0.84 − 0.57
Subtract hundredths:  4 – 7;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
14 – 7 = 7
Subtract tenths: 7 – 5 = 2
Subtract ones: 0 – 0 = 0
So, 0.84 − 0.57 = 0.27

Question 4.
4.05 − 1.61 =
______

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 131 image 4

Explanation:
4.05 − 1.61
Subtract hundredths:  5 – 1 = 4;
Subtract tenths: 0 – 6
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
10 – 6 = 4
Subtract ones: 3 – 1 = 2
So, 4.05 − 1.61 = 2.44

Problem Solving Applications

Question 6.
Write a decimal subtraction equation that requires regrouping from the tenths. Explain how you know you will need to regroup.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Subtract 0.32 and 0.05
Subtract hundredths. As there are not enough hundredths we have to regroup. So, we have 10 more hundredths and one-tenth I.
Subtract tenths. As there are enough tenths we do not have to regroup.
The answer: 0.27

Pose a Problem – Page No. 132

Question 7.
Antonio left his MathBoard on his desk during lunch. The quick picture below shows the problem he was working on when he left.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 21
Write a word problem that can be solved using the quick picture above.
Pose a problem.          Solve your problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
From the given picture, he has drawn eight-hundredths and crosses two-hundredths. Then, he has drawn six tenths and crossed four-tenths. When comes to ones. he has taken three ones and crossed two out of them.
there are 7 – 2 = 5 hundredths
6 – 4 = 2 tenths
3 – 2 = 1 ones
1.25

Question 7.
Use Reasoning Describe how you can change the problem by changing the quick picture.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
By changing the quick picture, the value of place value is changed.

Question 8.
The price of a box of markers at a retail store is $4.65. he price of a box of markers at the school bookstore is $3.90. How much more do the markers cost at the retail store? Explain how you can use a quick picture to solve the problem.
$ ______

Answer:
The price of a box of markers at a retail store is $4.65. he price of a box of markers at the school bookstore is $3.90.
$4.65 – $3.90 = $0.75
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 131 image 5

Concepts and Skills – Page No. 133

Question 1.
Explain how you can use base-ten blocks to find 1.54 + 2.37.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
1.54 + 2.37
Add hundredths 4 + 7 = 11; Regroup
Add tenths 5 + 3 + 1 = 9;
Add ones 2 + 1 = 3
1.54 + 2.37 = 3.91
We have to use three square boxes to show three ones, 9 lines to show 9 tenths, and 1 dot to show one hundredth

Complete the sentence.

Question 2.
0.04 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of

Answer:
0.04 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of 0.4

Explanation:
Let the unknown number is S
0.04 = \(\frac{1}{10}\)S
S = 0.04 x 10 = 0.4

Question 3.
0.06 is 10 times as much as

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{1000}\) = 0.006

Explanation:
Let the unknown number is S
0.06 = 10S
S = 0.06/10
S = \(\frac{6}{100}\) x \(\frac{1}{10}\)
S = \(\frac{6}{1000}\) = 0.006

Write the value of the underlined digit.

Question 4.
6.54
Type below:
__________

Answer:
4 hundredths = 0.04

Explanation:
(6 x 1) + (5 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{100}\))
4 x \(\frac{1}{100}\) = 4 hundredths = 0.04

Question 5.
0.837
Type below:
__________

Answer:
8 tenths = 0.8

Explanation:
(0 x 1) + (8 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
8 x \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 8 tenths = 0.8

Question 6.
8.702
Type below:
__________

Answer:
2 thousandths = 0.002

Explanation:
(8 x 1) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (0 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
2 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\) = 2 thousandths = 0.002

Question 7.
9.173
Type below:
__________

Answer:
9 ones = 9

Explanation:
(9 x 1) + (1 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (3 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
9 x 1 = 9 ones = 9

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 8.
6.52 _____ 6.520

Answer:
6.52 = 6.520

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 6 = 6
Compare the tenths; 5 = 5
Compare the hundredths; 2 = 2
Compare the thousandths; 0 = 0
So, 6.52 = 6.520

Question 9.
3.589 _____ 3.598

Answer:
3.589 < 3.598

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 3 = 3
Compare the tenths; 5 = 5
Compare the hundredths; 8 < 9
So, 3.589 < 3.598

Question 10.
8.483 _____ 8.463

Answer:
8.483 > 8.463

Explanation:
Compare the ones; 8 = 8
Compare the tenths; 4 = 4
Compare the hundredths; 8 > 6
So, 8.483 > 8.463

Write the place value of the underlined digit. Round each number to the place of the underlined digit.

Question 11.
0.724
Place value: __________
Round: __________

Answer:
Place value: 7 tenths = 0.7
Round: 0.7

Explanation:
0.724
(0 x 1) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 7 x \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 7 tenths = 0.7
0.724
2 < 5
0.7

Question 12.
2.576
Place value: __________
Round: __________

Answer:
Place value: 2 ones = 2
Round: 3

Explanation:
2.576
(2 x 1) + (5 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (6 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 2 x 1 = 2 ones = 2
2.576
5 = 5
3

Question 13.
4.769
Place value: __________
Round: __________

Answer:
Place value: 6 hundredths = 0.06
Round: 4.77

Explanation:
4.769
(4 x 1) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (6 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
Place Value: 6 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) = 6 hundredths = 0.06
4.769
9 > 5
4.77

Draw a quick picture to find the sum or difference.

Question 14.
2.46 + 0.78 =

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 133 image 1

Explanation:
2.46 + 0.78 = 3.24

Question 15.
3.27 − 1.84 =

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 133 image 2

Explanation:
3.27 − 1.84 = 1.43

Page No. 134

Question 16.
Marco read that a honeybee can fly up to 2.548 meters per second. He rounded the number to 2.55. To which place value did Marco round the speed of a honeybee?
__________

Answer:
Marco read that a honeybee can fly up to 2.548 meters per second. He rounded the number to 2.55.
The speed of a honeybee is 2.548.
Marco has to round this number to the nearest hundredth to get 2.55.
The digit in the hundredths places increases by 1.
The 8 > 5
So, the rounded number is 2.55.

Question 17.
What is the relationship between 0.04 and 0.004?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Comapre ones; 0 = 0
Compare tenths; 0 = 0
Compare hundredths; 4 > 0
So, 0.04 > 0.004

Question 18.
Jodi drew a quick picture to model the answer for 3.14 − 1.75. Draw what her picture might look like.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 133 image 3

Explanation:
Jodi drew a quick picture to model the answer for 3.14 − 1.75
3.14 – 1.75 = 1.39

Question 19.
The average annual rainfall in California is 0.564 of a meter per year. What is the value of the digit 4 in that number?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The average annual rainfall in California is 0.564 of a meter per year.
(0 x 1) + (5 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (6 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (4 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
4 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\) = 4 thousandths = 0.004

Question 20.
Jan ran 1.256 miles on Monday, 1.265 miles on Wednesday, and 1.268 miles on Friday. What were her distances from greatest to least?
_____ mi; _____ mi; _____ mi

Answer:
1.268 mi; 1.265 mi; 1.256 mi

Explanation:
Jan ran 1.256 miles on Monday, 1.265 miles on Wednesday, and 1.268 miles on Friday.
Compare hundredths: 6 > 5
So, 1.265; 1.268; 1.256
Compare thousandths in 1.265 and 1.268
8 > 5
1.268 mi; 1.265 mi; 1.256 mi

Share and Show – Page No. 137

Use rounding to estimate.

Question 1.
2.3 4
1.9
+5.2 3
————
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 9

Explanation:
2.34; 3 < 5; 2
1.9; 9 > 5; 2
5.23; 2 < 5; 5
Add: 2 + 2 + 5 = 9

Question 2.
10.3 9
-4.2 8
————
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 6

Explanation:
10.39; 3 < 5; 10
4.28; 2 < 5; 4
Subtract: 10 – 4 = 6

Question 3.
$ 19.7 5
+$3.9 8
————
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
Estimate: About $24

Explanation:
19.7 5; 7 > 5; 20
3.98; 9 > 5; 4
20 + 4 = 24

Use benchmarks to estimate.

Question 4.
0.3 4
0.1
+0.2 5
————
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 0.55

Explanation:
0.3 4 is closer to 0.35
0.1 is closer to 0
0.25
0.35 + 0 + 0.25 = 0.55

Question 5.
10.3 9
-4.2 8
————
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 6

Explanation:
10.3 9 is closer to 10
4.2 8 is closer to 4
10 – 4 = 6

On Your Own

Use rounding to estimate.

Question 6.
0.9 3
+0.1 8
————
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 1

Explanation:
0.93; 9 >5; 1
0.18; 1 < 5; 0
1 + 0 = 1

Question 7.
7.4 1
-3.8 8
————
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 3

Explanation:
7.41; 4 < 5; 7
3.88; 8 > 5; 4
7 – 4 = 3

Question 8.
14.6 8
-3.9 3
————
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 11

Explanation:
14.68; 6 > 5; 15
3.93; 9 > 5; 4
15 – 4 = 11

Use benchmarks to estimate.

Question 9.
12.4 1
-6.4 7
————
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 6

Explanation:
12.41 is closer to 12
6.47 is closer to 6
12 – 6 = 6

Question 10.
8.1 2
-5.5 2
————
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 2

Explanation:
8.12 is closer to 8
5.52 is closer to 6
8 – 6 = 2

Question 11.
9.7 5
-3.4 7
————
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 7

Explanation:
9.75 is closer to 10
3.47 is closer to 3
10 – 3 = 7

Practice: Copy and Solve Use rounding or benchmarks to estimate.

Question 12.
12.83 + 16.24
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 29

Explanation:
12.83; 8 > 5; 13
16.24; 2 <5; 16
13 + 16 = 29

Question 13.
$26.92 − $11.13
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
Estimate: About $16

Explanation:
26.92; 9 > 5; 27
11.13; 1 < 5; 11
27 – 11 = 16

Question 14.
9.41 + 3.82
Estimate: _____

Answer:
Estimate: About 13

Explanation:
9.41; 4 < 5; 9
3.82; 8 > 5; 4
9 + 4 = 13

Use Reasoning Estimate to compare. Write < or >.

Question 15.
2.74 + 4.22 _____ 3.13 + 1.87

Answer:
2.74 + 4.22 > 3.13 + 1.87

Explanation:
2.74; 7 > 5; 3
4.22; 2 < 5 ; 4
3 + 4 = 7
3.13; 1 < 5; 3
1.87; 8 > 5; 2
3 + 2 = 5
So, 7 > 5
2.74 + 4.22 > 3.13 + 1.87

Question 16.
6.25 – 2.39 _____ 9.79 – 3.84

Answer:
6.25 – 2.39 < 9.79 – 3.84

Explanation:
6.25; 2 < 5; 6
2.39; 3 < 5; 2
6 – 2 = 4
9.79; 7 > 5; 10
3.84; 8 >5; 4
10 – 4 = 6
4 < 6
6.25 – 2.39 < 9.79 – 3.84

Problem Solving Applications – Page No. 138

Use the table to solve 17–18. Show your work.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 22

Question 17.
For the week of April 4, 1964, the Beatles had the top four songs. About how long would it take to listen to these four songs?
about _____ minutes

Answer:
about 10 minutes

Explanation:
Can’t Buy Me Love = 2.30 min
She Loves You = 2.50 min
I Want to Hold You Hand = 2.75 min
Please Please Me = 2.00 min
2.30; 3 < 5; 2
2.50; 5 = 5; 3
2.75; 7 > 5; 3
2.00; 2 < 5; 2
2 + 3 + 3 + 2 = 10 min

Question 18.
What’s the Error? Isabelle says she can listen to the first three songs in the table in 6 minutes.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Can’t Buy Me Love = 2.30 min
She Loves You = 2.50 min
I Want to Hold You Hand = 2.75 min
2.30; 3 < 5; 2
2.50; 5 = 5; 3
2.75; 7 > 5; 3
2 + 3 + 3 = 8 minutes
About 8 minutes

Question 19.
Tracy ran a lap around the school track in 74.2 seconds. Malcolm ran a lap in 65.92 seconds. Estimate the difference in the times in which the students completed the lap.
about _____ seconds

Answer:
about 8 seconds

Explanation:
Tracy ran a lap around the school track in 74.2 seconds.
74.2; 2 < 5; 74
Malcolm ran a lap in 65.92 seconds.
65.92; 9 > 5; 66
74 – 66 = 8
about 8 seconds

Nutrition

Your body needs protein to build and repair cells. You should get a new supply of protein each day. The average 10-year-old needs 35 grams of protein daily. You can find protein in foods like meat, vegetables, and dairy products.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 23
Use estimation to solve.

Question 20.
Gina had a scrambled egg and a cup of low-fat milk for breakfast. She had an oat bran muffin for a morning snack. About how many more grams of protein did Gina have for breakfast than for a snack?
about _____ grams

Answer:
about 17 grams

Explanation:
Gina had a scrambled egg and a cup of low-fat milk for breakfast. She had an oat bran muffin for a morning snack.
1 scrambled egg = 6.75 grams
1 cup shredded whear cereal = 5.56 grams
1 oat bran muffin = 3.99 grams
1 cup low-fat milk = 8.22 grams
6.75; 7 > 5; 7
8.22; 2 < 5; 8
3.99; 9 > 5; 4
7 + 2 + 9 = 18
The average 10-year-old needs 35 grams of protein daily.
So, 35 – 18 = 17
Gina have 17 more grams of protein for breakfast than for a snack.

Question 21.
Pablo had a cup of shredded wheat cereal, a cup of low-fat milk, and one other item for breakfast. He had about 21 grams of protein. What was the third item Pablo had for breakfast?
_________

Answer:
6 grams

Explanation:
1 cup shredded whear cereal = 5.56 grams
1 cup low-fat milk = 8.22 grams
5.56; 5 = 5; 6
8.22; 2 < 5; 9
6 + 9 = 15
15 + S = 21 grams
S = 21 – 15 = 6 grams
The third item Pablo had 6 grams for breakfast

Share and Show – Page No. 140

Estimate. Then find the sum.

Question 1.
2.5
+4.6
Estimate: _____
Sum: _____

Answer:
Estimate: 8
Sum: 7.1

Explanation:
2.5 nearest whole number is 3
4.6 nearest whole number is 5
Estimate: 3 + 5 = 8
Sum: 2.5 + 4.6 = 7.1

Question 2.
8.7 5
+6.4 3
Estimate: _____
Sum: _____

Answer:
Estimate: 15
Sum: 15.18

Explanation:
8.75 nearest whole number is 9
6.43 nearest whole number is 6
Estimate: 9 + 6 = 15
Sum: 8.75 + 6.43 = 15.18

Question 3.
2.0 3
+7.8 9
Estimate: _____
Sum: _____

Answer:
Estimate: 10
Sum: 9.92

Explanation:
2.03 nearest whole number is 2
7.89 nearest whole number is 8
Estimate: 2 + 8 = 10
Sum: 2.03 + 7.89 = 9.92

Question 4.
6.34 + 3.8 =
Estimate: _____
Sum: _____

Answer:
Estimate: 10
Sum: 10.14

Explanation:
6.34 nearest whole number is 6
3.8 nearest whole number is 4
Estimate: 6 + 4 = 10
Sum: 6.34 + 3.8 = 10.14

Question 5.
5.63 + 2.6 =
Estimate: _____
Sum: _____

Answer:
Estimate: 9
Sum: 8.23

Explanation:
5.63 nearest whole number is 6
2.6 nearest whole number is 3
Estimate: 6 + 3 = 9
Sum: 5.63 + 2.6 = 8.23

On Your Own – Page No. 141

Connect Symbols and Words Find the sum.

Question 6.
seven and twenty-five hundredths added to nine and four tenths
Type below:
________

Answer:
7.25 + 9.4 = 16.65

Explanation:
seven and twenty-five hundredths = 7.25
nine and four tenths = 9.4
7.25 + 9.4 = 16.65

Question 7.
twelve and eight hundredths added to four and thirty-five hundredths
Type below:
________

Answer:
12.08 + 4.35 = 16.43

Explanation:
twelve and eight hundredths = 12.08
four and thirty-five hundredths = 4.35
12.08 + 4.35 = 16.43

Question 8.
nineteen and seven tenths added to four and ninety-two hundredths
Type below:
________

Answer:
19.7 + 4.92 = 24.62

Explanation:
nineteen and seven tenths  = 19.7
four and ninety-two hundredths = 4.92
19.7 + 4.92 = 24.62

Question 9.
one and eighty-two hundredths added to fifteen and eight tenths
Type below:
________

Answer:
1.82 + 15.8 = 17.62

Explanation:
one and eighty-two hundredths = 1.82
fifteen and eight tenths = 15.8
1.82 + 15.8 = 17.62

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the sum.

Question 10.
7.99 + 8.34
_____

Answer:
16.33

Explanation:
7.99 + 8.34
Add hundredths; 9 + 4 = 13; regroup
Add tenths; 9 + 3 + 1 = 13; regroup
Add tens; 7 + 8  + 1 = 16
16.33

Question 11.
15.76 + 8.2
_____

Answer:
23.96

Explanation:
15.76 + 8.2
Add hundredths; 6 + 0 = 6;
Add tenths; 7 + 2 = 9;
Add tens; 5 + 8  = 13; regroup
Add hundreds; 1 + 1 = 2
23.96

Question 12.
9.6 + 5.49
_____

Answer:
15.09

Explanation:
9.6 + 5.49
Add hundredths; 0 + 9 = 9;
Add tenths; 6 + 4 = 10; regroup;
Add tens; 9 + 5 +  1 = 15; regroup
15.09

Question 13.
33.5 + 16.4
_____

Answer:
49.9

Explanation:
33.5 + 16.4
Add tenths; 5 + 4 = 9;
Add tens; 3 + 6 = 9;
Add hundreds; 3 + 1 = 4
49.9

Question 14.
9.84 + 21.52
_____

Answer:
31.36

Explanation:
9.84 + 21.52
Add hundredths; 4 + 2 = 6;
Add tenths; 8 + 5 = 13; regroup
Add tens; 9 + 1 + 1  = 11; regroup
Add hundreds; 0 + 2 + 1 = 3
31.36

Question 15.
3.89 + 4.6
_____

Answer:
8.49

Explanation:
3.89 + 4.6
Add hundredths; 9 + 0 = 9;
Add tenths; 8 + 6 = 14;
Add tens; 3 + 4 + 1 = 8;
8.49

Question 16.
42.19 + 8.8
_____

Answer:
50.99

Explanation:
42.19 + 8.8
Add hundredths; 0 + 9 = 9;
Add tenths; 1 + 8 = 9;
Add tens; 2 + 8  = 10; regroup
Add hundreds; 4 + 1 = 5
50.99

Question 17.
16.74 + 5.34
_____

Answer:
22.08

Explanation:
16.74 + 5.34
Add hundredths; 4 + 4 = 8;
Add tenths; 7 + 3 = 10; regroup
Add tens; 6 + 5 + 1 = 12; regroup
Add hundreds; 1 + 1 = 2
22.08

Question 18.
27.58 + 83.9
_____

Answer:
111.48

Explanation:
27.58 + 83.9
Add hundredths; 8 + 0 = 8;
Add tenths; 5 + 9 = 14; regroup
Add tens; 7 + 3 + 1  = 11; regroup
Add hundreds; 2 + 8 + 1 = 11
111.48

Question 19.
Tania measured the growth of her plant each week. The first week, the plant’s height measured 2.65 decimeters. During the second week, Tania’s plant grew 0.7 decimeter. How tall was Tania’s plant at the end of the second week?
Describe the steps you took to solve the problem.
_____ decimeters

Answer:
3.35 decimeters

Explanation:
Tania measured the growth of her plant each week. The first week, the plant’s height measured 2.65 decimeters. During the second week, Tania’s plant grew 0.7 decimeter.
2.65 + 0.7 = 3.35

Question 20.
Maggie had $35.13. Then her mom gave her $7.50 for watching her younger brother. She was paid $10.35 for her old roller skates. How much money does Maggie have now?
$ _____

Answer:
$52.98

Explanation:
Maggie had $35.13. Then her mom gave her $7.50 for watching her younger brother. She was paid $10.35 for her old roller skates.
35.13 + 7.50 + 10.35 = 52.98

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 142

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 24

Question 21.
A city receives an average rainfall of 16.99 centimeters in August. One year, during the month of August, it rained 8.33 centimeters by August 15th. Then it rained another 4.65 centimeters through the end of the month. What was the total rainfall in centimeters for the month?
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
________

Answer:
We need to find out what was the total rainfall in centimeters for the month, so we have to find the sum 8.33+ 4.65.

Explanation:
A city receives an average rainfall of 16.99 centimeters in August. One year, during the month of August, it rained 8.33 centimeters by August 15th. Then it rained another 4.65 centimeters through the end of the month. We need to find out what was the total rainfall in centimeters for the month, so we have to find the sum 8.33+ 4.65.

Question 21.
b. What information are you given?
Type below:
________

Answer:
We know that one year during the month Aug., it rained 8.33 centimeters by Aug. 15th. Then it rained another 4.65 centimeters through the end of the month.

Question 21.
c. How will you use addition to find the total number of centimeters of rain that fell?
Type below:
________

Answer:
We have to add the hundredths first, then the tenths and in the end the ones.

Question 21.
d. Show how you solved the problem.
Type below:
________

Answer:
sum 8.33+ 4.65.
Add the hundredths first. 3 hundredths + 5 hundredths = 8 hundredths.
Add the tenths. 3 tenths + 6 tenths = 9 tenths.
Add the ones. 8 + 4 = 12 tens
Therefore, the sum is 8.33+ 4.65 = 12.98.

Question 21.
e. Complete the sentence. It rained _________ centimeters for the month.
______ centimeters

Answer:
12.98 centimeters

Explanation:
It rained 12.98 centimeters for the month.

Question 22.
Horatio caught a fish that weighed 1.25 pounds. Later he caught another fish that weighed 1.92 pounds. What was the combined weight of both fish? Use the digits on the tiles to solve the problem. Digits may be used more than once or not at all.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 25
______ pounds

Answer:
3.17 pounds

Explanation:
Horatio caught a fish that weighed 1.25 pounds. Later he caught another fish that weighed 1.92 pounds.
1.25 + 1.92 = 3.17 pounds
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 143 image 1

Share and Show – Page No. 144

Estimate. Then find the difference.

Question 1.
5.8 3
−2.1 8
———-
Estimate: ______
Difference: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 4
Difference: 3.65

Explanation:
5.83 is closer to 6
2.18 is closer to 2
6 – 2 = 4
5.83 – 2.18 = 3.65

Question 2.
4.4 5
−1.8 6
———–
Estimate: ______
Difference: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 2
Difference: 2.59

Explanation:
4.45 is closer to 4
1.86 is closer to 2
4 – 2 = 2
4.45 – 1.86 = 2.59

Question 3.
4.0 3
−2.2 5
———-
Estimate: ______
Difference: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 2
Difference: 1.78

Explanation:
4.03 is closer to 4
2.25 is closer to 2
4 – 2 = 2
4.03 – 2.25 = 1.78

Find the difference. Check your answer.

Question 4.
0.7 0
−0.4 3
———-
______

Answer:
0.27

Explanation:
0.70 − 0.43
Subtract hundredths: 0 – 3;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
10 – 3 = 7
Subtract tenths: 6 – 4 = 2
Subtract ones: 0 – 0 = 0
0.27
Check: 0.70 − 0.43 = 0.27
0.27 = 0.27

Question 5.
13.2
−8.0 4
———-
______

Answer:
5.16

Explanation:
13.2 − 8.04
Subtract hundredths: 0 – 4;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
10 – 4 = 6
Subtract tenths: 1 – 0 = 1
Subtract ones: 3 – 8;
There are not enough tens. So, regroup
13 – 8 = 5
Subtract hundreds: 0 – 0 = 0;
5.16
Check: 13.2 − 8.04 = 5.16
5.16 = 5.16

Question 6.
15.8
−9.6 7
———-
______

Answer:
6.13

Explanation:
15.8 − 9.67
Subtract hundredths: 0 – 7;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
10 – 7 = 3
Subtract tenths: 7 – 6 = 1
Subtract ones: 5 – 9;
There are not enough ones. So, regroup
15 – 9 = 6
Subtract hundreds: 0 – 0 = 0;
6.13
Check: 15.8 − 9.67 = 6.13
6.13 = 6.13

On Your Own – Page No. 145

Connect Symbols and Words Find the difference.

Question 7.
three and seventy-two hundredths subtracted from five and eighty-one hundredths
______

Answer:
three and seventy-two hundredths = 3.72
five and eighty-one hundredths = 5.81
5.81 – 3.72 = 2.09

Question 8.
one and six-hundredths subtracted from eight and thirty-two hundredths
______

Answer:
one and six-hundredths = 1.06
eight and thirty-two hundredths = 8.23
8.23 – 1.06 = 7.17

Use Reasoning Algebra Write the unknown number for n.

Question 9.
5.28 − 3.4 = n
n = ______

Answer:
n = 1.88

Explanation:
5.28 − 3.4 = 1.88

Question 10.
n − 6.47 = 4.32
n = ______

Answer:
n = 10.79

Explanation:
n − 6.47 = 4.32
n = 4.32 + 6.47
n = 10.79

Question 11.
11.57 − n = 7.51
n = ______

Answer:
n = 4.06

Explanation:
11.57 − n = 7.51
11.57 = 7.51 + n
n = 11.57 – 7.51
n = 4.06

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the difference.

Question 12.
8.42 − 5.14 = ______

Answer:
3.28

Explanation:
8.42 − 5.14
Subtract hundredths: 2 – 4;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
12 – 4 = 8
Subtract tenths: 3 – 1 = 2
Subtract ones: 8 – 5 = 3
3.28

Question 13.
16.46 − 13.87 = ______

Answer:
2.59

Explanation:
16.46 − 13.87
Subtract hundredths: 6 – 7;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
16 – 7 = 9
Subtract tenths: 3 – 8
There are not enough tenths. So, regroup
13 – 8 = 5
Subtract ones: 5 – 3 = 2;
Subtract hundreds: 1 – 1 = 0;
2.59

Question 14.
34.27 − 17.51 = ______

Answer:
16.76

Explanation:
34.27 − 17.51
Subtract hundredths: 7 – 1 = 6;
Subtract tenths: 2 – 5
There are not enough tenths. So, regroup
12 – 5 = 7;
Subtract ones: 3 – 7
There are not enough ones. So, regroup
13 – 7 = 6
Subtract hundreds: 2 – 1 = 1;
16.76

Question 15.
15.83 − 11.45 = ______

Answer:
4.38

Explanation:
15.83 − 11.45
Subtract hundredths: 3 – 5;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
13 – 5 = 8
Subtract tenths: 7 – 4 = 3
Subtract ones: 5 – 1 = 4;
Subtract hundreds: 1 – 1 = 0;
4.38

Question 16.
12.74 − 10.54 = ______

Answer:
2.2

Explanation:
12.74 − 10.54
Subtract hundredths: 4 – 4 = 0;
Subtract tenths: 7 – 5 = 2
Subtract ones: 2 – 0 = 2;
Subtract hundreds: 1 – 1 = 0;
2.20

Question 17.
48.21 − 13.65 = ______

Answer:
34.56

Explanation:
48.21 − 13.65
Subtract hundredths: 1 – 5;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
11 – 5 = 6
Subtract tenths: 1 – 6
There are not enough tenths. So, regroup
11 – 6 = 5
Subtract ones: 7 – 3 = 4;
Subtract hundreds: 4 – 1 = 3;
34.56

Question 18.
Beth finished a race in 3.35 minutes. Ana finished the race in 0.8 minute less than Beth. Fran finished the race in 1.02 minutes less than Ana. What was Fran’s time to finish the race in minutes?
______ minutes

Answer:
1.53 minutes

Explanation:
Beth finished a race in 3.35 minutes. Ana finished the race in 0.8 minute less than Beth.
3.35 – 0.8 = 2.55
Fran finished the race in 1.02 minutes less than Ana.
2.55 – 1.02 = 1.53

Question 19.
Fatima planted sunflower seeds in a flower patch. The tallest sunflower grew 2.65 meters tall. The height of the shortest sunflower was 0.34 meter less than the tallest sunflower. What was the height, in meters, of the shortest sunflower?
______ meters

Answer:
2.31 meters

Explanation:
Fatima planted sunflower seeds in a flower patch. The tallest sunflower grew 2.65 meters tall. The height of the shortest sunflower was 0.34 meter less than the tallest sunflower.
2.65 – 0.34 = 2.31

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 146

Question 20.
In peanut butter, how many more grams of protein are there than grams of carbohydrates? Use the label below.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 26
a. What do you need to know?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
We need to find how many more grams of protein are there than grams of carbohydrates?

Question 20.
b. How will you use subtraction to find how many more grams of protein there are than grams of carbohydrates?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Grams of protein = 8.1 g
grams of carbohydrates = 6.2g
8.1 – 6.2 = 1.9 grams

Question 20.
c. Show how you solved the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
8.1 – 6.2
Subtract tenths: 1 – 2
There are not enough tenths. So, regroup
11 – 2 = 9
Subtract ones:
7 – 6 = 1
1.9 grams

Question 20.
d. Complete each sentence.
The peanut butter has ______ grams of protein.
The peanut butter has ______ grams of carbohydrates.
There are ______ more grams of protein than grams of carbohydrates in the peanut butter.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The peanut butter has 8.1 grams of protein.
The peanut butter has 6.2 grams of carbohydrates.
There are 1.9 more grams of protein than grams of carbohydrates in the peanut butter.

Question 21.
Kyle is building a block tower. Right now the tower stands 0.89 meter tall. How much higher does the tower need to be to reach a height of 1.74 meters?
______ meters

Answer:
0.85 meters

Explanation:
Kyle is building a block tower. Right now the tower stands 0.89 meter tall.
To reach a height of 1.74, 1.74 – 0.89 = 0.85

Question 22.
Dialyn scored 2.5 points higher than Gina at a gymnastics event. Select the values that could represent each student’s gymnastics score. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. Dialyn: 18.4 points, Gina: 16.9 points
b. Dialyn: 15.4 points, Gina: 13.35 points
c. Dialyn: 16.2 points, Gina: 13.7 points
d. Dialyn: 19.25 points, Gina: 16.75 points

Answer:
c. Dialyn: 16.2 points, Gina: 13.7 points
d. Dialyn: 19.25 points, Gina: 16.75 points

Explanation:
Dialyn scored 2.5 points higher than Gina at a gymnastics event.
a. 18.4 – 16.9 = 1.5
b. 15.4 – 13.35 = 2.05
c. 16.2 – 13.7 = 2.5
d. 19.25 – 16.75 = 2.5

Share and Show – Page No. 149

Write a rule for the sequence.

Question 1.
0.5, 1.8, 3.1, 4.4, …
Think: Is the sequence increasing or decreasing?
Rule: _________

Answer:
Add 1.3 to the previous term in the sequence to get the next one.

Explanation:
Compare 0.5, 1.8; 0.5 < 1.8
The sequence is increasing as the second term is greater than the first term.
The operation will use addition.
0.5 + x = 1.8
x = 1.8 – 0.5 = 1.3
1.8 + 1.3 = 3.1
3.1 + 1.3 = 4.4
Add 1.3 to the previous term in the sequence to get the next one.

Question 2.
23.2, 22.1, 21, 19.9, …
Rule: _________

Answer:
Subtract 1.1 to the previous term in the sequence to get the next one.

Explanation:
Compare 23.2 and 22.1; 23.2 > 22.1
The sequence is decreasing as the second term is lesser than the first term.
The operation will use subtraction.
23.2 – 22.1 = 1.1
22.1 – 21 = 1.1
21 – 19.9 = 1.1
Subtract 1.1 to the previous term in the sequence to get the next one.

Write a rule for the sequence. Then find the unknown term.

Question 3.
0.3, 1.5, ____ , 3.9, 5.1
Missing value: ______
Rule: ______

Answer:
Missing value: 2.7
Rule: Add 1.2 to the previous term in the sequence to get the next one.

Explanation:
Compare 0.3 and 1.5; 0.3 < 1.5
The sequence is increasing as the second term is greater than the first term.
The operation will use addition.
1.5 – 0.3 = 1.2
0.3 + 1.2 = 1.5
1.5 + 1.2 = 2.7
2.7 + 1.2 = 3.9
3.9 + 1.2 = 5.1
Add 1.2 to the previous term in the sequence to get the next one.

Question 4.
19.5, 18.8, 18.1, 17.4, ______
Missing value: ______
Rule: ______

Answer:
Missing value: 16.7
Rule: Subtract 0.7 to the previous term in the sequence to get the next one.

Explanation:
Compare 19.5 and 18.8; 19.5 > 18.8
The sequence is decreasing as the second term is lesser than the first term.
The operation will use subtraction.
19.5 – 18.8 = 0.7
18.8 – 18.1 = 0.7
18.1 – 17.4 = 0.7
17.4 – 0.7 = 16.7
Subtract 0.7 to the previous term in the sequence to get the next one.

On Your Own

Write the first four terms of the sequence.

Question 5.
Rule: start at 10.64, subtract 1.45
______ ; ______ ; ______ ; ______

Answer:
9.19; 7.74; 6.29; 4.84

Explanation:
10.64 – 1.45 = 9.19
9.19 – 1.45 = 7.74
7.74 – 1.45 = 6.29
6.29 – 1.45 = 4.84
9.19; 7.74; 6.29; 4.84

Question 6.
Rule: start at 0.87, add 2.15
______ ; ______ ; ______ ; ______

Answer:
3.02; 5.17; 7.32; 9.47

Explanation:
0.87 + 2.15 = 3.02
3.02 + 2.15 = 5.17
5.17 + 2.15 = 7.32
7.32 + 2.15 = 9.47
3.02; 5.17; 7.32; 9.47

Question 7.
Rule: start at 19.3, add 1.8
______ ; ______ ; ______ ; ______

Answer:
21.1; 22.9; 24.7; 26.5

Explanation:
19.3 + 1.8 = 21.1
21.1 + 1.8 = 22.9
22.9 + 1.8 = 24.7
24.7 + 1.8 = 26.5
21.1; 22.9; 24.7; 26.5

Question 8.
Rule: start at 29.7, subtract 0.4
______ ; ______ ; ______ ; ______

Answer:
29.3; 28.9; 28.5; 28.1

Explanation:
29.7 – 0.4 = 29.3
29.3 – 0.4 = 28.9
28.9 – 0.4 = 28.5
28.5 – 0.4 = 28.1
29.3; 28.9; 28.5; 28.1

Question 9.
Marta put $4.87 in her coin bank. Each day she added 1 quarter, 1 nickel, and 3 pennies. How much money was in her coin bank after 6 days? Describe the pattern you used to solve.
$ ______

Answer:
$10.52
Add 1.13 to the previous term in the sequence to get the next one.

Explanation:
Marta put $4.87 in her coin bank. Each day she added 1 quarter, 1 nickel, and 3 pennies.
She added 1.13 each day.
4.87 + 1.13 = 6.00
6.00 + 1.13 = 7.13
7.13 + 1.13 = 8.26
8.26 + 1.13 = 9.39
9.39 + 1.13 = 10.52
Add 1.13 to the previous term in the sequence to get the next one.

Question 10.
Identify Relationships Look at the list below. Do the numbers show a pattern? Explain how you know.
11.23, 10.75, 10.3, 9.82, 9.37, 8.89
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Compare 11.23 and 10.75; 11.23 > 10.75
The sequence is decreasing as the second term is greater than the first term.
The operation will use subtraction.
11.23 – 10.75 = 0.48
10.75 – 10.3 = 0.45
10.3 – 9.82 = 0.48
9.82 – 9.37 = 0.45
9.37 – 8.89 = 0.48
First two terms difference is 0.48
Second and third term difference is 0.45
third and fourth term difference is 0.48
fourth and fifth term difference is 0.45
fifth and sixth term difference is 0.48

Problem Solving Applications – Page No. 150

Pose a Problem

Question 11.
Bren has a deck of cards. As shown below, each card is labeled with a rule describing a pattern in a sequence. Select a card and decide on a starting number. Use the rule to write the first five terms in your sequence.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 27
Sequence: _____ , _____ , _____ , _____ , _____
Write a problem that relates to your sequence and requires the sequence be extended to solve.
Pose a Problem         Solve your problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1.6 + 0.33 = 1.93
1.93 + 0.33 = 2.26
2.26 + 0.33 = 2.59
2.59 + 0.33 = 2.92
2.92 + 0.33 = 3.25
Start at 1.6 and write the first five terms of the sequence?
Add 0.3 to the previous term in the sequence to get the next one.

Question 12.
Colleen and Tom are playing a number pattern game. Tom wrote the following sequence.
33.5, 34.6, 35.7, ________, 37.9
What is the unknown term in the sequence?
_____

Answer:
36.8

Explanation:
33.5 < 34.6
34.6 – 33.5 = 1.1
33.5 + 1.1 = 34.6
34.6 + 1.1 = 35.7
35.7 + 1.1 = 36.8
36.8 + 1.1 = 37.9

Share and Show – Page No. 153

Question 1.
Sara wants to buy a bottle of apple juice from a vending machine. She needs exactly $2.30. She has the following bills and coins:
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 28
Make and complete a table to find all the ways Sara could pay for the juice. First, draw a table with a column for each type of bill or coin. Next, fill in your table with each row showing a different way Sara can make exactly $2.30.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Sara wants to buy a bottle of apple juice from a vending machine. She needs exactly $2.30.
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 153 image 1

Question 2.
What if Sara decides to buy a bottle of water that costs $1.85? What are all the different ways she can make exactly $1.85 with the bills and coins she has? Which coin must Sara use?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
If Sara decides to buy a bottle of water that costs $1.85, then
1 bill, 3 quarters, 1 dime; 1 bill, 3 quarters, 2 nickels; quarter

Question 3.
At the end of August, Mr. Diaz had a balance of $441.62. Since then, he has written two checks for $157.34 and $19.74 and made a deposit of $575.00. Mr. Diaz says his balance is $739.54. Find Mr. Diaz’s correct balance.
$ _____

Answer:
At the end of August, Mr. Diaz had a balance of $441.62.
Since then, he has written two checks for $157.34 and $19.74 and made a deposit of $575.00.
Subtract the checks from the initial amount, and add the deposit.
441.85 – (157.34 + 19.74) + 575 = 839.77
So, $839.77

On Your Own – Page No. 154

Use the following information to solve 4–6.

At Open Skate Night, admission is $3.75 with a membership card and $5.00 without a membership card. Skate rentals are $3.00.

Question 4.
Aidan paid the admission for himself and two friends at Open Skate Night. Aidan had a membership card, but his friends did not. Aidan paid with a $20 bill. How much change should Aidan receive?
$ _____

Answer:
$6.25

Explanation:
Aidan had a membership card, but his friends did not.
$3.75 + $5.00 + $5.00 = $13.75
Aidan paid with a $20 bill.
$20 – $13.75 = $6.25

Question 5.
The Moores paid $6 more for skate rentals than the Cotters did. Together, the two families paid $30 for skate rentals. How many pairs of skates did the Moores rent?
_____ pairs of skates

Answer:
6 pairs of skates

Question 6.
Analyze Jennie and 5 of her friends are going to Open Skate Night. Jennie does not have a membership card. Only some of her friends have membership cards. What is the total amount that Jennie and her friends might pay for admission?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
They will pay $27.50 if only 2 of her friends have membership cards.

Question 7.
Marisol bought 5 movie tickets for a show. Each ticket cost $6.25. Complete the table to show the price of 2, 3, 4, and 5 tickets.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 29
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 153 image 2

Share and Show – Page No. 156

Find the sum or difference.

Question 1.
4.19 + 0.58
_____

Answer:
4.77

Explanation:
4.19 + 0.58 = 1.38
Add hundredths 9 + 8 = 17; Regroup;
Add tenths 1 + 5 + 1 = 7;
Add ones 4 + 0 = 4
4.19 + 0.58 = 4.77

Question 2.
9.99 − 4.1
_____

Answer:
5.89

Explanation:
9.99 − 4.1
Subtract hundredths: 9 – 0 = 9;
Subtract tenths: 9 – 1 = 8
Subtract ones: 9 – 4 = 5
So, 9.99 − 4.1 = 5.89

Question 3.
5.7 + 2.25 + 1.3
_____

Answer:
9.25

Explanation:
5.7 + 2.25 + 1.3
Add hundredths 0 + 5 + 0 = 5;
Add tenths 7 + 2 + 3 = 12; Regroup
Add ones 5 + 2 + 1 + 1 = 9
5.7 + 2.25 + 1.3 = 9.25

Question 4.
28.6 − 9.84
_____

Answer:
18.76

Explanation:
28.6 − 9.84
Subtract hundredths: 0 – 4;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
10 – 4 = 6.
Subtract tenths: 5 – 8;
There are not enough tenths. So, regroup
15 – 8 = 7
Subtract ones: 7 – 9;
There are not enough ones. So, regroup
17 – 9 = 8
Subtract hundreds: 1 – 0 = 1;
So, 28.6 − 9.84 = 18.76

Question 5.
$15.79 + $32.81
$ _____

Answer:
$48.6

Explanation:
$15.79 + $32.81
Add hundredths 9 + 1 = 10; Regroup
Add tenths 7 + 8 + 1 = 16; Regroup
Add ones 5 + 2 + 1  = 8
Add hundreds 1 + 3 = 4
$15.79 + $32.81 = $48.60

Question 6.
38.44 − 25.86
_____

Answer:
12.58

Explanation:
38.44 − 25.86
Subtract hundredths: 4 – 6;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
14 – 6 = 8
Subtract tenths: 3 – 8;
There are not enough tenths. So, regroup
13 – 8 = 5
Subtract ones: 7 – 5 = 2;
Subtract hundreds: 3 – 2 = 1;
So, 38.44 − 25.86 = 12.58

On Your Own – Page No. 157

Find the sum or difference.

Question 7.
$ 18.39
+$7.56
————
$ _____

Answer:
$25.95

Explanation:
$ 18.39 + $7.56
Add hundredths 9 + 6 = 15; Regroup
Add tenths 5 + 3 + 1 = 9;
Add ones 8 + 7  = 15; Regroup
Add hundreds 1 + 0 + 1 = 2
$ 18.39 + $7.56 = $25.95

Question 8.
8.22 − 4.39
_____

Answer:

Explanation:
8.22 − 4.39
Subtract hundredths: 2 – 9;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
12 – 9 = 3
Subtract tenths: 1 – 3;
There are not enough tenths. So, regroup
11 – 3 = 8
Subtract ones: 7 – 4 = 3;
So, 8.22 − 4.39 = 3.83

Question 9.
93.6 − 79.84
_____

Answer:
13.76

Explanation:
93.6 − 79.84
Subtract hundredths: 0 – 4;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
10 – 4 = 6
Subtract tenths: 5 – 8;
There are not enough tenths. So, regroup
15 – 8 = 7
Subtract ones: 2 – 9;
There are not enough ones. So, regroup
12 – 9 = 3
Subtract hundreds: 8 – 7 = 1;
So, 93.6 − 79.84 = 13.76

Question 10.
1.82
2.28
+2.18
————
_____

Answer:
6.28

Explanation:
1.82 + 2.28 + 2.18
Add hundredths 2 + 8 + 8 = 18; Regroup
Add tenths 8 + 2 + 1 + 1 = 12;  Regroup
Add ones 1 + 2 + 2 + 1  = 6;
1.82 + 2.28 + 2.18 = 6.28

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the sum or difference.

Question 11.
6.3 + 2.98 + 7.7
_____

Answer:
16.98

Explanation:
6.3 + 2.98 + 7.7
Add hundredths 0 + 8 + 0 = 8;
Add tenths 3 + 9 + 7 = 19;  Regroup
Add ones 6 + 2 + 7 + 1  = 16;
6.3 + 2.98 + 7.7 = 16.98

Question 12.
27.96 − 16.2
_____

Answer:
11.76

Explanation:
27.96 − 16.2
Subtract hundredths: 6 – 0 = 6;
Subtract tenths: 9 – 2 = 7;
Subtract ones: 7 – 6 = 1;
Subtract hundreds: 2 – 1 = 1;
So, 27.96 − 16.2 = 11.76

Question 13.
12.63 + 15.04
_____

Answer:
27.67

Explanation:
12.63 + 15.04
Add hundredths 3 + 4 = 7;
Add tenths 6 + 0 = 6;
Add ones 2 + 5 = 7;
Add hundreds 1 + 1 = 2
12.63 + 15.04 = 27.67

Question 14.
9.24 − 2.68
_____

Answer:
6.56

Explanation:
9.24 − 2.68
Subtract hundredths: 4 – 8;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
14 – 8 = 6
Subtract tenths: 1 – 6;
There are not enough tenths. So, regroup
11 – 6 = 5
Subtract ones: 8 – 2 = 6;
So, 9.24 − 2.68 = 6.56

Question 15.
$18 − $3.55
$ _____

Answer:
$14.45

Explanation:
$18 − $3.55
Subtract hundredths: 0 – 5;
There are not enough hundredths. So, regroup
10 – 5 = 5
Subtract tenths;
There are not enough tenths. So, regroup
9 – 5 = 4
Subtract ones: 7 – 3 = 4;
Subtract hundreds: 1 – 0 = 0
So, $18 − $3.55 = $14.45

Question 16.
9.73 − 2.52
_____

Answer:
7.21

Explanation:
9.73 − 2.52
Subtract hundredths: 3 – 2 = 1;
Subtract tenths; 7 – 5 = 2
Subtract ones: 9 – 2 = 7;
So, 9.73 − 2.52 = 7.21

Question 17.
$54.78 + $43.62
$ _____

Answer:
$98.4

Explanation:
$54.78 + $43.62
Add hundredths 8 + 2 = 10; Regroup
Add tenths 7 + 6 + 1 = 14;  Regroup
Add ones 4 + 3 + 1 = 8;
Add hundreds 5 + 4 = 9
$54.78 + $43.62 = $98.40

Question 18.
7.25 + 0.25 + 1.5
_____

Answer:
9

Explanation:
7.25 + 0.25 + 1.5
Add hundredths 5 + 5 + 0 = 10; Regroup
Add tenths 2 + 2 + 5 + 1 = 10;  Regroup
Add ones 7 + 0 + 1 + 1 = 9;
7.25 + 0.25 + 1.5 = 9.00

Use Reasoning Algebra Find the missing number.

Question 19.
n − 9.02 = 3.85
n = _____

Answer:
n = 12.87

Explanation:
n − 9.02 = 3.85
n = 3.85 + 9.02
n = 12.87

Question 20.
n + 31.53 = 62.4
n = _____

Answer:
n = 30.87

Explanation:
n + 31.53 = 62.4
n = 62.4 – 31.53 = 30.87
n = 30.87

Question 21.
9.2 + n + 8.4 = 20.8
n = _____

Answer:
n = 3.2

Explanation:
9.2 + n + 8.4 = 20.8
n + 17.6 = 20.8
n = 20.8 – 17.6
n = 3.2

Problem Solving Applications

Question 22.
Jake needs 7.58 meters of wood to complete a school project. He buys a 2.25-meter plank of wood and a 3.12-meter plank of wood. How many more meters of wood does Jake need to buy?
_____ meters

Answer:
2.21 meters

Explanation:
Jake needs 7.58 meters of wood to complete a school project. He buys a 2.25-meter plank of wood and a 3.12-meter plank of wood.
2.25 + 3.12 = 5.37
7.58 – 5.37 = 2.21

Question 23.
Lori needs a length of twine 8.5 meters long to mark a row in her garden. Andrew needs a length of twine 7.25 meters long for his row. They have one length of twine that measures 16.27 meters. After they each take the lengths they need, how much twine will be left?
_____ meters

Answer:
0.52 meters

Explanation:
Lori needs a length of twine 8.5 meters long to mark a row in her garden. Andrew needs a length of twine 7.25 meters long for his row. They have one length of twine that measures 16.27 meters.
8.5 + 7.25 = 15.75
16.27 – 15.75 = 0.52

Page No. 158

Use the table to solve 24–26.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals img 30

Question 24.
How much farther did the gold medal winner jump than the silver medal winner?
_____ meters

Answer:
0.1 meters

Explanation:
Gold medal = 8.34 meters
Silver medal = 8.24 meters.
8.34 – 8.24 = 0.10 meters
gold medal winner jump 0.1 meters than the silver medal winner

Question 25.
The fourth-place competitor’s jump measured 8.19 meters. If his jump had been 0.10 meter greater, what medal would he have received? Explain how you solved the problem.
_________

Answer:

Explanation:
The fourth-place competitor’s jump measured 8.19 meters. If his jump had been 0.10 meter greater
8.19 + 0.1 = 8.29
He may receive a silver medal. 8.29 is in between 8.24 and 8.34

Question 26.
In the 2004 Olympics, the gold medalist for the men’s long jump had a jump of 8.59 meters. How much farther did the 2004 gold medalist jump compared to the 2008 gold medalist?
_____ meters

Answer:
0.25 meters

Explanation:
In the 2004 Olympics, the gold medalist for the men’s long jump had a jump of 8.59 meters.
In 2008, 8.34 meters
8.59 – 8.34 = 0.25 meters

Question 27.
Alexander and Holly are solving the following word problem.
At the supermarket Carla buys 2.25 pounds of hamburger. She also buys 3.85 pounds of chicken. How many pounds of hamburger and chicken did Carla buy?
Alexander set up his problem as 2.25 + 3.85.
Holly set up her problem as 3.85 + 2.25.
Who is correct? Explain your answer and solve the problem.

Answer:
Alexander and Holly are solving the following word problem.
At the supermarket, Carla buys 2.25 pounds of hamburger. She also buys 3.85 pounds of chicken. She buys 2.25 + 3.85 = 6.10 pounds.
From the commutative property, 2.25 + 3.85 = 3.85 + 2.25
So, both answers are correct

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 159

Question 1.
Chaz kept a record of how many gallons of gas he purchased each day last week.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Chapter Review/Test img 31
Order the days from least amount of gas Chaz purchased to greatest amount of gas Chaz purchased.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Chapter Review/Test img 32
Least: _____ ; _____ ; _____ ; _____ ; _____ Greatest

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 153 image 3
Least: 3.75; 3.9; 4.256; 4.258; 4.5 Greatest

Explanation:
Monday = 4.5 gallons
Tuesday = 3.9 gallons
Wednesday = 4.258 gallons
Thursday = 3.75 gallons
Friday = 4.256 gallons
The days from least amount of gas Chaz purchased to the greatest amount of gas Chaz purchased
4.5; 3.9; 4.258; 3.75; 4.256
3 < 4
3.9; 3.75; 4.5; 4.258; 4.256
9 > 7. So, 3.9; 3.75
5 > 2; 4.5; 4.258; 4.256
8 > 6; 4.258; 4.256
4.5; 4.258; 4.256; 3.9; 3.75
3.75; 3.9; 4.256; 4.258; 4.5

For 2a–2c, select True or False for each statement

Question 2.
2a. 16.437 rounded to the nearest whole number is 16.
i. TRUE
ii. FALSE

Answer:
i. TRUE

Explanation:
16.437; 4 < 5.
So, the nearest whole number is 16

Question 2.
2b. 16.437 rounded to the nearest tenth is 16.4.
i. TRUE
ii. FALSE

Answer:
i. TRUE

Explanation:
16.437 rounded to the nearest tenth
3 < 5
16.4

Question 2.
2c. 16.437 rounded to the nearest hundredth is 16.43.
i. TRUE
ii. FALSE

Answer:
ii. FALSE

Explanation:
16.437 rounded to the nearest hundredth is
7 > 5
16.44

Question 3.
Students are selling muffins at a school bake sale. One muffin costs $0.25, 2 muffins cost $0.37, 3 muffins cost $0.49, and 4 muffins cost $0.61. If this pattern continues, how much will 7 muffins cost? Explain how you found your answer.
$ _____

Answer:
$0.97

Explanation:
Students are selling muffins at a school bake sale. One muffin costs $0.25, 2 muffins cost $0.37, 3 muffins cost $0.49, and 4 muffins cost $0.61.
0.37 – 0.25 = 0.12
0.49 – 0.37 = 0.12
0.61 – 0.49 = 0.12
For 5 muffins 0.61 + 0.12 = 0.73
For 6 muffins 0.73 + 0.12 = 0.85
For 7 muffins 0.85 + 0.12 = 0.97
Every muffin cost increases with 0.12.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 160

Question 4.
What is the value of the underlined digit? Mark all that apply. 0.679
Options:
a. 0.6
b. 0.06
c. six tenths
d. six hundredths
e. 6 × \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Answer:
a. 0.6
c. six tenths
e. 6 × \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
0.679
(0 x 1) + (6 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (7 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (9 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
6 x \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 0.6 = 6 tenths

Question 5.
Rowanda jogged 2.14 kilometers farther than Terrance. Select the values that could represent how far each student jogged. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. Rowanda: 6.5 km, Terrance: 4.36 km
b. Rowanda: 4.8 km, Terrance: 2.76 km
c. Rowanda: 3.51 km, Terrance: 5.65 km
d. Rowanda: 7.24 km, Terrance: 5.1 km

Answer:
a. Rowanda: 6.5 km, Terrance: 4.36 km
d. Rowanda: 7.24 km, Terrance: 5.1 km

Explanation:
Rowanda jogged 2.14 kilometers farther than Terrance.
a. Rowanda: 6.5 km, Terrance: 4.36 km
6.5 – 4.36 = 2.14
b. Rowanda: 4.8 km, Terrance: 2.76 km
4.8 – 2.76 = 2.04
c. Rowanda: 3.51 km, Terrance: 5.65 km
5.65 – 3.51 = 2.14
d. Rowanda: 7.24 km, Terrance: 5.1 km
7.24 – 5.1 = 2.14
The first and fourth values can represent how far each student jogged.

Question 6.
Shade the model to show the decimal 0.542.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Chapter Review/Test img 33
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 160 image 1

Explanation:
0.542 = 542/1000
5 hundredths, 4 tenths, 2 thousandths

Question 7.
Benjamin rode his bicycle 3.6 miles on Saturday and 4.85 miles on Sunday. How many miles did he ride Saturday and Sunday combined?
Use the digits on the tiles to solve the problem. Digits may be used more than once or not at all.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Chapter Review/Test img 34
_________ miles

Answer:
8.45 miles
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 153 image 4

Explanation:
Benjamin rode his bicycle 3.6 miles on Saturday and 4.85 miles on Sunday.
3.6 + 4.85 = 8.45

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 161

Question 8.
The school is 3.65 miles from Tonya’s house and 1.28 miles from Jamal’s house. How much farther from school is Tonya’s house than Jamal’s house? Explain how you can use a quick picture to solve the problem.
_____ miles

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 161 image 2
2.37 miles

Explanation:
The school is 3.65 miles from Tonya’s house and 1.28 miles from Jamal’s house.
3.65 – 1.28 = 2.37

Question 9.
A vet measured the mass of two birds. The mass of the robin was 76.64 grams. The mass of the blue jay was 81.54 grams. Estimate the difference in the masses of the birds.
≈ _____ grams

Answer:
5 grams

Explanation:
A vet measured the mass of two birds. The mass of the robin was 76.64 grams. The mass of the blue jay was 81.54 grams.
76.64 grams is closer to 77
81.54 grams is closer to 82
82 – 77 = 5
The estimated difference in the masses of the birds is 5 grams.

Question 10.
Rick bought 5 yogurt bars at a snack shop. Each yogurt bar cost $1.75. Complete the table to show the price of 2, 3, 4, and 5 yogurt bars.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Chapter Review/Test img 35
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals 161 image 1

Explanation:

Question 11.
Clayton Road is 2.25 miles long. Wood Pike Road is 1.8 miles long. Kisha used a quick picture to find the combined length of Clayton Road and Wood Pike Road. Does Kisha’s work make sense? Explain why or why not
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Chapter Review/Test img 36
i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:
i. Yes

Explanation:
Clayton Road is 2.25 miles long. Wood Pike Road is 1.8 miles long.
2.25 + 1.8 = 4.05
4 tens, 0 tenths, 5 hundredths

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 162

Question 12.
Bob and Ling are playing a number pattern game. Bob wrote the following sequence.
28.9, 26.8, 24.7, __, 20.5
What is the unknown term in the sequence?
_____

Answer:
26.8

Explanation:
Bob and Ling are playing a number pattern game. Bob wrote the following sequence.
28.9, 26.8, 24.7, __, 20.5
28.9 – 26.8 = 2.1
26.8 – 24.7 = 2.1
Every number is increased by 2.1
So, the unknown number is 24.7 + 2.1 = 26.8

Rafael bought 2.15 pounds of potato salad and 4.2 pounds of macaroni salad to bring to a picnic. For 13a–13c, select Yes or No to indicate whether each statement is true.

Question 13.
13a. Rounded to the nearest whole number, Rafael bought 2 pounds of potato salad.
i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:
i. Yes

Explanation:
2.15 pounds of potato salad
1 < 5 ;
So, Rounded to the nearest whole number is 2

Question 13.
13b. Rounded to the nearest whole number, Rafael bought 4 pounds of macaroni salad.
i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:
i. Yes

Explanation:
4.2 pounds of macaroni salad
2 < 5
So, Rounded to the nearest whole number is 4

Question 13.
13c. Rounded to the nearest tenth, Rafael bought 2.1 pounds of potato salad.
i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:
ii. No

Explanation:
2.15 pounds of potato salad
5 = 5 ;
So, Rounded to the nearest whole number is 2.2

Question 14.
The four highest scores on the floor exercise at a gymnastics meet were 9.675, 9.25, 9.325, and 9.5 points. Choose the numbers that make the statement true.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Chapter Review/Test img 37
The lowest: _________
The highest: _________

Answer:
The lowest: 9.25
The highest: 9.75

Explanation:
Compare ones; All ones are the same.
Compare tenths; 9.75 has the highest number of tenths and 9.25 has the lowest number of tenths.
The lowest of these four scores was 9.25 points. The highest of these four scores was 9.75 points.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 163

Question 15.
Michelle records the value of one euro in U.S. dollars each day for her social studies project. The table shows the data she has recorded so far.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Chapter Review/Test img 38
On which two days was the value of 1 euro the same when rounded to the nearest hundredth of a dollar?
Options:
a. Monday
b. Tuesday
c. Wednesday
d. Thursday

Answer:
a. Monday
c. Wednesday

Explanation:
Monday = 1.448
The digit in the hundredths place is 4. 8 > 5; So, the rounded number is 1.45
Tuesday = 1.443
The digit in the hundredths place is 4. 3 < 5; So, the rounded number is 1.44
Wednesday = 1.452
The digit in the hundredths place is 5. 2 < 5; So, the rounded number is 1.45
Thursday = 1.458
The digit in the hundredths place is 5. 8 > 5; So, the rounded number is 1.46

Question 16.
Miguel has $20. He spends $7.25 on a movie ticket, $3.95 for snacks, and $1.75 for bus fare each way. How much money does Miguel have left?
$ _____

Answer:
$7.05

Explanation:
Miguel has $20. He spends $7.25 on a movie ticket, $3.95 for snacks, and $1.75 for bus fare each way.
$7.25 + $3.95 + $1.75 = $12.95
$20 – $12.95 = $7.05

Question 17.
Yolanda’s sunflower plant was 64.34 centimeters tall in July. During August, the plant grew 18.2 centimeters.
Part A
Estimate the height of Yolanda’s plant at the end of August by rounding each value to the nearest whole number. Will your estimate be less than or greater than the actual height? Explain your reasoning.
_____ cm

Answer:
First, we want to round the number 64.34 to the nearest whole number.
1. We have to round this number to the molest tenth. To round the number to the nearest tenth we need to look at the digit in the hundredths place. So, as 4 < 5, the rounded number is 64.3.
2. We now have to round this number to the nearest one. lb round the number to the nearest one we need to look at the digit in the tenths place. So, as 3 < 5, the rounded number is 64.
Now, we have to round the number 18.2 to the nearest whole number.
1. We have to round this number to the nearest one. To round the number to the nearest one we need to look at the digit in the tenths place. So, as 2 <5, the rounded number is 18.
So, we now have to find the sum of these rounded values: 64 + 18 = 82. Therefore, the estimated height of Volanda’s plant at the and of August is: 82 centimeters.
The estimate is less than the actual height because rounded values are less than the actual values.

Question 17.
Part B
What was the exact height of the plant at the end of August? Was the estimate less than or greater than the exact value?
_____ cm

Answer:
The exact height of the plant is: 64.34 + 18.2
Add the hundredths first.
4 hundre.dths + 0 hundredths = 4 hundredths
Add the tenths.
3 tenths + 2 tenths = 5 tenths Add the ones. Regroup as nee.ded
Add the tens.
6 tens + 1 ten + 1 regrouped ten = 8 tens.
Therefore, the exact height is 64.34+ 18.2 = 82.54.
The estimate is less than the actual height.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 164

Question 18.
Oscar ran the 100-yard dash in 12.41 seconds. Jesiah ran the 100-yard dash in 11.85 seconds. How many seconds faster was Jesiah’s time than Oscar’s time?
_____ second(s)

Answer:
0.56 seconds

Explanation:
Oscar ran the 100-yard dash in 12.41 seconds. Jesiah ran the 100-yard dash in 11.85 seconds.
12.41 – 11.85 = 0.56 seconds.
Jesiah’s time is 0.56 seconds faster than Oscar’s time.

Question 19.
Choose the value that makes the statement true.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Chapter Review/Test img 39
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2 hundredths and 5 thousandths

Explanation:
1.025
(1 x 1) + (0 x \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (2 x \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (5 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\))
2 x \(\frac{1}{100}\) = 2 hundredths
5 x \(\frac{1}{1000}\) = 5 thousandths
In the number 1.025, the value of the digit 2 is 2 hundredths, and the value of the digit 5 is 5 thousandths.

Question 20.
Troy and Lazetta are solving the following word problem. Rosalie’s cat weights 9.8 pounds. Her dog weighs 25.4 pounds. What is the weight of both animals combined. Troy sets up his problem as 9.8 + 25.4. Lazetta sets up her problem as 25.4 + 9.8. Who is correct? Explain your answer and solve the problem.
_________

Answer:
Troy and Lazetta are solving the following word problem. Rosalie’s cat weighs 9.8 pounds. Her dog weighs 25.4 pounds.
9.8 + 25.4
Add tenths 8 + 4 = 12; regroup
Add ones 9 + 5 + 1 regrouped one = 15 ones; regroup
Add tens 0 + 2 + 1 regrouped ten = 3 tens.
35.2
Lazetta: 25.4 + 9.8 = 35.2
Therefore, the answer is 25.4 + 9.8 = 35.2
The weight of both animals combined is 35.2 pounds. So, both were right.

Question 21.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals Chapter Review/Test img 40
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.084 and 8.4

Explanation:
0.84 is 10 times as much as
0.84 = 10S
S = 0.84/10 = 0.084
0.84 is 1/10 of
0.84 = 1/10 x S
S = 0.84 x 10 = 8.4
So, from the given answers, 0.84 is 10 times as much as 0.084, and 0.84 is 1/10 of 8.4

Conclusion

Hoping that Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 3 Add and Subtract Decimals has helped you clear your queries. Access the Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key for free of cost prepared by subject experts. 5th Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 3 Add and Subtract Decimals is prepared keeping in mind the Students Level of Understanding.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data

go-math-grade-3-chapter-2-represent-and-interpret-data-answer-key

Are you looking everywhere to find Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data? You have come the right way and we have covered different questions on the topic Represent and Interpret Data. Enhance your subject knowledge by taking the help of the 3rd Grade Go Math Chapter 2 Answer Key. Practice HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data and answer the questions from the chapter with confidence. The detailed explanation provided helps you understand the topics easily.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data

We advise you to go through the topics in the Chapter Represent and Interpret Data. You need to work hard right from the beginning in order to have strong fundamentals. Become champ in the subject by referring to our Go Math 3rd Grade Solution Key. Assess your preparation standard by solving the 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data on your own and then verify with the solutions.

Lesson 1: Problem Solving • Organize Data

Lesson 2: Use Picture Graphs

Lesson 3: Make Picture Graphs

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4: Use Bar Graphs

Lesson 5: Make Bar Graphs

Lesson 6: Solve Problems Using Data

Lesson 7: Use and Make Line Plots

Chapter 2 Review/Test

Organize Data Page No 91

Problem Solving Organize Data

Use the Favorite School Subject tables for 1–4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Organize Data img 1

Question 1.
The students in two third-grade classes recorded their favorite school subject. The data are in the tally table. How many fewer students chose science than chose social studies as their favorite school subject?
Think: Use the data in the tally table to record the data in the frequency table. Then solve the problem.
social studies: 12 students
science: 5 students
12 – 5 = 7
So, 7 fewer students chose science.

SubjectNumber
Math____________
Science5
Language Arts____________
Reading____________
Social Studies12

Answer:

SubjectNumber
Math11
Science5
Language Arts7
Reading9
Social Studies12

Question 2.
What subject did the least number of students choose?
___________

Answer: Science

Explanation:

We can answer the question by using the above tally table. The table shows the least number of students is 5. Thus the answer is Science.

Question 3.
How many more students chose math than language arts as their favorite subject?
_______ more students

Answer: 4

Explanation:

If we look at the above table, there are 11 students who chose Math and 7 students who chose the language arts

To know the students who chose math than language arts we have to subtract 11 and 7
= 11 – 7
= 4
Thus the students chose math than language arts as their favorite subject are 4

Question 4.
Suppose 3 students changed their vote from math to science. Describe how the frequency table would change.

Type below:
__________

Answer: There would be an equal number of students who chose math and who chose science

Explanation:

If we look at the graph there are 11 students who voted for Math and 5 students who voted for Science
If 3 students changed their vote from math to science then the new graph will be

11- 3= 8
i.e., Actual No. of Science Students + New Students who changed from Math to Science
= 5 + 3
= 8

Organize Data Lesson Check Page No 92

Question 1.
The tally table shows the cards in Kyle’s sports card collection.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Organize Data img 2
How many hockey and football cards does Kyle have combined?
Options:
a. 5
b. 8
c. 12
d. 13

Answer: 13

Explanation:

Given,
Kyle has 5 hockey cards and 8 football cards
To know total no. of hockey and football cards does Kyle have combined
We have to add 5 + 8 = 13
Therefore the total no. of cards that Kyle have combined is 13

Spiral Review

Question 2.
There are 472 people in the concert hall. What is 472 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 470
c. 500
d. 600

Answer: 500

If the digit to the right is more or greater than 5, then the digit in the rounding place will be increased to 1.
472 is greater than 450
So, 472 rounded to the nearest hundred is 500
So the answer is option c.

Question 3.
Max and Anna played a video game as a team. Max scored 463 points and Anna scored 329 points. How many points did they score in all?
Options:
a. 892
b. 792
c. 782
d. 134

Answer: 792

Explanation:

Given that,
Max scored 463 points and,
Anna scored 329 points
To know the total points they scored
We need to add both Max and Anna points
i.e., 436 + 329 = 792

Question 4.
Judy has 573 baseball cards in her collection. Todd has 489 baseball cards in his collection. How many fewer cards does Todd have than Judy?
Options:
a. 84
b. 94
c. 116
d. 184

Answer: 84

Explanation:

Given,
Judy has 573 baseball cards in her collection
Todd has 489 baseball cards in his collection
To find how many fewer cards does Todd have than Judy
We have to find the difference between Judy and Todd baseball cards
= 573 – 489 = 84

Question 5.
Ms. Westin drove 542 miles last week and 378 miles this week on business. How many miles in all did she drive on business during the two weeks?
Options:
a. 810 miles
b. 820 miles
c. 910 miles
d. 920 miles

Answer: 920 miles

Explanation:

We observe that Ms. Westin drove 542 miles last week and 378 miles this week on business
Total number of miles in all did she drive on business during the two weeks is?
542 + 378 = 920 miles
Thus the answer to the above question is option d.

Use Picture Graphs Page No 97

Use the Math Test Scores picture graph for 1–7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 3

Question 1.
How many students scored 100? How can you find the answer?

Answer: To find the number of students who scored 100, count each star as 4 students. So, 20 students scored 100.

Question 2.
What does Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 4 stand for?
________ students

Answer: It represents 2 students.

Explanation:

The full star stands for 4 students
That means the half star is equal to two stars.

Question 3.
How many students in all scored 100 or 95?
________ students

Answer: 32 Students

Explanation:

No. of students who scored 100 = 5 stars
Each star = 4 students
i.e., 5 × 4 = 20 students
No. of students who scored 95 = 3
Each star = 4 students
That means 3 × 4 = 12
Total No. of students in all scored 100 or 95
12 + 20 = 32
Thus the answer is 32 students

Question 4.
How many more students scored 90 than 85?
________ students

Answer: 10 more students

Explanation:

Students who scored 90 = 3 and a half star = 4 + 4 + 4 + 2
Students who score 85 = 1 star = 4
That means students scored 90 than 85 are
14 – 4 = 10 students

Question 5.
How many students in all took the test?
________ students

Answer: 50 Students

Explanation:

Students who scored 100 (5 stars) = 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = 20 student
Students who scored 95 (3 stars) = 4 + 4 + 4 = 12 students
Students who scored 90 (3 and a half star) = 4 + 4 + 4 + 2 = 14 students
Students who score 85 (1 star) = 4 students
Total No. of students who took test = 20 + 12 + 14 + 4 = 50 students

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Suppose the students who scored 85 and 90 on the math test take the test again and score 95. How many stars would you have to add to the picture graph next to 95?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 4 Stars and half of a star

Explanation:

Students who scored 90 = 3 and a half star
Students who score 85 = 1 star
That means students scored 90 than 85 = 4 and a half star
Thus 4 and a half star stars would you have to add to the picture graph next to 95

Question 7.
If 2 more students took the math test and both made a score of 80, what would the picture graph look like?
Type below:
__________

Answer: There would be another row below 85. There would be half of a star next to 80.

Explanation:

There would be 5 lines and the 5th line will contain a half star

Use Picture Graphs Lesson Check Page No 98

Question 1.
Karen asked her friends to name their favorite type of dog.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 5
How many people chose poodles?
Options:
a. 10
b. 6
c. 4
d. 3

Answer: 6

Explanation:

If we look at the graph, there are three bones for poodles.
Each bone represents 2 people, which means 3 bones represent 6 people.
2 + 2 + 2 = 6 people chose poodles

Question 2.
Henry made a picture graph to show what topping people like on their pizza. This is his key.
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 6 = 6 people.
What does Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 7 stand for?
Options:
a. 2 people
b. 6 people
c. 9 people
d. 12 people

Answer: 12 people

Explanation:

By seeing the picture graph we can say that
Each pizza = 6 people
Then 2 pizzas = 6 + 6
= 12 people
S, the correct answer is option D

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Estimate the sum.
5 2 3
+ 2 9 5
———
Options:
a. 900
b. 800
c. 700
d. 600

Answer: 800

Explanation:

Sum of 523 and 295
= 818
As 818 is 850 the estimated sum of 523 and 295 is 800

Thus the correct answer is 800

Question 4.
Estimate the difference.
6 1 0
– 1 8 7
——-
Options:
a. 800
b. 600
c. 500
d. 400

Answer: 400

Explanation:

Subtract 610 and 187
We get 413
413 is less than 450 and is nearer to 400
So, the estimated difference of 610 and 187 is 400

Question 5.
What is 871 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 900
b. 880
c. 870
d. 800

Answer: 870

Explanation:

If the digit is less than 5 then the number will be decreased by 1
So, the number 871 rounded to the nearest ten is 870

Question 6.
What is 473 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 470
c. 500
d. 570

Answer: 500

Explanation:

473 is greater than 450 so it must be increased
473 rounded to the nearest hundred is 500
So, the correct answer is an option (C)

Make Picture Graphs Page No 103

Ben asked his classmates about their favorite kind of TV show. He recorded their responses in a frequency table. Use the data in the table to make a picture graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Picture Graph img 8
Follow the steps to make a picture graph.
Step 1 Write the title at the top of the graph.
Step 2 Look at the numbers in the table. Tell how many students each picture represents for the key.
Step 3 Draw the correct number of pictures for each type of show.
Use your picture graph for 1–5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Picture Graph img 9

Question 1.
What title did you give the graph?
Type below:
_________

Answer: Favorite TV Show

Question 2.
What key did you use?
________

Answer: Each ■ = 3 students

Question 3.
How many pictures did you use to represent sports?
_______ pictures

Answer: 2 pictures

Problem Solving

Question 4.
How many pictures would you draw if 12 students chose game shows as their favorite kind of TV show?
________ pictures

Answer: 4 pictures

Question 5.
What key would you use if 10 students chose cartoons?
■ = ______ students

Answer: ■ = 2 students

Explanation:

If 10 student chose cartoons, we can use a key that is a factor of 10
■■■■■ = 10
and each ■ = 2 students

Make Picture Graphs Lesson Check Page No 104

Question 1.
Sandy made a picture graph to show the sports her classmates like o play. How many fewer students chose baseball than chose soccer?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Picture Graph img 10
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Students chose Soccer = 9 and a half ball
Students chose Baseball = 6 balls
Given each ball = 2 students
So, students chose soccer = 2+2+2+2+2+2+2+2+2+1
=19 students
Students chose baseball = 2+2+2+2+2+2
= 12 students
students chose baseball than chose soccer = 19 – 12
= 7 students

Question 2.
Tommy is making a picture graph to show his friends’ favorite kind of music. He plans to use one musical note to represent 2 people. How many notes will he use to represent that 4 people chose country music?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Given, Tommy is making a picture graph to show his friends’ favorite kind of music
One musical note = 2 people
For 4 people =?
2 + 2 people = 2 musical notes

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the sum.
4 9 0
+ 2 3 4
———
Options:
a. 256
b. 624
c. 664
d. 724

Answer: 724

Addition of 490 and 234 = 724

Question 4.
Sophie wrote odd numbers on her paper. Which number was NOT a number that Sophie wrote?
Options:
a. 5
b. 11
c. 13
d. 20

Answer: 20

Explanation:

Examples of odd numbers are 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15….
20 is an even number
So, the number was NOT a number that Sophie wrote is 20
Thus the correct answer is 20

Question 5.
Miles ordered 126 books to give away at the store opening. What is 126 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 230
b. 200
c. 130
d. 100

Answer: 100

Explanation:

126 here 1 is rounded which is in hundred place
If the number is greater than 150 then it would equal to 200
But it is less than 150, so, 126 rounded to the nearest hundred is 100
Thus the correct option is D

Question 6.
Estimate the difference.
4 2 2
– 2 8 4
——–
Options:
a. 100
b. 180
c. 200
d. 700

Answer: 100

Explanation:

The subtraction of 422 and 284 is 138
138 is less than 150, so the estimated difference of 422 and 284 is 100.
Thus the correct answer is option (A)

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 105

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 11

Question 1.
A __________ uses numbers to record data.
_________

Answer: Frequency table

Question 2.
A __________ uses small pictures or symbols to show and compare information.
_________

Answer: Picture Graph

Concepts and Skills

Use the Favorite Season table for 3-6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 12

Question 3.
Which season got the most votes?
_________

Answer: Summer

From the above table, we can say that the highest number of votes is for Summer i.e., 28

Question 4.
Which season got 3 fewer votes than winter?
_________

Answer: Spring

Explanation:

Number of votes for Winter = 22
Number of votes for Spring = 19
22 – 19 = 3
So, Spring season got 3 fewer votes than winter

Question 5.
How many more students chose summer than fall?
________ students

Answer: 14 Students

Explanation:

Number of students chose summer = 28
Number students chose fall = 14
To know the students chose summer than fall
We have to subtract votes for summer and fall
28 – 14 = 14
Therefore 14 more students chose summer than fall

Question 6.
How many students chose a favorite season?
________ students

Answer: 83 students

Explanation:

Number of students chose summer =  28
Number of students chose winter = 22
Number of students chose spring = 19
Number of students chose fall = 14
Total Number of students chose favorite season = 28+22+19+14 = 83
The correct answer is 83 students

Use the Our Pets picture graph for 7-9.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 13

Question 7.
How many students have cats as pets?
________ students

Answer: 10 students

Explanation:

Number of paws for cats = 5
Each paw = 2 students
2+2+2+2+2 = 10 students

Question 8.
Five more students have dogs than which other pet?
__________

Answer: Bird

Explanation:

Number of paws for dogs = 6 and a half paw
Each paw = 2 students
2+2+2+2+2+2+1 = 13 students
Number of paws for bird = 4
2+2+2+2 = 8 students
13 – 8 = 5 students
Thus the answer is bird

Question 9.
How many pets in all do students have?
_________ students

Answer: 37 students

Explanation:

Number of paws for dogs = 6 and a half paw = 2+2+2+2+2+2+1 = 13 students
Number of paws for bird = 4 = 2+2+2+2 = 8 students
Number of paws for cats = 5 = 2+2+2+2+2 = 10 students
Number of paws for fish = 3 = 2+2+2 = 6 students
Total pets in all do students have = 13+8+10+6
= 37 students

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Lesson Check Page No 106

Use the Favorite Summer Activity picture graph for 10-14.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 14

Question 10.
Some students in Brooke’s school chose their favorite summer activity. The results are in the picture graph at the right. How many students chose camping?
________ students

Answer: 50 students

Explanation:

Total students chose camping = 5
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 10 students
10+10+10+10+10 = 50

Question 11.
How many more students chose swimming than canoeing?
_______ students

Answer: 30 students

Explanation:

Total students chose swimming = 6 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 10 students
= 10+10+10+10+10+10 = 60 students
Total students chose canoeing = 3 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
= 10+10+10 = 30 students
Total students chose swimming than canoeing = 60 – 30
= 30 students

Question 12.
Which activity did 15 fewer students choose than camping?
__________

Answer: Biking

Explanation:

Total students chose camping = 5
10+10+10+10+10 = 50 students
Total students chose biking = 3 and a half picture
10+10+10+5 = 35
Biking is the activity did 15 fewer students choose than camping

Question 13.
How many pictures would you draw for biking if each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 5 students?
_______

Answer: 7 pictures

Explanation:

You would draw 7 pictures
If you look at the graph there are 35 students who chose biking
So, to represent 35 students when each picture represents 5 students, we will need 7 pictures
i.e., 5+5+5+5+5+5+5 = 35 students

Question 14.
How many more students choose swimming and camping combined than biking and canoeing?
_________ students

Answer: 45 students

Explanation:

First of all, we need to find how many students chose swimming and camping combined
Total students chose swimming = 6 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 10 students
= 10+10+10+10+10+10 = 60 students
Total students chose camping = 5
10+10+10+10+10 = 50 students
60+50 = 110 students
Next, we need to find how many students chose biking and canoeing
Total students chose canoeing = 3 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
= 10+10+10 = 30 students
Total students chose biking = 3 and a half picture
10+10+10+5 = 35
Add both, we get
30+35 = 65 students
Then, we need to subtract
110 – 65 = 45 students
Therefore the students choose swimming and camping combined than biking and canoeing = 45 students

Use Bar Graphs Page No 111

Use the After-Dinner Activities bar graph for 1–6.

The third-grade students at Case Elementary School were asked what they spent the most time doing last week after dinner. The results are shown in the bar graph at the right.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Bar Graphs img 16

Question 1.
How many students spent the most time watching TV after dinner?
3 students

Answer: 3 students

Explanation:

From the above bar graph, we can see the activities of the students after dinner
Students spent the most time watching TV after dinner is between 2 and 4 i.e., 3 students

Question 2.
How many students in all answered the survey?
_________ students

Answer: 29 students

Explanation:

Total students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
Students who spent the most time doing homework after dinner = 12
Students who spent the most time watching TV after dinner = 3
Students who spent the most time playing a game after dinner = 8
Total students in all answered the survey = 6 + 12 + 3 + 8
= 29 students

Question 3.
How many students in all played a game or read?
__________ students

Answer: 14 students

Explanation:

Students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
Students who spent the most time playing a game after dinner = 8
Total students in all played a game or read = 6 + 8
= 14 students

Question 4.
How many fewer students read than did homework?
__________ students

Answer: 6 fewer students

Explanation:

Students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
Students who spent the most time doing homework after dinner = 12
To find the students read than did homework = 12 – 6
= 6 students

Question 5.
How many more students read than watched TV?
________ students

Answer: 3 more students

Explanation:

Students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
Students who spent the most time watching TV after dinner = 3
To find the students read than watched TV = 6 – 3
= 3 students

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Suppose 3 students changed their answers to reading instead of doing homework. Where would the bar for reading end?
It would end at _________

Answer: Halfway between 8 and 10

Grade 3 Go Math Answer key Chapter 2 bar graph solution image_1

Explanation:

According to the graph, Students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
If 3 more students changed their answers to reading instead of doing homework, the total students would be 9 i.e., 6 + 3

Use Bar Graphs Lesson Check Page No 112

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Bar Graphs img 17
The bar graph shows the number of sandwiches sold at Lisa’s sandwich cart yesterday. How many tuna sandwiches were sold?
Options:
a. 12
b. 16
c. 18
d. 20

Answer: 18

Explanation:

According to the bar graph, tuna sandwiches sold at Lisa’s sandwich cart are between 16 to 20
The no. of tuna sandwiches were sold at Lisa’s sandwich cart = 18
So, the correct answer is option (C)

Spiral Review

Question 2.
What is 582 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 500
b. 580
c. 590
d. 600

Answer: 580

Explanation:

If the digit is less than 5 then the digit will be increased by 1.
582, 8 is rounded here.
2 < 5 so 582 rounded to the nearest ten is 580

Question 3.
Savannah read 178 minutes last week. What is 178 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 280
c. 200
d. 180

Answer: 200

Explanation:

Savannah read 178 minutes last week
178 is greater than 150, so the number 178 rounded to the nearest hundred is 200

Question 4.
Estimate the difference.
3 7 1
– 9 9
——-
Options:
a. 500
b. 400
c. 300
d. 200

Answer: 300

Explanation:

The difference between 371 and 99 is 272
272 is near to 300. Because 272 is greater than 250.
So, the estimated difference between 371 and 99 is 300

Question 5.
Estimate the difference.
6 2 5
– 2 4 8
———
Options:
a. 800
b. 500
c. 400
d. 300

Answer: 400

Explanation:

The difference between 625 and 248 is 377
377 rounded to the nearest hundred is 400
Therefore the estimated difference between 625 and 248 is 400.

Make Bar Graphs Page No 117

Ben asked some friends to name their favorite breakfast food. He recorded their choices in the frequency table at the right.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Bar Graphs img 18

Question 1.
Complete the bar graph by using Ben’s data.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Bar Graphs img 19

Answer:

Pancakes = 12 votes
Oatmeal = 4

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Solution Key Bar Graph image_1

Use your bar graph for 2–5.

Question 2.
Which food did the most people choose as their favorite breakfast food?
__________

Answer: Cereal

Explanation:

From the above bar graph, we can say that most of the people chose Cereals as their favorite food.
Number of votes for cereals = 14

Question 3.
How many people chose waffles as their favorite breakfast food?
_________ people

Answer: 8 people

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that the number of people who chose Waffles as their favorite breakfast food is 8.

Question 4.
How did you know how high to draw the bar for pancakes?
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Since 12 people chose pancakes, I made the top of the bar end at the line for 12

Question 5.
Suppose 6 people chose oatmeal as their favorite breakfast food. How would you change the bar graph?
Type below:
___________

Answer: I would make the bar for oatmeal end halfway between 4 and 8.

Solution key for Go math Grade 3 Chapter 2 bar graph img_2

Make Bar Graphs Lesson Check Page No 118

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Bar Graphs img 20

Question 1.
Gary asked his friends to name their favorite pizza topping. He recorded the results in a bar graph. How many people chose pepperoni?
Options:
a. 6
b. 5
c. 4
d. 1

Answer: 6

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that the number of people who chose pepperoni is 6
So, the correct answer is option (a)

Question 2.
Suppose 3 more friends chose mushrooms. Where would the bar for mushrooms end?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 4

Explanation:

We notice that the vertical bar for mushrooms ends at 1
1 person chose mushrooms
If 3 more friends chose mushrooms, the bar would end at 4
Then the answer is 1 + 3 = 4

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Estimate the sum.
4 5 8
+ 2 1 4
———
Options:
a. 700
b. 600
c. 300
d. 200

Answer: 700

Explanation:

Round 458 up to 500
Round 214 down to 200
Now, the estimated sum will be 500 + 200 = 700
So, the correct answer is option A

Question 4.
Matt added 14 + 0. What is the correct sum?
Options:
a. 140
b. 14
c. 1
d. 0

Answer: 14

Explanation:

Any number added by 0 is itself. So the sum of 14 + 0 = 14
The correct answer is Option B

Question 5.
There are 682 runners registered for an upcoming race. What is 682 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 600
b. 680
c. 700
d. 780

Answer: 700

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
So, 682 rounded to the nearest hundred 700

The correct answer is option C

Question 6.
There are 187 new students this year at Maple Elementary. What is 187 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 100
b. 180
c. 190
d. 200

Answer: 190

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
So, the number 187 rounded to the nearest ten is 190
Thus the correct answer is Option C

Solve Problems Using Data Page No 123

Use the Favorite Hot Lunch bar graph for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Solve Problems Using Data img 21

Question 1.
How many more students chose pizza than chose grilled cheese?
Think: Subtract the number of students who chose grilled cheese, 2, from the number of students who chose pizza, 11.
11 – 2 = 9

Answer: 9 more students

Question 2.
How many students did not choose chicken patty?
__________ students

Answer: 21 students

Explanation:

Number of students who chose hot dog = 8
Number of students who chose Pizza = 11
Number of students who chose grilled cheese = 2
Number of students who chose Chicken Patty = 5
Total Number of students who did not choose the chicken patty = 8 + 11 + 2 = 21

Question 3.
How many fewer students chose grilled cheese than chose hot dogs?
__________ fewer students

Answer: 6 fewer students

Explanation:

Number of students who chose hot dog = 8
Number of students who chose grilled cheese = 2
Subtract the number of students who chose grilled cheese from the number of students who chose a hot dog
= 8 – 2 = 6
Therefore, 6 fewer students chose grilled cheese than chose hot dogs

Use the Ways to Get to School bar graph for 4–7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Solve Problems Using Data img 22
Question 4.
How many more students walk than ride in a car to get to school?
________ more students

Answer: 3 more students

Explanation:

No. of students walk to get to school = 7
No. of students ride in a car to get to school = 4
Now, subtract the no. of students walk from no. of students ride in a car
We get, 7 – 4 = 3

Question 5.
How many students walk and ride a bike combined?
________ students

Answer: 10 students

Explanation:

Number of students walk to get to school = 7
Number of students ride a bike to get to school = 3
To know how many students walk and ride a bike combined
We have to add Number of students walk and ride a bike
= 7 + 3 = 10

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Is the number of students who get to school by car and bus greater than or less than the number of students who get to school by walking and biking? Explain.
Options:
a. greater
b. less

Answer: Greater than

Explanation:

4 + 12 = 16; 7 + 3 = 10; 16 > 10.

Question 7.
What if 5 more students respond that they get to school by biking? Would more students walk or ride a bike to school? Explain.
________

Answer: Bike

Explanation:

7 students walk; 3 + 5 = 8 students bike

7 < 8

Solve Problems Using Data Lesson Check Page No 124

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Solve Problems Using Data img 23

Question 1.
How many fewer votes were for bench repair than for food drive?
Options:
a. 9
b. 10
c. 16
d. 11

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Number of votes for food drive = 13
Number of votes for bench repair = 3
To find votes were for bench repair than for food drive
We need to subtract Number of votes for bench repair from Number of votes for food drive
i.e., 13 – 3 = 10

Question 2.
How many votes were there in all?
Options:
a. 14
b. 4
c. 32
d. 34

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Number of votes for food drive = 13
Number of votes for bench repair = 3
Number of votes for Wall Mural = 10
Number of votes for Park Pick up = 6
Total no. of votes = 13 + 10 + 3 + 6 = 32

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the difference.
6 5 0
– 1 8 9
——–
Options:
a. 461
b. 479
c. 539
d. 571

Answer: 461

Explanation:

Here we have to subtract 650 from 189
650 – 189 = 461

Question 4.
Greyson has 75 basketball cards. What is 75 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 60
b. 70
c. 80
d. 90

Answer: 80

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
So, 75 rounded to the nearest ten is 80

Question 5.
Sue spent $18 on a shirt, $39 on a jacket, and $12 on a hat. How much did she spend in all?
Options:
a. $79
b. $69
c. $57
d. $51

Answer: $69

Explanation:

Given
Sue spent $18 on a shirt
Sue spent $39 on a jacket and $12 on a hat
Total amount she spent in all = 18 + 39 + 12
= $69
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 6.
There are 219 adults and 174 children at a ballet. How many people are at the ballet in all?
Options:
a. 45
b. 293
c. 383
d. 393

Answer: 393

Explanation:

Given that there are 219 adults and 174 children in a ballet
To know how many people are at the ballet
We have to add no. of adults with no. of children
That means 219 + 174 = 393
Thus the correct answer is Option D

Use and Make Line Plots Page No 129

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use and Make Line Plots img 24

Question 1.
How many shirts sold for $12?
4 shirts

Answer: 4 shirts

Explanation:

From the above table, we can say that the no. of shirts sold for $12 is 4

Question 2.
At which price were the most shirts sold?
$ ________

Answer: $13

Explanation:

The table shows that the most number of shirts sold for $13

Question 3.
How many shirts in all were sold?
_________ shirts

Answer: 17 shirts

Explanation:

Number of shirts for $11 = 1
Number of shirts for $12 = 4
Number of shirts for $13 = 6
Number of shirts for $14 = 4
Number of shirts for $15 = 0
Number of shirts for $16 =  2
Total no. of shirts sold in all = 1 + 4 + 6 + 4 + 2 = 17

Question 4.
How many shirts were sold for $13 or more?
_________ shirts

Answer: 12 shirts

Explanation:

Number of shirts for $13 = 6
Number of shirts for $14 = 4
Number of shirts for $15 = 0
Number of shirts for $16 =  2
Total no. of shirts sold for $13 or more = 6 + 4 + 2
= 12 shirts

Problem Solving

Use the line plot above for 5–6.

Question 5.
Were more shirts sold for less than $13 or more than $13? Explain.
________

Answer: more than $13; 6 > 5

Explanation:

No. of shirts sold for less than $13 = 5
No. of shirts sold for more than $13 = 6
More shirts are sold for more than $13

Question 6.
Is there any price for which there are no data? Explain.
$ ________

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

There are no Xs above $15, there were no shirts sold for $15

Use and Make Line Plots Lesson Check Page No 130

Question 1.
Pedro made a line plot to show the heights of the plants in his garden. How many plants are less than 3 inches tall?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 10
d. 16

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Number of plants of 1 inch = 6
Number of plants of 2 inches = 4
So, the number of plants less than 3 inches tall = 6 + 4
= 10 plants
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use and Make Line Plots img 25

Question 2.
Find the sum.
6 4 2
+ 2 5 9
———
Options:
a. 383
b. 801
c. 891
d. 901

Answer: 901

Explanation:

Sum of 642 and 259 is 901
Thus the correct answer is option D

Question 3.
Find the difference.
4 6 0
– 3 0 9
———
Options:
a. 61
b. 151
c. 161
d. 169

Answer: 151

Explanation:

To get the answer we have to subtract 309 from 460
460 – 309 = 151
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 4.
There were 262 hamburgers cooked for the school fair. What is 262 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 200
b. 260
c. 270
d. 300

Answer: 300

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
262 rounded to the nearest hundred is 300

Question 5.
Makenzie has 517 stickers in her collection. What is 517 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 500
b. 510
c. 520
d. 600

Answer: 520

Explanation:

Makenzie has 517 stickers in her collection
If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
517 rounded to the nearest ten is 520

Review/Test Page No 131

Question 1.
Mia made a tally table to record the different types of birds she saw at the bird feeder in the garden.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 26
For numbers 1a–1c, select True or False for each statement.
a. Mia saw twice as many sparrows as blackbirds.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Use the tally provided in the above table
No. of Sparrows = 12
No. of Blackbird = 6
By this, we can say that the sparrows are twice as blackbirds
So, the answer is true

Question 1.
b. Mia saw 8 finches.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

The above tally table shows that the number of finches = 8
So, the answer is true

Question 1.
c. Mia saw 4 fewer jays than blackbirds.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

No. of Blackbirds = 6
No. of Jays = 4
To know whether the question is true or false
We have to subtract 4 from 6
6 – 4 = 2
So, the answer is false

Question 2.
Jake asked 25 students in his class how close they live to school. The frequency table shows the results.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 27
Part A
Complete the table and explain how you found the answer.

Answer: 7 boys

Explanation:

Total Number of students = 25
Now we have to add the number of students from the table
4 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 = 18 students
Next, subtract 18 from the total number of students, 25, to find x
25 – 18 = 7
Therefore, the missing number x is 7

Question 2.
Part B
How many more students live about 2 miles or less from school than students who live about 3 miles from school? Show your work.
________ students

Answer: 13 students

Explanation:

Number of students who live about 1 mile = 4 boys + 5 girls = 9 students
Students who live about 2  miles = 4 students
Students who live about 3 miles = 3 boys + 2 girls = 5 students
Next, we have to add total students who live about 2 miles or less = 9 + 4 = 13 students

Review/Test Page No 132

Use the picture graph for 3–6.

Students at Barnes School are performing in a play. The picture graph shows the number of tickets each class has sold so far.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 28

Question 3.
How many tickets were sold altogether? Explain how you found the total.
________ tickets

Answer: 100 tickets

Explanation:

Number of tickets sold in Ms. Brown’s Class = 9 ✓
Each tick = 5 tickets
5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5 = 45 tickets
Number of tickets sold in Mrs. Gold’s Class = 5 ✓
5+5+5+5+5 = 25 tickets
Number of ticks sold in Mr. Castro’s Class = 6 ✓
Each tick = 5 tickets
5+5+5+5+5+5 = 30
Now, we have to add the total number of tickets sold = 45 + 25 + 30 = 100 tickets

Question 4.
Choose the name from each box that makes the sentence true.
Five fewer tickets were sold by Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 29 class than Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 30 class.
Type below:
________

Answer: Mrs. Gold’s Class than Mr. Castro’s Class

Explanation:

Number of tickets sold in Mrs. Gold’s Class = 5 ✓
5+5+5+5+5 = 25 tickets
Number of ticks sold in Mr. Castro’s Class = 6 ✓
Each tick = 5 tickets
5+5+5+5+5+5 = 30
Subtract Number of tickets sold in Mrs. Gold’s from Mr. Castro’s Class
We get 30 – 25 = 5 tickets

Question 5.
How many more tickets were sold by Ms. Brown’s class than Mr. Castro’s class?
_______ tickets

Answer: 15 tickets

Explanation:

Each tick = 5 tickets
Number of tickets sold in Ms. Brown’s Class = 9 ✓
5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5 = 45 tickets
Number of ticks sold in Mr. Castro’s Class = 6 ✓
5+5+5+5+5+5 = 30
Now subtract Number of ticks sold in Mr. Castro’s from Ms. Brown’s Class
45 – 30 = 15 tickets

Question 6.
What if Mrs. Gold’s class sold 20 more tickets? Draw a picture to show how the graph would change.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 20 tickets mean 5 + 5 + 5 + 5, or 4 ✓

Chapter 2 Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 Review solution image_1

So we would add 4 more ticks to Mrs. Gold’s Class

Review/Test Page No 133

Use the frequency table for 7–8.

Question 7.
The Pet Shop keeps track of the number of fish it has for sale. The frequency table shows how many fish are in three tanks.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 31
Part A
Use the data in the table to complete the picture graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 32
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Given each circle= 2 fishes
Tank 1:
Tank 1 contains 16 fishes
That means 2+2+2+2+2+2+2+2 = 8 circle
Tank 2:
Tank 2 contains 9 fishes
= 2+2+2+2+1 = 4 and a half circle
Tank 3:
Tank 3 contains 12 fishes = 2+2+2+2+2+2 = 6 circle

Solution key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Review solution image_2

Question 7.
Part B
How many pictures did you draw for Tank 2? Explain.
Type below:
________

Answer: 4 and a half circle

Explanation:

Tank 2 contains 9 fishes
Each circulet= 2 fishes
2+2+2+2+1
Therefore the answer is 4 and a half circle

Question 8.
Each tank can hold up to 20 fish. How many more fish can the Pet Shop put in the three tanks?
Options:
a. 60 fish
b. 23 fish
c. 20 fish
d. 33 fish

Answer: 23 fishes

Explanation:

Given that each tank can hold up to 20 fishes
Total number of tanks = 3
20+20+20 = 60 fishes
From the above table, we observe that
Tank 1 contains 16 fishes
Tank 2 contains 9 fishes
Tank 3 contains 12 fishes
Total number of fishes that all tanks contain = 12+16+9 = 37 fishes
Now, we have to subtract the number of fishes that all tanks contain from the number of fishes pet shop put in the three tanks
= 60 – 37 = 23 fishes

Review/Test Page No 134

Use the bar graph for 9–12.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 33

Question 9.
Three more students play the piano than which other instrument?
__________

Answer: Flute

Explanation:

The above bar graph shows the number of students who play musical instruments
From the graph, we observe that the number of students who play the flute is 6
And the number of students who play the piano is 9
Subtract Number of students play flute from piano
We get,
9 – 6 = 3
Thus the answer is Flute

Question 10.
The same number of students play which two instruments?
__________
__________

Answer: Drums and Guitar

Explanation:

The graphs the students who play drums and guitar are the same
Because the no. of students who play guitar = 10
And the no. of students who play drums = 10

Question 11.
For numbers 11a–11d, select True or False for each statement.
a. Ten more students play guitar than play flute.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

No. of students who play guitar = 10
No. of students who play flute = 6
The statement is not correct
So, the answer is false

Question 11.
b. Nine students play piano.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

The bar graph given in the above shows that the number of students who play piano is 9. So, the answer is true.

Question 11.
c. Six fewer students play flute and piano combined than play drums and guitar combined.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

No. of students who play guitar = 10
No. of students who play drums = 10
No. of students who play flute = 6
No. of students who play piano = 9
Now, add the number of students who play flute and piano = 6+9 = 15
Next, add the No. of students who play drums and guitar = 10+10 = 20
The difference between them is 5, not 6
So, the answer is false

Question 11.
d. Nine more students play piano and guitar combined than play drums.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

No. of students who play piano = 9
No. of students who play guitar = 10
Total = 10+9 = 19 students
No. of students who play drums = 10
Subtract No. of students who play drums from total students who play piano and guitar combined
That means 19 – 10 = 9
Therefore the  answer is true

Question 12.
There are more students who play the trumpet than play the flute, but fewer students than play the guitar. Explain how you would change the bar graph to show the number of students who play the trumpet.
Type below:
________

Answer:

There are 6 students who play the flute and 10 students who play guitar
The no. of students who play trumpet must be between 6 and 10 i.e., 7, 8, or 9 students.

Key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Review solution image_5

In the above example, we show the number of students who play the trumpet is 8

Review/Test Page No 135

Use the frequency table for 13–14.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 34

Question 13.
Part A
Use the data in the table to complete the bar graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 35

Answer:

Chapter 2 Key for Go Math Grade 3 Review image_3

Question 13.
Part B
How do you know how long to make the bars on your graph? How did you show 15 votes for broccoli? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

By reading Karen’s frequency table we can see that the number of votes for each favorite vegetable.
15 lies between 10 and 20. So, the bar should be drawn all the way to the midpoint between 10 and 20.

Question 14.
How many more votes did the two most popular vegetables get than the two least popular vegetables? Explain how you solved the problem.
________ votes

Answer: 35 votes

Explanation:

The two most popular vegetables are carrots and corn
And the number of votes for carrots and corn are 40 and 20
40+20 = 60 votes
The two least popular vegetables are broccoli and green beans
And the number of votes for broccoli and green beans are 15 and 10
15+10 = 25 votes
Now, Subtract the number of votes for broccoli and green beans from a number of votes for carrots and corn
60-25 = 35 students

Review/Test Page No 136

Use the line plot for 15–16.

The line plot shows the number of goals the players on Scot’s team scored.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 36

Question 15.
For numbers 15a–15d, select True or False for each statement.
a. Three players scored 2 goals.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

One player scored 2 goals, one player scored 4 goals and one player scored 3 goals
So, the answer is true

Question 15.
b. Six players scored fewer than 2 goals.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

From the figure, we can say that 4 players scored 1 goal and 2 players scored 0
4+2 =6
So, the answer is true

Question 15 (request help)
c. There are 8 players on the team.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

We need to count all X = 11

Question 15
d. Five players scored more than 1 goal.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

More than 1 goal means 2, 3 or 4 goals
We observe that 3 players who scored 2 goals, 1 player who scored 3 goals, 1 player who scored 4 goals
Now we have to add the players who scored more than 1 goal
3+1+1 = 5
Therefore 5 players scored more than 1 goal

Question 16.
What if two more people played and each scored 3 goals? Describe what the line plot would look like.
Type below:
__________

Answer: We have to add two more X on the line plot 3

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Solution Key Review solution Image_4

Use the line plot for 17–18.

Robin collected shells during her vacation. She measured the length of each shell to the nearest inch and recorded the data in a line plot.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 37

Question 17.
How many shells were 6 inches long or longer?
_________ shells

Answer: 11 shells

Explanation:

5 shells were 6 inches long
2 shells were 7 inches long
1 shell was 8 inches long
3 shells were 9 inches long
Total = 5+2+1+3 = shells
Thus the answer is 11 shells

Question 18.
How many more shells did Robin collect that were 5 inches long than 8 inches long?
________ shells

Answer: 2 shells

Explanation:

Robin collects 3 shells which were 5 inches long and 1 shell was 8 inches long.
To know how many shells did Robin collect that were 5 inches long than 8 inches long
We have to subtract the number of shells was 8 inches long from the number of shells were 5 inches long
i.e., 3 – 1 = 2 shells

In this chapter, you can the bar graphs, picture graphs, and line plots. These are graphs that are the most interesting and easiest part of this chapter. A brief explanation of the topics is discussed in the Solution Key of Grade 3 Go Math Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data.

Here we have provided the exercise questions along with the answers to help in practicing the chapter. You can find the different and simple methods of solving the problems in Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Extra Practice. Hence make use of all the links and score well in the exams. If you any queries you can leave comments in the comment section below and we will respond as early as possible.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

go-math-grade-4-chapter-1-place-value-addition-and-subtraction-to-one-million-answer-key
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million pdf formatted download links are provided here for all concepts. Students of Grade 4 can take help from Go Math solutions for better preparation and score high marks in the exams. Want to help the students in offering immense knowledge? this is the best resource for them. So, Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million is helpful and understandable by students. It includes each and every question with step by step explanation in a simple way.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Chapter 1 of Go Math 4th Grade Answer Keys includes topis like Place value relationships, Read and write numbers, Compare and Order numbers, Round numbers, Rename numbers, etc. All these topics are illustrated explicitly which addresses the toppers to learn quickly. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Questions & Solutions are provided in a fundamental way that makes students not find any difficulty in learning & solving.
Chapter 1-Lesson 1:

Chapter 1-Lesson 2:

Chapter 1-Lesson 3:

Chapter 1-Lesson 4:

Chapter 1-Lesson 5:

Chapter 1-Lesson 6:

Chapter 1-Lesson 7:

Chapter 1-Lesson 8:

Chapter 1-Lesson 9:

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 5)

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 1.
Describe the pattern in the shapes of the models. What will be the shape of the model for 10,000?

Answer: The pattern shows cube, long, flat, cube. So the shape of the model for 10,000 will be long.

Question 2.
Describe the pattern you see in the sizes of the models. How will the size of the model for 100,000 compare to the size of the model for 10,000?

Answer: Each model is 10 times the previous model, so the model for 100,000 will be 10 times the size of the model for 10,000.

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 6)

Value of a Digit

The value of a digit depends on its place-value position in the number. A place-value chart can help you understand the value of each digit in a number. The value of each place is 10 times the value of the place to the right.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 2

Question 1.
The value of the digit 9 is 9 ten thousands, or:

Answer: The place value of the digit 9 in 894,613 is 90,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 9 in 8,94,613 is 90,000.

Compare the values of the underlined digits.
2,304 16,135

Answer: The value of 3 in 2,304 is 10 times the value of 3 in 16,135.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 3 in 2,304 is 300. And the place value of the digit 3 in 16,135 is 30. As each hundred is 10 times as many as 10, so 3 hundreds are ten times as many as 3 tens. So, the value of 3 in 2,304 is 10 times the value of 3 in 16,135.

Question 2.
STEP 1 Find the value of 3 in 2,304.
Show 2,304 in a place-value chart.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 3

Answer: The value of 3 in 2,304 is 300

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 2.
STEP 2 Find the value of 3 in 16,135.

Show 16,135 in a place-value chart.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 4
So, the value of 3 in 2,304 is ___________ times the value of 3 in 16,135.

Answer: The value of 3 in 16,135 is 30. So, the value of 3 in 2,304 is 10 times the value of 3 in 16,135.

Explanation:
Each hundred is 10 times as many as 10, so 3 hundreds are ten times as many as 3 tens. So, the value of 3 in 16,135 is 30. So, the value of 3 in 2,304 is 10 times the value of 3 in 16,135.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 7)

Question 1.
Complete the table below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 5

Answer:

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Find the value of the underlined digit.

Question 2.
703,890

Answer: The value of the digit 7 in 703,890 is 700,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 7 in 703,890 is 700,000.

Question 3.
63,540

Answer: The value of the digit 4 in 63,540 is 40.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 4 in 63,540 is 40.

Question 4.
182,034

Answer: The value of the digit 8 in 182,034 is 80,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 7 in 703,890 is 700,000.

Question 5.
345,890

Answer: The value of the digit 5 in 345,890 is 5,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 5 in 345,890 is 5,000.

Compare the values of the underlined digits.

Question 6.
2,000 and 200

The value of 2 in 2,000 is ___________ times the value of 2 in 200

Answer: 10 times.

Explanation: The value of 2 in 2000 is 10 times the value of 2 in 200.

Question 7.
40 and 400

The value of 4 in 400 is ___________ times the value of 4 in 40

Answer: 10 times.

Explanation: The value of 4 in 400 is 10 times the value of 4 in 40.

Find the value of the underlined digit.

Question 8.
230,001

Answer: The place value of the digit 3 in 230,001 is 30,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 3 in 230,001 is 30,000.

Question 9.
803,040

Answer: The place value of the digit 3 in 230,001 is 30,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 3 in 230,001 is 30,000.

Question 10.
46,842

Answer: The place value of the digit 2 in 46,842 is 2.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 2 in 46,842 is 2.

Question 11.
980,650

Answer: The place value of the digit 9 in 980,650 is 900,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 9 in 980,650 is 900,000.

Compare the values of the underlined digits.

Question 12.
67,908 and 76,908

Answer: The value of 7 in 76,908 is 10 times the value of 7 in 67,908.

Explanation: As the value of 7 in 76,908 is 70,000 and the value of 7 in 67,908 is 7,000. So the value of 7 in 76,908 is 10 times the value of 7 in 67,908.

Question 13.
546,300 and 3,456

Answer: The value of 3 in 3,456 is 10 times the value of 3 in 546,300.

Explanation: As the value of 3 in 3,456 is 3,000 and the value of 3 in 546,300 is 300. So the value of 3 in 3,456 is 10 times the value of 3 in 546,300.

Question 14.
Greg has collected 4,385 pennies and Hannah has collected 3,899 pennies. How many times as great as the value of 3 in 4,385 is the value of 3 in 3,899?

Answer: The value of the digit 3 in 3,899 is 10 times more than the value of the digit 3 in 4,385.

Explanation:
The value of the digit 3 is 4,385 is 300 and the value of 3 in 3,899 is 3000. So the value of the digit 3 in 3,899 is 10 times more than the value of the digit 3 in 4,385.

Question 15.
Shawn wants to model the number 13,450 using base-ten blocks. How many large cubes, flats, and longs does he need to model the number?

Answer: Shawn needs 13 large cubes, 4 flats, and 5 longs.

Explanation: Each large cube represents 1000, so 13 large cubes will represent 13×1000= 13,000, and each flat represent 100 so each 4 flats represent 4×100= 400, and each long represents 10 so 5 longs represent 5×10= 50.
So 13,000+400+50= 13,450.

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 8)

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 6

Question 14.
What is the value of the digit 7 in the population of Memphis?

Answer: The value of digit 7 in 676,640 is 70,000.

Explanation: The population of Memphis is 676,640, so the value of digit 7 in 676,640 is 70,000.

Question 14.
What is the value of the digit 1 in the population of Denver?

Answer: The value of the digit 1in 610,345 is 10,000.

Explanation: The population of Denver is 610,345, so the value of the digit 1in 610,345 is 10,000.

Question 14.
How many times as great as the value of the digit 1 in the population of Cleveland is this value?

Answer: The value of digit 1 in 431,369 is 1000.

Explanation: The population of Cleveland is 431,369, so the value of digit 1 in 431,369 is 1000.

Question 14.
Which city’s population has a 4 in the hundred thousands place?

Answer: Cleveland is the city with 4 in the hundred thousands place.

Explanation: Cleveland is the city with 4 in the hundred thousands place. As the population of Cleveland is 431,369 and the value of 4 in 431,369 is 400,000.

Question 15.
How many models of 100 do you need to model 3,200? Explain.

Answer: 32 hundreds.

Explanation: As 3 thousands are the same as 30 hundreds, so 30 hundreds+ 2 hundreds= 32 hundreds.

Question 16.
Sid wrote 541,309 on his paper. Using numbers and words, explain how the number would change if he switched the digits in the hundred thousands and tens places.

Answer: The number is 41,359.

Explanation: The number would be 041,359, but since zeros are not recorded when they are in the left-most place value position. So the number now is 41,359.

Question 17.
There are 686,147 books at the Greenville Library. What is the value of the digit 8 in this number?
(a) 80
(b) 8,000
(c) 80,000
(d) 800.000

Answer: The value of the digit 8 in 686,147 is 80,000.

Explanation: As there are 686,147 books in the library, so the value of the digit 8 in 686,147 is 80,000.

Question 18.
The value of 7 in 375,081 is 7,000.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: False.

Explanation: As the digit 7 is in thousands place, so the value of 7 in 375,081 is 70,000.

Question 18.
The value of 6 in 269,480 is 600,000.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: False.

Explanation: As the digit 6 is in thousands place, so the value of 6 in 269,480 is 60,000.

Question 18.
The value of 5 in 427,593 is 500.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: True.

Explanation: As the digit 5 is in hundreds place, so the value of 5 in 427,593 is 500.

Question 18.
The value of 1 in 375,081 is 10.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: False.

Explanation: As the digit 1 is in ones place, so the value of 1 in 375,081 is 1.

Question 18.
The value of 4 in 943,268 is 40,000.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: True.

Explanation: As the digit 4 is in thousands place, so the value of 4 in 943,268 is 40,000.

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 9)

Model Place Value Relationships

Find the value of the underlined digit.

Question 1.
6,035
30

Question 2.
43,782

Answer: The value of 7 in 43,782 is 700

Explanation: As the digit 7 is in hundreds place so the value of 7 in 43,782 is 700.

Question 3.
506,087

Answer: The value of 7 in 506,087 is 7.

Explanation: As the digit 7 is in ones place so the value of 7 in 506,087 is 7.

Question 4.
49,254

Answer: The value of 9 in 49,254 is 9,000.

Explanation: As the digit 9 is in thousands place so the value of 9 in 49,254 is 9,000.

Question 5.
136,422

Answer: The value of 3 in 136,422 is 30,000.

Explanation: As the digit 3 is in thousands place so the value of 3 in 136,422 is 30,000.

Question 6.
673,512

Answer: The value of 5 in 673,512 is 500.

Explanation: As the digit 5 is in hundreds place so the value of 5 in 673,512 is 500.

Question 7.
814,295

Answer: The value of 8 in 814,295 is 800,000.

Explanation: As the digit 8 is in hundred thousands place so the value of 8 in 814,295 is 800,000.

Question 8.
736,144

Answer: The value of 6 in 736,144 is 6,000.

Explanation: As the digit 6 is in thousands place so the value of 6 in 736,144 is 6,000.

Compare the values of the underlined digits.

Question 9.
6,300 and 530

The value of 3 in ___________ is ___________ times the value of 3 in ___________ .

Answer: The value of 3 in 6,300 is 10 times the value of 3 in 530.

Explanation:
The value of 3 in 6300 is 300 and the value of 3 in 530 is 30.
So the value of 3 in 6,300 is 10 times the value of 3 in 530.

Question 10.
2,783 and 7,283

The value of 2 in ___________ is ___________ times the value of 2 in ___________ .

Answer: The value of 2 in 2,738 is 10 times the value of 2 in 7,238.

Explanation:
The value of 2 in 2,738 is 2,000 and the value of 2 in 7,238 is 200.
So the value of 2 in 2,738 is 10 times the value of 2 in 7,238.

Question 11.
34,258 and 47,163

The value of 4 in ___________ is ___________ times the value of 4 in ___________.

Answer: The value of 4 in 47,163 is 10 times the value of 4 in 34,258.

Explanation:
The value of 4 in 47,163 is 40,000 and the value of 4 in 34,258 is 4000.
So the value of 4 in 47,163 is 10 times the value of 4 in 34,258.

Question 12.
503,497 and 26,475

The value of 7 in ___________ is ___________ times the value of 7 in ___________ .

Answer: The value of 7 in 26,475 is 10 times the value of 7 in 503,497.

Explanation:
The value of 7 in 26,475 is 70 and the value of 7 in 503,497 is 7.
So the value of 7 in 26,475 is 10 times the value of 7 in 503,497.

Problem Solving

Use the table for 13–14.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 7

Question 13.
What is the value of the digit 9 in the attendance at the Redskins vs. Titans game?

The value of 9 is ___________ .

Answer: The value of 9 is 9,000.

Explanation: As the digit 9 is in thousands place, so the value of the digit 9 in 69,143 is 9,000.

Question 14.
The attendance at which game has a 7 in the ten thousands place?

Answer: Ravens vs. Panthers attendance is 73,021

Explanation: The attendance at Ravens vs. Panthers game has a 7 in the ten thousands place.

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 10)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
During one season, a total of 453,193 people attended a baseball team’s games. What is the value of the digit 5 in the number of people?
(a) 500
(b) 5,000
(c) 50,000
(d) 500,000

Answer: c.

Explanation: The total number of people attended for baseball game are 453,193 and the value of the digit 5 in 453,193 is 5 ten thousands which is 50,000.

Question 2.
Hal forgot the number of people at the basketball game. He does remember that the number had a 3 in the tens place. Which number could Hal be thinking of?
(a) 7,321
(b) 3,172
(c) 2,713
(d) 1,237

Answer: d.

Explanation: The number which has 3 in tens place is 1,237.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Hot dog buns come in packages of 8. For the school picnic, Mr. Spencer bought 30 packages of hot dog buns. How many hot dog buns did he buy?
(a) 24
(b) 38
(c) 110
(d) 240

Answer: d

Explanation: The number of hot dog buns in a package are 8 and Mr. Spencer bought 30 packages, so the total number of hot dog buns he bought is 8×30= 240.

Question 4.
There are 8 students on the minibus. Five of the students are boys. What fraction of the students are boys?
(a) \(\frac{3}{8}\)
(b) \(\frac{5}{8}\)
(c) \(\frac{5}{5}\)
(d) \(\frac{8}{8}\)

Answer: b.

Explanation: The total number of students are 8 and in that 5 are boys, so the fraction of the students are boys is \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 5.
The clock below shows the time when Amber leaves home for school. At what time does Amber leave home?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 8
(a) 2:41
(b) 8:02
(c) 8:10
(d) 8:20

Answer: c

Explanation: Amber leaves home for school at 8:10.

Question 6.
Jeremy drew a polygon with four right angles and four sides with the same length.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 9
What kind of polygon did Jeremy draw?
(a) hexagon
(b) square
(c) trapezoid
(d) triangle

Answer: b

Explanation: Jeremy draws a square, as it’s all sides are equal.

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 11)

Question 1.
The International Space Station uses 262,400 solar cells to change sunlight to electricity. Write 262,400 in standard form, word form, and expanded form.

Use a place-value chart. Each group of three digits separated by a comma is called a period. Each period has hundreds, tens, and ones. The greatest place-value position in the thousands period is hundred thousands.

Write 262,400 in the place-value chart below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 10

Answer:
The word form of 262,400 is two hundred sixty-two thousand, four hundred, and the expanded form of 262,400 is 200,000+60,000+2,000+400.

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Use place value to read and write numbers.

Question 2.
Word Form: ninety-two thousand,one hundred seventy
Standard Form: ___________
Expanded Form: 90,000 + 2,000 + ___________ + 70

Answer:
Standard Form: 92,170.
Expanded Form: 90,000+2,000+100+70+0.

Explanation:
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of ninety-two thousand,one hundred seventy is 92,170.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of ninety-two thousand,one hundred seventy is 90,000+2,000+100+70+0.

Question 2.
Standard Form: 200,007
Word Form: two hundred ___________
Expanded Form: ___________ + 7

Answer:
Word Form: Two hundred thousand, seven.
Expanded Form: 200,000+7

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 200,007 is two hundred thousand seven.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of 200,007 is 200,000+7

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 12)

Question 1.
How can you use place value and period names to read and write 324,904 in word form?

Read and write the number in two other forms.

Answer:
The word form of 324,904 is three hundred twenty-four thousand nine hundred four.
The expanded form of 324,904 is 300,000+20,000+4,000+900+4.

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 324,904 is three hundred twenty-four thousand nine hundred four.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of 324,904 is 300,000+20,000+4,000+900+4.

Question 2.
four hundred eight thousand, seventeen

Answer:
Standard Form: 408,017.
Expanded Form: 400,000+8,000+10+7.

Explanation:
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of four hundred eight thousand, seventeen is 408,017.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of four hundred eight thousand, seventeen is 400,000+8,000+10+7.

Question 3.
65,058

Read and write the number in two other forms.

Answer:
The word form of 65,058 is sixty-five thousand, fifty-eight.
The expanded form of 65,058 is 60,000+5,000+50+8.

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 65,058 is sixty-five thousand, fifty-eight.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of 65,058 is 60,000+5,000+50+8.

Question 4.
five hundred eight thousand

Answer:
Standard Form: 508,000.
Expanded Form: 500,000+8,000.

Explanation:
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of five hundred eight thousand is 508,000.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of five hundred eight thousand is 500,000+8,000.

Question 5.
forty thousand, six hundred nineteen

Answer:
Standard Form: 40,619.
Expanded Form: 40,000+600+10+9.

Explanation:
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of forty thousand, six hundred nineteen is 40,619.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of forty thousand, six hundred nineteen is 40,000+600+10+9.

Question 6.
570,020

Answer:
The word form of 570,020 is five hundred, seventy thousand, twenty.
The expanded form of 570,020 is 500,000+70,000+20.

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 570,020 is five hundred, seventy thousand, twenty.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of 570,020 is 500,000+70,000+20.

Question 7.
400,000 + 60,000 + 5,000 + 100

Answer:
Standard Form: 465,100.
Word Form: Four hundred, sixty-five thousand, one hundred.

Explanation:
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of 400,000 + 60,000 + 5,000 + 100 is 465,100.
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 400,000 + 60,000 + 5,000 + 100 is Four hundred, sixty-five thousand, one hundred.

Question 8.
During the week of the county fair, fifteen thousand, six hundred nine entry tickets were sold. Is it correct to write the number as 15,069? Explain.

Answer: No.

Explanation: The standard form of fifteen thousand, six hundred nine is 15,609.

Question 9.
There were 94,172 people at a football game on Saturday. On Monday, 1,000 fewer people were at a football game. In word form, how many people were at the football game on Monday?

Answer: The word form of 93,172 is ninety-three thousand one hundred seventy-two.

Explanation: The total number of people are 94,172 as there are 1000 fewer people on Monday, so the total number of people are
94,172-1,000= 93,172. So the word form of 93,172 is ninety-three thousand one hundred seventy-two.

Question 10.
Richard got 263,148 hits when he did an Internet search. What is the value of the digit 6 in this number? Explain.

Answer: The value of 6 in 263,148 is 60,000.

Explanation: As Richard got 263,148 hits and the digit 6 is in the ten thousands place, so the value of 6 in 263,148 is 60,000.

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 13)

Question 11.
Yvonne wrote the numbers sixteen thousand, nine hundred eighteen and 64,704 on the board. Which of the numbers has a greater value in the thousands place?

Answer: 16,918 has a greater value in the thousands place.

Explanation: As Yvonne wrote sixteen thousand, nine hundred eighteen in word form, so standard form is 16,918. And 64,704 was written on board, so the number with greater value in thousands place is 16,918 as the digit 6 is in thousands place wherein 64,704 the digit 4 is in thousands place. So 16,918 has greater value in thousands place.

Question 12.
Matthew found the sum of 3 thousands 4 hundreds 3 tens 1 one + 4 thousands 8 hundreds 3 tens 5 ones. Victoria found the sum of 5 thousands 7 hundreds 4 ones + 3 thousands 2 hundreds 3 tens 1 one. Who had the greater sum? What was the greater sum?

Who had the greater sum?
What was the greater sum?

Answer: Victoria had a greater sum and the sum is 8,935.

Explanation: The sum of Matthew is 3 thousands 4 hundreds 3 tens 1 one (3431) + 4 thousands 8 hundreds 3 tens 5 ones (4835)= 8,266 and the sum of Victoria 5 thousands 7 hundreds 4 ones (5704) + 3 thousands 2 hundreds 3 tens 1 one (3231)= 8,935. So Victoria had the greater sum and the sum is 8,935.

Use the table for 13–15.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 11

Question 13.
Use Graphs Which city has a population of two hundred fifty-five thousand, one hundred twenty-four?

Answer: Greensboro

Explanation: Greensboro has two hundred fifty-five thousand, one hundred twenty-four population and it was represented word form and the standard form of two hundred fifty-five thousand, one hundred twenty-four is 255,124.

Question 14.
Write the population of Raleigh in expanded form and word form.

Answer: The expanded form of 405,612 is 400,000+5,000+600+10+2 and the word form of 405,612 is four hundred five thousand, six hundred twelve.

Explanation: The population of Raleigh city is 405,612 and the expanded form of 405,612 is 400,000+5,000+600+10+2 and the word form of 405,612 is four hundred five thousand, six hundred twelve.

Question 15.
What’s the Error? Sophia said that the expanded form for 605,970 is 600,000 + 50,000 + 900 + 70. Describe Sophia’s error and give the correct answer.

Answer: The error in Sophia’s expanded form is 600,000+5,000+900+70.

Explanation: The error in Sophia’s expanded form is 600,000+5,000+900+70 as digit 5 is in the thousands place.

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 14)

Question 16.
Mark tossed six balls while playing a number game. Three balls landed in one section, and three balls landed in another section. His score is greater than one hundred thousand. What could his score be?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 12

a. What do you know?

Answer: Mark’s score will be 300,000+30,000= 330,000.

Explanation: As Mark tossed six balls while playing a number game and that three balls landed in one section, and three balls landed in one section, and three balls landed in another section. Since his score is greater than one hundred thousand, which means that three of the balls landed in the section of 100,000 this will make the score 300,000. If the other three balls, landed in the section of 10,000 this will make the score of three balls to be 30,000. Therefore Mark’s score will be 300,000+30,000= 330,000.

Question 16.
b. How can you use what you know about place value to find what Mark’s score could be?

Answer: To find Mark’s score we will see where the ball will be landed. If the ball is landed in the 100,000 section then the score will be 100,000 and if the ball is landed in the 10,000 section then the score will be 10,000.

Question 16.
c. Draw a diagram to show one way to solve the problem.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 12 The Pythagorean Theorem

Question 16.
Complete the sentences.
Three balls could have landed in the ___________ section.
Three balls could have landed in the ___________ section.
Mark’s score could be ___________

Answer:
Three balls could have landed in the  100,000 section.
Three balls could have landed in the 10,000 section.
Mark’s score could be 330,000.

Question 17.
What is another way to write 615,004?
Mark all that apply.
(a) six hundred fifteen thousand, four
(b) six hundred five thousand, fourteen
(c) 60,000 + 10,000 + 5,000 + 4
(d) 600,000 + 10,000 + 5,000 + 4

Answer: a,c.

Explanation: The another way to write 615,004 is six hundred fifteen thousand, four and 600,000 + 10,000 + 5,000 + 4

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 15)

Read and Write Numbers

Read and write the number in two other forms.

Question 1.
six hundred ninety-two thousand, four
standard form: 692,004;
expanded form: 600,000 + 90,000 + 2,000 + 4

Question 2.
314,207

Answer:
Word Form: Three hundred fourteen, two hundred seven.
Expanded Form: 300,000+10,000+4,000+200+7.

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 314,207 is Three hundred fourteen, two hundred seven.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of 314,207 is 300,000+10,000+4,000+200+7.

Question 3.
600,000 + 80,000 + 10

Answer:
Word Form: Six hundred eighty thousand ten.
Standard Form: 680,010.

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 314,207 is Three hundred fourteen, two hundred seven.
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of 600,000 + 80,000 + 10 is 680,010.

Use the number 913,256.

Question 4.
Write the name of the period that has the digits 913.

Answer: The name of the period that has the digits 913 is Thousand

Explanation: The name of the period that has the digits 913 is Thousand. As we got two periods and 913 are in thousands period and 256 are in units period.

Question 5.
Write the digit in the ten thousands place.

Answer: 1.

Explanation: In 913,256, the digit 1 is in the ten thousands place.

Question 6.
Write the value of the digit 9.

Answer: The value of 9 is nine hundred thousands.

Explanation: In 913,256 the digit 9 is in hundred thousands place, so the value of 9 is nine hundred thousands or 900,000.

Problem Solving

Use the table for 7 and 8.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 13

Question 7.
Which state had a population of eight hundred four thousand, one hundred ninety-four?

Answer: South Dakota

Explanation: The population of eight hundred four thousand, one hundred ninety-four is South Dakota which is 804,194.

Question 8.
What is the value of the digit 8 in Alaska’s population?

Answer: 80,000.

Explanation: The value of the digit 8 in Alaska’s population is 80,000.

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 16)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Based on a 2008 study, children 6–11 years old spend sixty-nine thousand, one hundred eight minutes a year watching television. What is this number written in
standard form?
(a) 6,918
(b) 69,108
(c) 69,180
(d) 690,108

Answer: b

Explanation: As 6–11 years old spend sixty-nine thousand, one hundred eight minutes a year watching television, the standard form of sixty-nine thousand, one hundred eight is 69,108

Question 2.
What is the value of the digit 4 in the number 84,230?
(a) 4
(b) 400
(c) 4,000
(d) 40,000

Answer: c

Explanation: The value of the digit 4 in the number 84,230 is 4,000.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
An ant has 6 legs. How many legs do 8 ants have in all?
(a) 14
(b) 40
(c) 45
(d) 48

Answer: d

Explanation: As ant has 6 legs, so for 8 ants 6×8= 48 legs.

Question 4.
Latricia’s vacation is in 4 weeks. There are 7 days in a week. How many days is it until Latricia’s vacation?
(a) 9 days
(b) 11 days
(c) 20 days
(d) 28 days

Answer: d

Explanation: As Latricia’s vacation is in 4 weeks and a week has 7 days, so for 4 weeks it will be 4×7= 28 days.

Question 5.
Marta collected 363 cans. Diego collected 295 cans. How many cans did Marta and Diego collect in all?
(a) 668
(b) 658
(c) 568
(d) 178

Answer: b

Explanation: Marta collected 363 cans and Diego collected 295 cans, so total number of cans both collected are 363+295= 658.

Question 6.
The city Tim lives in has 106,534 people. What is the value of the 6 in 106,534?
(a) 6,000
(b) 600
(c) 60
(d) 6

Answer: a

Explanation: The value of 6 in 106,534 is 6,000.

Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 18)

Question 1.
Compare 15,327 and 15,341.
Write <, >, or =. Use the number line to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 14
15,327 _______ 15,341

Answer: 15,327 < 15,341

Explanation: The number 15,327 < 15,341 as 327 is less than 341.

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 2.
$631,328 _______ $640,009

Answer: $631,328 < $640,009.

Explanation: The number $631,328 < $640,009.

Question 3.
56,991 _______ 52,880

Answer: 56,991 > 52,880.

Explanation: The number 56,991 > 52,880.

Question 4.
708,561 _______ 629,672

Answer: 708,561 > 629,672.

Explanation: The number 708,561 > 629,672.

Question 5.
143,062 _______ 98,643

Answer: 143,062 > 98,643.

Explanation: The number 143,062 > 98,643.

Order from greatest to least.

Question 6.
20,650; 21,150; 20,890
________ ; ________ ; ________.

Answer: 21,150>20,890>20,650.

Explanation: The numbes from greatest to least are 21,150>20,890>20,650.

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 19)

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 7.
$2,212 _______ $2,600

Answer: $2,212 < $2,600.

Explanation: The number $2,212 < $2,600.

Question 8.
88,304 _______ 88,304

Answer: 88,304 = 88,304.

Explanation: The number 88,304 = 88,304.

Question 9.
$524,116 _______ $61,090

Answer: $524,116 > $61,090.

Explanation: The number $524,116 > $61,090.

Question 10.
751,272 _______ 851,001

Answer: 751,272 < 851,001.

Explanation: The number 751,272 < 851,001.

Order from least to greatest.

Question 11.
41,090; 41,190; 40,009
_______ ; _______ ; _______

Answer: 40,009<41,090<41,190.

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest are 40,009<41,090<41,190.

Question 12.
910,763; 912,005; 95,408
_______ ; _______ ; _______

Answer: 95,408<910,763<912,005.

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest are 95,408<910,763<912,005.

Identify Relationships Algebra Write all of the digits that can replace each

Question 13.
567 < 5 _______ 5 < 582

Answer: 567<575<582.

Explanation: The suitable number to fit the equation is 7, so 567<575<582.

Question 14.
464,545 > 4 _______ 3,535 > 443,550
464,545 > 4 _______ 3,535 > 443,550

Answer:
464,545>453,535>443,550.
464,545>463,535>443,550.

Explanation: The suitable number to fit the equation is 5 or 6. So
464,545>453,535>443,550.
464,545>463,535>443,550.

Question 15.
Leah’s car has 156,261 miles on the odometer. Casey’s car has 165,002 miles on the odometer. Mike’s car has 145,834 miles on the odometer. Whose car has the most miles? Order the number of miles from least to greatest.

Answer: Casey’s car has the most miles and the order of the miles from least to greatest is 145,834<156,261<165,002.

Explanation: As Leah’s car has 156,261 miles and Casey’s car has 165,002 miles and Mike’s car has 145,834 miles. So Casey’s car has the most miles and the order of the miles from least to greatest is 145,834<156,261<165,002.

Question 16.
At Monica’s Used Cars, the sales staff set a goal of $25,500 in sales each week. The sales for three weeks were $28,288; $25,369; and $25,876. Which total did not meet the goal?
(a) $28,288
(b) $25,369
(c) $25,876

Answer: b

Explanation: $25,369 did not meet the goal. As the staff set the goal to $25,500 and $25,369 is less than $25,500.

Question 17.
What’s the Error? Max said that 36,594 is less than 5,980 because 3 is less than 5. Describe Max’s error and give the correct answer.

Answer: 3 is less than 5 but 30,000 is greater than 5,000 that is Max’s error.

Explanation: 3 is less than 5 but the digit 3 in 36,594 is in ten thousands place so the place value of 3 is 30,000 and the digit 5 in 5,980 is in thousands place and the place value of 5 is 5000. This is Max’s error.

Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 20)

Use the picture graph for 18–20.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 15

Question 18.
Use Graphs In which month shown did Grand Canyon National Park have about 7,500 tent campers?

Answer: September.

Explanation: We can see from the above figure that september month has 5000+2500= 7500.

Question 19.
How many more campers were there in July and August than in June and September?

Answer: 10,000 more campers in July and August.

Explanation:
The campers in July and August are 15,000+12,500= 27,500
The campers in June and September are 10,000+7,500= 17,500
So 27,500-17,500= 10,000 more campers in July and August.

Question 20.
What if during the month of October, the park had 22,500 tent campers? How many symbols would be placed on the pictograph for October?

Answer: There will be four full symbols and one half symbol.

Explanation: As each symbol represents 5,000 tent campers, for 22,500 tent campers there will be four full symbols and one half symbol which means 5,000+5,000+5,000+5,000+2,500= 22,500.

Question 21.
What’s the Question?

Compare: 643,251; 633,512; and 633,893.
The answer is 633,512.

Answer: What is the least number?

Explanation: As we can see in the given the answer that 633,512 is less than the other two numbers. So the question would be What is the least number?

Question 22.
Zachary’s school set a goal of collecting 12,155 cans of food each day. In the first 3 days the school collected 12,250 cans; 10,505 cans; and 12,434 cans. Write each number in the box that tells whether or not the school met its goal.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 16
(a) 12,250 cans
(b) 10,505 cans
(c) 12,434 cans

Answer: 12,250 and 12,434 met the daily goal and 10,505 didn’t meet the daily goal.

Explanation: As Zachary’s school set a goal of collecting 12,155 cans of food each day, so 12,250 and 12,434 met the daily goal and 10,505 didn’t meet the daily goal.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 21)

Compare and Order Numbers

Compare. Write < .> or =.

Question 1.
3,273 < 3,279

Question 2.
$1,323 _______ $1,400

Answer: $1,323 < $1,400.

Explanation: The number $1,323 is less than $1,400.

Question 3.
52,692 _______ 52,692

Answer: 52,692 = 52,692.

Explanation: The number 52,692 is equal to 52,692.

Question 4.
$413,005 _______ $62,910

Answer: $413,005 > $62,910

Explanation: The number $413,005 is greater than $62,910

Question 5.
382,144 _______ 382,144

Answer: 382,144= 382,144

Explanation: The number 382,144 is equal to 382,144

Question 6.
157,932 _______ 200,013

Answer: 157,932 < 200,013

Explanation: The number 157,932 is less than 200,013.

Question 7.
401,322 _______ 410,322

Answer: 401,322 < 410,322.

Explanation: The number 401,322 is less than 410,322.

Question 8.
989,063 _______ 980,639

Answer: 989,063 > 980,639

Explanation: The number 989,063 is greater than 980,639.

Question 9.
258,766 _______ 258,596

Answer: 258,766 > 258,596.

Explanation: The number 258,766 is greater than 258,596.

Order from least to greatest.

Question 10.
23,710; 23,751; 23,715
_______< _______ < _______

Answer: 23,710<23,715<23,751

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest are 23,710<23,715<23,751

Question 11.
52,701; 54,025; 5,206
_______ < _______ < _______

Answer: 5,206<52,701<54,025.

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest are 5,206<52,701<54,025.

Question 12.
465,321; 456,321; 456,231
_______ < _______ < _______

Answer: 456,231<456,321<465,321.

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest are 456,231<456,321<465,321.

Question 13.
$330,820; $329,854; $303,962
_______ < _______ < _______

Answer: $329,854<$303,962<$330,820.

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest $329,854<$303,962<$330,820.

Problem Solving

Question 14.
An online newspaper had 350,080 visitors in October, 350,489 visitors in November, and 305,939 visitors in December. What is the order of the months from greatest to least number of visitors?
1. _______
2. _______
3. _______

Answer: November, October, December.

Explanation: As 350,489 is greater than 305,939. So the order of the months from greatest to the least number of visitors are November, October, and December.

Question 15.
The total land area in square miles of each of three states is shown below.
Colorado: 103,718
New Mexico: 121,356
Arizona: 113,635
What is the order of the states from least to greatest total land area?
1. _______
2. _______
3. _______

Answer: Colorado, Arizona, New Mexico.

Explanation: As 103,718 is less than 113,635 is less than 121,356. So the order of the state from least to greatest is Colorado, Arizona, New Mexico.

Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 22)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
At the yearly fund-raising drive, the nonprofit company’s goal was to raise $55,500 each day. After three days, it had raised $55,053; $56,482; and $55,593. Which amount was less than the daily goal?
(a) $55,500
(b) $55,053
(c) $55,593
(d) $56,482

Answer: b

Explanation: As the goal is to raise $55,500 each day and $55,053 didn’t reach the goal. As $55,053 is less than $55,550.

Question 2.
Which of the following lists of numbers is in order from greatest to least?
(a) 60,343; 60,433; 63,043
(b) 83,673; 86,733; 86,373
(c) 90,543; 90,048; 93,405
(d) 20,433; 20,343; 20,043

Answer: d

Explanation: The numbers in order from greatest to least is 20,433, 20,343, 20,043.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jess is comparing fractions. Which fraction is greater than \(\frac{5}{6}\)?
(a) \(\frac{7}{8}\)
(b) \(\frac{4}{5}\)
(c) \(\frac{3}{4}\)
(d) \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: a

Explanation: As \(\frac{5}{6}\) in decimals is 0.83 and
\(\frac{7}{8}\)= 0.875
\(\frac{4}{5}\)= 0.80
\(\frac{3}{4}\)= 0.75
\(\frac{2}{3}\)= 0.67
So, \(\frac{7}{8}\) is greater than \(\frac{5}{6}\).

Question 4.
What is the perimeter of the rectangle below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 17
(a) 14 inches
(b) 26 inches
(c) 28 inches
(d) 48 inches

Answer: c.

Explanation: The perimeter of the rectangle is 2(l+w)
= 2(8+6)
= 2(14)
= 28 inches.

Question 5.
A website had 826,140 hits last month. What is the value of the 8 in 826,140?
(a) 800
(b) 8,000
(c) 80,000
(d) 800,000

Answer:

Explanation: The value of the digit 8 in 826,140 is 800,000.

Question 6.
Which is 680,705 written in expanded form?
(a) 680 + 705
(b) 68,000 + 700 + 5
(c) 600,000 + 8,000 + 700 + 5
(d) 600,000 + 80,000 + 700 + 5

Answer: d

Explanation: The expanded form of 680,705 is 600,000+80,000+700+5

Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 24)

Question 1.
What number is halfway between 100,000 and 200,000?

Answer: 150,000.

Explanation: The number is halfway between 100,000 and 200,000 is 150,000.

Question 2.
How does knowing where the halfway point is help you find which hundred thousand 138,202 is closest to? Explain.

Answer: The location of a number relative to the halfway point help you tell if it is closer to the lesser or the greater rounding number.

Question 3.
What number is halfway between 70,000 and 80,000?

Answer: 75,000.

Explanation: The number is halfway between 70,000 and 80,000 is 75,000.

Question 4.
What is 75,000 rounded to the nearest ten thousand? Explain.

Answer: 80,000.

Explanation: As 75,000 is exactly halfway between 70,000 and 80,000 rounds to the greater number.

Round to the place value of the underlined digit.

Question 5.
64,999

Answer: 60,000.

Explanation: The place value of 6 in 64,999 is 60,000.

Question 5.
850,000

Answer: 800,000.

Explanation: The place value of 8 in 850,000 is 800,000.

Question 5.
301,587

Answer: 1,000.

Explanation: The place value of 1 in 301,587 is 1,000.

Question 5.
10,832

Answer: 0.

Explanation: The place value of 0 in 10,832 is 0 because 0 is in thousands place, so 0×1000= 0.

Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 25)

Question 1.
Suppose 255,113 people live in a city. Is it reasonable to say that about 300,000 people live in the city? Use the number line to help you solve the problem. Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 18

Answer: Yes, 300,000 is a reasonable estimate.

Explanation: As 255,113 is closer to 300,000 than 200,000. So 300,000 is a reasonable estimate.

Round to the place value of the underlined digit.

Question 2.
934,567

Answer: 935,000.

Explanation: Round off the value means making a number simpler but keeping its value close to what it was. The result is less accurate but easy to use. So round off 934,567 to 935,000.

Question 3.
641,267

Answer: 640,000.

Explanation: Round off the value means making a number simpler but keeping its value close to what it was. The result is less accurate but easy to use. So round off 641,267 to 640,000.

Question 4.
234,890

Answer: 200,000.

Explanation: Round off the value means making a number simpler but keeping its value close to what it was. The result is less accurate but easy to use. So round off 234,890 to 200,000.

Question 5.
347,456

Answer: 350,000.

Explanation: Round off the value means making a number simpler but keeping its value close to what it was. The result is less accurate but easy to use. So round off 347,456 to 350,000.

Question 6.
To the nearest hundred, a factory produced 3,600 jars of applesauce on Thursday and 4,200 jars of apple sauce on Friday. To the nearest thousand, how many jars of apple juice did they produce during the two days?

Answer: 7,800 jars.

Explanation:
The number of jars of apple sauce on Thursday= 3,600 jars
The number of jars of apple sauce on Friday= 4,200 jars.
So the total number of jars they produced during the two days is 3,600+4,200= 7,800 jars.

Question 7.
The number 2,000 is missing a digit. The number rounded to the nearest thousand is 3,000. List all of the possibilities for the missing digit. Explain your answer.

Answer: 5,6,7,8,9.

Explanation: If the digit in the hundreds place 5,6,7,8,9, then the number is closer to 3,000 than 2,000 and if the digit in the hundreds place is 5, the number is exactly halfway between 2,000 and 3,000. So we can round off to the greater number.

Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 26)

Question 8.
A male elephant weighs 6,728 pounds. A female elephant weighs 5,843 pounds. To the nearest hundred, what is the total weight of the two elephants?

Answer: 12,600 pounds.

Explanation:
The weight of a male elephant is 6,728 pounds
The weight of a female elephant is 5,843 pounds
So total weight is 6,728+5,843= 12,571.
Rounding off to the nearest hundred, so the value is 12,600.

Question 9.
About 300,000 people attended a festival. For numbers 9a–9e choose Yes or No to show whether each number could be the exact number of people that attended the festival.

a. 351,213
(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: No

Explanation: By rounding off 351,213 to the nearest thousands place then the value will be 351,000 which is more than 300,000. So the answer is No.

Question 9.
b. 249,899
(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: No.

Explanation: By rounding off 249,899 to the nearest thousands place then the value will be 250,000 which is less than 300,000. So the answer is No.

Question 9.
c. 252,348
(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: No.

Explanation: By rounding off 252,348 to the nearest thousands place then the value will be 252,000 which is less than 300,000. So the answer is No.

Question 9.
d. 389,001
(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: No

Explanation: By rounding off 389,001 we will get the value as 400,000 but not 300,000. So the answer is no.

Question 9.
e. 305,992
(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: By rounding off 305,992 we will get the value as 300,000 which is equal to 300,000. So the answer is yes.

Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 27)

Round Numbers

Round to the place value of the underlined digit.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 19
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.

Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.

Question 2.
123,499

Answer: 123,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is less than 5, so the digit in the rounding place stays the same, and all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero. So the value will be 123,000.

Question 3.
552,945

Answer: 600,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is equal to 5, so the underlined digit will be increased by 1 and will round up to the nearest hundred thousands place. So the value is 600,000.

Question 4.
389,422

Answer: 390,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is greater than 5, so the underlined digit will be increased by 1 and will round up to the nearest hundred thousands place. So the value is 390,000.

Question 5.
209,767

Answer: 200,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is less than 5, so the digit in the rounding place stays the same, and all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero. So the value is 200,000.

Question 6.
191,306

Answer: 191,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is less than 5, so the digit in the rounding place stays the same, and all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero. So the value is 191,000.

Question 7.
66,098

Answer: 70,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is greater than 5, so the underlined digit will be increased by 1 and will round up to the nearest hundred thousands place. So the value is 70,000.

Question 8.
73,590

Answer: 74,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is equal to 5, so the underlined digit will be increased by 1 and will round up to the nearest hundred thousands place. So the value is 74,000.

Question 9.
149,903

Answer: 100,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is less than 5, so the digit in the rounding place stays the same, and all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero. So the value is 100,000.

Question 10.
684,303

Answer: 684,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is less than 5, so the digit in the rounding place stays the same, and all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero. So the value is 684,000.

Question 11.
499,553

Answer: 500,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is greater than 5, so the underlined digit will be increased by 1 and will round up to the nearest hundred thousands place. So the value is 500,000.

Problem Solving

Use the table for 12–13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 20

Question 12.
Find the height of Mt. Whitney in the table. Round the height to the nearest thousand feet.
_______ feet

Answer: 14,000 feet.

Explanation: The height of Mt. Whitney in the table is 14,494 feet, by rounding off to nearest thousand the height will be 14,000 feet.

Question 13.
What is the height of Mt. Bona rounded to the nearest ten thousand feet?
_______ feet

Answer: 20,000 feet.

Explanation: The height of Mt. Bona is 16,500 feet, by rounding off to the nearest ten thousand the height will be 20,000 feet.

Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 28)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which number is 247,039 rounded to the nearest thousand?
(a) 200,000
(b) 250,000
(c) 247,000
(d) 7,000

Answer: c

Explanation: The number rounded to the nearest thousand is 247,000.

Question 2.
To the nearest ten thousand, the population of Vermont was estimated to be about 620,000 in 2008. Which might have been the exact population of Vermont in 2008?
(a) 626,013
(b) 621,270
(c) 614,995
(d) 609,964

Answer: b

Explanation: The exact population of Vermont in 2008 is 621,270. As the estimated population is 620,000 and the number is rounded off to the nearest thousand, so the exact population of Vermont is 621,270.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which symbol makes the following number sentence true?
$546,322 Ο $540,997
(a) <
(b) >
(c) =
(d) +

Answer: b

Explanation: The number $546,322 is greater than $540,997.

Question 4.
Pittsburgh International Airport had approximately 714,587 passengers in August 2009. Which number is greater than 714,587?
(a) 714,578
(b) 704,988
(c) 714,601
(d) 714,099

Answer: c

Explanation: 714,601 is greater than 714,587.

Question 5.
June made a design with 6 equal tiles. One tile is yellow, 2 tiles are blue, and 3 tiles are purple. What fraction of the tiles are yellow or purple?
(a) \(\frac{1}{6}\)
(b) \(\frac{2}{6}\)
(c) \(\frac{3}{6}\)
(d) \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer: d

Explanation: Total tiles are 6 tiles and in that one tile is yellow and 3 purple tiles and the total yellow and purple tiles are 4 tiles. So the fraction of the yellow tile and purple tile is \(\frac{4}{6}\).

Question 6.
The fourth grade collected 40,583 cans and plastic bottles. Which of the following shows that number in word form?
(a) forty thousand, five hundred eighty
(b) forty thousand, five hundred eighty-three
(c) four thousand, five hundred eighty-three
(d) four hundred thousand, five hundred eighty

Answer: b.

Explanation: The word form of 40,583 is forty thousand, five hundred eighty-three.

Common Core – Chapter 1 -Mid-Chapter Checkpoint (Page 29)

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 21

Question 1.
The _______ of 23,850 is 20,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 50.

Answer: Expanded form.

Explanation: The expanded form of 23,850 is 20,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 50.

Question 2.
You can _______ to find about how much or how many.

Answer: Round.

Explanation: You can round to find about how much or how many.

Question 3.
In 192,860 the digits 1, 9, and 2 are in the same _________

Answer: Period.

Explanation: In 192,860 the digits 1, 9, and 2 are in the same period.

Find the value of the underlined digit.

Question 4.
380,671

Answer: 80,000.

Explanation: The place value of the digit 8 in 380,671 is 80,000.

Question 5.
10,698

Answer: 90.

Explanation: The place value of the digit 9 in 10,698 is 90.

Question 6.
650,234

Answer: 600,000

Explanation: The place value of the digit 6 in 650,234 is 600,00.

Write the number in two other forms.

Question 7.
293,805

Answer:
Expanded form: 200,000+90,000+3,000+800+5.
Word form: two hundred ninety three thousand,eight hundred five.

Explanation:
The expanded form of 293,805 is 200,000+90,000+3,000+800+5.
The word form of 293,805 is two hundred ninety three thousand,eight hundred five.

Question 8.
300,000 + 5,000 + 20 + 6

Answer:
Standard form: 305,026.
Word form: three hundred five thousand twenty six.

Explanation:
The standard form of 300,000 + 5,000 + 20 + 6 is 305,026.
The word form of 300,000 + 5,000 + 20 + 6 is three hundred five thousand twenty six.

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 9.
457,380 _______ 458,590

Answer:
457,380 < 458,590

Explanation:
The number 457,380 is less than 458,590.

Question 10.
390,040 _______ 39,040

Answer:
390,040 > 39,040

Explanation:
The number 390,040 is greater than 39,040.

Question 11.
11,809 _______ 11,980

Answer:
11,809 > 11,980

Explanation:
The number 11,809 is greater than 11,980.

Round to the place of the underlined digit.

Question 12.
140,250

Answer: 100,000.

Explanation: The place value of the digit 1 in 140,250 is 100,000.

Question 13.
10,450

Answer: 400.

Explanation: The place value of the digit 4 in 10,450 is 400.

Question 14.
126,234

Answer: 6,000.

Explanation: The place value of the digit 6 in 126,234 is 6,000.

Common Core – Chapter 1 -Mid-Chapter Checkpoint (Page 30)

Question 15.
Last year, three hundred twenty-three thousand people visited the museum. What is this number written in standard form?

Answer: 323,000.

Explanation: The standard form of three hundred twenty-three thousand is 323,000.

Question 16.
Rachael rounded 16,473 to the nearest hundred. Then she rounded her answer to the nearest thousand. What is the final number?

Answer: 17,000.

Explanation: When we round a number to the nearest we check the tens place digit, if the digit is less than 5 then the number is rounded to the previous hundred while if it is 5 or more than 5 then the number is rounded to the next hundred. As tens place digit is 7, so
16,473= 16,500. And when we need to round the number to the nearest thousand and will check the hundred place digit which is 5. So when 16,500 is rounded off to the nearest thousand the value will be 17,000.

Question 17.
What is the highest volcano in the Cascade Range?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 22

Answer: Mt. Rainier

Explanation: Mt. Rainier is the highest volcano in the Cascade Range with a height of 14,410 ft.

Question 18.
Richard got 263,148 hits when he did an Internet search. What is the value of the digit 6 in this number?

Answer:

Explanation: Richard got 263,148 which is in standard form, so we will convert into expanded form to find the value of the digit 6. The expanded form of 263,148 is 200,000+60,000+3,000+100+40+8. The value of the digit 6 is 60,000.

Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 32)

Question 1.
How is the number of large cubes and flats in the first model related to the number of flats in the second model?

Answer: 10 flats.

Explanation: We need 10 flats to make a large cube, so 1 large cube and 2 flats are the same as 10 flats and 2 flats or 12 flats.

Question 2.
Can you model 1,200 using only longs? Explain.

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: We need 12 flats to model 1,200. Since there are 10 longs in each flat, you need 120 longs.

Question 3.
You renamed 1,200 as hundreds. How can you rename 1,200 as tens? Explain.

Answer: 120 tens.

Explanation: As each long is a ten, and we need 120 longs to model 1,200. So we will rename as 120 tens.

Question 4.
What would the models in Step A and Step B look like for 5,200? How can you rename 5,200 as hundreds?

Answer: We can rename 5,200 as 52 hundred.

Explanation: In Step A, the model would have 5 large cubes and 2 flats to model 5 thousands and 2 hundreds. In step B, the model would have 52 flats. So we can rename 5,200 as 52 hundred.

Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 33)

Rename the number. Draw a quick picture to help.

Question 1.
150
_______ tens

Answer: 15 tens.

Explanation: As each long is a ten, so we need 15 longs to model 150.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 2 (request help)
1,400
_______ hundreds

Answer: 14 hundreds.

Explanation: As each box is a hundred, so we need 14 box to model 1,400.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 3.
2 thousands 3 hundreds
_______ hundreds

Answer: 23 hundred.

Explanation: As each box is a hundred, so we need 23 box to model 2,300.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 4.
13 hundreds
_______ thousand _______ hundreds

Answer: 1 thousand and 3 hundred.

Explanation: The group of 10 boxes are equal to thousand, so for 13 hundreds we need 1 thousand and 3 hundred.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Rename the number. Use the place-value chart to help.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 23
18 thousands = _______

Answer: 18,000.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 24
570,000 = 57 _______

Answer: 57 ten thousand.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Rename the number.

Question 7 (request help)
580= _______ tens

Answer: 58 tens.

Question 8.
740,000= _______ten thousands

Answer: 74 ten thousand.

Question 9.
8 hundreds 4 tens = 84 _______

Answer: 84 tens.

Question 10.
29 thousands = _______

Answer: 29,000.

Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 34)

Question 11.
A toy store is ordering 3,000 remote control cars. The store can order the cars in sets of 10. How many sets of 10 does the store need to order?
_______ sets

Answer: 300 sets.

Explanaton: Number of cars ordering by the toy store are 3,000 and the store can order the sets of 10, so number of sets are 3000/10 = 300 sets.

Question 11.
a. What information do you need to use?

Answer: The store is ordering 3,000 remote control cars and the cars come in the set of 10.

Question 11.
b. What do you need to find?

Answer: We need to find how many sets of 10 the store need to order.

Question 11.
c. How can renaming numbers help you solve this problem?

Answer: We can rename 3,000 as tens to find how many sets of 10 make 3,000.

Question 11.
d. Describe a strategy you can use to solve the problem.

Answer: We can use place value chart to see how many tens are in 3,000.

Question 11.
e. How many sets of 10 remote control cars does the store need to buy?
_______ sets

Answer: 300 sets.

Explanation: 300 sets of 10 remote control cars store needs to buy.

Question 12.
Ivan sold 53 boxes of oranges on Friday and 27 boxes on Saturday during a citrus sale. There were 10 oranges in each box. How many oranges did he sell in all?
_______ oranges

Answer:

Explanation: Ivan sold 53 boxes of oranges on Friday and 27 boxes on Saturday, so total number of boxes are 53+27= 80. As each box contains 10 oranges, so total number of oranges he sold is 80×10= 800 oranges.

Question 12.
Use Reasoning A store sold a total of 15,000 boxes of buttons last month, and 12,000 boxes this month. If the store sold 270,000 buttons, how many buttons were in each box?
_______ buttons

Answer: 10 buttons.

Explanation: As store sold a total of 15,000 boxes of buttons last month, and 12,000 boxes this month, so total number of button boxes sold are 15,000+12,000= 27,000 boxes. And the store sold 270,000 buttons, so total number of buttons in each box are
270,000/27,000= 10 buttons.

For numbers 14a–14d, select True or False for each statement.

Question 14.
a. 9 hundreds 3 tens can be renamed as 39 tens.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: False

Explanation: 9 hundreds 3 tens can rename as 93 tens.

Question 14.
b. 370,000 can be renamed as 37 ten thousands.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: True.

Explanation: Yes, 370,000 can be renamed as 37 ten thousands.

Question 14.
c. 780 can be renamed as 78 tens.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: True.

Explanation: Yes, 780 can be renamed as 78 tens.

Question 14.
d. 42,000 can be renamed as 42 thousands.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: True

Explanation: Yes, 42,000 can be renamed as 42 thousands.

Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 35)

Rename Numbers
Rename the number. Use the place-value chart to help.

Question 1.
760 hundreds = 76,000
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 25

Question 2.
805 tens = _______

Answer: 8,050.

Explanation:

THOUSANDSONES
HundredsTensOnesHundredsTensOnes
  8 0 50

Question 3.
24 ten thousands = ________

Answer: 240,000.

Explanation:

THOUSANDSONES
HundredsTensOnesHundredsTensOnes
  2 4 0 0 0 0

Rename the number.

Question 4.
720 = _______ tens

Answer: 72 tens.

Explanation: The number 720 can be rename as 72 tens.

Question 5.
4 thousands 7 hundreds = 47 _______

Answer: 47 hundred.

Explanation: 4 thousands 7 hundreds can rename as 47 hundred.

Question 6.
25,600 = _______ hundreds

Answer: 256 hundred.

Explanation: 25,600 can rename as 256 hundred.

Question 7.
204 thousands = _______

Answer: 204,000.

Explaantion: 204 thousands can rename as 204,000.

Problem Solving

Question 8.
For the fair, the organizers ordered 32 rolls of tickets. Each roll of tickets has 100 tickets. How many tickets were ordered in all?
_______ tickets

Answer: 3200 tickets.

Explanation: Total number of rolls of tickets ordered by the organizers are 32 rolls and each roll contains 100 tickets. So number of tickets were ordered are 32×100= 3200 tickets.

Question 9.
An apple orchard sells apples in bags of 10. The orchard sold a total of 2,430 apples one day. How many bags of apples was this?
_______ bags

Answer: 243 bags.

Explantion: Total number of apples sold by orchard are 2,430 apples, and the orchard sells apples in a bag of 10, so number of apples are 2,430÷10= 243 bags.

Question 10.
Explain how you can rename 5,400 as hundreds. Include a quick picture or a place-value chart in your explanation.
_______ hundreds

Answer: 54 hundred.

Explanation: In 5,400 there are 2 zeros and also in 100 there are 2 zeros, so 2 zeros equals hundred and 100= 1 hundred, because it has a 1 front of the 2 zeros. So 5,400= 54 hundreds, because it has a 54 in front of the 2 zeros.

Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 36)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A dime has the same value as 10 pennies. Marley brought 290 pennies to the bank. How many dimes did Marley get?
(a) 29
(b) 290
(c) 2,900
(d) 29,000

Answer: a.

Explanation: As a dime has the same value as 10 pennies, Marley brought 290 pennies. So their will be 290/10= 29 dimes MArley will get.

Question 2.
A citrus grower ships grapefruit in boxes of 10. One season, the grower shipped 20,400 boxes of grapefruit. How many grapefruit were shipped?
(a) 204
(b) 2,040
(c) 20,400
(d) 204,000

Answer: d.

Explanation: Number of boxes are 10 and the grower shipped 20,400 boxes of grapefruit. So number of grapefruits were shipped are 20,400×10= 204,000.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There were 2,605 people at the basketball game. A reporter rounded this number to the nearest hundred for a newspaper article. What number did the reporter use?
(a) 2,600
(b) 2,610
(c) 2,700
(d) 3,000

Answer: a.

Explanation: Number of people at the basketball game are 2,605 as reporter rounded to nearest hundred, so the number will be 2,600.

Question 4.
To get to Level 3 in a game, a player must score 14,175 points. Ann scores 14,205 points, Ben scores 14,089 points, and Chuck scores 10,463 points. Which score is greater than the Level 3 score?
(a) 14,205
(b) 14,175
(c) 14,089
(d) 10,463

Answer: a.

Explanation: Ann score is greater than the level 3 score and the score is 14,205.

Question 5.
Henry counted 350 lockers in his school. Hayley counted 403 lockers in her school. Which statement is true?
(a) The 3 in 350 is 10 times the value of the 3 in 403.
(b) The 3 in 350 is 100 times the value of the 3 in 403.
(c) The 3 in 403 is 10 times the value of the 3 in 350.
(d) The 3 in 403 is 100 times the value of the 3 in 350.

Answer: b

Explanation: The statement b is correct, as 3 in 350 is 100 times the value of the 3 in 403.

Question 6.
There are 4 muffins on each plate. There are 0 plates of lemon muffins. How many lemon muffins are there?
(a) 4
(b) 2
(c) 1
(d) 0

Answer:d.

Explanation: 0 lemon muffins are there.

Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 39)

Question 1.
Use the grid to find 738,901 + 162,389.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 26
Use the grid to align the addends by place value.

Answer: 901,290

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Estimate. Then find the sum.

Question 2.
72,931 + 18,563
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 90,000.
Sum: 91,494.

Explanation: The sum of 72,931 + 18,563= 91,494.

Question 3.
432,068 + 239,576
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 700,000.
Sum: 671,644.

Explanation: The sum of 432,068 + 239,576= 671,644.

Question 4.
64,505 + 38,972
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 100,000.
Sum: 103,477.

Explanation: The sum of 64,505 + 38,972= 103,477.

Question 5.
839,136 + 120,193
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 960,000.
Sum: 959,329.

Explanation: The sum of 839,136 + 120,193= 959,329.

Question 6.
186,231 + 88,941
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 280,000.
Sum: 275,172.

EXplanation: The sum of 186,231 + 88,941= 275,172.

Question 7.
744,201 + 168,900
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 900,000.
Sum: 913,101.

Explanation: The sum of 744,201 + 168,900= 913,101.

Question 8.
For the first football game of the season, 62,732 fans attended. The number of fans at the second game was 469 more than at the first game. What is the total number of fans that attended the first two games?
_______ fans

Answer: 125,933 fans.

Explanation: The first game had 62,732 fans, the second game was 469 more, so the second game fans attended is 62,732+469= 63,201. The total number of fans attended are 62,732+63,201= 125,933.

Question 9.
Daisy’s Flower Shop sold 135,649 flowers during its first year. The second year, the shop sold 9,754 more flowers than it did its first year. The third year, it sold 1,343 more flowers than it did in the second year. How many flowers did the shop sell during the three years?
_______ flowers

Answer:

Explanation:

Reason Abstractly Algebra Find the missing number and name the property you used to find it. Write Commutative or Associative.

Question 10.
(4,580 + 5,008) + 2,351 = 4,580 + ( _______ +2,351)

Answer: Associative property.

Explanation: (4,580 + 5,008) + 2,351 = 4,580 + ( 5,008 +2,351). The associative property states that when three or more numbers are added or multiplied. The sum or the product is the same regardless of the grouping of the addends.

Question 11.
7,801+ _______ =4,890+7,801

Answer: Commutative property.

Explanation: 7,801+ 4,890 = 4,890+7,801. Commutative property states that the numbers on which we operate can be moved or swapped from their position without making any difference to the answer.

Question 12.
2,592 + 3,385 = 3,385+ _______

Answer: Commutative property.

Explanation: 2,592 + 3,385 = 3,385+ 2,592. Commutative property states that the numbers on which we operate can be moved or swapped from their position without making any difference to the answer.

Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 40)

Use the table for 13–14.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 27

Question 13.
What is the combined population of the three major Alaskan cities? Estimate to verify your answer.
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 350,000.
Sum: 352,222.

Explanation: The combined population of the three major Alaskan cities are 352,222.

Question 14.
The digit 5 occurs two times in the population of Fairbanks. What is the value of each 5? Explain your answer.
First 5: _______
Second 5: _______

Answer:
First 5: 5,000.
Second 5: 50.

Explanation: To find the value of the digit 5 we will expand the 35,252, the expanded form of 35,252 is 30,000+5,000+200+50+2. So the value of first digit 5 is 5,000 and the second digit 5 is 50.

Question 15.
Kaylie has 164 stamps in her collection. Her friend Nellie has 229 more stamps than Kaylie. How many stamps do Kaylie and Nellie have?
_______ stamps

Answer: 393 stamps.

Explanation: Number of stamps did Kaylie has are 164 stamps and Nellie has 229 more stamps, so total stamps Kaylie and Nellie has 164+229= 393 stamps.

Question 16.
Alaska’s Glacier Bay National Park had 431,986 visitors one year. The next year, the park had 22,351 more visitors than the year before. How many people visited during the two years? Show your work and explain how you found your answer.
_______ visitors

Answer: 886,503 Visitors.

Explanation: The number of visitors in Alaska’s Glacier Bay is 431,986 in one year and in the next year the number of visitors is 22,351 more. So the number of people visited in the second year is 431,986+22,351= 454,517. And the number of visitors in two years are 431,986+454,517= 886,503.

Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 41)

Add Whole Numbers
Estimate. Then find the sum.

Question 1.
Estimate: 90,000
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 28

Question 2.
73,404 + 27,865
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 100,000.
Sum: 101,269.

Explanation:
73,404     –>   70,000
+27,865     –>+ 30,000
———–       ———–
101,269           100,000

Question 3.
404,446 + 396,755
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 800,000.
Sum: 801,201.

Explanation:
404,446    –>   400,000
+396,755    –>+ 400,000
———–          ———–
801,201             800,000

Question 4.
137,638 + 52,091
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 200,000.
Sum: 189,729.

Explanation:
137,638    –>   100,000
+  52,091    –>+ 100,000
———–           ———–
189,729             200,000

Question 5.
200,629 + 28,542
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 250,000.
Sum: 229,171.

Explanation:
200,629    –>   200,000
+   28,542   –>+   50,000
———–         ———–
229,171             250,000

Question 6.
212,514 + 396,705
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Estimate: 600,000.
Sum:  609,219.

Explanation:
212,514    –>   200,000
+ 396,705   –>+ 400,000
———–         ———–
609,219              600,000

Question 7.
324,867 + 6,233
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Estimate: 331,000
Sum: 331,100

Explanation:
324,867    –>  325,000
+  6,233   –>+     6,000
———–         ———–
331,100             331,000

Question 8.
462,809 + 256,738
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Estimate: 800,000.
Sum: 719,547.

Explanation:
462,809    –>   500,000
+ 256,738   –>+ 300,000
———–         ———–
719,547            800,000.

Question 9.
624,836 + 282,189

Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Estimate: 900,000
Sum: 907,025

Explanation:
624,836    –>   600,000
+ 282,189   –>+ 300,000
———–         ———–
907,025            900,000.

Problem Solving

Use the table for 10–12.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 29

Question 10.
Beth and Cade were on one team. What was their total score?
_______

Answer: The total score is 407,502.

Explanation: Beth scores 251,567 and Cade scores 155,935. So the total score is 251,567+155,935= 407,502.

Question 11.
Dillan and Elaine were on the other team. What was their total score?
_______

Answer: 409,928

Explanation: Dillan score is 188,983 and Elaine score is 220,945. So the total score is 188,983+220,945= 409,928.

Question 12.
Which team scored the most points?
_______

Answer: Second-team scores the most points.

Explanation: Second-team scores the most points which are 409,928 whereas 1st team scores 407,502.

Question 13.
Have students write a story problem that can be solved by finding the sum of 506,211 and 424,809. Have them solve the problem.

Answer: 931,020.

Explanation: Town A has a population of 506,211 and town B has a population of 424,809. What is the total population?
Town A population is 506,211 and the town B population is 424,809. So the total population is 506,211+424,809= 931,020.

Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 42)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The coastline of the United States is 12,383 miles long. Canada’s coastline is 113,211 miles longer than the coastline of the United States. How long is the coastline of Canada?
(a) 100,828 miles
(b) 115,594 miles
(c) 125,594 miles
(d) 237,041 miles

Answer: 125,594 miles.

Explanation: Coastline of the United States is 12,383 miles long and Canada’s coastline is 113,211 miles longer than the coastline of the United States, so the total length of the coastline of Canada is 12,383+113,211= 125,594.

Question 2.
Germany is the seventh largest European country and is slightly smaller by area than Montana. Germany has a land area of 134,835 square miles and a water area of 3,011 square miles. What is the total area of Germany?
(a) 7,846 square miles
(b) 131,824 square miles
(c) 137,846 square miles
(d) 435,935 square miles

Answer: 137,846 miles.

Explanation: The land area of Germany is 134,835 square miles and the water area is 3,011 square miles, so the total area of Germany is 134,835+3,011= 137,846 miles.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
In an election, about 500,000 people voted in all. Which number could be the exact number of people who voted in the election?
(a) 429,455
(b) 441,689
(c) 533,736
(d) 550,198

Answer: 533,736

Explanation: As 500,000 people are voted so the exact number of people who voted in the election is 533,736.

Question 4.
In 2007, Pennsylvania had approximately 121,580 miles of public roads. What is 121,580 rounded to the nearest thousand?
(a) 100,000
(b) 120,000
(c) 121,000
(d) 122,000

Answer: 122,000.

Explanation: The number 121,580 is rounded to the nearest thousand is 122,000.

Question 5.
Which of the following lists of numbers is in order from greatest to least?
(a) 33,093; 33,903; 33,309
(b) 42,539; 24,995; 43,539
(c) 682,131; 628,000; 682,129
(d) 749,340; 740,999; 740,256

Answer: 749,340; 740,999; 740,256.

Explanation: The numbers in order from greatest to least is 749,340; 740,999; 740,256.

Question 6.
Which symbol makes the following statement true?
$413,115 ________ $431,511
(a) <
(b) >
(c) =
(d) +

Answer: a

Explanation: $413,115 < $431,511.

Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 44)

Question 1.
Subtract. Use the grid to record the problem.
637,350 − 43,832
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 30

Answer: 1,076,182.

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Estimate. Then find the difference.

Question 2.
14,659 − 11,584
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate: 3,000
Sum: 3,075

Explanation:

14,659       –>     15,000
– 11,584      –>    -12,000
———–             ———–
3,075                    3,000

Question 3.
456,912 − 37,800
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate: 420,000.
Sum: 419,112.

Explanation:

456,912     –>     460,000
–  37,800      –>    – 40,000
———–             ———–
419,112                 420,000

Question 4.
407,001 − 184,652
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate:  210,000.
Sum: 222,349.

Explanation:

407,001     –>      410,000
– 184,652      –>   – 200,000
———–             ———–
222,349                 210,000

Question 5.
942,385 − 461,803
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate: 400,000.
Sum: 480,582.

Explanation:

942,385     –>     900,000
–  461,803      –>   -500,000
———–             ———–
480,582                400,000

Question 6.
798,300 − 348,659
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate: 500,000.
Sum: 449,641.

Explanation:

798,300    –>     800,000
–  348,659     –>   -300,000
———–             ———–
449,641                500,000

Question 7.
300,980 − 159,000
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate: 141,000.
Sum: 141,980.

Explanation:

300,980   –>     301,000
–  159,000    –>   -160,000
———–             ———–
141,980                141,000

Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 45)

Practice: Copy and Solve Subtract. Add to check.

Question 8.
653,809 – 256,034 = _______

Answer: 397,775.

Explanation: 653,809 – 256,034 = 397,775.

Question 9.
258,197 – 64,500 = _______’

Answer: 163,697.

Explanation: 258,197 – 64,500 = 163,697.

Question 10.
496,004 – 398,450 = _______

Answer:

Explanation: 496,004 – 398,450 = 97,554.

Question 11.
500,000 – 145,609 = _______

Answer: 354,391.

Explanation: 500,000 – 145,609= 354,391.

Reason Abstractly Algebra Find the missing digit.

Question 12.
6,532 − 4,1_5 = 2,407

Answer: 2

Explanation: To find the missing digit we will subtract 6,532-2,407= 4,125.

Question 13.
_08,665−659,420 = 149,245

Answer: 8

Explanation: To find the missing digit we will add 149,245+659,420= 808,665.

Question 14.
697,320 − 432,_08 = 264,712

Answer: 6

Explanation: To find the missing digit we will subtract 697,320-264,712= 432,608.

Use the table for 15–16.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 15.
Estimate Reasonableness How many more acres were grown in 1996 than in 1986? Estimate to check the reasonableness of your answer.
_______ acres

Answer: 200,000 acres.

Explanation: The number of acres in 1986 is 466,256 and the number of acres in 1996 is 656,598. So the number of acres grown in 1996 is 656,598- 466,256= 190,342. So the estimated answer is 200,000 acres.

Question 16.
What is the difference between the greatest number of acres and the least number of acres used for growing oranges?
_______ acres

Answer: 206,830.

Explanation: The greatest number of acres is 673,086 and the least number of acres is 466,256. So the difference between the greatest number of acres and the least number of acres are 673,086- 466,256= 206,830.

Question 17.
Workers at a paper company count the number of boxes of paper in the warehouse each month. In January, there were 106,341 boxes of paper. In February, there were 32,798 fewer boxes than there were in January. In March, there were 25,762 fewer boxes than there were in February. How many boxes were in the warehouse in March?
_______ boxes

Answer: 106,341-58,560= 47,781 boxes.

Explanation: Total number of boxes is 106,341 in January and in February there were 32,798 boxes and in march, there were 25,762 fewer boxes. Total boxes are 32,798+25,762= 58,560, so the number of boxes were in the warehouse in March is 106,341-58,560= 47,781 boxes.

Question 18.
There are 135,663 kilometers of U.S. coastline that border the Pacific Ocean. There are 111,866 kilometers of U.S. coastline that border the Atlantic Ocean. How many more kilometers of U.S. coastline border the Pacific Ocean than the Atlantic Ocean? Solve the problem and show how to check your answer.
_______ km

Answer: 23,797 km.

Explanation: There are 135,663 kilometers of US coastline in the Pacific Ocean and 111,866 kilometers in the Atlantic ocean. So the number of kilometers of US coastline border the Pacific Ocean than the Atlantic Ocean is 135,663- 111,866= 23,797 km.

Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 46)

Question 19.
What’s the Error? Maryland has an area of 12,407 square miles. Texas has an area of 268,601 square miles. How much larger is Texas than Maryland?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 31

Read how Janice solved the problem.
Find her error.

Texas: 268,601 square miles
Maryland: 12,407 square miles
I can subtract to find the difference.
268,601
–12,407
144,531

Solve the problem and correct her error.

Answer: Texas is 256,194 square miles larger than Maryland.

Explanation:
Texas: 268,601 square miles
Maryland: 12,407 square miles
I can subtract to find the difference.
268,601- 12,407= 256,194.
So Texas is 256,194 square miles larger than Maryland.

Question 20.
Verify Reasoning of Others Describe Janice’s error.

Answer: Janice did not align the digits by place value when subtracted the numbers.

Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 47)

Subtract Whole Numbers
Estimate. Then find the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 32

Question 2.
428,731 – 175,842
Estimate: ______
Difference: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 200,000.
Difference: 252,889.

Explanation:
428,731 – 175,842= 252,889
400,000 – 200,000= 200,000.

Question 3.
920,026 – 535,722
Estimate: ______
Difference: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 400,000.
Difference: 384,304.

Explanation:
920,026 – 535,722= 384,304
900,000 – 500,000= 400,000.

Question 4.
253,495 – 48,617
Estimate: ______
Difference: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 200,000.
Difference: 204,878.

Explanation:
253,495 – 48,617= 204,878.
250,000 – 50,000= 200,000.

Subtract. Add to check.

Question 5.
735,249 – 575,388 = ______
______ + ______ = ______

Answer: 159,861.
575,388+159,861= 735,249.

Explanation:
735,249 – 575,388= 159,861.
575,388+159,861= 735,249.

Question 6.
512,724 – 96,473 = ______
______ + ______ = ______

Answer: 416,251
96,473+416,251= 512,724.

Explanation:
512,724 – 96,473 = 416,251
96,473+416,251= 512,724.

Question 7.
600,000 – 145,782 = _______
_______ + ______ = _______

Answer: 454,218.
145,782+454,218= 600,000.

Explanation:
600,000 – 145,782 = 454,218.
145,782+454,218= 600,000.

Problem Solving
Use the table for 8 and 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 33

Question 8.
How many more people attended the Magic’s games than attended the Pacers’ games?
_______ people

Answer: 133,606 people.

Explanation: The number of people attended for Magic’s game is 715,901 and the number of people attended for Pacer’s games is 582,295. So the number of people more attended for the Magic’s games than attended the Pacers’ games are 715,901-582,295=133,606.

Question 9.
How many fewer people attended the Pacers’ games than attended the Clippers’ games?
_______ people

Answer: 87,768 people

Explanation: The number of people attended for Indiana Pacers game is 582,295 and the number of people attended for Los Angeles Clippers is 670,063. So 670,063- 582,295= 87,768 people attended the Pacers’ games than attended the Clippers’ games.

Question 10.
Have students write a story problem that can be solved by finding the difference of 432,906 and 61,827. Then have them solve the problem.

Answer: The number of people who attended the football game is 432,906 and the number of people who attended the basketball game is 61,287. How many fewer people attended the football game than attended the basketball game?

Explanation: The number of people who attended the football game is 432,906 and the number of people who attended the basketball game is 61,287. So 432,906- 61,287= 371,619  people attended the Pacers’ games than attended the Clippers’ games.

Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 48)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
This year, a farm planted 400,000 corn stalks. Last year, the farm planted 275,650 corn stalks. How many more corn stalks did the farm plant this year than last year?
(a) 124,350
(b) 125,450
(c) 235,450
(d) 275,650

Answer: 124,350.

Explanation: A farm planted 400,000 corn stalks this year and 275,650 corn stalks last year, so 400,000-275,650= 124,350 many more corn stalks did the farm plant this year than last year.

Question 2.
One machine can make 138,800 small paper clips in one day. Another machine can make 84,250 large paper clips in one day. How many more small paper clips than large paper clips are made by the two machines in one day?
(a) 44,550
(b) 54,550
(c) 54,650
(d) 154,650

Answer: 54,550.

Explanation: As machine one makes 138,800 small paper clips in one day and the machine makes 84,250 paper clips in one day, so
138,800-84,250= 54,550 many more small paper clips than large paper clips are made by the two machines in one day.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
In three baseball games over a weekend, 125,429 people came to watch. The next weekend, 86,353 came to watch the games. How many people in all watched the six baseball games?
(a) 201,782
(b) 211,772
(c) 211,782
(d) 211,882

Answer: 211,782.

Explanation: The number of people attended for three baseball games is 125,429 and 86,353 in next weekend, so
125,429+86,353= 211,782 people watched the six baseball games.

Question 4.
Kevin read the number “two hundred seven thousand, forty-eight” in a book. What is this number in standard form?
(a) 27,048
(b) 27,480
(c) 207,048
(d) 207,480

Answer: 207,048.

Explanation: The standard form of “two hundred seven thousand, forty-eight” is 207,048.

Question 5.
A museum had 275,608 visitors last year. What is this number rounded to the nearest thousand?
(a) 275,600
(b) 276,000
(c) 280,000
(d) 300,000

Answer: 276,000.

Explanation: The nearest thousand of the number 275,608 is 276,000.

Question 6.
At the Millville Theater, a play ran for several weeks. In all, 28,175 people saw the play. What is the value of the digit 8 in 28,175?
(a) 8
(b) 800
(c) 8,000
(d) 80,000

Answer: 8,000.

Explanation: The value of the digit 8 in 28,175 is 8,000.

Problem Solving • Comparison Problems with Addition and Subtraction (Page 50)

During an event, a hot air balloon traveled a distance of 5,110 feet during the first trip and 850 feet more during the second trip. How far did it travel during the second trip?

Question 1.
What do I need to find?

Answer: We need to find the number of feet the balloon traveled during the second trip.

Question 2.
What information do I need to use?

Answer: We will use the facts that the ballon traveled 5,110 feet during the first trip and 850 feet more during the second trip.

Question 3.
How will I use the information?

Answer: We can draw a diagram or use a bar model to help me find how many feet the ballons traveled during the second trip.

Explanation: As hot air balloon traveled a distance of 5,110 feet in the first trip and 850 more in the second trip, so the second trip is 5,110+850= 5,960 feet. So, the balloon traveled 5,960 feet during the second trip.

Question 4.
How far did it travel during the second trip? And
______ feet

Answer: The ballon traveled 5,960 feet during the second trip.

Explanation: As hot air balloon traveled a distance of 5,110 feet in the first trip and 850 more in the second trip, so the second trip is 5,110+850= 5,960 feet. So, the balloon traveled 5,960 feet during the second trip.

Question 5.
Is your answer reasonable? Explain how you know.

Answer: Yes, the answer is reasonable.

Explanation: As 5,960 feet is reasonable because 5,000+1,000= 6,000 and 5,960 is close to 6,000. Since addition and subtraction are inverse operations, we can subtract 850 from the sum to see if we get 5,110.

Problem Solving • Comparison Problems with Addition and Subtraction (Page 51)

Hot air balloons are able to fly at very high altitudes. A world record height of 64,997 feet was set in 1988. In 2005, a new record of 68,986 feet was set. How many feet higher was the 2005 record than the 1988 record?

Question 1.
First, draw a diagram to show the parts of the problem.

Answer: 3,989 feet higher.

Explanation: 68,986-64,997= 3,989 feet.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 1.
Next, write the problem you need to solve.

Answer: 3,989 feet higher.

Explanation: The 2005 record was 68,986-64,997= 3,989 feet higher.

Question 1.
Last, solve the problem to find how many feet higher the 2005 record was than the 1988 record
______ feet higher

Answer: 3,989 feet higher.

Explanation: The 2005 record was 68,986-64,997= 3,989 feet higher.

Question 2.
What if a new world altitude record of 70,000 feet was set? How many feet higher would the new record be than the 2005 record?
______ feet

Answer: 1,014 feet.

Explanation: The new world altitude record is 70,000 feet, so the new record is 70,000-68,986= 1,014 feet higher.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 3.
Last year, the ticket sales for a commercial hot air balloon ride were $109,076. This year, the ticket sales were $125,805. How much more were the ticket sales this year?
$ ______

Answer: $16,729.

Explanation: The ticket sale for last year is $109,076 and this year is $125,805, so $125,805- $109,076= $16,729 much more tickets are sold this year.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 4.
There were 665 hot air balloon pilots at a hot air balloon race. There were 1,550 more ground crew members than there were pilots. How many ground crew members were there in all?

______ ground crew members

Answer: 2,215 ground crew members.

Explanation: There were 1,550 more ground crew members and 665 hot air ballon pilots at a hot air ballon. So 1,550+665= 2,215 ground crew members.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

 

Problem Solving • Comparison Problems with Addition and Subtraction (Page 52)

Question 5.
Steve Fossett attempted to fly around the world in a balloon several times before he succeeded in 2002. How many more miles did he fly during the 2002 flight than during the August 1998 flight?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 34
______ miles

Answer: 6,247 miles.

Explanation: Number of miles did he flew are during 2002 are 20,482-14,235= 6,247 miles.

Question 6.
Is the combined distance for the 1998 flights more or less than the distance for the 2002 flight?

Answer: The combined distance is 20,038 miles, which is less than 20,482 miles.

Question 7.
Estimate the total number of miles Fossett flew during the six hot air balloon flights. Explain how you estimated.
______ miles

Answer: 55,000 miles.

Explanation: Round off each distance to the greatest place value position, then add 2,000+10,000+6,000+14,000+3,000+20,000= 55,000 miles.

Question 8.
Rusty wants to buy a small hot air balloon that costs $23,950. The cost of training for a license is $2,750. How much will Rusty pay for the balloon and the training?
(a) $21,200
(b) $26,600
(c) $26,700
(d) $36,700

Answer: $26,700

Explanation: Rusty wants to buy a small hot air balloon that costs $23,950 and the cost of training for a license is $2,750, so total Rusty pay is $23,950+$2,750= $26,700.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 53)

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction

Use the information in the table for 1–3.

Question 1.
How many square miles larger is the surface area of Lake Huron than the surface area of Lake Erie?

Think: How can a bar model help represent the problem? What equation can be written?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 35

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 36

Question 2.
Which lake has a surface area that is 14,938 square miles greater than the surface area of Lake Ontario? Draw a model and write a number sentence to solve the problem.

Answer: Lake Michigan 22,278 square miles.

Explanation: 7,340+14,938= 22,278.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 3.
Lake Victoria has the largest surface area of all lakes in Africa. Its surface area is 26,828 square miles. How much larger is the surface area of Lake Superior than that of Lake Victoria?
______ square milles

Answer: 4,872 square miles.

Explanation: The Surface area of Lake Victoria is 26,828 square miles and the surface area of the Lake Superior is 31,700 square miles. So 31,700-26,828= 4,872 square miles larger.

Question 4.
At 840,000 square miles, Greenland is the largest island in the world. The second-largest island is New Guinea, at 306,000 square miles. How much larger is Greenland than New Guinea?
______ square miles

Answer: 534,000 square miles.

Explanation: The surface area of Greenland is 840,000 square miles and New Guinea is 306,000 square miles. So 840,000-306,000= 534,000 square miles.

Problem Solving • Comparison Problems with Addition and Subtraction (Page 54)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The Mariana Trench in the Pacific Ocean is about 36,201 feet deep. The Puerto Rico Trench in the Atlantic Ocean is about 27,493 feet deep. Based on these data, how many feet deeper is the Mariana Trench than the Puerto Rico Trench?
(a) 8,708 feet
(b) 9,718 feet
(c) 9,808 feet
(d) 63,694 feet

Answer: 8,708 feet.

Explanation: The Mariana Trench in the Pacific Ocean is about 36,201 feet deep and the Atlantic Ocean is about 27,493 feet deep. So 36,201-27,493= 8,708 feet.

Question 2.
At 1,932 feet, Crater Lake, Oregon, is the deepest lake in the United States. The world’s deepest lake, Lake Baykal in Russia, is 3,383 feet deeper. How deep is Lake Baykal?
(a) 3,383 feet
(b) 4,215 feet
(c) 4,315 feet
(d) 5,315 feet

Answer: 5,315 feet

Explanation: Crater Lake is 1,932 feet and Lake Baykal is 3,383 feet, so 1,932+3,383= 5,315 feet deeper.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which of the following amounts is greater than $832,458?
(a) $82,845
(b) $832,458
(c) $823,845
(d) $832,485

Answer: $832,485.

Explanation: $832,458 is greater than $832,485.

Question 4.
A stadium in Pennsylvania seats 107,282 people. A stadium in Arizona seats 71,706 people. Based on these facts, how many more people does the stadium in Pennsylvania seat than the stadium in Arizona?
(a) 35,576
(b) 35,586
(c) 36,576
(d) 178,988

Answer: 35,576.

Explanation: A stadium in Pennsylvania seats 107,282 people and a stadium in Arizona seats 71,706 people. So 107,282-71,706= 35,576 people seat in the stadium in Arizona.

Question 5.
Which of the following numbers is 399,713 rounded to the place value of the underlined digit?
(a) 390,000
(b) 398,000
(c) 399,800
(d) 400,000

Answer: 400,000.

Explanation: The number 399,713 rounded to the nearest thousand is 400,000.

Question 6.
About 400,000 people visited an art museum in December. Which number could be the exact number of people who visited the art museum?
(a) 478,051
(b) 452,223
(c) 352,483
(d) 348,998

Answer: 352,483.

Explanation: The exact number of people who visited the art museum is 352,483.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 55)

Question 1.
Select a number for ■ that will make a true comparison. Mark all that apply.
703,209 > ■
Options:
(a) 702,309
(b) 703,029
(c) 703,209
(d) 703,290
(e) 730,029
(f) 730,209

Answer: 703,209>702,309, 703,209>703,029.

Explanation: The numbers 702,309, 703,029 are less than 703,209.

Question 2.
Nancy wrote the greatest number that can be made using each of these digits exactly once.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 37
Part A
What was Nancy’s number? How do you know this is the greatest possible number for these digits?

Answer: 985,431.

Explanation: Here we will use place value and we will take the greatest digit and place it in the spot furthest to the left, the hundred thousands column. And place the next greatest digit in the ten thousands column and so on. We know that the place value of each digit to the left is ten times the place value of the digit to its right.

Question 2.
Part B
What is the least number that can be made using each digit exactly once? Explain why the value of the 4 is greater than the value of the 5.

Answer: 134,589.

Explanation: The 4 represents 4,000 and 5 represents 500.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 56)

For 3–4, use the table.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 38

Question 3.
Write the name of each mountain peak in the box that describes its height, in feet.
Between 14,000 feet and        Between 14,301 feet and
14,300 feet                              14,500 feet

Answer:
Between 14,000 feet and 14,300 feet- Crestone Peak, Humboldt Peak, White Mountain.
Between 14,301 feet and 14,500 feet- Blanca Peak, University Peak, Mount Whitney.

Explanation:
Between 14,000 feet and 14,300 feet- Crestone Peak 14,294 ft, Humboldt Peak 14,064 ft, White Mountain 14,246 ft.
Between 14,301 feet and 14,500 feet- Blanca Peak 14,345 ft, University Peak 14,470 ft, Mount Whitney 14,494 ft.

Question 4.
Circle the name of the tallest peak. Explain how you know which of the mountain peaks is the tallest.

Answer: Mount Whitney.

Explanation: Comparing the heights by place value position.

Question 5.
Mr. Rodriguez bought 420 pencils for the school. If there are 10 pencils in a box, how many boxes did he buy?
Options:
(a) 42
(b) 420
(c) 430
(d) 4,200

Answer: 42 boxes.

Explanation: Mr. Rodriguez bought 420 pencils and in a box, there are 10 pencils. So the number of boxes did he bought is
420÷10= 42 boxes.

Question 6.
Bobby and Cheryl each rounded 745,829 to the nearest ten thousand. Bobby wrote 750,000 and Cheryl wrote 740,000. Who is correct? Explain the error that was made.
_________

Answer: Bobby is correct.

Explanation: Cheryl left the ten thousands digit the same instead of increasing it by 1. The digit in the thousands place is 5, so to round to the nearest ten thousand, Cheryl should have increased the ten thousands digit, 4 by 1.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 57)

Question 7.
The total season attendance for a college team’s home games, rounded to the nearest ten thousand, was 270,000. For numbers 7a–7d, select Yes or No to tell whether the number could be the exact attendance.
a. 265,888
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: When 265,888 is rounded off to the nearest ten thousand we will get 270,000.

Question 7.
b. 260,987
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No.

Explanation: When 260,987 is rounded off to the nearest ten thousand we will get 260,000.

Question 7.
c. 274,499
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: When 274,499 is rounded off to the nearest ten thousand we will get 270,000.

Question 7.
d. 206,636
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No.

Explanation: When 206,636 is rounded off to the nearest ten thousand we will get 210,000.

For 8–10, use the table.

The table shows recent population data for Sacramento, California.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 39

Question 8.
How many children are under 10 years old? Show your work.
_____ children

Answer: 66,416 children.

Explanation: Children under 10 years old are 35,010+31,406= 66,416 children.

Question 9.
How many people are between the ages of 20 and 49? Show your work.
_____ people

Answer: 207,909 people.

Explanation: People between the ages of 20 and 49 are 115,279+92,630= 207,909 people.

Question 10.
How many more children are under the age of 5 than between the ages of 10 and 14? Show your work.
_____ children

Answer: 4,757 children.

Explanation: The children 35,010-30,253= 4,757 children are under the age of 5 than between the ages of 10 and 14.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 58)

Question 11.
For numbers 11a–11d, select True or False for each sentence.
a. The value of 7 in 375,092 is 7,000.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: False, because the value of the digit 7 in 375,092 is 70,000.

Question 11.
b. The value of 5 in 427,593 is 500.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True.

Explanation: As 5 is in hundreds place, so the value of the digit 5 in 427,593 is 500.

Question 11.
c. The value of 2 in 749,021 is 200.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: False, because the value of the digit 2 in 749,021 is 20.

Question 11.
d. The value of 4 in 842,063 is 40,000.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True.

Explanation: The value of the digit 4 in the digit 842,063 is 40,000.

Question 12.
Select another way to show 403,871. Mark all that apply.
Options:
(a) four hundred three thousand, eight hundred one
(b) four hundred three thousand, seventy-one
(c) four hundred three thousand, eight hundred seventy-one
(d) 400,000 + 38,000 + 800 + 70 + 1
(e) 400,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 70 + 1
(f) 4 hundred thousands + 3 thousands + 8 hundreds + 7 tens + 1 one

Answer: c, e, f

Explanation: four hundred three thousand, eight hundred seventy-one, 400,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 70 + 1, 4 hundred thousands + 3 thousands + 8 hundreds + 7 tens + 1 one are the another way of 403,871.

Question 13.
Lexi, Susie, and Rial are playing an online word game. Rial scores 100,034 points. Lexi scores 9,348 fewer points than Rial and Susie scores 9,749 more points than Lexi. What is Susie’s score? Show your work.
_____

Answer: 100,435 points.

Explanation: Rial score is 100,034 points and Lexi scores 9,348 fewer points which means 100,034-9,348= 90686 and Susie scores 9,749 more points than Lexi which means 90,686+9,749= 100,435 points are scored by Susie.

Question 14.
There were 13,501 visitors to a museum in June. What is this number rounded to the nearest ten thousand? Explain how you rounded.
_____

Answer: 10,000.

Explanation: There is a 1 in the ten thousands place. The digit to its right is 3, so the 1 stays the same.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 59)

Question 15.
New Mexico has an area of 121,298 square miles. California has an area of 155,779 square miles. How much greater is the area, in square miles, of California than the area of New Mexico? Show your work and explain how you know the answer is reasonable.
______ square miles

Answer: 34,481 square miles.

Explanation: The area of New Mexico is 121,298 square miles and the area of California is 155,779 square miles. So
155,779- 121,298= 34,481 square miles greater.

Question 16.
Circle the choice that completes the statement.
10,000 less than 24,576 is Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 40 1,000 less than 14,576.
_________

Answer: 10,000 less than 24,576 is greater than 1,000 less than 14,576.

Explanation:
10,000 less than 24,576 is Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million 1,000 less than 14,576.

Question 17.
Match the number to the value of its 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 41
Type below:
__________

Answer: 45,678 – 5,000      757,234 – 50,000     13,564 – 500.     3,450 – 50.

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 60)

Question 18.
During September and October, a total of 825,150 visitors went to Grand Canyon National Park. If 448,925 visitors went to the park in September, how many visitors went to the park in October? Show your work.
_____ people

Answer:

Explanation: The total number of visitors in September and October is 825,150 visitors and 448,925 visitors visited the park in September, so 825,150-448,925= 376,225 visitors visited in October.

Question 19.
A college baseball team had 3 games in April. Game one had an attendance of 14,753 people. Game two had an attendance of 20,320 people. Game three had an attendance of 14,505 people. Write the games in order from the least attendance to the greatest attendance. Use pictures, words, or numbers to show how you know.
Game _____ ; _____ ; _____

Answer: Game 3; Game 1; Game2.

Explanation: The number of people who attended for game one is 14,753 and game two is 20,320 people, game three is 14,505 people. So the order from the least attendance to the greatest attendance is 14,505<14,753<20,320.

Question 20.
Caden made a four-digit number with a 5 in the thousands place, a 5 in the ones place, a 6 in the tens place, and a 4 in the hundreds place. What was the number?
_____

Answer: 5,465.

Explanation: The four-digit number with 5 in the thousands place, 4 in the hundreds place, 6 in the tens place, and 5 in the ones place made by Caden is 5,465.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 65)

Question 1.
There are 8 students in the art club. There are 3 times as many students in chorus. How many students are in chorus?
So, there are _____ students in chorus.

Answer: There are 24 students in the chorus.

Explanation: The number of students in the art club is 8 students and there are 3 times as many students in the chorus. So number of students in the chorus is 8×3= 24 students. So, there are 24 students in the chorus.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Draw a model and write an equation.

Question 2.
6 times as many as 2 is 12.

Answer: 6×2= 12

Explanation: 6×2= 12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 3.
20 is 4 times as many as 5.

Answer: 20= 4×5.

Explanation: 20= 4×5.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Write a comparison sentence.

Question 4.
18 = 9 × 2
_____ is _____ times as many as _____ .

Answer: 18 is 9 times as many as 2.

Question 5.
8 × 4 = 32
_____ times as many as _____ is _____

Answer: 8 times as many as 4 is 32.

Write a comparison sentence.

Question 6.
5 × 7 = 35
_____ times as many as _____ is _____ .

Answer: 5 times as many as 7 is 35.

Question 7.
54 = 6 × 9
_____ is _____ times as many as _____ .

Answer: 54 is 6 times as many as 9.

Question 8.
One week, Jake and Sally collected canned goods for a food drive. On Monday, Jake collected 4 boxes and Sally collected 2 boxes. At the end of the week, Jake had 3 times as many boxes as he had on Monday. Sally had 4 times as many boxes as she had on Monday. Together, how many boxes of canned goods did they have at the end of the week?
_____ boxes

Answer: 20 boxes.

Explanation:
The number of boxes Jake collected on Monday is 4 boxes and at the end of the week, he collected 3 times as many boxes as he had on Monday, which means 3×4= 12. Sally collected 2 boxes on Monday and at the end of the week, Sally collected 4 times as many boxes as she had on Monday which means 4×2= 8 boxes. So 12 boxes+8 boxes= 20 boxes of canned goods they have collected at the end of the week.

Question 9.
Nando has 4 goldfish. Jill has 3 goldfish. Cooper has 2 times as many goldfish as Nando and Jill combined. Write an equation that compares the number of goldfish Cooper has with the number of goldfish that Nando and Jill have.

Answer: 14 goldfish.

Explanation: Nando has 4 goldfish, Jill has 3 goldfish and Cooper has 2 times as many goldfish as Nando and Jill combined which means the total goldfish Nando and Cooper has are 4+3= 7, so Cooper had 2×7= 14 goldfish.

Question 10.
Represent a Problem Write a comparison sentence about pet food that could be represented using the equation 12 = 4 × 3.

Answer: Cooper bought 12 cans of cat food, which is 4 times the number of cans that he has now.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 66)

Question 11.
Luca has 72 baseball cards. This is 8 times as many cards as Han has. How many baseball cards does Han have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 42
a. What do you need to find?

Answer: We need to find how many baseball cards Han has.

Question 11.
b. How can you use a model to find the number of cards Han has?

Answer: By drawing a comparison model we can find the number of cards Han has.

Question 11.
c. Draw the model.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Question 11.
d. Write an equation and solve.

Answer: Han has 9 baseball cards.

Explanation:
72= 8×n
n= 72÷8
= 9.
So, Han has 9 baseball cards.

Question 12.
Complete the statements to describe each model.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 43
24 is _____ times as many as _____ .           24 is _____ times as many as _____ .

Answer:
24 is 6 times as many as 4.
24 is 4 times as many as 6.

Conclusion:

Enhance your math skills by preparing from the Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1. Also, get some subject knowledge after performing the chapter practice test in the HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1  Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles: Having proper knowledge of math concepts is the basic thing to score high marks in the exams and helps for higher studies. To make it possible we have compiled the best study material called Go math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL. Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles and learn all standard math concepts in an understandable way.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles

By preparing Angle concepts in a proper way, you can secure maximum marks in the exam. So, avail of these pdf formatted chapterwise solutions to go math grade 4 answers of chapter 11 angles and make you practice well for -your exams. Utilize the chapter-wise pdf links to download Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles & practice well for standard assessments and homework.

Lesson: 1 – Angles and Fractional Parts of a Circle

Lesson: 2 – Degrees

Lesson: 3 – Measure and Draw Angles

Lesson: 4 – Join and Separate Angles

Lesson: 5 – Problem Solving Unknown Angle Measures

Lesson: 11.1 

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 207

Angles and Fractional Parts of a Circle

Tell what fraction of the circle the shaded angle represents.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 1
Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 2
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Half of the circle is shaded in the above figure. The fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{1}\)

Explanation:
The above circle is completely shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{1}{1}\).

Tell whether the angle on the circle shows a \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}\), or 1 full turn clockwise or counterclockwise.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the circle turns \(\frac{1}{2}\) counterclockwise.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 5
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the circle turns \(\frac{3}{4}\) counterclockwise.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 6
__________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{1}\)

Explanation:
The above circle turns \(\frac{1}{1}\) counterclockwise.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Shelley exercised for 15 minutes. Describe the turn the minute hand made.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 7
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) Clockwise
The minute hand is on 3 which means the minute hand made \(\frac{1}{4}\) Clockwise.

Question 8.
Mark took 30 minutes to finish lunch. Describe the turn the minute hand made.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 8
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) Clockwise
The minute hand is on 6 which means the minute hand made \(\frac{1}{2}\) Clockwise.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 208

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What fraction of the circle does the shaded angle represent
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 9
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{1}\) or 1
b. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 2.
Which describes the turn shown below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 10
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn counterclockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:
The circle made half turn. The fraction of the circle is \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which shows \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\) written as a pair of fractions with a common denominator?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3} \text { and } \frac{4}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{6}{9} \text { and } \frac{6}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{12} \text { and } \frac{3}{12}\)
d. \(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{9}{12}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:
Given the fraction \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\)
LCM of 3 and 4 is 12
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Raymond bought \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a dozen rolls. How many rolls did he buy?
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 7
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given that,
Raymond bought \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a dozen rolls.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 12 = 3 × 3 = 9
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Which of the following lists all the factors of 18?
Options:
a. 1, 2, 4, 9, 18
b. 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
c. 2, 3, 6, 9
d. 1, 3, 5, 9, 18

Answer: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18

Explanation:
The factors of 18 are
1 × 18 = 18
2 × 9 = 18
3 × 6 = 18
6 × 3 = 18
9 × 2 = 18
18 × 1 = 18
The factors are 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Jonathan rode 1.05 miles on Friday, 1.5 miles on Saturday, 1.25 miles on Monday, and 1.1 miles on Tuesday. On which day did he ride the shortest distance?
Options:
a. Monday
b. Tuesday
c. Friday
d. Saturday

Answer: Friday

Explanation:
Given that,
Jonathan rode 1.05 miles on Friday, 1.5 miles on Saturday, 1.25 miles on Monday, and 1.1 miles on Tuesday.
1.05 < 1.1 < 1.5
Thus the shortest distance is 1.05 miles that is on Friday.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 209

Degrees

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 11
60°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 12
_____°

Answer: 180°

Explanation:
The complete angle of the circle is 360°
The above circle made half turn
1/2 × 360° = 180°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 13
_____°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:
The complete angle of the circle is 360°
The above circle made 1/4 turn.
1/4 × 360° = 90°

Classify the angle. Write acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 14
__________

Answer: acute

Explanation:
The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°. The above angle is 25° which is less than 90°. Thus the above angle is an acute angle.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 15
__________

Answer: obtuse

Explanation:
An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees. The above angle is 110° which is greater than 90° and less than 180°. Thus the angle of the above figure is an obtuse angle.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 16
__________

Answer: acute

Explanation:
The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°. The above angle is 60° which is less than 90°. Thus the above angle is an acute angle.

Classify the triangle. Write acute, obtuse, or right.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 17
__________

Answer: right

Explanation:
In geometry and trigonometry, a right angle is an angle of exactly 90°, corresponding to a quarter turn.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 18
__________

Answer: obtuse

Explanation:
An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees. The above angle is 110° which is greater than 90° and less than 180°. Thus the angle of the above figure is an obtuse angle.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 19
__________

Answer: acute

Explanation:
The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°. The above triangle is less than 90 degrees. Thus the above triangle is acute.

Problem Solving

Ann started reading at 4:00 P.M. and finished at 4:20 P.M.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 20

Question 10.
Through what fraction of a circle did the minute hand turn?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
The complete angle of the circle is 360°.
The minute hand is on 4. That means the clock turn 1/3 clockwise.

Question 11.
How many degrees did the minute hand turn?
_____°

Answer: 120°

Explanation:
1/3 × 360° = 120°
Thus the minute hand turn 120°.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 210

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What kind of angle is shown?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 21
Options:
a. acute
b. obtuse
c. right
d. straight

Answer: straight

Explanation:
180° is nothing but a straight angle.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 2.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 270°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:
The complete angle of the circle is 360°.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360° = 90°
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mae bought 15 football cards and 18 baseball cards. She separated them into 3 equal groups. How many sports cards are in each group?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 11
d. 12

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given that,
Mae bought 15 football cards and 18 baseball cards. She separated them into 3 equal groups.
The total cards = 15 + 18 = 33 cards
Divide 33 cards into 3 equal groups
33/3 = 11
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Each part of a race is \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile long. Marsha finished 5 parts of the race. How far did Marsha race?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile
b. \(\frac{5}{12}\) mile
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
d. 5 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile

Explanation:
Each part of a race is \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile long. Marsha finished 5 parts of the race.
We have to divide \(\frac{1}{10}\) into 5 parts.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Jeff said his city got \(\frac{11}{3}\) inches of snow. Which shows this fraction written as a mixed number?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
b. 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Jeff said his city got \(\frac{11}{3}\) inches of snow.
Convert from improper fraction into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{11}{3}\) = 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Amy ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile. Which decimal shows how many miles she ran?
Options:
a. 0.25 mile
b. 0.34 mile
c. 0.5 mile
d. 0.75 mile

Answer: 0.75 mile

Explanation:
Given,
Amy ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile.
The decimal form of \(\frac{3}{4}\) is 0.75
She ran 0.75 miles.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 211

Measure and Draw Angles

Use a protractor to find the angle measure.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles img 22
m∠ABC= 120°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 23
m∠MNP = _____°

Answer: 90°
By using the protractor we can measure the angle. m∠MNP = 90°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 24
m∠RST = _____°

Answer: 55°
By using the protractor we can measure the angle m∠RST is 55°

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 4.
40°

Answer:

Question 5.
170°

Answer:

Draw an example of each. Label the angle with its measure.

Question 6.
a right angle

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 23

Question 7.
an acute angle

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 14

Problem Solving

The drawing shows the angles a stair tread makes with a support board along a wall. Use your protractor to measure the angles.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 25

Question 8.
What is the measure of ∠A?
_____°

Answer: 45°
By using the protractor we can measure the angle ∠A = 45°

Question 9.
What is the measure of ∠B?
_____°

Answer: 135°
By using the protractor we can measure the angle ∠B = 135°

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 212

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the measure of ∠ABC?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 26
Options:
a. 15°
b. 25°
c. 155°
d. 165°

Answer: 15°
With the help of the protractor, we can measure the ∠ABC = 15°
The correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
What is the measure of ∠XYZ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 27
Options:
a. 20°
b. 30°
c. 150°
d. 160°

Answer: 150°
With the help of the protractor, we can measure the ∠XYZ = 150°
The correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Derrick earned $1,472 during the 4 weeks he had his summer job. If he earned the same amount each week, how much did he earn each week?
Options:
a. $360
b. $368
c. $3,680
d. $5,888

Answer: $368

Explanation:
Derrick earned $1,472 during the 4 weeks he had his summer job.
Divide 1472 by 4
1472/4 = $368
Therefore he earned $368 each week.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Arthur baked 1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) dozen muffins. Nina baked 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) dozen muffins. How many dozen muffins did they bake in all?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Arthur baked 1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) dozen muffins.
Nina baked 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) dozen muffins.
Add both the fraction
1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
First add the whole numbers
1 + 1 = 2
\(\frac{7}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
2 \(\frac{8}{12}\) = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Trisha drew the figure below. What figure did she draw?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 28
Options:
a. line segment ST
b. ray ST
c. ray TS
d. line TS

Answer: ray TS
The name of the figure Trisha drew is ray TS.
The correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Which describes the turn shown by the angle?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 29
Options:
a. 1 full turn clockwise
b. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:
The circle made a turn clockwise with a fraction \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 213

Join and Separate Angles

Add to find the measure of the angle. Write an equation to record your work.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 30
50°+75°=125°
m∠ABD=125°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 31
_____° + _____° = _____° ; m∠FGJ = _____°

Answer: 160°

Explanation:
m∠FGH = 140°
m∠HGJ = 20°
m∠FGJ = 140° + 20° = 160°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 32
_____° + _____° + _____° = _____° ; m∠KLN = _____°

Answer: 165°

Explanation:
m∠KLM = 30°
m∠MLP = 90°
m∠PLN = 45°
m∠KLN = 30° + 90° + 45° = 165°

Use a protractor to find the measure of each angle in the circle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 33

Question 4.
m∠ABC = _____°

Answer: 115°
By using the protractor we can measure m∠ABC = 115°

Question 5.
m∠DBE = _____°

Answer: 90°
By using the protractor we can measure m∠DBE = 90°

Question 6.
m∠CBD = _____°

Answer: 75°
By using the protractor we can measure m∠CBD = 75°

Question 7.
m∠EBA = _____°

Answer: 80°
By using the protractor we can measure m∠EBA = 80°

Question 8.
Write the sum of the angle measures as an equation.
_____° + _____° + _____° + _____° = _____°

Answer: 115° + 75° + 90° + 80° = 360°

Explanation:
m∠ABC + m∠DBE + m∠CBD + m∠EBA
115° + 75° + 90° + 80° = 360°

Problem Solving
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 34

Question 9.
Ned made the design at the right. Use a protractor. Find and write the measure of each of the 3 angles.
_____° ; _____° ; _____° ;

Answer: 50°; 60°; 70°
By using the protractor we can measure each of the 3 angles i.e, 50°; 60°; 70°

Question 10.
Write an equation to find the measure of the total angle.
_____° + _____° + _____° = _____°

Answer: 50° + 60° + 70° =180°

Explanation:
Add all the three angles = 50° + 60° + 70° =180°

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 214

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the measure of m∠WXZ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 35
Options:
a. 32°
b. 83°
c. 88°
d. 97°

Answer: 83°

Explanation:
m∠WXY = 58°
m∠ZXY = 25°
m∠WXZ = m∠WXY + m∠ZXY
m∠WXZ = 58° + 25°
m∠WXZ = 83°
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which equation can you use to find the m∠MNQ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 36
Options:
a. 148° – 24° = ■
b. 148° × 24° = ■
c. 148° ÷ 24° = ■
d. 148° + 24° = ■

Answer: 148° + 24° = ■

Explanation:
m∠MNQ = m∠MNP + m∠PNQ
m∠MNP + m∠PNQ = 148° + 24°
m∠MNQ = ■
148° + 24° = ■
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Joe bought 6 packages of envelopes. Each package contains 125 envelopes. How many envelopes did he buy?
Options:
a. 750
b. 723
c. 720
d. 650

Answer: 750

Explanation:
Given,
Joe bought 6 packages of envelopes. Each package contains 125 envelopes.
Multiply the number of packages and number of envelopes
= 6 × 125 = 750
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
The Lake Trail is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long and the Rock Trail is \(\frac{5}{10}\) long. Bill hiked each trail once. How many miles did he hike in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{5}\) mile
b. \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
d. \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile

Answer: \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile

Explanation:
The Lake Trail is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long and the Rock Trail is \(\frac{5}{10}\) long.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Ron drew a quadrilateral with 4 right angles and 4 sides with the same length. Which best describes the figure he drew?
Options:
a. square
b. rhombus
c. trapezoid
d. parallelogram

Answer: square

Explanation:
A quadrilateral with 4 right angles and 4 sides with the same length is known as a square.

Question 6.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 270°

Answer: 270°

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) of a circle is 3/4 × 360° = 3 × 90° = 270°
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 215

Problem Solving Unknown Angle Measures
Solve each problem. Draw a diagram to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 37

Question 2.
An artist is cutting a piece of metal as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 38
x = _____°

Answer: 95°

Explanation:
x  + 130° = 225
x = 225° – 130°
x = 95°

Question 3.
Joan has a piece of material for making a costume. She needs to cut it as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 39
x = _____°

Answer: 50°

Explanation:
x + 40° = 90°
x = 90° – 40°
x = 50°

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 216

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Angelo cuts a triangle from a sheet of paper as shown. What is the measure of ∠x in the triangle?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 40
Options:
a. 15°
b. 25°
c. 75°
d. 105°

Answer: 15°

Explanation:
The above figure is a right triangle.
x + 75° = 90°
x = 90° – 75°
x = 15°
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
Cindy cuts a piece of wood as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 41
Options:
a. 30°
b. 90°
c. 120°
d. 150°

Answer: 120°

Explanation:
x + 90° = 210°
x = 210° – 90
x = 120°
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Tyronne worked 21 days last month. He earned $79 each day. How much did Tyronne earn last month?
Options:
a. $869
b. $948
c. $1,659
d. $2,169

Answer: $1,659

Explanation:
Given that,
Tyronne worked 21 days last month. He earned $79 each day.
21 × $79 = $1659
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Meg inline skated for \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile. Which shows this distance written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 0.07 mile
b. 0.1 mile
c. 0.7 mile
d. 7.1 miles

Answer: 0.7 mile

Explanation:
Meg inline skated for \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile.
The decimal form of \(\frac{7}{10}\) is 0.7 mile.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Kerry ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile. Sherrie ran \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile. Marcie ran \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile. Which list orders the friends from least to greatest distance
run?
Options:
a. Kerry, Sherrie, Marcie
b. Kerry, Marcie, Sherrie
c. Sherrie, Kerry, Marcie
d. Sherrie, Marcie, Kerry

Answer: Sherrie, Marcie, Kerry

Explanation:
Kerry ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile. Sherrie ran \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile. Marcie ran \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile.
Put the fractions from least to greatest.
\(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{2}{3}\), \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
What is the measure of m∠ABC?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 42
Options:
a. 32°
b. 84°
c. 88°
d. 94°

Answer: 84°

Explanation:
m∠ABC = m∠ABD + m∠DBC
m∠ABC = 58° + 26°
m∠ABC = 84°
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 217

Lesson 11.1

Tell whether the angle on the circle shows \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}\), or 1 full turn clockwise or counterclockwise.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 43
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The angle on the above circle shows \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 44
_____

Answer: 1
The angle on the above circle shows 1 full turn clockwise.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 45
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The angle on the above circle shows \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise.

Lesson 11.2

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 46
_____

Answer: 90°
The complete angle of the circle = 360°
The fraction of the shaded part is 1/4
1/4 × 360° = 90°

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 47
_____

Answer: 130°
The complete angle of the circle = 360°
The fraction of the shaded part is 130/360
130/360 × 360 = 130°

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 48
_____

Answer: 270°

Explanation:
The complete angle of the circle = 360°
The fraction of the shaded part is 3/4
3/4 × 360° = 270°

Classify the triangle. Write acute, obtuse, or right.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 49
_____

Answer: Obtuse

Explanation:
An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees. The above angle is 110° which is greater than 90° and less than 180°. Thus the angle of the above figure is an obtuse angle.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 50
_____

Answer: Acute

Explanation:
The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°. The above angle is 60° which is less than 90°. Thus the above angle is an acute angle.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 51
_____

Answer: Right

Explanation:
In geometry and trigonometry, a right angle is an angle of exactly 90°, corresponding to a quarter turn.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 218

Lesson 11.3

Question 1.
Use a protractor to find the angle measure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 52
m ∠PQR = _____°

Answer: 15°
By using the protractor we can measure the angle m ∠PQR = 15°

Question 2.
Use a protractor to draw an angle with the measure 72º.

Answer:

Lesson 11.4

Add to find the measure of the angle. Write an equation to record your work.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 53
m ∠NML = _____°

Answer: 140°

Explanation:
m ∠NML = m ∠LMX + m ∠NMX
m ∠NML = 50° + 90°
m ∠NML = 140°

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 54
m ∠UTS = _____°

Answer: 55°

Explanation:
m ∠UTS = m ∠STX + m ∠UTX
m ∠UTS = 25° + 30°
m ∠UTS = 55°

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 55
m ∠HGF = _____°

Answer: 165°

Explanation:
m ∠HGF = m ∠HGX + m ∠HGY + m ∠FGY
m ∠HGF = 45° + 50° + 70° = 165°
m ∠HGF = 165°

Lesson 11.5

Use the diagram for 1–2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 56

Question 6.
Luke is cutting a board to make a trapezoid for a project. What is the angle measure of the piece left over after Cut A?
x = _____°

Answer: 35°

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can find Cut A.
x + 55° = 90°
x = 90° – 55°
x = 35°

Question 7.
What is the angle measure of the piece left over after Cut B?
y = _____°

Answer: 60°

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can find Cut B.
70° + y = 130°
y = 130° – 70°
y = 60°

Conclusion:

We wish the data given about Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles helps you a lot. These detailed solutions can explain the concepts more in a simple and concise way. Hence, practicing from the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles will make students find out the related questions of angles and score the highest marks in the exams.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length

go-math-grade-6-chapter-6-convert-units-of-length-answer-key

In order to solve real-life mathematical problems, students must understand how the information is related, and how to convert the units. You can learn the concepts only when you start from the basics. Download Free Pdf of Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of length to practice the exercise and homework problems. We have provided the solutions for all the questions in the HMH Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of length.

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length Answer Key

The topics covered in this chapter are Convert units of length, capacity, convert units of weight and mass, transform units, distance, rate and time formulas. This is the easiest and important among all the chapters in the 6th standard. You can score the maximum marks in the exams with the help of our HMH Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length. Tap the links which are provided according to the topics and kickstart your preparation.

Lesson 1: Convert Units of Length

Lesson 2: Convert Units of Capacity

Lesson 3: Convert Units of Weight and Mass

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4: Transform Units

Lesson 5: Problem Solving • Distance, Rate, and Time Formulas

Chapter 6 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 317

Convert to the given unit.

Question 1.
3 miles = ? yards
_______ yd

Answer:
5280 yd

Explanation:
3 miles = ? yards
1 yard = 3 feet
1 mile = 5280 feet
So, 3 miles = 3 x 5280 feet
= 15,840 feet
3 feet = 1 yard
Then, 15,840 feet = 15,840 ÷ 3
= 5280 yards
So, 3 miles = 5280 yards

Question 2.
43 dm = ? hm
_______ hm

Answer:
0.043 hm

Explanation:
43 dm= ?hm
10 decimeters = 1 meter
1 hectometer = 100 meters
1 meter = 10 decimeter
100 meters = 10×100 decimeters = 1000 decimeters
So 1 hectometer = 1000 decimeters
Then, 43 decimeters = 43/1000 = 0.043 hectometers
So, 43 dm = 0.043 hm

Question 3.
9 yd = ? in.
_______ inches

Answer:
324 inches

Explanation:
9 yd= ? in.
1 yard = 36 inches
So 9 yards = 9×36 = 324 inches
9 yards = 324 inches

Question 4.
72 ft = 24 yd
_______ yd

Answer:
24 yd

Explanation:
72 ft = 24 yd
1 yard = 3 feet
So, 1 feet = 1/3 yard
Then, 72 feet = 72/3 yard
So, 72 feet = 24 yards

Question 5.
7,500 mm = ? dm
_______ dm

Answer:
75 dm

Explanation:
7,500 mm = ?dm
1000 millimeters = 1 meter
10 decimeters = 1 meter
So, 1000 millimeters = 10 decimeters
Then 1 millimeter = 10/1000 decimeter = 1/100 decimeters
So 7500 millimeters = 7500/100 decimeters
Then 7500 mm = 75 dm

On Your Own

Question 6.
Rohan used 9 yards of ribbon to wrap gifts. How many inches of ribbon did he use?
_______ inches

Answer:
324 inches

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Rohan used 9 yards of ribbon to wrap gifts
1 yard = 36 inches
So, 9 yards = 9×36 = 324 inches
So, Rohan used 324 inches ribbon to wrap gifts

Question 7.
One species of frog can grow to a maximum length of 12.4 millimeters. What is the maximum length of this frog species in centimeters?
_______ cm

Answer:
1.24 cm

Explanation:
One species of frog can grow to a maximum length of 12.4 millimeters.
From the given information
One species of frog can grow to a maximum length of 12.4 millimeters
1000 millimeters = 1 meter
100 centimeters = 1 meter
So, 1000 millimeters = 100 centimeters
1 millimeter = 100/1000 centimeters = 1/10 centimeters
So, 12.4 millimeters = 12.4/10 centimeters = 1.24 centimeters
12.4 millimeters = 1.24 centimeters

Question 8.
The height of the Empire State Building measured to the top of the lightning rod is approximately 443.1 meters. What is this height in hectometers?
_______ hectometers

Answer:
4.431 hectometers

Explanation:
The height of the Empire State Building measured to the top of the lightning rod is approximately 443.1 meters.
443.1 meters in hectometers
1 hectometer = 100 meters
Then, 1 meter = 1/100 hectometers
So, 443.1 meters = 443.1/100 hectometers
443.1 meters = 4.431 hectometers

Question 9.
A snail moves at a speed of 2.5 feet per minute. How many yards will the snail have moved in half of an hour?
_______ yards

Answer:
25 yards

Explanation:
From the given information
A snail moves at a speed of 2.5 feet per minute
1 hour = 60 minutes
1 minute = 2.5 feet speed
60 minutes = 60×2.5 feet = 150 feet
1 yard = 3 feet
So 1 feet = 1/3 yards
Then, 150 feet = 150/3 yards = 50 yards per hour
For half of an hour, a snail moves 25 yards

Practice: Copy and Solve Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 10.
32 feet _______ 11 yards

Answer:
32 feet < 11 yards

Explanation:
32 feet _______ 11 yards
1 yard = 3 feet
So, 11 yards = 11×3 = 33 feet
So, 32 feet < 11 yards

Question 11.
537 cm _______ 5.37 m

Answer:
537 cm = 5.37 m

Explanation:
537 cm _______ 5.37 m
100 centimeters = 1 meter
1 centimeter = 0.01 meter
So, 537 centimeters = 537×0.01 meters
That is 537 centimeters = 5.37 meters

Question 12.
75 inches _______ 6 feet

Answer:
75 inches > 6 feet

Explanation:
75 inches _______ 6 feet
1 foot = 12 inches
6 feet = 6×12 = 72 inches
So, 75 inches > 6 feet

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 318

What’s the Error?

Question 13.
The Redwood National Park is home to some of the largest trees in the world. Hyperion is the tallest tree in the park, with a height of approximately 379 feet. Tom wants to find the height of the tree in yards.
Tom converted the height this way :
3 feet = 1 yard
conversion factor: \(\frac{3 \mathrm{ft}}{1 \mathrm{yd}}\)
\(\frac{379 \mathrm{ft}}{1} \times \frac{3 \mathrm{ft}}{1 \mathrm{yd}}\) = 1,137 yd
Find and describe Tom’s error.
Show how to correctly convert from 379 feet to yards.
Explain how you knew Tom’s answer was incorrect.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
conversion factor: 3ft1yd
379ft1 × 3ft1yd = 1,137 yd
We need to divide the 379 feet with 3 to get the height of the Hyperion tree, but tom multiplies the 379 with 3 and that is the error part
1 yard = 3 feet
1 feet = 1/3 yards
So, 379 feet = 379/3 yards = 126.3 yards
So, the height of the Hyperion tree is 126.3 yards

Question 14.
Choose <, >, or =.
14a. 12 yards Ο 432 inches
14b. 321 cm Ο 32.1 m
12 yards _______ 432 inches
321 cm _______ 32.1 m

Answer:
14a. 12 yards Ο 432 inches
14b. 321 cm Ο 32.1 m
12 yards = 432 inches
321 cm < 32.1 m

Explanation:
14a. 12 yards Ο 432 inches
1 yard = 36 inches
12 yards = 12×36 = 432 inches
So, 12 yards = 432 inches
14b. 321 cm Ο 32.1 m
100 centimeters = 1 meter
1 centimeter = 0.01 meter
321 centimeters = 321×0.01 meters = 3.21 meters
3.21 < 32.1
So, 321 centimeters < 32.1 meters

Convert Units of Length – Page No. 319

Convert to the given unit.

Question 1.
42 ft = ? yd
_______ yd

Answer:
14yd

Explanation:
42 ft= ?yd
3 feet = 1 yard
1 feet = 1/3 yard
So, 42 feet = 42/3 = 14 yard
So, 42 feet = 14 yards

Question 2.
2,350 m = ? km
_______ km

Answer:
2.350 km

Explanation:
2,350 m = ? km
1 kilometer = 1000 meters
1 meter = 1/1000 kilometers
Then, 2350 meters = 2350/1000 kilometers
2350 meters = 2.350 kilometers

Question 3.
18 ft = ? in.
_______ inches

Answer:
216 inches

Explanation:
18 ft= ? in
1 foot = 12 inches
18 feet = 12×18 = 216 inches
18 feet = 216 inches

Question 4.
289 m = ? dm
_______ dm

Answer:
2890 dm

Explanation:
289 m = ?dm
10 decimeters = 1 meter
289 meters = 289×10 decimeters
So, 289 meters = 2890 decimeters

Question 5.
5 mi = ? yd
_______ yd

Answer:
8,800 yd

Explanation:
1. 5 mi = ? yd
1 mile = 1760 yards
5 miles = 5×1760 = 8800 yards
5 mi = 8,800 yards

Question 6.
35 mm = ? cm
_______ cm

Answer:
3.5 cm

Explanation:
35 mm = ? cm
1000 millimeters = 1 meter
100 centimeters = 1 meter
So, 1000 millimeters = 100 centimeters
1 millimeter = 100/1000 centimeters
Then, 35 millimeters = 35×100/1000 centimeters = 3.5 centimeters
35 millimeters = 3.5 centimeters

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 7.
1.9 dm _______ 1,900 mm

Answer:
1.9 dm < 1,900 mm

Explanation:
1.9 dm _______ 1,900 mm
10 decimeters = 1 meter
1000 millimeters = 1 meter
So, 10 decimeters = 1000 millimeters
1 decimeter = 100 millimeters
1.9 decimeters = 1.9 x 100 = 190 millimeters
So, 1.9 decimeters = 190 millimeters
So, 1.9 dm < 1900 mm

Question 8.
12 ft _______ 4 yd

Answer:
12 ft  = 4 yd

Explanation:
12 ft _______ 4 yd
3 feet = 1 yard
3×4 feet = 12 feet = 1×4 = 4 yard
So, 12 feet = 4 yards

Question 9.
56 cm _______ 56,000 km

Answer:
56 cm < 56,000 km

Explanation:
56 cm _______ 56,000 km
100 centimeters = 1 meter
1 kilometer = 1000 meters
0.01 kilometer = 1 meter
So, 100 centimeters = 0.01 kilometers
1 centimeter = 0.01/100 kilometers
56 centimeters = 56 x 0.01/100 kilometers =0.0056 kilometers
So, 56 cm < 56,000 km

Question 10.
98 in. _______ 8 ft

Answer:
98 in. > 8 ft

Explanation:
98 in. _______ 8 ft
1 foot = 12 inches
8 feet = 8×12 = 96 inches
So, 98 in > 8 feet

Question 11.
64 cm _______ 630 mm

Answer:
64 cm  > 630 mm

Explanation:
64 cm _______ 630 mm
1000 millimeters = 1 meter
100 centimeters = 1 meter
So, 100 centimeters = 1000 millimeters
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
so, 64 centimeters = 64×10 millimeters = 640 millimeters
then, 64 cm > 630 mm

Question 12.
2 mi _______ 10,560 ft

Answer:
2 mi  = 10,560 ft

Explanation:
1 mi _______ 10,560 ft
1 mile = 5280 feet
so, 2 miles = 2×5280 = 10560 feet
then, 2 miles = 10,560 feet

Question 13.
The giant swallowtail is the largest butterfly in the United States. Its wingspan can be as large as 16 centimeters. What is the maximum wingspan in millimeters?
_______ mm

Answer:
160 mm

Explanation:
The giant swallowtail is the largest butterfly in the United States. Its wingspan can be as large as 16 centimeters.
100 centimeters = 1 meter
1000 millimeters = 1 meter
So, 100 centimeters = 1000 millimeters
1 centimeters = 10 millimeters
then 16 centimeters = 16×10 millimeters = 160 millimeters
So, giant swallowtail wingspan is 160 millimeters large

Question 14.
The 102nd floor of the Sears Tower in Chicago is the highest occupied floor. It is 1,431 feet above the ground. How many yards above the ground is the 102nd floor?
_______ yd

Answer:
477 yd

Explanation:
The 102nd floor of the Sears Tower in Chicago is the highest occupied floor. It is 1,431 feet above the ground.
3 feet = 1 yard
1 feet = 1/3 yard
Then, 1431 feet = 1431/3 yard = 477 yards
So, the height of the 102nd floor from the ground = 477 yards

Question 15.
Explain why units can be simplified first when measurements are multiplied.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Units can be simplified first, because if (60 min)/(1 hr) = 1, then I can multiply any measurement by that fraction and not change its value.

Lesson Check – Page No. 320

Question 1.
Justin rides his bicycle 2.5 kilometers to school. Luke walks 1,950 meters to school. How much farther does Justin ride to school than Luke walks to school?
_______ meters

Answer:
550 meters

Explanation:
Justin rides his bicycle 2.5 kilometers to school. Luke walks 1,950 meters to school.
1 kilometer = 1000 meters
Then, 2.5 kilometers = 2.5 x 1000 = 2500 meters
So, Justin rides his bicycle 2500 meters and Luke walks 1950 meters
2500 – 1950 = 550 meters
So, Justin rides more 550 meters than Luke to school

Question 2.
The length of a room is 10 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet. What is the length of the room in inches?
_______ inches

Answer:
126 inches

Explanation:
1 feet = 12 inches
10 1/2 feet = ?
10 1/2 = 21/2
21/2 × 12 = 21 × 6 = 126
126 inches

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each unit on the map represents 1 mile. What is the distance between the campground and the waterfall?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 1
_______ miles

Answer:
4 miles

Explanation:
Each unit on the map represents 1 mile
The distance between the campground and the waterfall is 4 units that is 4 miles

Question 4.
On a field trip, 2 vans can carry 32 students. How many students can go on a field trip when there are 6 vans?
_______ students

Answer:
96 students

Explanation:
On a field trip, 2 vans can carry 32 students
So, 1 van can carry the students = 32/2 = 16 students
Then, students can go in 6 vans = 6×16 = 96 students

Question 5.
According to a 2008 survey, \(\frac{29}{50}\) of all teens have sent at least one text message in their lives. What percent of teens have sent a text message?
_______ %

Answer:
58%

Explanation:
From the given information
According to a 2008 survey
29/50 of all teens have sent at least one text message in their lives
Percent of teens have sent a text message = 29/50 x 100 = 58%
So, 58% of teens have sent text messages

Question 6.
Of the students in Ms. Danver’s class, 6 walk to school. This represents 30% of her students. How many students are in Ms. Danver’s class?
_______ students

Answer:
20 students

Explanation:
Of the students in Ms. Danver’s class, 6 walk to school
It represents 30% of her students
That is 30% = 6 students
Then 100% = (100×6)/30 = 20
Total number of students in Ms. Danver’s class = 20 students

Share and Show – Page No. 323

Convert to the given unit.

Question 1.
5 quarts = ? cups
_______ cups

Answer:
20 cups

Explanation:
5 quarts = ? cups
4cups = 1 quart
So, 5 quarts = 5×4 = 20 cups
5 quarts = 20 cups

Question 2.
6.7 liters = ? hectoliters
_______ hectoliters

Answer:
0.067 hectoliters

Explanation:
1.7 liters = ? hectoliters
1 hectoliter= 100 liters
1 liter = 1/100 hectoliters
6.7 liters = 6.7/100 hectoliters = 0.067 hectoliters

Question 3.
5.3 kL = ? L
_______ L

Answer:
5300 L

Explanation:
5.3 kL= ? L
1 Kiloliter = 1000 liters
Then, 5.3 kiloliters = 5.3 x 1000 = 5300 liters
So, 5.3 kL = 5300 L

Question 4.
36 qt = ? gal
_______ gal

Answer:
9 gal

Explanation:
36 qt = ? gal
4 quarts = 1 gallon
So, 36 qts = 9×4 quarts = 9×1 gallons
So, 36 qt = 9 gallons

Question 5.
5,000 mL = ? cL
_______ cL

Answer:
500 cL

Explanation:
5,000 mL = ?cL
1000 milliliters = 1 liter
100 centiliters = 1 liter
So, 1000 milliliters = 100 centiliters
Then, 5000 milliliters = 5×100 centiliters = 500 centiliters
5000 milliliters = 500 centiliters

On Your Own

Question 6.
It takes 41 gallons of water for a washing machine to wash a load of laundry. How many quarts of water does it take to wash one load?
_______ quarts

Answer:
164 quarts

Explanation:
It takes 41 gallons of water for a washing machine to wash a load of laundry.
41 gallons of water is required for a washing machine to wash a load of laundry
1 gallon = 4 quarts
Then, 41 gallons = 41×4 quarts = 164 quarts
164 quarts of water us required for a washing machine to wash a load of laundry

Question 7.
Sam squeezed 237 milliliters of juice from 4 oranges. How many liters of juice did Sam squeeze?
_______ L

Answer:
0.237 L

Explanation:
Sam squeezed 237 milliliters of juice from 4 oranges
1000 liliters = 1 liter
1 milliliter = 1/1000 liter
237 milliliters = 237/1000 liters
237 milliliters = 0.237 liters

Question 8.
Reason Quantitatively A bottle contains 3.78 liters of water. Without calculating, determine whether there are more or less than 3.78 deciliters of water in the bottle. Explain your reasoning
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Reason Quantitatively A bottle contains 3.78 liters of water
1 liter = 10 deciliters
Then 3.78 liters = 3.78×10 = 37.8 deciliters
So, bottle contains more than 3.78 deciliters of water

Question 9.
Tonya has a 1-quart, a 2-quart, and a 3-quart bowl. A recipe asks for 16 ounces of milk. If Tonya is going to triple the recipe, what is the smallest bowl that will hold the milk?
The _______ bowl

Answer:
The 3 quarts bowl

Explanation:
Tonya has a 1-quart, a 2-quart, and a 3-quart bowl
A recipe asks for 16 ounces of milk
If Tonya triples the recipe, then 1 quart = 3, 2 quart = 6, 3 quart = 9
The smallest bowl is 3 quarts

Practice: Copy and Solve Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 10.
700,000 L _______ 70 kL

Answer:
700,000 L > 70 kL

Explanation:
700,000 L _______ 70 kL
1 kiloliter = 1000 liters
Then, 70 kiloliters = 70×1000 liters = 70,000 liters
So, 700,000 liters > 70 kiloliters

Question 11.
6 gal _______ 30 qt

Answer:
6 gal < 30 qt

Explanation:
6 gal _______ 30 qt
4 quarts = 1 gallon
So, 6 gallons = 6×4 = 24 quarts
So, 6 gallons < 30 quarts

Question 12.
54 kL _______ 540,000 dL

Answer:
54 kL  = 540,000 dL

Explanation:
54 kL _______ 540,000 dL
1 kiloliter = 1000 liters
1 liter = 10 deciliters
Then, 1000 liters = 10×1000 = 10,000 deciliters
So, 1 kiloliter = 10,000 deciliters
Then, 54 kiloliters = 54×10,000 = 540,000 deciliters
So, 54 kL = 540,000 dL

Question 13.
10 pt _______ 5 qt

Answer:
10 pt  = 5 qt

Explanation:
10 pt _______ 5 qt
1 pints = 1 quart
then, 10 pints = 2×5 pints = 1×5 quart = 5 quarts
So, 10 pints = 5 quarts

Question 14.
500 mL _______ 50 L

Answer:
500 mL  < 50 L

Explanation:
500 mL _______ 50 L
1000 milliliters = 1 liter
Then, 1000/2 milliliters = 500 milliliters = ½ liters= 0.5 liters
So, 500 mL < 50 L

Question 15.
14 c _______ 4 qt

Answer:
14 c  < 4 qt

Explanation:

14 c _______ 4 qt
4 cups = 1 quart
1 cup = ¼ quart
Then, 14 cups = 14/4 quarts = 3.5 quarts
So, 14 cups < 4 quarts

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 324

Question 16.
Jeffrey is loading cases of bottled water onto a freight elevator. There are 24 one-pint bottles in each case. The maximum weight that the elevator can carry is 1,000 pounds. If 1 gallon of water weighs 8.35 pounds, what is the maximum number of full cases Jeffrey can load onto the elevator?
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
the maximum number of full cases Jeffrey can load onto the elevator

Question 16.
b. How can you find the weight of 1 case of bottled water? What is the weight?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Using one-pint bottles and 1 gallon of water weighs 8.35 pounds information

Explanation:

Question 16.
c. How can you find the number of cases that Jeffrey can load onto the elevator?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
1 US liquid pint is equivalent to 0.125 US liquid gallons.
So, 24 one-pint bottles is equivalent to (24 × 0.125) =3 gallons.
Therefore, one full case of bottled water is equal to 3 gallons.
Now, 1 gallon is equal to 8.35 pounds
And hence, 3 gallons is equal to (8.35 × 3) = 25.05 pounds.

Question 16.
d. What is the maximum number of full cases Jeffrey can load onto the elevator?
_______ cases

Answer:
39 cases

Explanation:
1 US liquid pint is equivalent to 0.125 US liquid gallons.
So, 24 one-pint bottles is equivalent to (24 × 0.125) =3 gallons.
Therefore, one full case of bottled water is equal to 3 gallons.
Now, 1 gallon is equal to 8.35 pounds
And hence, 3 gallons is equal to (8.35 × 3) = 25.05 pounds.
If the maximum weight that the elevator can carry is 1000 pounds, then the maximum number of cases of bottled water that the elevator can carry is ≈ 39
We can not take the number as 40, because then the total weight will become more than 1000 pounds which is not allowed.

Question 17.
Monica put 1 liter, 1 deciliter, 1 centiliter, and 1 milliliter of water into a bowl. How many milliliters of water did she put in the bowl?
_______ milliliters

Answer:
1111 milliliters

Explanation:
Monica put 1 liter, 1 deciliter, 1 centiliter, and 1 milliliter of water into a bowl
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
1 liter = 10 deciliters
so, 10 deciliters = 1000 milliliters
then, 1 deciliter = 100 milliliters
1 liter = 100 centiliters
So, 100 centiliters = 1000 milliliters
Then, 1 centiliter = 10 milliliters
1 liter + 1 deciliter + 1 centiliter + 1 milliliter
= 1000 milliliters + 100 milliliters + 10 milliliters + 1 milliliter
= 1111 milliliters
Monica filled the bowl with 1111 milliliters of water

Question 18.
Select the conversions that are equivalent to 235 liters. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 235,000 milliliters
b. 0.235 milliliters
c. 235,000 kiloliters
d. 0.235 kiloliters

Answer:
a. 235,000 milliliters

Explanation:
a. 235,000 milliliters
1000 milliliters = 1 liter
Then, 235×1000 milliliters = 1×235 liters = 235 liters
So, 235,000 milliliters are equivalent to 235 liters

Convert Units of Capacity – Page No. 325

Convert to the given unit.

Question 1.
7 gallons = ? quarts
_______ quarts

Answer:
28 quarts

Explanation:
6 gallons = ? quarts
4 quarts = 1 gallon
then, 7 gallons = 4×7 = 28 quarts

Question 2.
5.1 liters = ? kiloliters
_______ kiloliters

Answer:
0.0051 kiloliters

Explanation:
5.1 liters = ? kiloliters
1 kiloliter = 1000 liters
So, 1 liter = 1/1000 kiloliter
Then, 5.1 liters = 5.1/1000 kiloliters
5.1 liters = 0.0051 kiloliters

Question 3.
20 qt = ? gal
_______ gal

Answer:
5 gal

Explanation:
20 t = ? gal
4 quarts = 1 gallon
Then, 4×5 quarts = 1×5 gallons
That is 20 quarts = 5 gallons

Question 4.
40 L = ? mL
_______ mL

Answer:
40,000 mL

Explanation:
40 L = ? mL
1000 milliliters = 1 liter
Then, 40 liters = 40×1000 milliliters = 40,000 milliliters
40 L = 40,000 mL

Question 5.
33 pt = ? qt ? pt
_______ qt _______ pt

Answer:
33/2 quarts = 16.5 quarts

Explanation:
33 pt= ?qt ? pt
1 pints = 1 quart
1 pint = ½ quart
then, 33 pint = 33/2 quarts = 16.5 quarts

Question 6.
29 cL = ? daL
_______ daL

Answer:
0.029 daL

Explanation:
29 cL = ? daL
100 centiliters = 1 liter
1 dekaliter = 10 liters
So, 1 liter = 1/10 dekaliters
Then, 100 centiliters = 1/10 dekaliters
1 centiliter = 1/1000 dekaliters
then, 29 centiliters = 29/1000 dekaliters = 0.029 dekaliters
29 cL = 0.029 daL

Question 7.
7.7 kL = ? cL
_______ cL

Answer:
7,70,000 cL

Explanation:
6.7 kL = ? cL
1 kiloliter = 1000 liters
100 centiliters = 1 liter
So, 1000 liters = 100×1000 centiliters = 1,00,000 centiliters
Then, 1 kiloliter = 1,00,000 centiliters
Then, 7.7 kiloliters = 7.7 x 1,00,000 centiliters = 7,70,000 centiliters

Question 8.
24 fl oz = ? pt ? c
_______ pt _______ c

Answer:
3/2 pt and 3 cups

Explanation:
24 floz= ?pt ? c
6 fluids ounces = 1 cup
then, 24 fluid ounces = 8×3 = 1×3 cups = 3 cups
1 cups = 1 pint
then, 1 cup = ½ pint
then, 3 cups = 3/2 pint
so, 24 fluids ounces = 3/2 pint and 3 cups

Problem Solving

Question 9.
A bottle contains 3.5 liters of water. A second bottle contains 3,750 milliliters of water. How many more milliliters are in the larger bottle than in the smaller bottle?
_______ mL

Answer:
250 mL

Explanation:
A bottle contains 3.5 liters of water. A second bottle contains 3,750 milliliters of water.
A bottle contains 3.5 liters of water
A second bottle contains 3,750 milliliters of water
1000 milliliters = 1 liter
Then, 3.5 liters = 3.5×1000 = 3500 milliliters
So, 3750 – 3500 = 250 milliliters
250 milliliters of water is more than in the larger bottle than the smaller bottle

Question 10.
Arnie’s car used 100 cups of gasoline during a drive. He paid $3.12 per gallon for gas. How much did the gas cost?
$ _______

Answer:
$19.5

Explanation:
Arnie’s car used 100 cups of gasoline during a drive. He paid $3.12 per gallon for gas.
Arnie’s car used 100 cups of gasoline during a drive
He paid $3.12 per gallon for gas
1 gallon = 4 quarts
1 quart = 4 cups
then, 4 quarts = 4×4 cups = 16 cups
So, 1 gallon = 16 cups
Then, 1 cup = 1/16 gallons
Then, 100 cups = 100/16 gallons = 6.25 gallons
Total gas cost = $3.12 x 6.25 = $19.5

Question 11.
Explain how units of length and capacity are similar in the metric system.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
In the metric system, The unit of length is a meter (m) and the unit of capacity is the liter (L)

Lesson Check – Page No. 326

Question 1.
Gina filled a tub with 25 quarts of water. What is this amount in gallons and quarts?
_______ gallons _______ quart

Answer:
6 gallons and 1 quart

Explanation:
Gina filled a tub with 25 quarts of water
4quarts = 1 gallon
1 quart = ¼ gallon
25 quarts = 25/4 gallon = 6 gallons and 1 quart
Gina filled a tub with 6 gallons and 1 quart

Question 2.
Four horses are pulling a wagon. Each horse drinks 45,000 milliliters of water each day. How many liters of water will the horses drink in 5 days?
_______ liters

Answer:
900 liters

Explanation:
Four horses are pulling a wagon
Each horse drinks 45,000 milliliters of water each day
Then, four horses drinks 4×45,000 milliliters = 1,80,000
1000 milliliters = 1 liter
Then, 180×1000 = 1,80,000 milliliters = 180 liters
180 x 5 = 900 liters
Horses drink 900 liters of water in 5 days

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The map shows Henry’s town. Each unit represents 1 kilometer. After school, Henry walks to the library. How far does he walk?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 2
_______ kilometers

Answer:
7 kilometers

Explanation:
The map shows Henry’s town. Each unit represents 1 kilometer. After school, Henry walks to the library.
Each unit represents 1 kilometer
After school, Henry walks to the library
Distance between school and library = 7 kilometers
So, henry walks 7 kilometers from school to library

Question 4.
An elevator travels 117 feet in 6.5 seconds. What is the elevator’s speed as a unit rate?
_______ feet per second

Answer:
18 feet per second

Explanation:
An elevator travels 117 feet in 6.5 seconds.
The elevator’s speed as a unit rate = 117/6.5 = 18 feet per second

Question 5.
Julie’s MP3 player contains 860 songs. If 20% of the songs are rap songs and 15% of the songs are R&B songs, how many of the songs are other types of songs?
_______ songs

Answer:
559 songs

Explanation:
Julie’s MP3 player contains 860 songs
20% of the songs are rap songs = 860×20/100 = 172
15% of the songs are R & B songs = 860×15/100 = 129
Other types of songs = 860 – 172-129 = 559

Question 6.
How many kilometers are equivalent to 3,570 meters?
_______ kilometers

Answer:
3.57 kilometers

Explanation:
1 kilometer = 1000 meters
then,1 meter = 1/1000 kilometer
So, 3570 meters = 3570/1000 kilometer
3570 meters = 3.57 kilometers

Share and Show – Page No. 329

Convert to the given unit.

Question 1.
9 pounds = ? ounces
_______ ounces

Answer:
144 ounces

Explanation:
6 pounds = ? ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
then, 9 pounds = 9×16 ounces = 144 ounces

Question 2.
3.77 grams = ? dekagram
_______ dekagram

Answer:
0.377 dekagram

Explanation:
3.77 grams = ? dekagram
1 dekagram = 10 grams
1 gram = 1/10 dekagram
Then, 3.77 grams = 3.77/10 dekagram = 0.377 dekagram
So, 3.77 grams = 0.377 dekagram

Question 3.
Amanda’s computer weighs 56 ounces. How many pounds does it weigh?
_______ pounds

Answer:
3.5 pounds

Explanation:
Amanda’s computer weighs 56 ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
then, 1 ounce = 1/16 pound
So, 56 ounces = 56/16 pounds = 3.5 pounds

Question 4.
A honeybee can carry 40 mg of nectar. How many grams of nectar can a honeybee carry?
_______ grams

Answer:
0.04 grams

Explanation:
A honeybee can carry 40 mg of nectar.
1000 milligrams = 1 gram
1 milligram = 1/1000 grams
Then, 40 milligrams = 40/1000 grams = 0.04 grams
So, the honeybee can carry 0.04 grams of nectar

On Your Own

Convert to the given unit.

Question 5.
4 lb = ? oz
_______ oz

Answer:
64 oz

Explanation:
4lb = ?oz
1 pound (lb) = 16 ounces
then, 4 pounds = 4×16 ounces = 64 ounces

Question 6.
7.13 g = ? cg
_______ cg

Answer:
713 cg

Explanation:
7.13g = ? cg
100 centigrams = 1 gram
Then, 7.13 grams = 100×7.13 = 713 centigrams
So, 7.13 grams = 713 centigrams

Question 7.
3 T = ? lb
_______ lb

Answer:
6000 lb

Explanation:
3T = ?lb
1 ton = 2000 pounds (lb)
then, 3 tons = 3×2000 = 6000 pounds (lb)

Question 8.
The African Goliath frog can weigh up to 7 pounds. How many ounces can the Goliath frog weigh?
_______ ounces

Answer:
112 ounces

Explanation:
The African Goliath frog can weigh up to 7 pounds.
1 pound = 16 ounces
7 pounds = 7×16 = 112 pounds
So, the goliath frog can weigh up to 112 pounds

Question 9.
The mass of a standard hockey puck must be at least 156 grams. What is the minimum mass of 8 hockey pucks in kilograms?
_______ kg

Answer:
1.248 kg

Explanation:
The mass of a standard hockey puck must be at least 156 grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
1 gram = 1/1000 kilogram
then, 156 grams = 156/1000 kilograms = 0.156 kilograms
mass of a hockey puck is 0.156 kilograms
then, the mass of 8 hockey pucks is 8×0.156 = 1.248 kilograms

Practice: Copy and Solve Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 10.
250 lb _______ 0.25 T

Answer:
250 lb < 0.25 T

Explanation:
250 lb_______ 0.25 T
1 ton = 2000 pounds(lb)
then, 0.25 tons =0.25×2000 = 500 pounds = 500lb
So, 250 lb < 0.25 T

Question 11.
65.3 hg _______ 653 dag

Answer:
65.3 hg = 653 dag

Explanation:
65.3 hg _______ 653 dag
1 hectogram = 100 grams
Then, 65.3 hectograms = 65.3×100 = 6530 grams
1 dekagram = 10 grams
then, 653 dekagram = 6530 grams
So, 65.3 hectogram = 653 dekagram

Question 12.
5 T _______ 5,000 lb

Answer:
5 T  > 5,000 lb

Explanation:
5 T _______ 5,000 lb
1 ton = 2000 pounds (lb)
5 tons = 5×2000 lb = 10,000 lb
Then, 5 T > 5000 lb

Question 13.
Masses of precious stones are measured in carats, where 1 carat = 200 milligrams. What is the mass of a 50-dg diamond in carats?
_______ carats

Answer:
25 carats

Explanation:
Masses of precious stones are measured in carats, where 1 carat = 200 milligrams.
1 carat = 200 milligrams
6 decigrams = 1 gram
1000 milligrams = 1 gram
So, 10 decigrams = 1000 milligrams
Then, 1 decigram = 100 milligram
2 decigrams = 200 milligrams = 1 carat
then, 50 decigrams = 2×25 decigrams = 25×200 milligrams = 25 carats

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 330

Use the table for 14–17.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 3

Question 14.
Express the weight range for bowling balls in pounds.
_______ lb

Answer:
16 lb

Explanation:
Weight range for bowling balls = 160 to 256 ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
So, 1 ounce = 1/16 pounds
Then, 160 ounces = 160/16 pounds = 10 pounds
256 ounces = 256/16 pounds = 16 pounds
So, the weight range for bowling balls is 10 to 16 pounds

Question 15.
How many more pounds does the heaviest soccer ball weigh than the heaviest baseball? Round your answer to the nearest hundredth.
_______ lb

Answer:
0.68 lb

Explanation:
Heaviest soccer ball weight = 16 ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
Heaviest baseball weight = 5.25 ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
1 ounce = 1/16 pounds
then, 5.25 ounces = 5.25/16 = 0.32 pounds
difference between soccer ball and baseball weight = 1 – 0.32 = 0.68 pounds
So, the soccer ball weight is 0.68 pounds more than the weight of the baseball.

Question 16.
A manufacturer produces 3 tons of baseballs per day and packs them in cartons of 24 baseballs each. If all of the balls are the minimum allowable weight, how many cartons of balls does the company produce each day?
_______ cartons

Answer:
800 cartons

Explanation:
3 tons = 6000 lbs.
Base ball = 5 ounces
16 ounces in 1 pound
6000 × 16 = 96,000
96,000/5 = 19,200
19,200/24 = 800

Question 17.
Communicate Explain how you could use mental math to estimate the number of soccer balls it would take to produce a total weight of 1 ton.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Soccer balls range 14 to 16 ounces
1 ton = 2000 pounds
then, 1 pound = 1/2000 tons
1 pound = 16 ounces
So, 16 ounces = 1/2000 tons = 0.0005 tons
1 ounce = 1/32000 tons
then, 14 ounces = 14/32000 tons =0.0004375 tons
So, the range of soccer balls is 0.0005 to 0.0004375 tons

Question 18.
The Wilson family’s newborn baby weighs 84 ounces. Choose the numbers to show the baby’s weight in pounds and ounces.
_______ pounds and _______ ounces

Answer:
5 pounds and 4 ounces

Explanation:
The Wilson family’s newborn baby weighs 84 ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
then, 1 ounce = 1/16 pounds
So, 84 ounces = 84/16 pounds = 5 pounds and 4 ounces

Convert Units of Weight and Mass – Page No. 331

Convert to the given unit.

Question 1.
5 pounds = ? ounces
_______ ounces

Answer:
80 ounces

Explanation:
5 pounds = ? ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
Then, 5 pounds = 5×16 = 80 ounces
So, 5 pounds = 80 ounces

Question 2.
2.36 grams = ? hectograms
_______ hectograms

Answer:
0.0236 hectograms

Explanation:
1.36 grams = ? hectograms
1 hectogram = 100 grams
1 gram = 1/100 hectograms
then, 2.36 grams = 2.36/100 hectograms = 0.0236 hectograms
So, 2.36 grams = 0.0236 hectograms

Question 3.
30 g = ? dg
_______ dg

Answer:
300 dg

Explanation:
29 g = ? dg
10 decigrams = 1 gram
then, 30 grams = 30×10 decigrams = 300 decigrams
30 grams = 300 decigrams

Question 4.
17.2 hg = ? g
_______ g

Answer:
1720 g

Explanation:
17.2 hg = ? g
1 hectogram = 100 grams
Then, 17.2 hectograms = 17.2×100 = 1720 grams
So, 17.2 hectograms = 1720 grams

Question 5.
400 lb = ? T
_______ T

Answer:
0.2 T

Explanation:
1. 400 lb = ? T
1 ton = 2000 pounds (lb)
400 lb = 2000/5 pounds (lb) = 1/5 tons
So, 400 lb = 0.2 tons

Question 6.
38,600 mg = ? dag
_______ dag

Answer:
3.86 dag

Explanation:
38,600 mg = ? dag
1000 milligrams = 1 gram
1 dekagram = 10 grams
So, 1 gram = 1/10 dekagram
Then, 1000 milligrams = 1/10 dekagrams
1 milligram = 1/10,000 dekagrams
So, 38,600 milligrams = 38,600/10,000 = 3.86 dekagrams
38,600 milligrams = 3.86 dekagrams

Question 7.
87 oz = ? lb ? oz
_______ pounds _______ ounces

Answer:
5 pounds and 7 ounces

Explanation:
87 oz = ? lb ? oz
1 pound = 16 ounces
1 ounce = 1/16 pounds
then, 87 ounces = 87/16 pounds
87 ounces = 5 pounds and 7 ounces

Question 8.
0.65 T = ? lb
_______ lb

Answer:
1300 lb

Explanation:
0.65 T = ?lb
1 ton = 2000 pounds
Then, 0.65 tons = 0.65×2000 = 1300 pounds
0.65 T = 1300 lb

Problem Solving

Question 9.
Maggie bought 52 ounces of swordfish selling for $6.92 per pound. What was the total cost?
$ _______

Answer:
$22.49

Explanation:
Maggie bought 52 ounces of swordfish selling for $6.92 per pound.
Maggie bought 52 ounces of swordfish selling for $6.92 per pound
1 pound = 16 ounces
1 ounce = 1/16 pounds
then, 52 ounces = 52/16 pounds = 3.25 pounds
1 pound cost = $6.92
then, 3.25 pounds cost = $6.92 x 3.25 = $22.49
So, the cost for swordfish is $22.49

Question 10.
Three bunches of grapes have masses of 1,000 centigrams, 1,000 decigrams, and 1,000 grams, respectively. What is the total combined mass of the grapes in kilograms?
_______ kg

Answer:
1.11 kg

Explanation:
Three bunches of grapes have masses of 1,000 centigrams, 1,000 decigrams, and 1,000 grams, respectively.
Three bunches of grapes have masses of 1,000 centigrams, 1,000 decigrams, and 1,000 grams
100 centigrams = 1 gram
then, 1000 centigrams = 10×100 centigrams = 10 grams
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
So, 1 gram = 1/1000 kilograms
Then, 10 grams = 10/1000 = 1/100 kilograms = 0.01 kilograms
10 decigrams = 1 gram
then, 100×10 decigrams = 100×1 gram = 100 grams
1000 grams = 1 kilogram
Then, 100 grams = 1/10 kilograms = 0.1 kilograms
1000 grams = 1 kilogram
Total weight of the grapes = 1 + 0.1 + 0.01 = 1.11 kilograms

Question 11.
Explain how you would find the number of ounces in 0.25T.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
number of ounces in 0.25T
1 ton = 2000 pounds
then, 1 pound = 1/2000 tons
1 pound = 16 ounces
so, 16 ounces = 1/2000 tons
then, 1 ton = 16×2000 ounces = 32000 ounces
So, 0.25 tons = 0.25×32000 ounces = 8000 ounces
8000 ounces = 0.25 T

Lesson Check – Page No. 332

Question 1.
The mass of Denise’s rock sample is 684 grams. The mass of Pauline’s rock sample is 29,510 centigrams. How much greater is the mass of Denise’s sample than Pauline’s sample?
_______ centigrams

Answer:
38900 centigrams

Explanation:
The mass of Denise’s rock sample is 684 grams
The mass of Pauline’s rock sample is 29,510 centigrams
100 centigrams = 1 gram
1 centigram = 1/100 gram
then, 29,510 centigrams = 29,510/100 grams = 295.1 grams
So, the mass of Pauline’s rock sample is 295.1 grams
By comparing Denise’s rock sample with Pauline’s rock sample
684 – 295 = 389
The mass of Denise’s rock sample is 389 grams more than the mass of Pauline’s rock sample
389 grams = 38900 centigrams

Question 2.
A sign at the entrance to a bridge reads: Maximum allowable weight 2.25 tons. Jason’s truck weighs 2,150 pounds. How much additional weight can he carry?
_______ pounds

Answer:
2,350 pounds

Explanation:
A sign at the entrance to a bridge reads: Maximum allowable weight 2.25 tons
Jason’s truck weighs 2,150 pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
then, 2.25 tons = 2.25×2000 = 4500 pounds
So, maximum allowable weight = 4500 pounds
4500 – 2150 = 2350
So, Jason can carry an additionally 2350 pounds’ weight

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 23 students in a math class. Twelve of them are boys. What is the ratio of girls to total number of students?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
11 : 23

Explanation:
There are 23 students in a math class. Twelve of them are boys.
Number of students in a math class = 23
Number of boys in a class = 12
Number of girls in a class = 23-12 = 11
Then, the ratio of girls to the total number of students = 11/23

Question 4.
Miguel hiked 3 miles in 54 minutes. At this rate, how long will it take him to hike 5 miles?
_______ minutes

Answer:
90 minutes

Explanation:
Miguel hiked 3 miles in 54 minutes.
Then, time for 5 miles = 5×54/3 = 90 minutes
So, Miguel hikes 5 miles in 90 minutes

Question 5.
Marco borrowed $150 from his brother. He has paid back 30% so far. How much money does Marco still owe his brother?
$ _______

Answer:
$60

Explanation:
Marco borrowed $150 from his brother
He has paid back 30% of amount = 30/100 (150) = $45
Remaining amount = 150 -45 = 60
So, still $60 amount Marco need to give his brother

Question 6.
How many milliliters are equivalent to 2.7 liters?
_______ milliliters

Answer:
2,700 milliliters

Explanation:
2.7 liters
1000 milliliters = 1 liter
Then, 2.7 liters = 2.7 x 1000 = 2700 milliliters
So, 2,700 milliliters are equivalent to 2.7 liters

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 333

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 4

Question 1.
A _____ is a rate in which the two quantities are equal, but use different units.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Conversion factor

Question 2.
_____ is the amount a container can hold.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Capacity

Concepts and Skills

Convert units to solve.

Question 3.
A professional football field is 160 feet wide. What is the width of the field in yards?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) yd

Answer:
53\(\frac{1}{3}\) yd

Explanation:
A professional football field is 160 feet wide
3feet = 1 yard
Then, 160 feet = 160/3 = 53.33
So, the width of football field is 53.33 yards
160/3 = 53 1/3

Question 4.
Julia drinks 8 cups of water per day. How many quarts of water does she drink per day?
_____ quarts

Answer:
2 quarts

Explanation:
Julia drinks 8 cups of water per day.
4 cups = 1 quart
Then, 8 cups = 8/4 = 2 quarts
So, Julia drinks 2 quarts of water per day

Question 5.
The mass of Hinto’s math book is 4,458 grams. What is the mass of 4 math books in kilograms?
_____ kilograms

Answer:
17.832 kilograms

Explanation:
The mass of Hinto’s math book is 4,458 grams
1kilogram = 1000 grams
Then, 4,458 grams = 4,458/1000 = 4.458 kilograms
Then, the mass of 4 math books = 4×4.458 = 17.832 kilograms
The mass of 4 math books is 17.832 kilograms

Question 6.
Turning off the water while brushing your teeth saves 379 centiliters of water. How many liters of water can you save if you turn off the water the next 3 times you brush your teeth?
_____ liters

Answer:
11.37 liters

Explanation:
Turning off the water while brushing your teeth saves 379 centiliters of water
100centiliters = 1 liter
Then, 379 centiliters = 379/100 = 3.79 liters
if you turn off the water the next 3 times = 3×3.79 liters = 11.37 liters
So, you can save 11.37 liters of water when you turn off the water for 3 times

Convert to the given unit.

Question 7.
34.2 mm = ? cm
_____ cm

Answer:
3.42 cm

Explanation:
34.2 mm = ? cm
1000 millimeters = 1 meter
100centimeters = 1 meter
so, 1000 millimeters = 100 centimeters
then, 10 millimeters = 1 centimeter
then, 34.2 millimeters = 34.2/10 = 3.42 centimeters
So, 34.2 mm = 3.42 cm

Question 8.
42 in. = ? ft
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ft

Answer:
3\(\frac{1}{2}\) ft

Explanation:
41 in. = ? ft
12 inches = 1 foot
then, 42 inches = 42/12 = 3.5 feet
So, 42 in = 3.5 ft
42/12 = 3 1/2

Question 9.
1.4 km = ? hm
_____ hm

Answer:
140 hm

Explanation:
1.4 km = ? hm
1 kilometer = 1000 meters
1 hectometer = 100 meters
So, 1 meter = 0.001 kilometers
1 meter = 0.01 hectometers
Now, 0.001 kilometer = 0.01 hectometer
That is 0.1 kilometer = 1 hectometer
Then, 1.4 kilometer = 1.4/0.1 = 140 hectometers
So, 1.4 km = 140 hm

Question 10.
4 gal = ? qt
_____ qt

Answer:
16 qt

Explanation:
4gal = ?qt
1gallon = 4 quarts
Then, 4 gallons = 4×4 = 16 quarts
So, 4 gal = 16 qt

Question 11.
53 dL = ? daL
_____ daL

Answer:
0.53 daL

Explanation:
53 dL = ? daL
10deciliters = 1 liter
1 dekaliter = 10 liters that is 0.1 dekaliters = 1 liter
So, 10 dL = 0.1 daL
Then, 53 dL = 53×0.1/10 =0.53 daL
So, 53 dL = 0.53 daL

Question 12.
28 c = ? pt
_____ pt

Answer:
14 pt

Explanation:
28 c = ?pt
1 cups = 1pint
then, 28 cups = 28/2 = 14 pints
So, 28 c = 14 pt

Page No. 334

Question 13.
Trenton’s laptop is 32 centimeters wide. What is the width of the laptop in decimeters?
_____ dm

Answer:
3.2 dm

Explanation:
Trenton’s laptop is 32 centimeters wide.
100 centimeters = 1 meter
10decimeters = 1 meter
So, 100 centimeters = 10 decimeters
Then, 32 centimeters = 32×10/100 = 3.2 decimeters
So, the width of the laptop is 3.2 decimeters

Question 14.
A truck is carrying 8 cars weighing an average of 4,500 pounds each. What is the total weight in tons of the cars on the truck?
_____ tons

Answer:
18 tons

Explanation:
A truck is carrying 8 cars weighing an average of 4,500 pounds each.
So, total weight = 8 x 4500 pounds = 36,000 pounds
2000 pounds = 1 ton
Then, 36,000 pounds = 36,000 / 2000 = 18 tons
So, total weight of the cars in truck is 18 tons

Question 15.
Ben’s living room is a rectangle measuring 10 yards by 168 inches. By how many feet does the length of the room exceed the width?
_____ feet

Answer:
16 feet

Explanation:
Ben’s living room is a rectangle measuring 10 yards by 168 inches.
12inches = 1 foot
Then, 168 inches = 168/12 = 14 feet
1 yard = 3 feet
then, 10 yards = 10×3 = 30 feet
30-14 = 16 feet
So, the length of the room exceeds 16 feet in width

Question 16.
Jessie served 13 pints of orange juice at her party. How many quarts of orange juice did she serve?
_____ quarts

Answer:
6.5 quarts

Explanation:
Jessie served 13 pints of orange juice at her party
1 pints = 1 quart
then, 13 pints = 13/2 = 6.5 quarts
So, Jessie served 6.5 quarts of orange juice at her party

Question 17.
Kaylah’s cell phone has a mass of 50,000 centigrams. What is the mass of her phone in grams?
_____ grams

Answer:
500 grams

Explanation:
Kaylah’s cell phone has a mass of 50,000 centigrams
100 centigrams = 1 gram
then, 50,000 centigrams = 50,000/100 = 500 grams
So, the mass of Kaylah’s phone is 500 grams

Share and Show – Page No. 337

Question 1.
A dripping faucet leaks 12 gallons of water per day. How many gallons does the faucet leak in 6 days?
_____ gallons

Answer:
72 gallons

Explanation:
A dripping faucet leaks 12 gallons of water per day
Then, faucet leaks how many gallons of water per 6 days = 12 x 6 = 72 gallons

Question 2.
Bananas sell for $0.44 per pound. How much will 7 pounds of bananas cost?
$ _____

Answer:
$3.08

Explanation:
Bananas sell for $0.44 per pound
1 pound banana cost is $0.44
then, 7 pounds bananas cost is = 7 x 0.44 = $3.08

Question 3.
Grizzly Park is a rectangular park with an area of 24 square miles. The park is 3 miles wide. What is its length in miles?
_____ miles

Answer:
8 miles

Explanation:
Grizzly Park is a rectangular park with an area of 24 square miles
The park is 3 miles wide
Rectangular park area = length x breadth
That is 24 = 3 x b
So, breadth = 8 miles
The rectangular park length is 8 miles

On Your Own

Multiply or divide the quantities.

Question 4.
\(\frac{24 \mathrm{kg}}{1 \mathrm{min}}\) × 15 min
_____ kg

Answer:
6 kg

Explanation:
24kg1min × 15 min
24 kg / 1min x 15 min
60 min = 1 hour
Then, 15 min = 15/60 = ¼ hours
24 kg x 1/ 4 = 6 kg

Question 5.
216 sq cm÷8 cm
_____ cm

Answer:
27 cm

Explanation:
216 sq cm ÷ 8 cm
216 sq cm/ 8 cm = 27 cm

Question 6.
\(\frac{17 \mathrm{L}}{1 \mathrm{hr}}\) × 9 hr
_____ L

Answer:
153 L

Explanation:
17L1hr x 9 hr
17L/1hr x 9 hr = 153 L

Question 7.
The rectangular rug in Marcia’s living room measures 12 feet by 108 inches. What is the rug’s area in square feet?
_____ square feet

Answer:
108 square feet

Explanation:
The rectangular rug in Marcia’s living room measures 12 feet by 108 inches
1 foot = 12 inches
108 inches = 108/12 = 9 feet
12 x 9 = 108 square feet
Are of rug is 108 square feet

Question 8.
Make Sense of Problems A box-making machine makes cardboard boxes at a rate of 72 boxes per minute. How many minutes does it take to make 360 boxes?
_____ minutes

Answer:
5 minutes

Explanation:
A box-making machine makes cardboard boxes at a rate of 72 boxes per minute
Then, time for 360 boxes = 360/72 = 5 minutes
So, it takes 5 minutes’ time to make 360 boxes

Question 9.
The area of an Olympic-size swimming pool is 1,250 square meters. The length of the pool is 5,000 centimeters. Select True or False for each statement.
9a. The length of the pool is 50 meters.
9b. The width of the pool is 25 meters.
9c. The area of the pool is 1.25 square kilometers
9a. ____________
9b. ____________
9c. ____________

Answer:
9a. True
9b. True
9c. True

Explanation:
The area of an Olympic-size swimming pool is 1,250 square meters
The length of the pool is 5,000 centimeters
100centimeters = 1meter
Then, 5000 centimeters = 5000/100 = 50 meters
Areas of the swimming pool = length x width
1250 square meters = 50 length x 25 width
Then, width = 25 meters
1000 meters = 1 kilometer
then, 1250 square meters = 1250/1000 = 1.25 square meters

Make Predictions – Page No. 338

A prediction is a guess about something in the future. A prediction is more likely to be accurate if it is based on facts and logical reasoning.

The Hoover Dam is one of America’s largest producers of hydroelectric power. Up to 300,000 gallons of water can move through the dam’s generators every second. Predict the amount of water that moves through the generators in half of an hour.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 5
Use what you know about transforming units to make a prediction.
You know the rate of the water through the generators, and you are given an amount of time. Rate of flow:
\(\frac{300,000 \text { gallons }}{1 \text { sec }}\); time: \(\frac{1}{2}\) hr
You want to find the amount of water. Amount of water : ? gallons
Convert the amount of time to seconds to match the units in the rate. \(\frac{1}{2}\) hr=30 min
Multiply the rate by the amount of time to find the amount of water. \(\frac{300,000 \text { gallons }}{1 \mathrm{sec}} \times \frac{1,800 \mathrm{sec}}{1}\) = 540,000,000 gal
So, a good prediction of the amount of water that moves through the generators in half of an hour is 540,000,000 gallons.
Transform units to solve.

Question 10.
An average of 19,230 people tour the Hoover Dam each week. Predict the number of people touring the dam in a year.
_____ people

Answer:
999,960 people

Explanation:
An average of 19,230 people tour the Hoover Dam each week
Number of weeks per year = 52
Then, total number of people tour the hoover dam in the year = 52 x 19, 230 = 999,960
So, 999,960 people touring the hoover dam per year

Question 11.
The Hoover Dam generates an average of about 11,506,000 kilowatt-hours of electricity per day. Predict the number of kilowatt-hours generated in 7 weeks.
_____ kilowatt-hours

Answer:
563,794 kilowatt-hours

Explanation:
The Hoover Dam generates an average of about 11,506,000 kilowatt-hours of electricity per day
1 week = 7 days
7weeks = 7 × 7 = 49 days
Then, Hoover Dam generated electricity per 7 weeks = 49 × 11,506,000 = 563,794,000
So, the total number of kilowatt-hours generated in 7 weeks by the Hoover Dam is 563,794,000

Transform Units – Page No. 339

Multiply or divide the quantities.

Question 1.
\(\frac{62 \mathrm{g}}{1 \mathrm{day}}\) × 4 days
_____ g

Answer:
248 g

Explanation:
62g1day × 4 days
62 g÷1 day × 4 days
Then, 62 g × 4 = 248 g

Question 2.
322 sq yd ÷ 23 yd
_____ yd

Answer:
14 yd

Explanation:
322 sqyd ÷ 23 yd
322 sqyd / 23 yd = 14 sq

Question 3.
\(\frac{128 \mathrm{kg}}{1 \mathrm{hr}}\) × 10 hr
_____ kg

Answer:
1,280 kg

Explanation:
128kg1hr × 10 hr
128 kg/1hr * 10hr
So, 1,280 kg

Question 4.
136 sq km ÷ 8 km
_____ km

Answer:
17 km

Explanation:
136 sq km ÷ 8 km
136 sq km / 8 km
136 sq / 8 = 17

Question 5.
\(\frac{88 \mathrm{lb}}{1 \mathrm{day}}\) × 12 days
_____ lb

Answer:
1,056 lb

Explanation:
88lb1day × 12 days
88lb / 1 day × 12days
That is 88lb × 12 = 1,056 lb

Question 6.
154 sq mm ÷ 11 mm
_____ mm

Answer:
14  mm

Explanation:
154 sq mm ÷ 11 mm
154 sq / 11 = 14

Question 7.
\(\frac{\$ 150}{1 \mathrm{sq} \mathrm{ft}}\) × 20 sq ft
$ _____

Answer:
$30,020 sqft

Explanation:
$1501sqft × 20 sqft
Multiplication of 1501 and 20 is
30,020
That is $1501sqft x 20 sqft = $30,020 sqft

Question 8.
234 sq ft÷18 ft
_____ ft

Answer:
13 ft

Explanation:
234 sq ft÷18 ft
234 sq / 18 = 13

Problem Solving

Question 9.
Green grapes are on sale for $2.50 a pound. How much will 9 pounds cost?
$ _____

Answer:
$22.5

Explanation:
Green grapes are on sale for $2.50 a pound
1 pound = $2.50
then, 9 pounds cost = 9*$2.50 = $22.5
green grapes cost for 9 pounds is $22.5

Question 10.
A car travels 32 miles for each gallon of gas. How many gallons of gas does it need to travel 192 miles?
_____ gallons

Answer:
6 gallons

Explanation:
A car travels 32 miles for each gallon of gas
Then, 192 miles is = 192/ 32 = 6 gallons of gas
So, total 6 gallons of gas is required to travel 192 miles

Question 11.
Write and solve a problem in which you have to transform units. Use the rate 45 people per hour in your question.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
A fast-food restaurant is trying to find out how many customers they had in the last 3 hours, and they know they get 45 people per hour. How many customers were served in the last 3 hours? The answer is 135 people.

Lesson Check – Page No. 340

Question 1.
A rectangular parking lot has an area of 682 square yards. The lot is 22 yards wide. What is the length of the parking lot?
_____ yards

Answer:
31 yards

Explanation:
A rectangular parking lot has an area of 682 square yards
Width of the parking lot = 22 yards wide
Area = length *width
682 square yards= length * 22 yards wide
So, length = 682 square yards / 22 yards = 31 yards
Then, length of the parking lot = 31 yards

Question 2.
A machine assembles 44 key chains per hour. How many key chains does the machine assemble in 11 hours?
_____ key chains

Answer:
484 key chains

Explanation:
A machine assembles 44 key chains per hour
Then, the machine assembles key chains per 11 hours = 11*44 = 484 key chains
So, the machine assembles totally 484 key chains in 11 hours

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Three of these ratios are equivalent to \(\frac{8}{20}\). Which one is NOT equivalent?
\(\frac{2}{5} \quad \frac{12}{24} \quad \frac{16}{40} \quad \frac{40}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{20}\)

Explanation:
The below mentioned ratios are equivalent to 8/20
i. 2/5
Multiply the numerator and denominator with 4
That is (2*4)/(5*4) = 8/20
ii. 12/24
Divide the numerator and denominator with 6
That is (12÷6)/(24÷6) = 2/4
Now, multiply the numerator and denominator with 4
That is (2*4)/(4*4) = 8/16
So, 12/14 is not equal to 8/20
iii. 16/40
Divide the numerator and denominator with 2
That is, (16÷2)/(40÷2) = 8/20
iv. 40/100
Divide the numerator and denominator with 5
That is (40÷5)/(100÷5) = 8/20

Question 4.
The graph shows the money that Marco earns for different numbers of days worked. How much money does he earn per day?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 6
$ _____

Answer:
$80

Explanation:
Total number of days worked = 7
Total earned money = 560 dollars
560 / 7 = 80 dollars per day

Question 5.
Megan answered 18 questions correctly on a test. That is 75% of the total number of questions. How many questions were on the test?
_____ questions

Answer:
24 questions

Explanation:
Megan answered 18 questions correctly
That is 75% of the total number of questions = 18
Then, 100% of the questions = 18*100/75 = 24
So, the total number of questions on the test = 24 questions

Share and Show – Page No. 343

Question 1.
Mariana runs at a rate of 180 meters per minute. How far does she run in 5 minutes?
_____ meters

Answer:
900 meters

Explanation:
Mariana runs at a rate of 180 meters per minute
Then, Mariana runs per 5 minutes = 5×180 = 900 meters
So, Mariana runs 900 meters per 5 minutes

Question 2.
What if Mariana runs for 20 minutes at the same speed? How many kilometers will she run?
_____ kilometers

Answer:
3.6 kilometers

Explanation:
From the given information
Marians runs at a rate of 180 meters per minute
Then the speed of Mariana = 180/1 = 180 meters per minute
If Mariana runs 20 minutes then the covered distance = 20×180 = 3600 meters
1000 meters = 1 kilometer
Then, 3600 meters = 3600/1000 = 3.6 kilometers
So, Mariana runs 3.6 kilometers in 20 minutes

Question 3.
A car traveled 130 miles in 2 hours. How fast did the car travel?
_____ miles per hour

Answer:
65 miles per hour

Explanation:
A car travelled 130 miles in 2 hours
Then the speed of the car = Distance/Time
That is, Speed of the car = 130 miles/ 2 hours = 65 miles per hour
So, the car travels 65 miles per hour

Question 4.
A subway car travels at a rate of 32 feet per second. How far does it travel in 16 seconds?
_____ feet

Answer:
512 feet

Explanation:
A subway car travels at a rate of 32 feet per second
1 second = 32 feet
then, 16 seconds = 16 x 32/1 = 512 feet
So, a subway car travels 512 feet per 16 seconds

Question 5.
A garden snail travels at a rate of 2.6 feet per minute. At this rate, how long will it take for the snail to travel 65 feet?
_____ minutes

Answer:
25 minutes

Explanation:
A garden snail travels at a rate of 2.6 feet per minute
So, 2.6 feet = 1 minute
Then, 65 feet = 65/2.6 = 650/26 = 25 minutes
So, the snail travels 65 feet in 25 minutes

Question 6.
A squirrel can run at a maximum speed of 12 miles per hour. At this rate, how many seconds will it take the squirrel to run 3 miles?
_____ seconds

Answer:
900 seconds

Explanation:
A squirrel can run at a maximum speed of 12 miles per hour
1 hour = 3600 seconds
So, the squirrel can run 12 miles in 3600 seconds
Then, the squirrel can run 3 miles in 3×3600/12 = 900 seconds
So, the squirrel can take 900 seconds of time to run 3 miles

Question 7.
A cyclist rides 8 miles in 32 minutes. What is the speed of the cyclist in miles per hour?
_____ miles per hour

Answer:
15 miles per hour

Explanation:
A cyclist rides 8 miles in 32 minutes
32minutes = 8 miles
Then, 60 minutes = 60×8/32 = 15 miles
So, a cyclist rides 15 miles in 60 minutes that is one hour
So, the speed of the cyclist per hour = 15 miles/ 1 = 15 miles per hour

Share and Show – Page No. 344

On Your Own

Question 8.
A pilot flies 441 kilometers in 31.5 minutes. What is the speed of the airplane?
_____ kilometers per minute

Answer:
14 kilometers per minute

Explanation:
From the given information
A pilot flies 441 kilometers in 31.5 minutes
Speed = Distance / Time
Here, distance = 441 kilometers
Time = 31.5 minutes
Speed of the airplane = 441/31.5 = 4410/315 = 14 kilometers per minute

Question 9.
Chris spent half of his money on a pair of headphones. Then he spent half of his remaining money on CDs. Finally, he spent his remaining $12.75 on a book. How much money did Chris have to begin with?
$ _____

Answer:
$51

Explanation:
Total money with the Chris= x amount
Chris spent half of his money on a pair of headphones = x/2
Then he spent half of his remaining money on CDs = x/4
Finally, he spent his remaining $12.75 on a book
So, total amount x = x/2+x/4+$12.75
$12.75 = (x-x/2-x/4)
= (4x-2x-x)/4
$12.75 = x/4
Then, x = $12.75×4 = $51
So, Chris have to begin with $51

Question 10.
André and Yazmeen leave at the same time and travel 75 miles to a fair. André drives 11 miles in 12 minutes. Yazmeen drives 26 miles in 24 minutes. If they continue at the same rates, who will arrive at the fair first? Explain.
____________

Answer:
André and Yazmeen leave at the same time and travel 75 miles to a fair
André drives 11 miles in 12 minutes
So, Andre can reach 75 miles in = 75×12/11
That is, Andre can travel 75 miles in 81 minutes
Yazmeen drives 26 miles in 24 minutes
So, Yazmeen can reach 75 miles in = 75×24/26 = 69 minutes
That means, Yazmeen can reach 75 miles in 69 minutes
So, Yazmeen can reach the fair first

Question 11.
Make Arguments Bonnie says that if she drives at an average rate of 40 miles per hour, it will take her about 2 hours to drive 20 miles across town. Does Bonnie’s statement make sense? Explain.
____________

Answer:
Make Arguments Bonnie says that if she drives at an average rate of 40 miles per hour, it will take her about 2 hours to drive 20 miles across town
Speed of the Bonnie = 40 miles per hour
Then, Bonnie can cover the distance in 2 hours = 2×40 = 80 miles
So, Bonnie statement is wrong

Question 12.
Claire says that if she runs at an average rate of 6 miles per hour, it will take her about 2 hours to run 18 miles. Do you agree or disagree with Claire? Use numbers and words to support your answer.
____________

Answer:
Claire says that if she runs at an average rate of 6 miles per hour, it will take her about 2 hours to run 18 miles
Claire runs in 1 hour = 6 miles
Then, Claire runs in 2 hours = 2×6 = 12 miles
So, the Claire statement is wrong

Problem Solving Distance, Rate, and Time Formulas – Page No. 345

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
A downhill skier is traveling at a rate of 0.5 mile per minute. How far will the skier travel in 18 minutes?
_____ miles

Answer:
9 miles

Explanation:
A downhill skier is traveling at a rate of 0.5 miles per minute
1 minute = 0.5 mile
then, 18 minutes = 18×0.5 = 9 miles
So, the skier travel 9 miles in 18 minutes

Question 2.
How long will it take a seal swimming at a speed of 8 miles per hour to travel 52 miles?
_____ hours

Answer:
6.5 hours

Explanation:
A seal swimming at a speed of 8 miles per hour
Then,52 miles = 52/8 = 6.5 hours
So, A seal swimming can travel 52 miles in 6.5 hours

Question 3.
A dragonfly traveled at a rate of 35 miles per hour for 2.5 hours. What distance did the dragonfly travel?
_____ miles

Answer:
87.5 miles

Explanation:
A dragonfly traveled at a rate of 35 miles per hour for 2.5 hours
That means, 1 hour = 35 miles
Then, 2.5 hours = 2.5×35 = 87.5 miles
So, a dragonfly travels 87.5 miles in 2.5 hours

Question 4.
A race car travels 1,212 kilometers in 4 hours. What is the car’s rate of speed?
_____ kilometers per hour

Answer:
303 kilometers per hour

Explanation:
A race car travels 1,212 kilometers in 4 hours
Speed = Distance/ Time
Here, distance = 1212 kilometers
Time = 4 hours
Then, Speed of the race car = 1212/4 = 303 kilometers per hour

Question 5.
Kim and Jay leave at the same time to travel 25 miles to the beach. Kim drives 9 miles in 12 minutes. Jay drives 10 miles in 15 minutes. If they both continue at the same rate, who will arrive at the beach first?
____________

Answer:
Kim reaches the beach first

Explanation:
Kim and Jay leave at the same time to travel 25 miles to the beach
Kim drives 9 miles in 12 minutes
Then, Kim travels 25 miles in = 25×12/9 = 33 minutes
Jay drives 10 miles in 15 minutes
Then, Jay travels 25 miles in = 25×15/10 = 37.5 minutes
So, Kim reaches the beach first

Question 6.
Describe the location of the variable d in the formulas involving rate, time, and distance.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Formula Distance = Rate x Time
Distance (d) = Rate x Time

Lesson Check – Page No. 346

Question 1.
Mark cycled 25 miles at a rate of 10 miles per hour. How long did it take Mark to cycle 25 miles?
_____ hours

Answer:
2.5 hours

Explanation:
Mark cycled 25 miles at a rate of 10 miles per hour
That means, 10 miles = 1 hour
Then, 25 miles = 25/10 =2.5 hours
So, Mark take 2.5 hours to cycle 25 miles

Question 2.
Joy ran 13 miles in 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours. What was her average rate?
_____ miles per hour

Answer:
4 miles per hour

Explanation:
Joy ran 13 miles in 3 ¼ hours
3 ¼ = 13/4 = 3.25 hours
Then, the average rate of the Joy = 13/3.25 hours = 4 miles per hour

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write two ratios that are equivalent to \(\frac{9}{12}\).
Type below:
____________

Answer:
3/4 and 18/24

Explanation:
Equivalent ratios of 9/12 is 3/4 and 18/24
Multiply the numerator and denominator of ¾ with 3
That is 3×3/4×3 = 9/12
Divide the numerator and denominator of 18/24 with 2
That is (18/2)/(24/2) = 9/12

Question 4.
In the Chang family’s budget, 0.6% of the expenses are for internet service. What fraction of the family’s expenses is for internet service? Write the fraction in simplest form.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{500}\)

Explanation:
In the Chang family’s budget, 0.6% of the expenses are for internet service
That is 0.6% = 0.6/100 = 6/1000 = 3/500
So, 3/500 part of the family’s expenses is used for internet service

Question 5.
How many meters are equivalent to 357 centimeters?
_____ meters

Answer:
3.57 meters

Explanation:
357 ntimeters
100centimeters = 1 meter
Then, 357 centimeters = 357/100 = 3.57 meters
3.57 meters is equivalent to 357 centimeters

Question 6.
What is the product of the two quantities shown below?
\(\frac{60 \mathrm{mi}}{1 \mathrm{hr}}\) × 12 hr
_____ miles

Answer:
720 miles

Explanation:
60 mi/1hr x 12 hr
That is, 60 milesx12 = 720 miles
So, the equivalent quantity of 60mi/1hr x 12hr is 720 miles

Chapter 6 Review/Test – Page No. 347

Question 1.
A construction crew needs to remove 2.5 tons of river rock during the construction of new office buildings
The weight of the rocks is ____________ pounds

Answer:
The weight of the rocks is 5,000 pounds

Explanation:
A construction crew needs to remove 2.5 tons of river rock during the construction of new office buildings
1 Ton = 2000 pounds
Then, 2.5 Tons = 2.5×2000
= 25×200 = 5000 pounds
So, the weight of the rocks is 5000 pounds

Question 2.
Select the conversions that are equivalent to 10 yards. Mark all that apply
Options:
a. 20 feet
b. 240 inches
c. 30 feet
d. 360 inches

Answer:
c. 30 feet
d. 360 inches

Explanation:
a. 20 feet
3feet = 1 yard
Then, 20 feet = 20/3 yard
b. 240 inches
36 inches = 1 yard
Then, 240 inches = 240/36 = 6 yards
c. 30 feet
3feet = 1 yard
Then, 30 feet =30/3 = 10 yards
d. 360inches
36 inches = 1 yard
Then, 360 inches = 360/36 = 10 yards
So, 30 feet and 360 inches are equivalent to 10 yards

Question 3.
Meredith runs at a rate of 190 meters per minute. Use the formula d=r×t to find how far she runs in 6 minutes.
_____ meters

Answer:
1,140 meters

Explanation:
Meredith runs at a rate of 190 meters per minute
Formula d = r x t
Here, d= 190 meters, t = 1 minute
Then, r = 190/1 = 190 meters per minute
Now, t = 6 minutes and r = 190 meters per minute
Then d = 190 x 6 = 1,140 meters

Question 4.
The table shows data for 4 cyclists during one day of training. Complete the table by finding the speed for each cyclist. Use the formula r = d ÷ t.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 7
Type below:
____________

Answer:
D = RxT
Alisha
36 = Rx3
Then, Rate of Alisha =36/3 =12 miles per hour
Jose
39 = Rx3
Then, Rate of Jose = 39/3 = 13 miles per hour
Raul
40 = Rx4
Then, Rate of Raul = 40/4 = 10 miles per hour
Ruthie
22= Rx2
Then, Rate of Ruthie = 22/2 = 11 miles per hour

Page No. 348

Question 5.
For numbers 5a–5c, choose <, >, or =.
5a. 5 kilometers Ο 5,000 meters
5b. 254 centiliters Ο 25.4 liters
5c. 6 kilogram Ο 600 gram
5 kilometers _____ 5,000 meters
254 centiliters _____ 25.4 liters
6 kilogram _____ 600 gram

Answer:
5a. 5 kilometers Ο 5,000 meters
5b. 254 centiliters Ο 25.4 liters
5c. 6 kilogram Ο 600 gram
5 kilometers = 5,000 meters
254 centiliters < 25.4 liters
6 kilogram > 600 gram

Explanation:
a. 5 kilometers —— 5000 meters
1 kilometer = 1000 meters
then,5 kilometers 5×1000 = 5000 meters
So, 5 kilometers = 5000 meters
b. 254 centiliters ——25.4 liters
100centiliters = 1 liter
Then, 254 centiliters = 254/100 = 2.54 liters
So, 254 centiliters < 25.4 liters
c. 6 kilograms —– 600 grams
1kilogram = 1000 grams
Then, 6 kilograms = 6000 grams
So, 6 kilograms > 600 grams

Question 6.
A recipe calls for 16 fluid ounces of light whipping cream. If Anthony has 1 pint of whipping cream in his refrigerator, does he have enough for the recipe? Explain your answer using numbers and words.
____________

Answer:
A recipe calls for 16 fluid ounces of light whipping cream
8 fluid ounces = 1 cup
So, 16 fluid ounces = 2 cups = 1 pint
If Anthony has 1 pint of whipping cream in his refrigerator, then it is enough for the recipe

Question 7.
For numbers 7a–7d, choose <, >, or =.
7a. 43 feet Ο 15 yards
7b. 10 pints Ο 5 quarts
7c. 5 tons Ο 5,000 pounds
7d. 6 miles Ο 600 yards
43 feet _____ 15 yards
10 pints _____ 5 quarts
5 tons _____ 5,000 pounds
6 miles _____ 600 yards

Answer:
43 feet < 15 yards
10 pints = 5 quarts
5 tons > 5,000 pounds
6 miles > 600 yards

Explanation:
a. 43 feet —- 15 yards
3feet = 1 yard
Then, 43 feet = 43/3 = 14.3 yards
So, 43 feet < 15 yards
b. 10 pints —- 5 quarts
1 pints = 1 quart
then, 10 pints = 10/2 = 5 quarts
So, 10 pints = 5 quarts
c. 5 tons —– 5000 pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
then, 5 tons = 5×2000 = 10,000 pounds
So, 5 tons > 5000 pounds
d. 6 miles —- 600 yards
1 mile =1760 yards
then, 6 miles = 6×1760 = 10,560yards
So, 6 miles > 600 yards

Question 8.
The distance from Caleb’s house to the school is 1.5 miles, and the distance from Ashlee’s house to the school is 3,520 feet. Who lives closer to the school, Caleb or Ashlee? Use numbers and words to support your answer.
____________

Answer:
There are 5280 feet in one mile.
So, you need to change the miles to feet.
1.5 x 5280 = 7920.
7920 > 3520
So, Ashley lives closer.

Page No. 349

Question 9.
Write the mass measurements in order from least to greatest.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 8
Type below:
____________

Answer:
7.4 kilograms, 7.4 centigrams, 7.4 decigrams

Question 10.
An elephant’s heart beats 28 times per minute. Complete the product to find how many times its heart beats in 30 minutes
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 9
Type below:
____________

Answer:
840 beats

Explanation:
An elephant’s heart beats 28 times per minute
Then, elephant’s heart beats in 30 minutes = 28 x 30 = 840
So, an elephant’s heartbeat is 840 times in 30 minutes

Question 11.
The length of a rectangular football field, including both end zones, is 120 yards. The area of the field is 57,600 square feet. For numbers 11a–11d, select True or False for each statement.
11a. The width of the field is 480 yards.
11b. The length of the field is 360 feet.
11c. The width of the field is 160 feet.
11d. The area of the field is 6,400 square yards.
11a. ____________
11b. ____________
11c. ____________
11d. ____________

Answer:
11a. True
11b. True
11c. False
11d. False

Explanation:
The length of a rectangular football field, including both end zones, is 120 yards
The area of the field is 57,600 square feet
That is length x width = 57,600 square feet
Here, length = 120 yards
Then, width = 57,600/120 = 480 yards
11a. True
11b. 1 yard = 3 feet
Then, 120 yards = 120×3 = 360 feet
True
11c. 480 yards = 480×3 = 1440
False
11d. 6400 square yards
3 feet = 1 yard
then, 57,600 square feet = 57,600/3 = 19,200 square yards
False

Question 12.
Harry received a package for his birthday. The package weighed 357,000 centigrams. Select the conversions that are equivalent to 357,000 centigrams. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3.57 kilograms
b. 357 dekagrams
c. 3,570 grams
d. 3,570,000 decigrams

Answer:
a. 3.57 kilograms
b. 357 dekagrams
c. 3,570 grams

Explanation:
Harry received a package for his birthday
The package weighed 357,000 centigrams
100centigrams = 1 gram
Then, 357,000 centigrams = 357,000/100 = 3570 grams
1000 grams = 1 kilogram
Then, 3570 grams = 3570/1000 = 3.57 kilograms
10grams = 1 dekagram
Then, 3570 grams = 3570/10 = 357 dekagrams
1gram = 10 decigrams
Then, 3570 grams = 35700 decigrams
Options a, b and c are true

Page No. 350

Question 13.
Mr. Martin wrote the following problem on the board.
Juanita’s car has a gas mileage of 21 miles per gallon. How many miles can Juanita travel on 7 gallons of gas?
Alex used the expression \(\frac{21 \text { miles }}{\text { 1 gallon }} \times \frac{1}{7 \text { gallons }}\) to find the answer. Explain Alex’s mistake.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Juanita’s car has a gas mileage of 21 miles per gallon
Juanita traveled miles on 7 gallons of gas = 21×7 = 147 miles
But, Alex used the expression 21 miles 1 gallon ×17 gallons
In the place of 7 gallons, Alex used 17 gallons

Question 14.
Mr. Chen filled his son’s wading pool with 20 gallons of water.
20 gallons is equivalent to ____________ quarts.

Answer:
80 quarts

Explanation:
Mr. Chen filled his son’s wading pool with 20 gallons of water
1gallon = 4 quarts
Then, 20 gallons = 20×4 = 80 quarts
So, 20 gallons is equivalent to 80 quarts

Question 15.
Nadia has a can of vegetables with a mass of 411 grams. Write equivalent conversions in the correct boxes.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 10
Type below:
____________

Answer:
0.411, 41.1, 4.11

Explanation:
Nadia has a can of vegetables with a mass of 411 grams
1000 grams = 1 kilogram
Then, 411 grams = 411/1000 = 0.411 kilograms
100grams = 1 hectogram
Then, 411 grams = 411/100 = 4.11 hectograms
10grams = 1 dekagram
Then, 411 grams = 411/10 = 41.1 dekagram

Question 16.
Steve is driving 440 miles to visit the Grand Canyon. He drives at an average rate of 55 miles per hour. Explain how you can find the amount of time it will take Steve to get to the Grand Canyon.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Steve is driving 440 miles to visit the Grand Canyon
He drives at an average rate of 55 miles per hour
Then, 440 miles = 440/55 = 8 hours
So, Steve can take 8 hours of time to visit the Grand Canyon

Page No. 351

Question 17.
Lucy walks one time around the lake. She walks for 1.5 hours at an average rate of 3 miles per hour. What is the distance, in miles, around the lake?
_____ miles

Answer:
4.5 miles

Explanation:
Lucy walks one time around the lake
She walks for 1.5 hours at an average rate of 3 miles per hour
1 hour = 3 miles
Then, 1.5 hours = 1.5×3 = 4.5 miles
So, Luke walks 4.5 miles around the lake

Question 18.
The parking lot at a store has a width of 20 yards 2 feet and a length of 30 yards.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 11
Part A
Derrick says that the width could also be written as 22 feet. Explain whether you agree or disagree with Derrick.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Derrick says that the width could also be written as 22 feet
1yard = 3 feet
20 yards = 60 feet
So, we cannot write 20 yards 2 feet as 22 feet

Question 19.
Part B
The cost to repave the parking lot is $2 per square foot. Explain how much it would cost to repave the parking lot.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The cost to repave the parking lot is $2 per square foot
Parking lot area =20 yards 2 feet x 30 yards
1yard = 3 feet
Then, 20 yards = 20×3 = 60 feet
30 yards = 30×3 = 90 feet
so, Parking lot area = 62 feet x 90 feet = 5580 feet
1 square foot cost = $2
then, 5580 feet cost = 2×5580 = $11,160

Page No. 352

Question 19.
Jake is using a horse trailer to take his horses to his new ranch.
Part A
Complete the table by finding the weight, in pounds, of Jake’s horse trailer and each horse.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length img 12
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Horse weight in Tons = 0.5 T
Trailer weight in Tons = 1.25 T
1 ton = 2000 pounds
then, 0.5 T = 0.5×2000 = 1000 pounds
then, 1.25 T = 1.25×2000 = 2,500 pounds

Question 19.
Part B
Jake’s truck can tow a maximum weight of 5,000 pounds. What is the maximum number of horses he can take in his trailer at one time without going over the maximum weight his truck can tow? Use numbers and words to support your answer.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Max. No of Horses = (Max weight truck can tow)/(Average weight of one horse)
The weight of a horse is not given in the question .Thus, we assume the average weight of one horse, to be equal to 1000 pounds,
Max. No of Horses = 5000 pounds/ 1000 pounds
Max. No of Horses = 5

Question 20.
A rectangular room measures 13 feet by 132 inches. Tonya said the area of the room is 1,716 square feet. Explain her mistake, then find the area in square feet.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
A rectangular room measures 13 feet by 132 inches =13 feetx132 inches
Tonya said the area of the room is 1,716 square feet
Area of the rectangular room = 13 feet x 132 inches
12inches = 1 foot
Then, 132 inches = 132/12 = 11 feet
So, the area of the rectangular room = 13 feet x 12 feet = 156 feet
So, Tonya’s answer is wrong

Conclusion:

Get free access to Download Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length from here. I wish the information prevailed in Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key is beneficial for all the students. We have given the step by step explanation for each and every problem here. So refer to our Go Math 6th Grade Solution Key Chapter 6 Convert Units of Length. If you have any doubts regarding the tops you can ask your doubts in the below mentioned comment section.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test

Improve your Math Skills by referring to the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test. Take the help of this Go Math Grade 3 Ch 1 Assessment Test Answer Key, and attain good scores in your exams.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 contains different topics which you can see in the below modules. Through this 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test, you can test your preparation standard and understand where you went wrong. Clear all your queries and understand the concepts then and there itself.

Chapter 1: Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test

Test – Page 1 – Page No. 11

Question 1.
For numbers 1a–1d, choose Yes or No to tell whether the sum is even.
a. 8 + 3
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation: As 8 + 3 = 11 which is odd number. So the answer is no.

Question 1.
b. 6 + 6
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation: As 6 + 6= 12 which is even number. So the answer is true.

Question 1.
c. 4 + 5
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation: As 4 + 5 = 9 which is odd number. So the answer is No.

Question 1.
d. 2 + 6
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation: As 2 + 6 = 8 which is even number. So the answer is Yes.

Question 2.
Select the number sentences that show the Commutative Property of Addition. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 9 + 7 = 16 + 0
b. 9 + 7 = 7 + 9
c. (4 + 5) + 7 = (5 + 4) + 7
d. 7 + (4 + 5) = (7 + 4) + 5

Answer: b.

Explanation: The “Commutative Laws” say we can swap numbers over and still get the same answer when we add a + b = b+a. Therefore 9 + 7 = 7 + 9 and (4 + 5) + 7 = (5 + 4) + 7 shows the Commutative Property of Addition.

Question 3.
Select the numbers that round to 500 when rounded to the nearest hundred. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 438
b. 542
c. 450
d. 483
e. 567

Answer: options b, c, d.

Explanation: We know that 542, 450, and 483 are between 400 and 500 and it is closer to 500. So, 483 rounded off to the nearest hundred is 500.

Question 4.
There are 165 cars in the parking lot. Complete the chart to show 165 rounded to the nearest 10.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test Test - Page 1 img 1

Answer: 170.

Explanation: Rounding 165 to nearest 10 = 170.
1 hundred, 7 tens, and 0 ones =  170.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test

Test – Page 2 – Page No. 12

Question 5.
Write each number sentence in the box below the better estimate of the sum.
281 + 125 = ■          236 + 119 = ■
242 + 128 = ■         309 + 135 = ■
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 2

Answer:
281 + 125 = 300 + 100 = 400        236 + 119 = 200 + 100 = 300
242 + 128 =   200 + 100 = 300       309 + 135 =  300 + 100 = 400

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test

Question 6.
Abby and Cruz are playing a game. Abby’s score is 586 points. Cruz’s score is 754. Abby estimates she needs about 200 points more to reach Cruz’s score. How did she estimate? Explain.

Answer: Cruz rounded the estimates points to the nearest hundred.

Explanation: Cruz rounded 586 to 600 and 754 to 800. Then she calculated the difference to estimate points = 800 – 600 = 200.

Question 7.
The table shows how many shells each person collected.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 3
For numbers 7a–7d select True or False for each statement.
a. Melba collected about 40 more shells than Pablo.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:
Melba collected 455 shells and Pablo collected 421 shells
Difference between both = 455 – 421 = 34 which is near to 40.

Question 7.
b. Melba and Pablo collected more than 800 shells.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: Sum of shells collected by Melba and Pablo = 455 + 421 = 876.

Question 7.
c. Amber collected about 60 fewer shells than Pablo.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation: Difference between Amber and Pablo collected shells = 421 – 382 = 39.

Question 7.
d. Amber, Melba, and Pablo collected over 1,100 shells.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: Sum of shells collected all three = 382 + 455 + 421 = 1258.

Test – Page 3 – Page No. 13

Question 8.
Mikio drove 58 miles on Saturday. On Sunday he drove 23 miles. How many miles did he drive on Saturday and Sunday? Explain how you solved the problem.
_____ miles

Answer: 81 miles.

Explanation:
No of miles drove on Saturday = 58 miles
No of miles drove on Sunday = 23 miles
Total no of miles he drove on both Saturday and Sunday = 58 + 23 = 81 miles.

Question 9.
Choose the property that makes the statement true.
The Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 4 Property of Addition describes the number sentence 17 + 1 = 1 + 17.
________

Answer:

The Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test Property of Addition describes the number sentence 17 + 1 = 1 + 17.

Use the table for 10–12.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 5

Question 10.
The table shows the number of students visiting the zoo each day.
How many students visited the zoo on Wednesday and Thursday?
_____ students

Answer: 857 students.

Explanation: No of students visited zoo on Wednesday and Thursday = 349 + 508 = 857 students.

Question 11.
How many more students visited the zoo on Wednesday than on Monday?
_____ students

Answer: 103 students.

Explanation: No of students visited the zoo on Wednesday than on Monday = 349 – 246 = 103.

Question 12.
How many more students visited the zoo on Monday and Tuesday than on Wednesday?
_____ students

Answer: 315 students.

Explanation: No of students visited the zoo on Monday and Tuesday than on Wednesday = (246+418) – 349 = 315.

Test – Page 4 – Page No. 14

Question 13.
Help Ben find the sum.
2 4 6
3 2 1
+1 2 8
———-
695

For numbers 13a–13d choose Yes or No to tell Ben when to regroup.
a. Regroup the ones.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Question 13.
b. Add the regrouped ten.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes.

Question 13.
c. Regroup the tens.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No.

Question 13.
d. Add the regrouped hundred.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No.

Question 14.
Avery sent 58 email invitations to a party. So far, 37 people replied. How many people still need to reply? Draw jumps and label the number line to show your thinking.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test Test - Page 4 img 6
_____ emails.

Answer: 21 people.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test
Given that total 58 email invitations are sent to a party
No of people replied so far = 37
From the below figure no of people remained to reply =1 + 10 + 10
= 21 people.

Question 15.
There are 842 seats in the school auditorium. 138 seats need repairs. How many seats do not need repairs? Show your work.
_____ seats

Answer: 704 seats.

Explanation: Total seats in school auditorium = 842
No of seats need to be repaired = 138
Therefore no of seats not required to repair = 842 – 138 = 704 seats.

Question 16.
Madison solves this problem. She says the difference is 419. Explain the mistake Madison made. What is the correct difference?
6 4 5
−2 3 6
———–
_____

Answer: 409

Explanation: When Madison combined the tens and ones, she should have regrouped 1 ten as 10 ones to subtract 36 from 45. Then she would have 0 tens and 9 ones left. The difference is 409, not 419.

Test – Page 5 – Page No. 15

Question 17.
Radburn School recycles aluminum cans to raise money. The third graders have collected 329 cans so far. Their goal is to collect more than 500 cans. What is the least number of cans they need to collect to reach their goal? Complete the bar model and explain how to use it to find the unknown part.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test Test - Page 5 img 7
_____ cans

Answer: 172 cans.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test
The given model shows a whole of 500 and a part of 329. The unknown part represents the number of cans still to be collected.
By solving using subtraction: 500 − 329 = 171. So, they need to collect 1 more can than 171, which is 172.

Question 18.
The Science Center displays 236 butterflies. The number of beetles on display is 89 less than the number of butterflies.
Part A
About how many beetles are on display at the Science Center? Explain.
about _____ beetles

Answer: About 150 beetles.

Explanation:
Given that 236 butterflies have displayed in the Science Center, rounding to nearest value = 240
No of displayed beetles are 89 less than the number of butterflies, after rounding = 90
Therefore no of beetles displayed = 240 – 90 = 150.

Question 18.
Part B
How many butterflies and beetles are on display at the Science Center? Show your work.
_____ butterflies and beetles

Answer: 383 butterflies and beetles.

Explanation:
Given no of butterflies = 236
No of beetles = 236 – 89 = 147
Total no of beetles and butterflies = 236 + 147 = 383.

Test – Page 6 – Page No. 16

Question 19.
Elena used 74 + 37 = 111 to check her subtraction. Which math problem could she be checking? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 74 − 37 = ■
b. 111 − 74 = ■
c. 111 + 37 = ■
d. 111 − 37 = ■

Answer: options b and d.

Explanation: She could use either option b. 111 – 74 = 37 or option d. 111 – 37 = 74.

Question 20.
Shawn and Steve are rock hunters. The tables show the kinds of rocks they collected.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test Test - Page 6 img 8
Part A
Who collected more rock samples? How many did he collect? About how many more did he collect? Explain how you solved the problem.
__________

Answer: Shawn collected more rock samples which are 288.

Explanation:
Sum of rock samples collected by Shawn = (127+65+96) = 288
Sum of rock samples collected by Steve = (79 + 109 + 93) = 281
Therefore Shawn collected more rock samples compared to Steve
By subtracting 288 – 281 = 9 (after rounding) => 10
Shawn has about 10 more rock samples.

Question 20.
Part B
Shawn and Steve have the greatest number of what kind of rock? How many rocks of that kind do they have? Show your work.

Answer: Quartz rocks, 236 rocks; 127 + 109 = 236.

Explanation:
Shawn collected 127 quartz rocks where Steve collected 109 quartz rocks.
Total they both collected 236 Quartz rocks which are greatest in number compared to other types.

Conclusion

Improve your math skills by using the Go Math 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test. For more help, you can always look up to HMH Go Math Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 and clear your doubts instantly.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals

go-math-grade-5-chapter-4-multiply-decimals-answer-key

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals comes in handy while preparing for the exams. Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 4 Solution Key is given by the subject experts. We listed Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key covering the questions from Practice Test, Chapter Test, Cumulative Practice. Know how to solve various models of 5th Grade Go Math Ch 4 Multiply Decimals by referring to the Solutions Key Provided. The Best Part about or 5th Grade Ch 4 Multiply Decimals Answer Key is that we have given an elaborate explanation for all the Problems.

Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals Answer Key

Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals Solution Key covers Questions from basic to advanced level of difficulty. All the Problems are explained by subject experts and create an Interest in the Subject among the Students. If they have any difficulty in solving the Chapter 4 Lessons Problems they can cross check the detailed explanation provided below to resolve their doubts. Students can feel confident with the concepts by practicing from the 5th Grade Go Math Multiply Decimals Answer Key.

Lesson 1: Algebra • Multiplication Patterns with Decimals

Lesson 2: Investigate • Multiply Decimals and Whole Numbers

Lesson 3: Multiplication with Decimals and Whole Numbers

Lesson 4: Multiply Using Expanded Form

Lesson 5: Problem Solving • Multiply Money

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Investigate • Decimal Multiplication

Lesson 7: Multiply Decimals

Lesson 8: Zeros in the Product

Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 165

Complete the pattern.

Question 1.
100 × 17.04 = 17.04
101 × 17.04 = 17.04
102 × 17.04 = 17.04
103 × 17.04 = 17.04
_____

Answer:
100 × 17.04 = 17.04
101 × 17.04 = 170.4
102 × 17.04 = 1,704
103 × 17.04 =17,040

Explanation:
As you multiply by increasing powers of 10, then the position of the decimal point moves towards the right side.
100 × 17.04 = 1 x 17.04 = 17.04
101 × 17.04 = 10 x 17.04 = 170.4
102 × 17.04 = 100 x 17.04 = 1,704
103 × 17.04 = 1000 x 17.04 = 17,040

Complete the pattern.

Question 2.
1 × 3.19 = _____
10 × 3.19 = _____
100 × 3.19 = _____
1,000 × 3.19 = _____

Answer:
1 × 3.19 = 3.19
10 × 3.19 = 31.9
100 × 3.19 = 319
1,000 × 3.19 = 3,190
As you multiply by increasing powers of 10, then the position of the decimal point moves towards the right side.

Question 3.
45.6 × 100 = _____
45.6 × 101 = _____
45.6 × 102 = _____
45.6 × 103 = _____

Answer:
45.6 × 100 = 45.6
45.6 × 101 = 456
45.6 × 102 = 4,560
45.6 × 103 = 45,600

Explanation:
As you multiply by increasing powers of 10, then the position of the decimal point moves towards the right side.
45.6 × 100 = 45.6 x 1 = 45.6
45.6 × 101 = 45.6 x 10 = 456
45.6 × 102 = 45.6 x 100 = 4,560
45.6 × 103 = 45.6 x 1000 = 45,600

Question 4.
1 × 6,391 = _____
0.1 × 6,391 = _____
0.01 × 6,391 = _____

Answer:
1 × 6,391 = 6,391
0.1 × 6,391 = 639.1
0.01 × 6,391 = 63.91
As you multiply by decreasing powers of 10, the position of the decimal point moves towards the left side

On Your Own

Complete the pattern.

Question 5.
1.06 × 1 = _____
1.06 × 10 = _____
1.06 × 100 = _____
1.06 × 1,000 = _____

Answer:
1.06 × 1 = 1.06
1.06 × 10 = 10.6
1.06 × 100 = 106
1.06 × 1,000 = 1,060
As you multiply by increasing powers of 10, then the position of the decimal point moves towards the right side.

Question 6.
1 × 90 = _____
0.1 × 90 = _____
0.01 × 90 = _____

Answer:
1 × 90 = 90
0.1 × 90 = 9.0 = 9
0.01 × 90 = 0.9

Explanation:
As you multiply by decreasing powers of 10, the position of the decimal point moves towards the left side
1 × 90 = 90
0.1 × 90 = 9.0
0.01 × 90 = 0.90

Question 7.
100 × $0.19 = $ _____
101 × $0.19 = $ _____
102 × $0.19 = $ _____
103 × $0.19 = $ _____

Answer:
100 × $0.19 = $ 0.19
101 × $0.19 = $ 1.9
102 × $0.19 = $ 19
103 × $0.19 = $ 190

Explanation:
As you multiply by increasing powers of 10, then the position of the decimal point moves towards the right side.
100 × $0.19 = $ 0.19
101 × $0.19 = $ 1.9
102 × $0.19 = $ 19
103 × $0.19 = $ 190

Question 8.
580 × 1 = _____
580 × 0.1 = _____
580 × 0.01 = _____

Answer:
580 × 1 = 580
580 × 0.1 = 58
580 × 0.01 = 5.8

Explanation:
As you multiply by increasing powers of 10, then the position of the decimal point moves towards the right side.
580 × 1 = 580
580 × 0.1 = 58.0 = 58
580 × 0.01 = 5.8

Question 9.
100 × 80.72 = _____
101 × 80.72 = _____
102 × 80.72 = _____
103 × 80.72 = _____

Answer:
100 × 80.72 = 80.72
101 × 80.72 = 807.2
102 × 80.72 = 8,072
103 × 80.72 = 80,720

Explanation:
As you multiply by decreasing powers of 10, the position of the decimal point moves towards the left side
100 × 80.72 = 80.72
101 × 80.72 = 807.2
102 × 80.72 = 8,072
103 × 80.72 = 80,720

Question 10.
1 × 7,230 = _____
0.1 × 7,230 = _____
0.01 × 7,230 = _____

Answer:
1 × 7,230 = 7,230
0.1 × 7,230 = 723
0.01 × 7,230 = 72.3

Explanation:
As you multiply by increasing powers of 10, then the position of the decimal point moves towards the right side.
1 × 7,230 = 7,230
0.1 × 7,230 = 723.0 = 723
0.01 × 7,230 = 72.3

Algebra Find the value

of n.

Question 11.
n × $3.25 = $325.00
n = _____

Answer:
n = 100

Explanation:
n × $3.25 = $325.00
n × $3.25 = $325.00
n x $325 x $0.01 = $325.00
n x $325 x $1/100 = $325.00
n =  $325.00/$325 x 100
n = 1 x 100 = 100

Question 12.
0.1 × n = 89.5
n = _____

Answer:
n = 895

Explanation:
0.1 × n = 89.5
1/10 x n = 895 x 0.1
n = 895 x 0.1 x 10
n = 895

Question 13.
103 × n = 630
n = _____

Answer:
n = 0.63

Explanation:
103 × n = 630
1000 x n = 630
n = 630 x 1/1000
n = 630 x 0.001
n = 0.63

Problem Solving – Page No. 166

What’s the Error?

Question 14.
Kirsten is making lanyards for a convention. She needs to make 1,000 lanyards and knows that 1 lanyard uses 1.75 feet of cord. How much cord will Kirsten need?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 1
Kirsten’s work is shown below.
1 × 1.75 = 1.75
10 × 1.75 = 10.75
100 × 1.75 = 100.75
1,000 × 1.75 = 1,000.75

Find and describe Kirsten’s error.Solve the problem using the correct pattern.
As you can see from the given pattern, by multiplying 1.75 by different multiplicands, she just replaced the whole number, the number before the decimal point (in our use number 1), with belonging.
But this is not the way we multiply decimal numbers with different powers of number 10.
1 x 1.75= 1.75
10 x 1.75= 17.5
100 x 1.75= 175
1,000 x 1.75= 1,750

So, Kirsten needs ______ feet of cord to make 1,000 lanyards.
Describe how Kirsten could have solved the problem without writing out the pattern needed.
Type below:
________

Answer:
Kirsten needs 1,750 feet of cord to make 1,000 lanyards.
that decimal point moves one Noce M the right for each increasing power of 10. So, the answer is 1,750 feet.

Share and Show – Page No. 167

Use the decimal model to find the product.

Question 1.
5 × 0.06 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 2
_____

Answer:
5 × 0.06 = 0.3
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 2

Explanation:
The picture shows that 5 groups of 6 hundredths.
0.06 = 6 hundredths
Each square box shows 1/ 100.
So, shade 6 boxes 5 times to get the product.
Count the number of boxes shaded. There are 30 hundredths are shaded = 0.30 = 0.3
5 × 0.06 = 0.3

Question 2.
2 × 0.38 =
_____

Answer:
2 × 0.38 = 0.76
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 167 image 1

Explanation:
The picture shows that 2 groups of 38 hundredths.
0.38 = 38 hundredths
Each square box shows 1/ 100.
So, shade 38 boxes 2 times to get the product. 38 hundredths + 38 hundredths = 76 hundredths = 0.76.

Question 3.
4 × 0.24 =
_____

Answer:
4 × 0.24 = 0.96
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 167 image 2

Explanation:
4 groups of 24 hundredths
Each square box shows 1/ 100.
So, shade 24 boxes 4 times to get the product. 24 hundredths + 24 hundredths + 24 hundredths + 24 hundredths = 96 hundredths = 0.96.

Find the product. Draw a quick picture.

Question 4.
4 × 0.6 =
_____

Answer:
4 × 0.6 = 2.4
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 168 image 1

Explanation:
4 × 0.6
4 groups of 6 tenths
0.6 + 0.6 + 0.6 + 0.6 = 2.4
4 × 0.6 = 2.4

Question 5.
2 × 0.67 =
_____

Answer:
2 × 0.67 = 1.34
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 168 image 2

Explanation:
2 × 0.67
2 groups of 67 hundredths
0.67 + 0.67 = 1.34
2 × 0.67 = 1.34

Question 6.
3 × 0.62 =
_____

Answer:
3 × 0.62 = 1.86
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 168 image 3

Explanation:
3 × 0.62
3 groups of 62 hundredths
0.62 + 0.62 + 0.62 = 1.86
3 × 0.62 = 1.86

Question 7.
4 × 0.32 =
_____

Answer:
4 × 0.32 = 1.28
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 168 image 4

Explanation:
4 × 0.32
4 groups of 32 hundredths
0.32 + 0.32 + 0.32 + 0.32 = 1.28
4 × 0.32 = 1.28

Question 8.
Describe how you solved Exercise 7 using place value and renaming.
Type below:
________

Answer:
4 × 0.32
4 groups of 32 hundredths
There are 32 hundredths.
32 hundredths there are 30 tenths and 2 hundredths.
Combine the tenths and rename.
2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 8
Combine the tenths and rename.
There are 3 tenths.
3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 12; 2 tenths and 1 tens
Cross out the tenths you renamed.
Combine the ones and rename them.
0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 1 = 1
1.28
4 × 0.32 = 1.28

Problem Solving – Page No. 168

Use the table for 9–11.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 3

Question 9.
Each day a bobcat drinks about 3 times as much water as a Canada goose drinks. How much water can a bobcat drink in one day?
_____ liter

Answer:
0.72 liters

Explanation:
Each day a bobcat drinks about 3 times as much water as a Canada goose drinks.
Canada goose = 0.24 liters
bobcat drinks = 3 x 0.24
3 x 0.24 = 0.72 liters

Question 10.
River otters drink about 5 times as much water as a bald eagle drinks in a day. How much water can a river otter drink in one day?
_____ liter

Answer:
0.8 liter

Explanation:
River otters drink about 5 times as much water as a bald eagle drinks in a day.
bald eagle drinks 0.16 liters
5 times as 0.16 liters = 5 x 0.16 = 0.8 liter

Question 11.
Explain how you could use a quick picture to find the amount of water that a cat drinks in 5 days.
Type below:
________

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 168 image 5

Explanation:
Cat drinks 0.15 liters of water in a day.
In 5 days, 5 x 0.15 = 0.75

Question 12.
Test Prep Jared has a parakeet that weighs 1.44 ounces. Susie has a Senegal parrot that weighs 3 times as much as Jared’s parakeet. How many ounces does Susie’s parrot weigh?
Options:
a. 0.32 ounce
b. 0.43 ounce
c. 4.32 ounces
d. 43.2 ounces

Answer:
c. 4.32 ounces

Explanation:
Jared has a parakeet that weighs 1.44 ounces. Susie has a Senegal parrot that weighs 3 times as much as Jared’s parakeet.
Susie’s parrot weigh 3 x 1.44 ounces = 4.32 ounces

Share and Show – Page No. 171

Place the decimal point in the product.

Question 1.
6.81
×   7
———-
4767
Think: The place value of the decimal factor is hundredths.

Answer:
6.81 x 7 = 47.67

Explanation:
6.81 x 7 = 7 x 6.81
7 x (6 + 0.81) = (7 x 6) + (7 x 0.81) = 42 + 5.67 = 47.67

Question 2.
3.7
× 2
———-
74
_____

Answer:
7.4

Explanation:
3.7 x 2
3.7 x 10 = 37
37 x 2 = 74
37 x 0.1 = 3.7
74 x 0.1 = 7.4

Question 3.
19.34
×    5
———-
9670
_____

Answer:
96.7

Explanation:
19.34 x 100 = 1934
1934 x 5 = 9670
1934 x 0.01 = 19.34
9670 x 0.01 = 96.7

Find the product.

Question 4.
6.32
×  3
———-
_____

Answer:
18.96

Explanation:
6.32 x 100 = 632
632 x 3 = 1896
632 x 0.01 = 6.32
1896 x 0.01 = 18.96

Question 5.
4.5
× 8
———-
_____

Answer:
36

Explanation:
4.5 x 10 = 45
45 x 8 = 360
45 x 0.1 = 4.5
360 x 0.1 = 36.0

Question 6.
40.7
×  5
———-
_____

Answer:
203.5

Explanation:
40.7 x 10 = 407
407 x 5 = 2035
407 x 0.1 = 40.7
2035 x 0.1 = 203.5

On Your Own

Find the product.

Question 7.
4.93
×   7
———-
_____

Answer:
34.51

Explanation:
7 x 3 = 21 hundredths; 2 tenths and 1 hundredths
7 x 9 = 63 tenths; 63 + 2 tenths = 65 tenths; 6 ones and 5 tenths
4 x 7 = 28; 28 + 6 = 34 ones;
34.51

Question 8.
8.2
× 6
———-
_____

Answer:
49.2

Explanation:
6 x 2 = 12 tenths; 1 ones and 2 tenths
6 x 8 = 48; 48 + 1 = 49 ones
49.2

Question 9.
0.49
×   4
———-
_____

Answer:
1.96

Explanation:
9 x 4 = 36 hundredths; 3 tenths and 6 hundredths
4 x 4 = 16 tenths; 16 + 3 tenths = 19 tenths; 1 ones and 9 tenths
4 x 0 = 0; 0 + 1 = 1ones;
1.96

Question 10.
9.08
×   9
———-
_____

Answer:
81.72

Explanation:
9 x 8 = 72 hundredths; 7 tenths and 2 hundredths
9 x 0 = 0 tenths; 0 + 7 tenths = 7 tenths; 7 tenths
9 x 9 = 81; 81
81.72

Question 11.
7.55
×  8
———-
_____

Answer:
60.4

Explanation:
8 x 5 = 40 hundredths; 4 tenths and 0 hundredths
8 x 5 = 40 tenths; 40 + 4 tenths = 44 tenths; 4 ones and 4 tenths
8 x 7 = 56 ones; 56 + 4 = 60 ones
60.40 = 60.4

Question 12.
15.37
×    5
———-
_____

Answer:
76.85

Explanation:
5 x 7 = 35 hundredths; 3 tenths and 5 hundredths
5 x 3 = 15 tenths; 15 + 3 tenths = 18 tenths; 1 ones and 8 tenths
5 x 5 = 25 ones; 25 + 1 = 26 ones; 2 hundreds and 6 ones
5 x 1 = 5 hundreds; 5 + 2 = 7 hundreds
76.85

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the product.

Question 13.
8 × 7.2 = _____

Answer:
8 × 7.2 = 57.6

Explanation:
8 × 7.2 = 8 x (7 + 0.2) = (8 x 7) + (8 x 0.2) = 56 + 1.6 = 57.6

Question 14.
3 × 1.45 = _____

Answer:
3 × 1.45 = 4.35

Explanation:
3 x 1.45 = 3 x (1 + 0.45) = (3 x 1) + (3 x 0.45) = 3 + 1.35 = 4.35

Question 15.
9 × 8.6 = _____

Answer:
9 × 8.6 = 77.4

Explanation:
9 × 8.6 = 9 x (8 + 0.6) = (9 x 8) + (9 x 0.6) = 72 + 5.4 = 77.4

Question 16.
6 × 0.79 = _____

Answer:
6 × 0.79 = 4.74

Explanation:
6 x 0.79 = 4.74

Question 17.
4 × 9.3 = _____

Answer:
4 × 9.3 = 37.2

Explanation:
4 × 9.3 = 4 x (9 + 0.3) = (4 x 9) + (4 x 0.3) = 36 + 1.2 = 37.2

Question 18.
7 × 0.81 = _____

Answer:
7 × 0.81 = 5.67

Explanation:
7 × 0.81 = 5.67

Question 19.
6 × 2.08 = _____

Answer:
6 × 2.08 = 12.48

Explanation:
6 × 2.08 = 6 x (2 + 0.08) = (6 x 2) + (6 x 0.08) = 12 + 0.48 = 12.48

Question 20.
5 × 23.66 = _____

Answer:
5 × 23.66 = 118.3

Explanation:
5 × 23.66 = 5 x (23 + 0.66) = (5 x 23) + (5 x 0.66) = 115 + 3.3 = 118.3

Problem Solving – Page No. 172

Use the table for 21–23.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 4

Question 21.
Sari has a bag containing 6 half dollars. What is the weight of the half dollars in Sari’s bag?
_____ grams

Answer:
68.04 grams

Explanation:
Sari has a bag containing 6 half dollars.
Half dollars = 11.34 grams
6 x 11.34 = 68.04 grams
The weight of the half dollars in Sari’s bag is 68.04 grams.

Question 22.
Felicia is running a game booth at a carnival. One of the games requires participants to guess the weight, in grams, of a bag of 9 dimes. What is the actual weight of the dimes in the bag?
_____ grams

Answer:
20.43 grams

Explanation:
Felicia is running a game booth at a carnival. One of the games requires participants to guess the weight, in grams, of a bag of 9 dimes.
9 x 2.27 grams = 20.43 grams

Question 23.
Chance has $2 in quarters. Blake has $5 in dollar coins. Whose coins have the greatest weight? Explain.
_________

Answer:
Dollar coins has the greatest weight than quarters.

Explanation:
$2 means 4 quarters = 4 x 5.67 = 22.68
$5 in dollar coins = 5 x 8.1 = 40.5
Dollar coins has the greatest weight than quarters.

Question 24.
Julie multiplies 6.27 by 7 and claims the product is 438.9. Explain without multiplying how you know Julie’s answer is not correct. Find the correct answer.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
6.27 has two decimal digits
438.9 has one decimal digit
Therefore, Julie’s answer is not correct.
6.27 x 7 = 43.89

Question 25.
Test Prep Every day on his way to and from school, Milo walks a total of 3.65 miles. If he walks to school 5 days, how many miles will Milo have walked?
_____ miles

Answer:
18.25 miles

Explanation:
Milo walks a total of 3.65 miles.
If he walks to school 5 days, 5 x 3.65 = 18.25 miles

Share and Show – Page No. 175

Draw a model to find the product.

Question 1.
19 × 0.75 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 5
_____

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 175 image 1
14.25

Explanation:
19 × 0.75
19 = 10 + 9
0.75 = 0.7 + 0.05
10 x 0.7 = 7
10 x 0.05 = 0.5
9 x 0.7 = 6.3
9 x 0.05 = 0.45
7 + 0.5 + 6.3 + 0.45 = 14.25
19 × 0.75 = 14.25

Question 2.
27 × 8.3 =
_____

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 175 image 2
224.1

Explanation:
27 × 8.3 = 224.1
27 = 20 + 7
8.3 = 8 + 0.3
20 x 8 = 160
20 x 0.3 = 6
7 x 8 = 56
7 x 0.3 = 2.1
160 + 6 + 56 + 2.1 = 224.1

Find the product.

Question 3.
18 × 8.7 = _____

Answer:
18 × 8.7 = 156.6

Explanation:
8.7 x 10 = 87
18 x 87 = 1566
87 x 0.1 = 8.7
1566 x 0.1 = 156.6

Question 4.
23 × 56.1 = _____

Answer:
1290.3

Explanation:
56.1 x 10 = 561
561 x 23 = 12,903
561 x 0.1 = 56.1
12,903 x 0.1 = 1290.3

Question 5.
47 × 5.92 = _____

Answer:
278.24

Explanation:
5.92 x 100 = 592
592 x 47 = 27,824
592 x 0.01 = 5.92
27,824 x 0.01 = 278.24

On Your Own

Draw a model to find the product.

Question 6.
71 × 8.3 =
_____

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 175 image 3
589.3

Explanation:
71 = 70 + 1
8.3 = 8 + 0.3
70 x 8 = 560
70 x 0.3 = 21
1 x 8 = 8
1 x 0.3 = 0.3
560 + 21 + 8 + 0.3 = 589.3

Question 7.
28 × 0.91 =
_____

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 175 image 4
25.48

Explanation:
28 = 20 + 8
0.91 = 0.90 + 0.01
20 x 0.90 = 18
20 x 0.01 = 0.2
8 x 0.90 = 7.2
8 x 0.01 = 0.08
18 + 0.2 + 7.2 + 0.08 = 25.48

Find the product.

Question 8.
19 × 0.65 = _____

Answer:
19 × 0.65 = 12.35

Explanation:
0.65 x 100 = 65
65 x 19 = 1235
65 x 0.01 = 0.65
1235 x 0.01 = 12.35

Question 9.
34 × 98.3 = _____

Answer:
34 × 98.3 = 3342.2

Explanation:
98.3 x 10 = 983
983 x 34 = 33,422
983 x 0.1 = 98.3
33,422 x 0.1 = 3342.2

Question 10.
26 × 16.28 = _____

Answer:
26 × 16.28 = 423.28

Explanation:
16.28 x 100 = 1628
1628 x 26 = 42,328
1628 x 0.01 = 16.28
42,328 x 0.01 = 423.28

UNLOCK the Problem – Page No. 176

Question 11.
While researching facts on the planet Earth, Kate learned that a true Earth day is about 23.93 hours long. How many hours are in 2 weeks on Earth?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 6
a. What are you being asked to find?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
We need to find How many hours are in 2 weeks on Earth? 2 weeks x 23.93 hours per day?

Question 11.
b. What information do you need to know to solve the problem?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Number of days in a week
Hours per day

Question 11.
c. Write an expression to represent the problem to be solved.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2 weeks = 14 days
14 x 23.93 hours

Question 11.
d. Show the steps you used to solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
335.02 hours

Explanation:
23.93 = 23.93 x 100 = 2393
2393 x 14 = 33,502
2393 x 0.01 = 23.93
33502 x 0.01 = 335.02

Question 11.
e. Complete the sentences.
On Earth, there are about _____ hours in a day, _____ days in 1 week, and _____ days in two weeks.
Since _____ × _____ = _____ , there are about _____ hours in 2 weeks on Earth.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
On Earth, there are about 23.93 hours in a day,  7 days in 1 week, and 14 days in two weeks.
Since 23.93 × 14 = 335.02, there are about 335.02 hours in 2 weeks on Earth.

Question 12.
Michael’s favorite song is 3.19 minutes long. If he listens to the song 15 times on repeat, how long will he have listened to the same song?
_____ minutes

Answer:
47.85 minutes

Explanation:
Michael’s favorite song is 3.19 minutes long.
If he listens to the song 15 times, 15 x 3.19 = 47.85 minutes

Question 13.
Test Prep A car travels 56.7 miles in an hour. If it continues at the same speed, how far will the car travel in 12 hours?
Options:
a. 68.004 miles
b. 680.04 miles
c. 680.4 miles
d. 6,804 miles

Answer:
c. 680.4 miles

Explanation:
A car travels 56.7 miles in an hour.
In 12 hours, 12 x 56.7 = 680.4 hours

Share and Show – Page No. 179

Question 1.
Manuel collects $45.18 for a fundraiser. Gerome collects $18.07 more than Manuel. Cindy collects 2 times as much as Gerome. How much money does Cindy collect for the fundraiser?
First, draw a diagram to show the amount Manuel collects.
Then, draw a diagram to show the amount Gerome collects.
Next, draw a diagram to show the amount Cindy collects.
Finally, find the amount each person collects.
Cindy collects ______ for the fundraiser.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Manuel collects $45.18 for a fundraiser. Gerome collects $18.07 more than Manuel. Cindy collects 2 times as much as Gerome.
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 179 image 1
Manuel: $45.18
Gerome: $45.18 + $18.07 = $63.25
Cindy: 2 x $63.25 = $126.5

Question 2.
What if Gerome collects $9.23 more than Manuel? If Cindy still collects 2 times as much as Gerome, how much money would Cindy collect?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Gerome collects $9.23 more than Manuel
Manuel: $45.18
Gerome: $45.18 + $9.23 = $54.41
Cindy: 2 x $54.41 = $108.82

Question 3.
It costs $5.15 to rent a kayak for 1 hour at a local state park. The price per hour stays the same for up to 5 hours of rental. After 5 hours, the cost is decreased to $3.75 per hour. How much would it cost to rent a kayak for 6 hours?
$ ______

Answer:
$29.5

Explanation:
It costs $5.15 to rent a kayak for 1 hour at a local state park. The price per hour stays the same for up to 5 hours of rental. After 5 hours, the cost is decreased to $3.75 per hour.
For first 5 hours, $5.15
Next hour after 5 hours, it decreased to $3.75
For 6 hours, 5 x $5.15 + 1 x $3.75
5 x $5.15 = $25.75
1 x $3.75 = $3.75
$25.75 + $3.75 = $29.5

Question 4.
Jenn buys a pair of jeans for $24.99. Her friend Karen spends $3.50 more for the same pair of jeans. Vicki paid the same price as Karen for the jeans but bought 2 pairs. How much did Vicki spend?
$ ______

Answer:
$56.98

Explanation:
Jenn buys a pair of jeans for $24.99.
Karen: $24.99 + $3.50 = $28.49
Vicky: 2 x $28.49 = $56.98

On Your Own – Page No. 180

Use the sign for 5–8.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 7

Question 5.
Austin shops at Surfer Joe’s Surf Shop before going to the beach. He buys 2 T-shirts, a pair of board shorts, and a towel. If he gives the cashier $60, how much change will Austin get back?
$ ______

Answer:
$2.86

Explanation:
T-Shirt = $12.75
Board Shorts = $25.99
Sandals = $8.95
Towel = $5.65
Sunglasses = $15.50
Austin shops at Surfer Joe’s Surf Shop before going to the beach. He buys 2 T-shirts, a pair of board shorts, and a towel.
(2 x $12.75) + ($25.99) + $5.65 = $25.5 + $31.64 = $57.14
$60 – $57.14 = $2.86

Question 6.
Maria buys 3 T-shirts and 2 pairs of sandals at Surfer Joe’s Surf Shop. How much does Maria spend?
$ ______

Answer:
$56.15

Explanation:
Maria buys 3 T-shirts and 2 pairs of sandals at Surfer Joe’s Surf Shop.
3 x $12.75 = $38.25
2 x $8.95 = $17.9
$38.25 + $17.9 = $56.15

Question 7.
Nathan receives a coupon in the mail for $10 off of a purchase of $100 or more. If he buys 3 pairs of board shorts, 2 towels, and a pair of sunglasses, will he spend enough to use the coupon? How much will his purchase cost?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
$94.77

Explanation:
3 pairs of board shorts, 2 towels, and a pair of sunglasses
3 x $25.99 = $77.97
2 x $5.65 = $11.3
Sunglasses = $15.50
$77.97 + $11.3 + $15.50 = $104.77
$10 off of a purchase of $100 or more
$104.77 – $10 = $94.77

Question 8.
Moya spends $33.90 on 3 different items. If she did not buy board shorts, which three items did Moya buy?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
T-Shirt, Towel, and Sunglasses

Explanation:
Moya spends $33.90 on 3 different items. If she did not buy board shorts,
T-Shirt = $12.75
Towel = $5.65
Sunglasses = $15.50

Question 9.
Test Prep At a donut shop in town, each donut costs $0.79. If Mr. Thomas buys a box of 8 donuts, how much will he pay for the donuts?
Options:
a. $6.32
b. $8.79
c. $63.20
d. $87.90

Answer:
a. $6.32

Explanation:
At a donut shop in town, each donut costs $0.79. If Mr. Thomas buys a box of 8 donuts, 8 x $0.79 = $6.32

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 181

Concepts and Skills

Question 1.
Explain how you can use a quick picture to find 3 × 2.7.
Type below:
________

Answer:
3 × 2.7 = 8.1;
As there are 8 ones and 1 tenths, we can draw eight square boxes and 1 line to represent 1 tenth.

Complete the pattern.

Question 2.
1 × 3.6 = _______
10 × 3.6 = _______
100 × 3.6 = _______
1000 × 3.6 = _______

Answer:
1 × 3.6 = 3.6
10 × 3.6 = 36
100 × 3.6 = 360
1000 × 3.6 = 3,600

Question 3.
100 × 17.55 = _______
101 × 17.55 = _______
102 × 17.55 = _______
103 × 17.55 = _______

Answer:
100 × 17.55 = 17.55
101 × 17.55 = 175.5
102 × 17.55 = 1755
103 × 17.55 = 17,550

Explanation:
100 × 17.55 = 1 x 17.55 = 17.55
101 × 17.55 = 10 x 17.55 = 175.5
102 × 17.55 = 100 x 17.55 = 1755
103 × 17.55 = 1000 x 17.55 = 17,550

Question 4.
1 × 29 = _______
0.1 × 29 = _______
0.01 × 29 = _______

Answer:
1 × 29 = 29
0.1 × 29 = 2.9
0.01 × 29 = 0.29

Find the product.

Question 5.
3.14
×   8
———–
_____

Answer:
25.12

Explanation:
8 x (3.14) = 8 x (3 + 0.14) = (8 x 3) + (8 x 0.14) = 24 + 1.12 = 25.12

Question 6.
17 × 0.67 = _____

Answer:
11.39

Explanation:
0.67 x 100 = 67
67 x 17 = 1139
67 x 0.01 = 0.67
1139 x 0.01 = 11.39

Question 7.
29 × 7.3 = _____

Answer:
211.7

Explanation:
29 × 7.3 = 29 x (7 + 0.3) = (29 x 7) + (29 x 0.3) = 203 + 8.7 = 211.7

Draw a diagram to solve.

Question 8.
Julie spends $5.62 at the store. Micah spends 5 times as much as Julie. Jeremy spends $6.72 more than Micah. How much money does each person spend?
Julie: $ _______
Micah: $ _______
Jeremy: $ _______

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 181 image 1
Julie: $ 5.62
Micah spends 5 times as much as Julie = 5 x $5.62 = $28.1
Jeremy spends $6.72 more than Micah = $28.1 + $6.72 = $34.82

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 182

Question 9.
Sarah is cutting ribbons for a pep rally. The length of each ribbon needs to be 3.68 inches. If she needs 1,000 ribbons, what is the length of ribbon Sarah needs?
_____ inches

Answer:
3680 inches

Explanation:
Sarah is cutting ribbons for a pep rally. The length of each ribbon needs to be 3.68 inches.
If she needs 1,000 ribbons, 3.68 x 1,000 = 3680 inches

Question 10.
Adam is carrying books to the classroom for his teacher. Each books weighs 3.85 pounds. If he carries 4 books, how many pounds is Adam carrying?
_____ pounds

Answer:
15.4 pounds

Explanation:
Adam is carrying books to the classroom for his teacher. Each books weighs 3.85 pounds. If he carries 4 books, 4 x 3.85 = 15.4 pounds.

Question 11.
A car travels 54.9 miles in an hour. If the car continues at the same speed for 12 hours, how many miles will it travel?
_____ miles

Answer:
658.8 miles

Explanation:
A car travels 54.9 miles in an hour. If the car continues at the same speed for 12 hours, 12 x 54.9 = 658.8 miles

Question 12.
Charlie saves $21.45 each month for 6 months. In the seventh month, he only saves $10.60. How much money will Charlie have saved after 7 months?
$ __________

Answer:
$139.3

Explanation:
Charlie saves $21.45 each month for 6 months. In the seventh month, he only saves $10.60.
6 x $21.45 + $10.60 = $128.7 + $10.60 = $139.3

Share and Show – Page No. 185

Multiply. Use the decimal model.

Question 1.
0.8 × 0.4 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 8

Answer:
0.8 × 0.4 = 0.32
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 183 image 1

Explanation:
The shaded and crossed parts represent the product.
32 hundredths = 0.32

Question 2.
0.1 × 0.7 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 9
_____

Answer:
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 183 image 2
0.1 × 0.7 = 0.7

Explanation:
Count the number of overlapped boxes to find the product. 7 tenths = 0.7

Question 3.
0.4 × 1.6 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 10
_____

Answer:
0.4 × 1.6 = 0.64
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 185 image 1

Explanation:
Count the red line crossed boxes to get the product.
4 x 16 = 64
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
64 x 0.01 = 0.64

Question 4.
0.3 × 0.4 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 11
_____

Answer:
0.3 × 0.4 = 0.12
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 190 image 2

Explanation:
3 x 4 = 12
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
12 x 0.01 = 0.12

Question 5.
0.9 × 0.6 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 12
_____

Answer:
0.9 x 0.6 = 0.54
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 190 image 4

Explanation:
9 x 6 = 54
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
54 x 0.01 = 0.54

Question 6.
0.5 × 1.2 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 13
_____

Answer:
0.5 × 1.2 = 0.60
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 185 image 2

Explanation:
Count the red line crossed boxes to get the product.
5 x 12 = 60
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
60 x 0.01 = 0.60

Question 7.
0.8 × 0.9 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 14
_____

Answer:
0.8 × 0.9 = 0.72
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 190 image 3

Explanation:
8 x 9 = 72
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
72 x 0.01 = 0.72

Question 8.
0.5 × 0.3 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 15
_____

Answer:
0.5 × 0.3 = 0.15
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 190 image 1

Explanation:
5 x 3 = 15
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
15 x 0.01 = 0.15

Question 9.
0.5 × 1.5 =
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 16
_____

Answer:
0.5 × 1.5 = 0.75
grade 5 chapter 4 Multiply Decimals 185 image 3

Explanation:
Count the red line crossed boxes to get the product.
5 x 15 = 75
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
75 x 0.01 = 0.75

Question 10.
Explain why when you multiply and find one tenth of one tenth, it is equal to one hundredth.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
When you do one-tenth of one-tenth, it is one-tenth over 10 —-> (1/10) /10
So, you can consider it as (1/10) / (10/1). This is only for simplicity.
Now, you have to multiply the denominator of the fraction in the numerator with the numerator of fraction in denominator i.e., 10 with 10 and this comes in denominator only.
and numerator of fraction in the numerator with the denominator of the fraction in denominator i.e., 1 with 1.
So, you get, (1*1) / (10*10) = 1/100
This is again the 10th part of one-tenth OR 100th part of 1 = one hundredth

Problem Solving – Page No. 186

Sense or Nonsense?

Question 11.
Randy and Stacy used models to find 0.3 of 0.5. Both Randy’s and Stacy’s models are shown below. Whose model makes sense? Whose model is nonsense? Explain your reasoning below each model. Then record the correct answer.
Randy’s Model
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 17

Stacy’s Model
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 18
0.3 × 0.5 =
• For the answer that is nonsense, describe the error the student made.
_________ model is correct

Answer:
Randy’s Model is correct. Stacy’s Model makes nonsense.
Because Stacy’s Model is showing 0.10 x 0.8 which is not equal to 0.3 x 0.5

Explanation:
Randy and Stacy used models to find 0.3 of 0.5
0.3 x 0.5 = 0.15

Share and Show – Page No. 188

Place the decimal point in the product.

Question 1.
3.62
× 1.4
———-

5068
Think: A hundredth is being multiplied by a tenth. Use the pattern 0.01 × 0.1.
___

Answer:
5.068

Explanation:
3.62 x 100 = 362 = 362 x 0.01
1.4 x 10 = 14 = 14 x 0.1
362 x 14 = 5068
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
5068 x 0.001 = 5.068

Question 2.
6.8
×1.2
———-
816
_____

Answer:
8.16

Explanation:
6.8 x 10 = 68 = 68 x 0.1
1.2 x 10 = 12 = 12 x 0.1
68 x 12 = 816
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
816 x 0.01 = 8.16

Find the product.

Question 3.
0.9
× 0.8
———-
_____

Answer:
0.72

Explanation:
0.9 x 10 = 9 = 9 x 0.1
0.8 x 10 = 8 = 8 x 0.1
9 x 8 = 72
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
72 x 0.01 = 0.72

Question 4.
84.5
×  5.5
———-
_____

Answer:
464.75

Explanation:
84.5 x 10 = 845 = 845 x 0.1
5.5 x 10 = 55 = 55 x 0.1
845 x 55 = 46475
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
46475 x 0.01 = 464.75

Question 5.
2.39
×2.7
———-
_____

Answer:
6.453

Explanation:
2.39 x 100 = 239 = 239 x 0.01
2.7 x 10 = 27 = 27 x 0.1
239 x 27 = 6453
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
6453 x 0.001 = 6.453

On Your Own – Page No. 189

Find the product.

Question 6.
7.9
× 3.4
———-
_____

Answer:
26.86

Explanation:
7.9 x 10 = 79 = 79 x 0.1
3.4 x 10 = 34 = 34 x 0.1
79 x 34 = 2686
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
2686 x 0.01 = 26.86

Question 7.
9.2
×5.6
———-
_____

Answer:
51.52

Explanation:
9.2 x 10 = 92 = 92 x 0.1
5.6 x 10 = 56 = 56 x 0.1
92 x 56 = 5152
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
5152 x 0.01 = 51.52

Question 8.
3.45
× 9.7
———-
_____

Answer:
33.465

Explanation:
3.45 x 100 = 345 = 345 x 0.01
9.7 x 10 = 97 = 97 x 0.1
345 x 97 = 33465
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
33465 x 0.001 = 33.465

Question 9.
45.3
× 0.8
———-
_____

Answer:
36.24

Explanation:
45.3 x 10 = 453 = 453 x 0.1
0.8 x 10 = 8 = 8 x 0.1
453 x 8 = 3624
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
3624 x 0.01 = 36.24

Question 10.
6.98
× 2.5
———-
_____

Answer:
17.450

Explanation:
6.98 x 100 = 698 = 698 x 0.01
2.5 x 10 = 25 = 25 x 0.1
698 x 25 = 17,450
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
17450 x 0.001 = 17.450

Question 11.
7.02
×3.4
———-
_____

Answer:
23.868

Explanation:
7.02 x 100 = 702 = 702 x 0.01
3.4 x 10 = 34 = 34 x 0.1
702 x 34 = 23868
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
23868 x 0.001 = 23.868

Question 12.
14.9
×0.35
———-
_____

Answer:
5.215

Explanation:
14.9 x 10 = 149 = 149 x 0.1
0.35 x 100 = 35 = 35 x 0.01
149 x 35 = 5215
0.1 x 0.01 = 0.001
5215 x 0.001 = 5.215

Question 13.
50.99
×  3.7
———-
_____

Answer:
188.663

Explanation:
50.99 x 100 = 5099 = 5099 x 0.01
3.7 x 10 = 37 = 37 x 0.1
5099 x 37 = 188663
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
188663 x 0.001 = 188.663

Question 14.
18.43
×  1.9
———-
_____

Answer:
35.017

Explanation:
18.43 x 100 = 1843 = 1843 x 0.01
1.9 x 10 = 19 = 19 x 0.1
1843 x 19 = 35017
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
35017 x 0.001 = 35.017

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the product.

Question 15.
3.4 × 5.2 = _____

Answer:
17.68

Explanation:
3.4 × 5.2
34 x 52 = 1768
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
1768 x 0.01 = 17.68

Question 16.
0.9 × 2.46 = _____

Answer:
2.214

Explanation:
9 x 246 = 2214
0.1 x 0.01 = 0.001
2214 x 0.001 = 2.214

Question 17.
9.1 × 5.7 = ____

Answer:
51.87

Explanation:
91 x 57 = 5187
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
5187 x 0.01 = 51.87

Question 18.
4.8 × 6.01 = _____

Answer:
28.848

Explanation:
48 x 601 = 28848
0.1 x 0.01 = 0.001
28848 x 0.001 = 28.848

Question 20.
7.6 × 18.7 = _____

Answer:
142.12

Explanation:
76 x 187 = 14212
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
14212 x 0.01 = 142.12

Question 21.
0.77 × 14.9 = _____

Answer:
114.73

Explanation:
77 x 149 = 11473
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.01
11473 x 0.01 = 114.73

Question 22.
3.3 × 58.14 = _____

Answer:
191.862

Explanation:
33 x 5814 = 191862
0.1 x 0.01 = 0.001
191862 x 0.001 = 191.862

Problem Solving – Page No. 190

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 19

Question 23.
Charlie has an adult Netherlands dwarf rabbit that weighs 1.2 kilograms. Cliff’s adult Angora rabbit weighs 2.9 times as much as Charlie’s rabbit. How much does Cliff’s rabbit weigh?
_____ kilograms

Answer:
3.48 kilograms

Explanation:
Charlie has an adult Netherlands dwarf rabbit that weighs 1.2 kilograms. Cliff’s adult Angora rabbit weighs 2.9 times as much as Charlie’s rabbit.
1.2 x 2.9 = 3.48 kilograms

Question 24.
John has pet rabbits in an enclosure that has an area of 30.72 square feet. The enclosure Taylor is planning to build for his rabbits will be 2.2 times as large as John’s. What will be the area of the enclosure Taylor is planning to build?
_____ square feet

Answer:
67.584 square feet

Explanation:
John has pet rabbits in an enclosure that has an area of 30.72 square feet. The enclosure Taylor is planning to build for his rabbits will be 2.2 times as large as John’s.
30.72 x 2.2 = 67.584 square feet

Question 25.
A zoo is planning a new building for the penguin exhibit. First, they made a model that was 1.3 meters tall. Then, they made a more detailed model that was 1.5 times as tall as the first model. The building will be 2.5 times as tall as the height of the detailed model. What will be the height of the building?
_____ meters

Answer:
4.875 meters

Explanation:
A zoo is planning a new building for the penguin exhibit. First, they made a model that was 1.3 meters tall. Then, they made a more detailed model that was 1.5 times as tall as the first model.
1.3 x 1.5 = 1.95
The building will be 2.5 times as tall as the height of the detailed model.
2.5 x 1.95 = 4.875 meters

Question 26.
Leslie and Paul both solve the multiplication problem 5.5 x 4.6. Leslie says the answer is 25.30. Paul says the answer is 25.3. Whose answer is correct? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Both answers are correct. Because 25.30 = 25.3. The zeros have no value after the decimal point of a number.

Explanation:
5.5 x 4.6
55 x 46 = 2530
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
2530 x 0.01 = 25.30 = 25.3

Question 27.
Test Prep A vine in Mr. Jackson’s garden is 3.6 feet long. When it is measured again, it is 2.1 times as long. How long is the vine?
Options:
a. 5.7 feet
b. 6.6 feet
c. 7.5 feet
d. 7.56 feet

Answer:
a. 5.7 feet

Explanation:
A vine in Mr. Jackson’s garden is 3.6 feet long. When it is measured again, it is 2.1 times as long.
3.6 + 2.1 = 5.7 feet

Share and Show – Page No. 193

Write zeros in the product.

Question 1.
0.05
× 0.7
———-

Answer:

Explanation:

□35
Think: Hundredths are multiplied by tenths. What should be the place value of the product?
_____

Answer:
0.035

Explanation:
5 x 7 = 35
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
35 x 0.001 = 0.035

Question 2.
0.2
× 0.3
———-
_____

Answer:
0.06

Explanation:
2 x 3 = 6
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
6 x 0.01 = 0.06

Question 3.
0.02
× 0.2
———-
_____

Answer:
0.004

Explanation:
2 x 2 = 4
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
4 x 0.001 = 0.004

Find the product.

Question 4.
$0.05
× 0.8
———-
$ _____

Answer:
$0.04

Explanation:
5 x 8 = 40
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
40 x 0.001 = 0.040 = 0.04

Question 5.
0.09
× 0.7
———-
_____

Answer:
0.063

Explanation:
9 x 7 = 63
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
63 x 0.001 = 0.063

Question 6.
0.2
× 0.1
———-
_____

Answer:
0.02

Explanation:
2 x 1 = 2
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
2 x 0.01 = 0.02

On Your Own

Find the product.

Question 7.
0.3
× 0.3
———-
_____

Answer:
0.09

Explanation:
3 x 3 = 9
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
9 x 0.01 = 0.09

Question 8.
0.05
× 0.3
———-
_____

Answer:
0.015

Explanation:
5 x 3 = 15
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
15 x 0.001 = 0.015

Question 9.
0.02
× 0.4
———-
_____

Answer:
0.008

Explanation:
2 x 4 = 8
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
8 x 0.001 = 0.008

Question 10.
$0.40
× 0.1
———-
$ _____

Answer:
$0.04

Explanation:
40 x 1 = 40
0.10 x 0.1 = 0.010
40 x 0.010 = 0.04

Question 11.
0.09
× 0.2
———-
_____

Answer:
0.018

Explanation:
9 x 2 = 18
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
18 x 0.001 = 0.018

Question 12.
$ 0.05
× 0.6
———-
_____

Answer:
$0.3

Explanation:
5 x 6 = 30
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
30 x 0.001 = 0.30 = 0.3

Question 13.
0.04
× 0.5
———-
_____

Answer:
0.020

Explanation:
4 x 5 = 20
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
20 x 0.001 = 0.020

Question 14.
0.06
× 0.8
———-
_____

Answer:
0.048

Explanation:
6 x 8 = 48
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
48 x 0.001 = 0.048

Algebra Find the value of n.

Question 15.
0.03 × 0.6 = n
n = _____

Answer:
n = 0.018

Explanation:
0.03 × 0.6 = n
0.018 = n
n = 0.018

Question 16.
n × 0.2 = 0.08
n = _____

Answer:
n = 0.4

Explanation:
n × 0.2 = 0.08
n = 0.08/0.2
n = 0.4

Question 17.
0.09 × n = 0.063
n = _____

Answer:
n = 0.7

Explanation:
0.09 × n = 0.063
n = 0.063/0.09
n = 0.7

Page No. 194

Question 18.
On an average day, a garden snail can travel about 0.05 mile. If a snail travels 0.2 times as far as the average distance in a day, how far can it travel?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals img 20
a. What are you being asked to find?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
We need to find how far snail travels on 0.2 times as far as the average distance in a day?

Question 18.
b. What information will you use to solve the problem?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
On an average day, a garden snail can travel about 0.05 miles.
0.2 times as far as the average distance in a day

Question 18.
c. How will you use multiplication and place value to solve the problem?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
0.2 x 0.05

Question 18.
d. Show how you will solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2 x 5 = 10
0.1 x 0.01 = 0.001
10 x 0.001 = 0.010 = 0.01

Question 18.
e. Fill in the bubble for the correct answer choice above.
Options:
a. 0.7 mile
b. 0.25 mile
c. 0.1 mile
d. 0.01 mile

Answer:
d. 0.01 mile

Question 19.
In a science experiment, Tania uses 0.8 ounce of water to create a reaction. She wants the next reaction to be 0.1 times the size of the previous reaction. How much water should she use?
Options:
a. 0.08 ounce
b. 0.09 ounce
c. 0.8 ounce
d. 0.9 ounce

Answer:
a. 0.08 ounce

Explanation:
In a science experiment, Tania uses 0.8 ounce of water to create a reaction. She wants the next reaction to be 0.1 times the size of the previous reaction.
0.8 x 0.1 = 0.08 ounce

Question 20.
Michael multiplies 0.2 by a number. He records the product as 0.008. What number did Michael use?
Options:
a. 0.016
b. 0.04
c. 0.28
d. 0.4

Answer:
b. 0.04

Explanation:
Michael multiplies 0.2 by a number. He records the product as 0.008.
0.2 x n = 0.008
n = 0.008/0.2
n = 0.04
Michael use 0.04

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 195

Check Concepts

Question 1.
Explain how estimation helps you to place the decimal point when multiplying 3.9 × 5.3.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
3.9 × 5.3
39 x 53 = 2067
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
2067 x 0.01 = 20.67

Complete the pattern.

Question 2.
1 × 7.45 = _______
10 × 7.45 = _______
100 × 7.45 = _______
1,000 × 7.45 = _______

Answer:
1 × 7.45 = 7.45
10 × 7.45 = 74.5
100 × 7.45 = 745
1,000 × 7.45 = 7,450

Question 3.
100 × 376.2 = _______
101 × 376.2 = _______
102 × 376.2 = _______
103 × 376.2 = _______

Answer:
100 × 376.2 = 376.2
101 × 376.2 = 3,762
102 × 376.2 = 37,620
103 × 376.2 = 376,200

Explanation:
100 × 376.2 = 1 x 376.2 = 376.2
101 × 376.2 = 10 x 376.2 = 3,762
102 × 376.2 = 100 x 376.2 =  37,620
103 × 376.2 = 1000 x 376.2 = 376,200

Question 4.
1 × 191 = _______
0.1 × 191 = _______
0.01 × 191 = _______

Answer:
1 × 191 = 191
0.1 × 191 = 19.1
0.01 × 191 = 1.91_

Find the product.

Question 5.
5 × 0.89 = _____

Answer:
4.45

Explanation:
5 × 0.89
5 x 9 = 45 hundredths; 4 tenths and 5 hundredths
5 x 8 = 40 tenths; 40 + 4 tenths = 44 tenths; 4 ones and 4 tenths
5 x 0 = 0; 0 + 4 = 4 ones
4.45

Question 6.
9 × 2.35 = _____

Answer:
21.15

Explanation:
9 × 2.35
9 x 5 = 45 hundredths; 4 tenths and 5 hundredths
9 x 3 = 27 tenths; 27 + 4 tenths = 31 tenths; 3 ones and 1 tenth
9 x 2 = 18; 18 + 3 = 21 ones
21.15

Question 7.
23 × 8.6 = _____

Answer:
197.8

Explanation:
23 x 8.6
23 x 6 = 138 tenths; 13 ones and 8 tenths
23 x 8 = 184 ones; 184 + 13 = 197 ones
197.8

Question 8.
7.3 × 0.6 = _____

Answer:
4.38

Explanation:
73 x 6 = 438
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
438 x 0.01 = 4.38

Question 9.
0.09 × 0.7 = _____

Answer:
0.063

Explanation:
9 x 7 = 63
0.01 x 0.1 = 0.001
63 x 0.001 = 0.063

Question 10.
0.8 × $0.40 = $ _____

Answer:
$0.32

Explanation:
8 x 4 = 32
0.1 x 0.1 = 0.01
32 x 0.01 = 0.32

Draw a diagram to solve.

Question 11.
In January, Dawn earns $9.25 allowance. She earns 3 times as much in February. If during March, she earns $5.75 more than she did in February, how much allowance does Dawn earn in March?
$ _________

Answer:
$33.5

Explanation:
In January, Dawn earns $9.25 allowance.
February: 3 x $9.25 = $27.75
March: $27.75 + $5.75 = $33.5

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 196

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 12.
Janet hikes a trail at a local forest each day. The trail is 3.6 miles long, and she has hiked 5 days in the past week. How many miles has Janet hiked in the past week?
Options:
A. 18 miles
B. 15.3 miles
C. 11 miles
D. 8.6 miles

Answer:
A. 18 miles

Explanation:
Janet hikes a trail at a local forest each day. The trail is 3.6 miles long, and she has hiked 5 days in the past week.
3.6 x 5 = 18 miles

Question 13.
To earn money for his vacation, Grayson works at a local shop on weekends. His job is to cut bricks of fudge into 0.25 pound squares. If he cuts 36 equal-sized squares on Saturday, how many pounds of fudge has Grayson cut?
Options:
A. 7.25 pounds
B. 9 pounds
C. 90 pounds
D. 72.5 pounds

Answer:
B. 9 pounds

Explanation:
To earn money for his vacation, Grayson works at a local shop on weekends. His job is to cut bricks of fudge into 0.25 pound squares. If he cuts 36 equal-sized squares on Saturday,
0.25 x 36 = 9 pounds

Question 14.
James is making a scale model of his bedroom. The model is 0.6 feet wide. If the actual room is 17.5 times as wide as the model, what is the width of James’s room?
Options:
A. 18.1 feet
B. 17.11 feet
C. 16.9 feet
D. 10.5 feet

Answer:
D. 10.5 feet

Explanation:
James is making a scale model of his bedroom. The model is 0.6 feet wide. If the actual room is 17.5 times as wide as the model,
0.6 x 17.5 = 10.5 feet

Question 15.
The cost of admission to the matinee showing at a movie theater is $6.75. If 7 friends want to see the matinee showing of their favorite movie, how much will it cost?
Options:
A. $11.25
B. $14.75
C. $42.75
D. $47.25

Answer:
D. $47.25

Explanation:
The cost of admission to the matinee showing at a movie theater is $6.75. If 7 friends want to see the matinee showing of their favorite movie,
7 x $6.75 = $47.25

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 197

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 16.
On Friday, Gail talks for 38.4 minutes on her cell phone. On Saturday, she uses 5.5 times as many minutes as she did on Friday. How long does Gail talk on her cell phone on Saturday?
Options:
A. 2.112 minutes
B. 21.12 minutes
C. 211.2 minutes
D. 2,112 minutes

Answer:
C. 211.2 minutes

Explanation:
On Friday, Gail talks for 38.4 minutes on her cell phone. On Saturday, she uses 5.5 times as many minutes as she did on Friday.
38.4 x 5.5 = 211.2 minutes

Question 17.
Harry walks to a produce market to buy bananas. If a pound of bananas costs $0.49, how much will Harry pay for 3 pounds of bananas?
Options:
A. $1.47
B. $3.49
C. $5.49
D. $10.47

Answer:
A. $1.47

Explanation:
Harry walks to a produce market to buy bananas. If a pound of bananas costs $0.49,
For 3 pound, 3 x $0.49 = $1.47

Question 18.
At Anne’s Fabric Emporium, a yard of chiffon fabric costs $7.85. Lee plans to purchase 0.8 yard for a craft project. How much money will Lee spend on chiffon fabric?
Options:
A. $0.63
B. $6.28
C. $7.05
D. $8.65

Answer:
B. $6.28

Explanation:
At Anne’s Fabric Emporium, a yard of chiffon fabric costs $7.85. Lee plans to purchase 0.8 yard for a craft project.
0.8 x $7.85 = $6.28

Question 19.
Mitchell has $18.79 in his savings account. Jeremy has 3 times as much as Mitchell. Maritza has $4.57 more than Jeremy. How much money does Maritza have in her savings account?
Options:
A. $13.71
B. $32.50
C. $56.37
D. $60.94

Answer:
D. $60.94

Explanation:
Mitchell: $18.79
Jeremy: 3 x $18.79 = $56.37
Maritza: $56.37 + $4.57 = $60.94

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 198

Constructed Response

Question 20.
A river otter eats about 0.15 times its weight in food each day. At the Baytown Zoo, the male river otter weighs 5 pounds. About how much food will the otter at the zoo consume each day? Explain how you found your answer.
_____ pounds

Answer:
0.75 pounds

Explanation:
A river otter eats about 0.15 times its weight in food each day. At the Baytown Zoo, the male river otter weighs 5 pounds.
0.15 x 5 = 0.75 pounds

Performance Task

Question 21.
The cost of admission to the Baytown Zoo is shown below. Use the table to answer the questions.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals Chapter Review/Test img 21
A. A family of 2 adults and 1 child plans to spend the day at the Baytown Zoo. How much does admission for the family cost? Explain how you found your answer.
$ _____

Answer:
$39.75

Explanation:
Senior Citizen = $10.50
Adult = $15.75
Child = $8.25
A family of 2 adults and 1 child plans to spend the day at the Baytown Zoo.
(2 x $15.75) + $8.25
$31.5 + $8.25 = $39.75

Question 21.
B. Describe another way you could solve the problem.
Type below:
________

Answer:
(2 x $15.75) + $8.25
$15.75 + $15.75 + $8.25 = $39.75

Question 21.
C. What if 2 more tickets for admission are purchased? If the two additional tickets cost $16.50, determine what type of tickets the family purchases.
Explain how you can determine the answer without calculating.
Options:
a. Senior tickets
b. Adult tickets
c. Child tickets

Answer:
c. Child tickets

Explanation:
if 2 more tickets for admission are purchased? If the two additional tickets cost $16.50,
$39.75 + $16.50 = $56.25
Two additional children’s tickets are purchased. Since senior citizen tickets cost about $10 each, then 2 tickets would cost about $20, which is too much. Adult tickets cost about $16 each, so 2 adult tickets would cost about $32, which is too much. Children’s tickets cost about $8, and 2 tickets would be about $16 which is correct.

Conclusion

Download Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiply Decimals for free of cost and take your preparation to the next level. Every Step included while solving the Problems of Multiply Decimals makes it easy for you to grasp the concepts. Keep in touch with our site to avail the latest updates on Class Specific Go Math Answer Keys in no time.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Extra Practice

go-math-grade-3-chapter-5-use-multiplication-facts-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Extra Practice gives your preparation a head start. Thus, students who wish to prepare different questions of Chapter 5 Extra Practice can refer to HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Extra Practice. Resolve all your doubts on the concepts by checking the step by step solutions provided for the 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 5 Use Multiplication Facts Extra Practice.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Extra Practice

Learn all basics regarding Multiplication taking the help of the Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 Extra Practice. You will have the basics of multiplication using the line plot, number line, and graphs. Get acquainted with tips and tricks to solve various problems on Multiplication easily by referring to Examples over here. You will achieve better grades after practicing 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 5 Use Multiplication Facts Extra Practice only a daily basis.

Common Core – Page No. 101000

Lesson 5.1

Describe a pattern for the table. Then complete the table.

Question 1.

Teams23456
Players121824__________________

Answer:

Teams23456
Players1218243036

Explanation:

Multiply 6 with a number of tables.
Multiply 6 with 5 teams = 6 × 5 = 30
Multiply 6 with 6 teams = 6 × 6 = 36

Question 2.

Tables45678
Chairs1620_________28_________

Answer:

Tables45678
Chairs1620242832

Explanation:

Multiply 4 with number of tables.
Number of chairs for 6 tables = x
Number of chairs for 8 tables = y
Now multiply number of tables with 4 = 6 × 4 = 24
And then multiply 8 tables with 4 = 8 × 4 = 32
Therefore the missing numbers in the table are 24 and 32

Lesson 5.2

Find the unknown factor.

Question 3.
72 = 9 × t
t = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

t × 9 = 72
t = 72/9 = 8
The unknown factor t is 8.

Question 4.
4 × ★ = 28
★ = _______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

4 × ★ = 28
★ = 28/4 = 7
★ = 7

Question 5.
b × 5 = 30
b = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

b × 5 = 30
b = 30/5 = 6
Thus the unknown factor b is 6.

Question 6.
d × 3 = 24
d = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

d × 3 = 24
d = 24/3 = 8
Therefore the unknown factor d is 8.

Question 7.
48 = 8 × p
p = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

8 × p = 48
p = 48/8
p = 6
Thus the unknown factor p is 6.

Question 8.
6 × ▲ = 24
▲= _______

Answer: 4

6 × ▲= 24
▲= 24/6
▲= 4
So the unknown factor▲is 4.

Question 9.
56 = 7 × ■
■ = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

7 × ■ = 56
■ = 56/7
7 divides 56 eight times.
So the unknown factor ■ is 8.

Question 10.
2 × g = 20
g = _______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

2 × g = 20
g = 20/2 = 10
Therefore the unknown factor g is 10.

Question 11.
h × 7 = 35
h = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

h × 7 = 35
h = 35/7
h = 5
Thus the unknown factor h is 5.

Question 12.
9 = 9 × a
a = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

9 × a = 9
a = 9/9
a = 1
So the unknown factor a is 1.

Question 13.
c × 4 = 36
c = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

c × 4 = 36
c = 36/4
4 divides 36 nine times.
c = 9
Therefore the unknown factor is 9.

Question 14.
5 × y = 40
y = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

5 × y = 40
y = 40/5
y = 8
Thus the unknown factor is 8.

Common Core – Page No. 102000

Lesson 5.3

Solve.

Question 1.
Hailey plants 6 rows of marigolds. Each row has 20 marigolds. How many marigolds does Hailey plant in all?
_______ marigolds

Answer: 120

Explanation:

Given that, Hailey plants 6 rows of marigolds.
Each row contains 20 marigolds.
Total number of marigolds that Hailey planted in all = x
x = 20 × 6 = 120
Therefore Hailey planted 120 marigolds.

Question 2.
A meeting room has 8 rows of chairs. Each row has 10 chairs. The first people to arrive fill 2 rows. How many chairs are not filled?
_______ chairs

Answer: 60

Explanation:

Given, A meeting room has 8 rows of chairs.
Each row has 10 chairs.
Total number of chairs = 8 × 10 = 80 chairs
The first people to arrive fill 2 rows.
That means 2 × 10 = 20 chairs
Number of chairs that are not filled = total number of chairs – number of filled chairs
= 80 – 20 = 60 chairs.

Lesson 5.4

Question 3.
1. Use a number line to find the product.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Extra Practice Common Core img 1
4 × 30 = _______

Answer: 120

Step 1:

Starts at 0.

Step 2:

Make a jump of 30s until you reach 120.

Step 3:

Count the number of jumps till you reach 120.
Number of jumps = 4
4 × 30 = 120

Use place value to find the product.

Question 4.
40 × 8 = _______ tens × 8
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 4
ii. 32
iii. 320

Explanation:

4 × tens = 4 tens = 40
4 tens × 8 = 32 tens
32 tens = 32 × 10 = 320

Question 5.
5 × 60 = 5 × _______ tens
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 6
ii. 30 tens
iii. 300

Explanation:

60 = 6 × tens = 6 tens
5 × 6 tens = 30 tens
30 tens = 30 × 10 = 300

Lesson 5.5

Find the product.

Question 6.
9 0
× 3
——
_______

Answer: 270

Explanation:

First multiply 3 with ones = 3 × 0 = 0
Next multiply 3 with tens = 3 × 90 = 270
So the product of 90 and 3 is 270.

Question 7.
5 0
× 8
——
_______

Answer: 400

Explanation:

First multiply 8 with ones = 8 × 0 = 0
Now multiply 8 with tens = 8 × 50 = 400
The product of 50 and 8 is 400.

Question 8.
7 0
× 9
——
_______

Answer: 630

Explanation:

Multiply 9 with ones = 9 × 0 = 0
Multiply 9 with tens = 9 × 70 = 630
The product of 9 and 70 is 630.

Question 9.
8 0
× 7
——
_______

Answer: 560

Explanation:

Multiply 7 with ones = 7 × 0 = 0
And then multiply 7 with tens = 7 × 80 = 560
Thus the product of 80 and 7 is 560.

Solve.

Question 10.
During the summer, Jayden volunteers at the library for 20 hours each week for 7 weeks. How many hours does Jayden volunteer in all?
_______ hours

Answer: 140 hours

Explanation:

During the summer, Jayden volunteers at the library for 20 hours each week for 7 weeks.
For each week he worked 20 hours
Number of hours he worked for 7 weeks = y
y = 7 × 20 = 140 hours
Therefore Jayden volunteers at the library for 20 hours.

Question 11.
Trisha teaches 8 different cooking classes. There are 20 students in each class. How many students in all are in Trisha’s cooking classes?
_______ students

Answer: 160 students

Explanation:

Given,
Trisha teaches 8 different cooking classes.
There are 20 students in each class.
Total number of students = number of classes × number of students in each class
= 8 × 20 = 160 students.
Therefore the total number of students in all the cooking classes area 120.

Extra Practice will pave a way for enhancing your knowledge of the concept of Multiplication. Tap on the links available and learn whichever topic you want to prepare. Check out Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts and learn related topics.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions

go-math-grade-5-chapter-8-divide-fractions-answer-key

Gain Complete Knowledge required on the Concept Divide Fractions by accessing our Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8. You will have Questions belonging to practice problems, mid-chapter, and review tests along with detailed explanations. Those, who are in search of Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key can download them free of cost.

We have compiled HMH 5th Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 8 Dividing Fractions with Step by Step Solutions making it easy to grab the concepts within easily. Tap on the direct links available for Lessons of Ch 8 Dividing Fractions to get the problems related to them instantly.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions

Score better grades in your exams by practicing from the HMH Go Math 5th Grade Solution Key. Firstly, solve the problems on your own and later cross-check them with the Solutions Provided and improve your Math Skills. You will have topics like Divide Fractions and Whole Numbers, Interpret Division with Fractions and Fraction, Connect Fractions to Division, and Whole-Number Division.

Lesson 1: Investigate • Divide Fractions and Whole Numbers

Lesson 2: Problem Solving • Use Multiplication

Lesson 3: Connect Fractions to Division

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4: Fraction and Whole-Number Division

Lesson 5: Interpret Division with Fractions

Chapter 8: Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 341

Divide and check the quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 1
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = _____ because _____ × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3

Answer: 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 9 because 9 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a \(\frac{1}{3}\) strip under a three 1 whole strip to show the \(\frac{1}{3}\).
Step 2: Find 9 fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the \(\frac{1}{3}\) strip.
Each piece is \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the whole.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 9 because 9 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 2
Think: What label should I write for each tick mark?
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\) = _____ because _____ × \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 3

Answer: 18, 18

Explanation:
Step 1: Skip count by sixths from 0 to 3 find 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\).
Step 2: There are 18 one-sixths in 3 wholes.
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Now record and check the quotient.
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 18 because 18 × \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 3

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 3
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a \(\frac{1}{4}\) strip under a 1 whole strip to show the \(\frac{1}{4}\) on the strip.
Step 2: Find 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the \(\frac{1}{4}\) strip.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Divide. Draw a number line or use fraction strips.

Question 4.
1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = _____

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Step 1: Skip count by thirds from 0 to 1 find 1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\).
Step 2: There are 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) in 1 whole.
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Now record and check the quotient.
1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3

Question 5.
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = _____

Answer: 12

Explanation:
Step 1: Skip count by fourths from 0 to 3 find 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Step 2: There are 12 one-fourths in 3 wholes.
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Now record and check the quotient.
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 12 because 12 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 3

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 2 = _____

Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a \(\frac{1}{5}\) strip under a 2 whole strip to show the \(\frac{1}{5}\) on the strip.
Step 2: Find 2 \(\frac{1}{10}\) fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the \(\frac{1}{5}\) strip.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 7.
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = _____

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Step 1: Skip count by halves from 0 to 2 find 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\).
Step 2: There are 4 halves in 2 wholes.
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 4 because 4 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 2

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3 = _____

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a \(\frac{1}{4}\) strip under a 3 whole strip to show the \(\frac{1}{4}\) on the strip.
Step 2: Find 3 \(\frac{1}{12}\) fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the \(\frac{1}{4}\) strip.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 9.
5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = _____

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Step 1: Skip count by halves from 0 to 5 find 5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\).
Step 2: There are 10 halves in 5 wholes.
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 10 because 10 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 5

Question 10.
4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = _____

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Step 1: Skip count by halves from 0 to 4 find 4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\).
Step 2: There are 8 halves in 4 wholes.
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 8 because 8 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 4

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 2 = _____

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a \(\frac{1}{6}\) strip under a 2 whole strip to show the \(\frac{1}{6}\) on the strip.
Step 2: Find 2 \(\frac{1}{12}\) fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the \(\frac{1}{6}\) strip.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 12.
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = _____

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Step 1: Skip count by fifths from 0 to 3 find 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\).
Step 2: There are 15 one fifths in 3 wholes.
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 15 because 15 × \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 3

Problem Solving – Page No. 342

Sense or Nonsense?

Question 13.
Emilio and Julia used different ways to find \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 4. Emilio used a model to find the quotient. Julia used a related multiplication equation to find the quotient. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Emilio’s Work
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 4
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 4

Julia’s Work
If \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 4 = ■, then ■ × 4 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
I know that \(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
So, \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{8}\) because \(\frac{1}{8}\) × 4 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Julia’s Work is sense.
Emilio’s work is nonsense.

Question 13.
• For the answer that is nonsense, describe how to find the correct answer.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Emilio’s work is nonsense becuase she divided \(\frac{1}{2}\) into two parts i.e., \(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\).
\(\frac{1}{2}\)/4 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Emilio must multiply the whole number with the denominator.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 13.
If you were going to find \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 5, explain how you would find the quotient using fraction strips.
Type below:
____________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a \(\frac{1}{2}\) strip under a 5 whole strip to show the \(\frac{1}{2}\) on the strip.
Step 2: Find 2 \(\frac{1}{10}\) fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the \(\frac{1}{2}\) strip.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Share and Show – Page No. 345

Question 1.
A chef has 5 blocks of butter. Each block weighs 1 pound.
She cuts each block into fourths. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\)-pound pieces of butter does the chef have?
First, draw rectangles to represent the blocks of butter.
Then, divide each rectangle into fourths.
Finally, multiply the number of fourths in each block by the number of blocks.
So, the chef has ______ one-fourth-pound pieces of butter.
______ one-fourth-pound

Answer: 20

Explanation:
Step 1: First form 5 rectangles to represent the blocks of butter. And then divide each rectangle into fourths.
Step 2: Now we will multiply the number of fourths in each block by the number of blocks.
Multiply the fourths with the whole number.
4 × 5 = 20
Thus the chef has 20 one fourth pound pieces of butter.

Question 2.
What if the chef had 3 blocks of butter and cut the blocks into thirds? How many \(\frac{1}{3}\)-pound pieces of butter would the chef have?
______ \(\frac{1}{3}\)-pound

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Multiply the number of thirds in each block with the number of blocks.
3 × thirds = 3 × 3 = 9
Thus the chef has 9 one third pound pieces of butter.

Question 3.
Jason has 2 pizzas that he cuts into fourths. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\)-size pizza slices does he have?
______ \(\frac{1}{4}\)-size pizza slices

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Step 1: First, draw 2 circles to represent pizzas. Then divide each circle into fourths.
Step 2: Now multiply the number of fourths in each circle by the number of circles.
4 × 2 = 8
So, Jason has 8 one fourth size pizza slices.

Question 4.
Thomas makes 5 sandwiches that he cuts into thirds. How many \(\frac{1}{3}\)-size sandwich pieces does he have?
______ \(\frac{1}{3}\)-size sandwich pieces

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Step 1: First, draw 5 rectangles to represent sandwiches. Then divide each rectangle into thirds.
Step 2: Multiply one third with the number of sandwiches.
3 × 5 = 15
Thomas has 15 one-third sandwich pieces.

Question 5.
Holly cuts 3 pans of brownies into eighths. How many \(\frac{1}{8}\)-size brownie pieces does she have?
______ \(\frac{1}{8}\)-size brownie pieces

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Step 1: First draw 3 rectangles to represent the ribbons. Then divide each rectangle into the pieces.
Step 2: Now multiply the Number of eights with the number of ribbons.
8 × 3 = 24
Thus Holy has 24 one eighths pieces of ribbon.

On Your Own – Page No. 346

Question 6.
Julie wants to make a drawing that is \(\frac{1}{4}\) the size of the original. If a tree in the original drawing is 8 inches tall, how tall will the tree in Julie’s drawing be?
______ inches

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Given, Julie wants to make a drawing that is \(\frac{1}{4}\) the size of the original.
The tree is 8 inches tall.
8 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2
The height of the tree in Julie’s drawing is 2 inches.

Question 7.
Three friends go to a book fair. Allen spends $2.60. Maria spends 4 times as much as Allen. Akio spends $3.45 less than Maria. How much does Akio spend?
$ ______

Answer: $ 6.95

Explanation:
To find how much Akio spends for first we will find how much Maria spends, and then subtract 3.45 dollars from that value.
Allen spends 2.60 dollars.
Maris spends 4 times as much as Allen.
4 × 2.60 = 10.4
So, Maria spends 10.4 dollars.
Akio spends for 3.45 dollars less than Maria.
10.4 – 3.45 = 6.95
So, Akio spends 6.95 dollars.

Question 8.
Brianna has a sheet of paper that is 6 feet long. She cuts the length of paper into sixths and then cuts the length of each of these \(\frac{1}{6}\) pieces into thirds. How many pieces does she have? How many inches long is each piece?
______ pieces , each ______ inches long

Answer: 18 pieces, each 0.33 inches long

Explanation:
Brianna has a sheet of paper that is 6 feet long.
She cuts the length of paper into sixths and then cuts the length of each of these \(\frac{1}{6}\) pieces into thirds.
Then we will count the one-third pieces to find how many pieces she has.
6 feet ÷18 = 0.33 feet
So, each piece is 0.33 feet long.

Question 9.
Pose a Problem Look back at Problem 8. Write a similar problem by changing the length of the paper and the size of the pieces.
Type below:
____________

Answer:

Explanation:
John has a tree that is 10 feet long. She cuts the length of the tree into tenth and then cuts the length of each of these 1/10 pieces into fourth. How many pieces does he have? How many feet long is each piece?
Answer:
First, draw one rectangle to represent the tree. Then divide this rectangle into tenths, and then we will divide each 1/10 piece into fourths.
Then we will count the one-fourth pieces to find how many pieces he has.
1 tree = 10 feet
10 feet ÷ 40 = 0.4 feet
So, each piece is 0.4 feet long.

Question 10.
Test Prep Adrian made 3 carrot cakes. He cut each cake into fourths. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\)-size cake pieces does he have?
Options:
a. 16
b. 12
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. 1

Answer: 12

Explanation:
Test Prep Adrian made 3 carrot cakes.
He cut each cake into fourths.
Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions image_1
By seeing the above figure we can say that Adrian has 12 one-quarter-size pieces of a granola bar.

Share and Show – Page No. 349

Draw lines on the model to complete the number sentence.

Question 1.
Six friends share 4 pizzas equally.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 5
4 ÷ 6 =
Each friend’s share is _____ of a pizza.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of a pizza.

Answer: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Draw lines to divide each pizza into 4 equal pieces.
Each friend gets \(\frac{2}{3}\) of a pizza.
4 ÷ 6 = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Each friend’s share is \(\frac{2}{3}\) of a pizza.

Question 2.
Four brothers share 5 sandwiches equally.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 6
5 ÷ 4 =
Each brother’s share is ____ sandwiches.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) sandwiches

Answer: \(\frac{5}{4}\)

Explanation:
Draw lines to divide each sandwich into 4 equal pieces.
Divide the number of brothers by the total number of sandwiches.
5 ÷ 4 = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
Each brother’s share is \(\frac{5}{4}\) sandwiches.

Complete the number sentence to solve.

Question 3.
Twelve friends share 3 pies equally. What fraction of a pie does each friend get?
3 ÷ 12 =
Each friend’s share is _____ of a pie.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of a pie

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Twelve friends share 3 pies equally.
3 ÷ 12 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Each friend’s share is \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a pie.

Question 4.
Three students share 8 blocks of clay equally. How much clay does each student get?
8 ÷ 3 =
Each student’s share is ____ blocks of clay.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) blocks of clay

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Three students share 8 blocks of clay equally.
Divide the number of blocks by three students.
8 ÷ 3 = \(\frac{8}{3}\)
\(\frac{8}{3}\) = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Each student’s share is 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) blocks of clay.

On Your Own

Complete the number sentence to solve.

Question 5.
Four students share 7 oranges equally. How many oranges does each student get?
7 ÷ 4 =
Each student’s share is _____ oranges.
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) oranges

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Four students share 7 oranges equally.
Draw lines to divide each orange into 4 equal pieces.
7 ÷ 4 = \(\frac{7}{4}\)
Convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{7}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Each student’s share is 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) oranges.

Question 6.
Eight girls share 5 fruit bars equally. What fraction of a fruit bar does each girl get?
5 ÷ 8 =
Each girl’s share is _____ of a fruit bar.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of a fruit bar

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given that,
Eight girls share 5 fruit bars equally.
5 ÷ 8 = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus the fraction of the fruit bar each friend gets is \(\frac{5}{8}\).

Question 7.
Nine friends share 6 pizzas equally. What fraction of a pizza does each friend get?
6 ÷ 9 =
Each friend’s share is _ of a pizza.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of a pizza

Answer: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Nine friends share 6 pizzas equally.
Draw lines to divide each pizza into 9 pieces.
6 ÷ 9 = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus each friend’s share is \(\frac{2}{3}\) of a pizza.

Question 8.
Two boys share 9 feet of rope equally. How many feet of rope does each boy get?
9 ÷ 2 =
Each boy’s share is ____ feet of rope.
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet of rope

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Two boys share 9 feet of rope equally.
Divide nine into halves.
9 ÷ 2 = \(\frac{9}{2}\)
\(\frac{9}{2}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Problem Solving – Page No. 350

Question 9.
Shawna has 3 adults and 2 children coming over for dessert. She is going to serve 2 small apple pies. If she plans to give each person, including herself, an equal amount of pie, how much pie will each person get?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 7
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pie

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\) pie

Explanation:
To find how much pie each person will get, we will find when 2 small apple pies we will divide by 6 persons.
2 ÷ 6 = \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Therefore each person will get \(\frac{1}{3}\) pie.

Question 10.
There are 36 members in the math club. Addison brought 81 brownies to share with all the members. How many brownies does each member get?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) brownies

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given that, There are 36 members in the math club.
Addison brought 81 brownies to share with all the members.
Dividing the number of brownies by members in the math club.
81 ÷ 36 = \(\frac{81}{36}\) = \(\frac{9}{4}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{9}{4}\) is 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus each member gets 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) brownies.

Question 11.
Eight students share 12 oatmeal muffins equally and 6 students share 15 apple muffins equally. Carmine is in both groups of students. What is the total number of muffins Carmine gets?
______ muffins

Answer: 4 muffins

Explanation:
Since Carmine is in both groups of students, for first we will find out how many each student of each group gets.
Now we will find how many oatmeal muffins each of the 8 students get, we will divide the 12 oatmeal muffins by the 8 students.
12 ÷ 8 = \(\frac{12}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
So, each student shares 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) oatmeal muffins.
To find how many apple muffins each of the 6 students get we will divide the 15 apple muffins by the 6 students.
15 ÷ 6 = \(\frac{15}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
\(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
As Carmine is in both groups we need to add the total number of muffins
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)  + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 4
Therefore the total number of muffins Carmine gets is 4.

Question 12.
Nine friends order 4 large pizzas. Four of the friends share 2 pizzas equally and the other 5 friends share 2 pizzas equally. In which group does each member get a greater amount of pizza? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
To find in which group each member get a greater amount of pizza, for first, we will find how many each of the friends gets.
Given that 4 friends share 2 pizzas equally, so to find how many pizzas each of the 4 students get, we will find when dividing the 2 pizzas among 4 friends.
2 ÷ 4 = 2/4 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
In this group, each student’s share is \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the pizza.
The other 5 friends share 2 pizzas equally, so to find out how many pizzas each of the 5 students get, we will find when we divide the 2 pizza among 5 friends.
2 ÷ 5 = \(\frac{2}{5}\)
In this group, each student’s share is \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the pizza.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) > \(\frac{2}{5}\) so as a group with four members get a greater amount of pizza.

Question 13.
Test Prep Jason baked 5 cherry pies. He wants to share them equally among 3 of his neighbors. How many pies will each neighbor get?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
c. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
To find how many pies each neighbor we have to divide number of cherry pies by number of neighbor.
5 ÷ 3 = \(\frac{5}{3}\)
Convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{5}{3}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 351

Concepts and Skills

Question 1.
Explain how you can tell, without computing, whether the quotient \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 6 is greater than 1 or less than 1.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 6 = \(\frac{1}{12}\)
\(\frac{1}{12}\) is less than 1.

Divide. Draw a number line or use fraction strips.

Question 2.
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Step 1: Draw a number line from 0 to 3. Label each half on your number line.
Step 2: Skip count by halves from 0 to 3 to find 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\).
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 6 because 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3

Question 3.
1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)
______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Step 1: Draw a number line from 0 to 1. Label each fourth on your number line.
Step 2: Skip count by fourths from 0 to 1 to find 1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\).
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 4 because 4 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 2
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a \(\frac{1}{2}\) strip under a 2 whole strip to show the \(\frac{1}{2}\) on the strip.
Step 2: Find 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the \(\frac{1}{2}\) strip.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 4
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a \(\frac{1}{3}\) strip under a 4 whole strip to show the \(\frac{1}{3}\) on the strip.
Step 2: Find 12 \(\frac{1}{3}\) fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the \(\frac{1}{3}\) strip.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 6.
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\)
______

Answer: 12

Explanation:
Step 1: Draw a number line from 0 to 2. Label each sixth on your number line.
Step 2: Skip count by fourths from 0 to 2 to find 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\).
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 12 because 12 × \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 2

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a \(\frac{1}{4}\) strip under a 3 whole strip to show the \(\frac{1}{4}\) on the strip.
Step 2: Find 12 \(\frac{1}{4}\) fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the \(\frac{1}{4}\) strip.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Complete the number sentence to solve.

Question 8.
Two students share 3 granola bars equally. How many granola bars does each student get?
3 ÷ 2 = ______
Each student’s share is ______ granola bars.
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) granola bars

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Given that Two students share 3 granola bars equally.
Divide the number of granola bars by 2.
3 ÷ 2 = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Convert the improper fraction into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus each student’s share is 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) granola bars.

Question 9.
Five girls share 4 sandwiches equally. What fraction of a sandwich does each girl get?
4 ÷ 5 = _____
Each girl’s share is ______ of a sandwich.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of a sandwich

Answer: \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
Given that, Five girls share 4 sandwiches equally.
Dividing the number of sandwiches by five girls.
4 ÷ 5 = \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Each girl’s share is \(\frac{4}{5}\) of a sandwich.

Question 10.
Nine boys share 4 pizzas equally. What fraction of a pizza does each boy get?
4 ÷ 9 = _____
Each boy’s share is _____ of a pizza.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of a pizza

Answer: \(\frac{4}{9}\)

Explanation:
Given, Nine boys share 4 pizzas equally.
Dividing 4 pizzas by number of nine boys
4 ÷ 9 = \(\frac{4}{9}\)
Each boy’s share is \(\frac{4}{9}\) of a pizza.

Question 11.
Four friends share 10 fruit bars equally. How many fruit bars does each friend get?
10 ÷ 4 = _____
Each friend’s share is _____ fruit bars.
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) fruit bars

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Given, Four friends share 10 fruit bars equally.
Dividing the number of fruit bars by the number of friends.
10 ÷ 4 = \(\frac{10}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Convert the improper fraction into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 352

Question 12.
Mateo has 8 liters of punch for a party. Each glass holds \(\frac{1}{5}\) liter of punch. How many glasses can Mateo fill with punch?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 8
______ glasses

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Draw the rectangle that represents the number of liters.
Each rectangle is equal to 1 liter.
Each rectangle contains a one-fifth liter of punch.
Now multiply the fifths with the number of liters.
8 × 5 = 40
40 glasses can Mateo fill with a punch.

Question 13.
Four friends share 3 sheets of construction paper equally. What fraction of a sheet of paper does each friend get?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 9
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
The rectangle represents the sheet of the construction paper.
Divide each rectangle into fourths.
3 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Each friend gets \(\frac{3}{4}\) sheet of paper.

Question 14.
Caleb and 2 friends are sharing \(\frac{1}{2}\) quart of milk equally. What fraction of a quart of milk does each of the 3 friends get?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) quart of milk

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\) quart of milk

Explanation:
Caleb and 2 friends are sharing \(\frac{1}{2}\) quart of milk equally.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Therefore each of 3 friend gets \(\frac{1}{6}\) quart of milk.

Question 15.
Toni and Makayla are working on a craft project. Makayla has 3 yards of ribbon and Toni has 4 yards of ribbon. They cut all the ribbon into pieces that are \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard long. How many pieces of ribbon do they have?
Makayla: __________ pieces of ribbon
Toni: __________ pieces of ribbon

Answer:
Makayla: 12 pieces of ribbon
Toni: 16 pieces of ribbon

Explanation:
Toni and Makayla are working on a craft project.
Makayla has 3 yards of ribbon and Toni has 4 yards of ribbon.
They cut all the ribbon into pieces that are \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard long.
Now multiply the number of yards of ribbon that Makayla has with \(\frac{1}{4}\)
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 12 pieces of ribbon
Multiply the number of yards of ribbon that Toni has with \(\frac{1}{4}\)
4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 16 pieces of ribbon

Share and Show – Page No. 355

Question 1.
Use the model to complete the number sentence.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 10
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 × ______ = ______

Answer: 2 × 4 = 8

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles and divide each rectangle into fourths.
  • When you divide 1 rectangle into fourths you are finding the number of fourths in 2 rectangles.
  • There are 2 groups of rectangles. There are 8 fourths
  • Complete the number sentence.

Question 2.
Use the model to complete the number sentence.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 11
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 2 = _ × \(\frac{1}{6}\) = _
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:

  • Draw the rectangle and divide the rectangle into sixths.
  • The rectangle is divided into 2 equal parts. You can find 12 sixths.
  • In the figure, you can see one shaded part in the rectangle.
  • Complete the number sentence.

\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Write a related multiplication sentence to solve.

Question 3.
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)
______

Answer: 12

Explanation:

  • Draw 3 rectangles and divide each rectangle into fourths.
  • When you divide 1 rectangle into fourths you are finding the number of fourths in 3 rectangles.
  • There are 3 groups of rectangles. There are 12 fourths
  • Complete the number sentence.

3 × 4 = 12
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 12

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Explanation:

  • Draw the rectangle and divide the rectangle into fifths.
  • The rectangle is divided into 4 equal parts. You can find 20 fifths.
  • Complete the number sentence.

\(\frac{1}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{20}\)
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{9}\) ÷ 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{27}\)

Explanation:

  • Draw 3 rectangle and divide the rectangle into ninths.
  • The rectangle is divided into 3 equal parts. You can find 27 ninths.
  • Complete the number sentence.

\(\frac{1}{9}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{27}\)
\(\frac{1}{9}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{27}\)

Question 6.
7 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
______

Answer: 14

Explanation:

  • Draw 7 rectangles and divide each rectangle into halves.
  • When you divide 7 rectangles into halves you are finding the number of halves in 7 rectangles.
  • There are 7 groups of rectangles. There are 14 halves.
  • Complete the number sentence.

7 × 2 = 14
7 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 14

On Your Own

Write a related multiplication sentence to solve.

Question 7.
5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
______

Answer: 15

Explanation:

  • Draw 5 rectangles and divide each rectangle into thirds.
  • When you divide 5 rectangles into halves you are finding the number of thirds in 5 rectangles.
  • There are 5 groups of rectangles. There are 15 thirds.
  • Complete the number sentence.

5 × 3 = 15
5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 15

Question 8.
8 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
______

Answer: 16

Explanation:

  • Draw 8 rectangles and divide each rectangle into halves.
  • When you divide 8 rectangles into halves you are finding the number of thirds in 8 rectangles.
  • There are 8 groups of rectangles. There are 16 halves.
  • Complete the number sentence.

8 × 2 = 16
8 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 16

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{28}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 4

  • Draw 4 rectangles and divide the rectangle into sevenths.
  • The rectangle is divided into 4 equal parts. You can find 28 sevenths.
  • Complete the number sentence.

\(\frac{1}{7}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{28}\)
Thus, \(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{28}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 9
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{18}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 9

  • Draw 9 rectangles and divide the rectangle into halves.
  • The rectangle is divided into 9 equal parts. You can find 18 halves.
  • Complete the number sentence.

\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{9}\) = \(\frac{1}{18}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 9 = \(\frac{1}{18}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 4

  • Draw 4 rectangles and divide the rectangle into thirds.
  • The rectangle is divided into 4 equal parts. You can find 12 thirds.
  • Complete the number sentence.

\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 12
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{48}\)

Explanation:

  • Draw 12 rectangles and divide the rectangle into fourths.
  • The rectangle is divided into 12 equal parts. You can find 48 thirds.
  • Complete the number sentence.
    \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 12 = \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{48}\)

Question 13.
6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)
______

Answer: 30

Explanation:

  • Draw 6 rectangles and divide each rectangle into fifths.
  • When you divide 6 rectangles into fifths you are finding the number of fifths in 6 rectangles.
  • There are 6 groups of rectangles. There are 30 fifths.
  • Complete the number sentence.
    6 × 5 = 30
    6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 30

Question 14.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{9}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 3

  • Draw 3 rectangles and divide the rectangle into two thirds.
  • The rectangle is divided into 3 equal parts.
  • Complete the number sentence.
    \(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{9}\)

UNLOCK the Problem – Page No. 356

Question 15.
The slowest mammal is the three-toed sloth. The top speed of a three-toed sloth on the ground is about \(\frac{1}{4}\) foot per second. The top speed of a giant tortoise on the ground is about \(\frac{1}{3}\) foot per second. How much longer would it take a three-toed sloth than a giant tortoise to travel 10 feet on the ground?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 12
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
__________

Answer: We Need to find How much longer would it take a three-toed sloth than a giant tortoise to travel 10 feet on the ground.

Question 15.
b. What operations will you use to solve the problem?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The operations which we will use is:
Multiplication to find how many seconds three-toed sloth tortoise need to travel 10 feet.
Subtraction to finds how second longer need three-toed to travel 10 feet.

Question 15.
c. Show the steps you used to solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To find how much longer would it take a three-toed sloth than a giant tortoise to travel 10 feet on the ground, for first we will find how much seconds a three-toed sloth and giant tortoise need to travel 10 feet.
The top speed of a three-toed sloth on the ground is about 1/4 foot per second, so to find how much seconds need a three-toed sloth to travel 10 feet we will find as:
10 feet ÷ 1/4 foot per second = 10 × 4 = 40 seconds
The top speed of a giant tortoise on the ground is about 1/3 foot per second, so to find how much seconds need a giant tortoise to travel 10 feet we will find as:
10 feet ÷ 1/3 foot per second = 10 × 3 = 30 seconds

Question 15.
d. Complete the sentences.
A three-toed sloth would travel 10 feet in _____ seconds.
A giant tortoise would travel 10 feet in _____ seconds.
Since _____ – _____ = _____, it would take a three-toed sloth _____ seconds longer to travel 10 feet.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
A three-toed sloth would travel 10 feet in 40 seconds.
A giant tortoise would travel 10 feet in 30 seconds.
Since 4030 = 10, it would take a three-toed sloth 10 seconds longer to travel 10 feet.

Question 15.
e. Fill in the bubble for the correct answer choice.
Options:
a. 10 seconds
b. 30 seconds
c. 40 seconds
d. 70 seconds

Answer: 10 seconds

Explanation:
A three-toed sloth would travel 10 feet in 40 seconds.
A giant tortoise would travel 10 feet in 30 seconds.
Since 40 – 30 = 10, it would take a three-toed sloth 10 seconds longer to travel 10 feet.
The correct answer is option A.

Question 16.
Robert divides 8 cups of almonds into \(\frac{1}{8}\)-cup servings. How many servings does he have?
Options:
a. 1
b. 16
c. 8
d. 64

Answer: 64

Explanation:
Robert divides 8 cups of almonds into \(\frac{1}{8}\)-cup servings.
8 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)
8 × 8 = 64
Thus robert has 64 servings.
The correct answer is option D.

Question 17.
Tina cuts \(\frac{1}{3}\) yard of fabric into 4 equal parts. What is the length of each part?
Options:
a. 12 yards
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards
d. \(\frac{1}{12}\) yards

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\) yards

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 4
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\) yards
The correct answer is option D.

Share and Show – Page No. 359

Question 1.
Complete the story problem to represent 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Carmen has a roll of paper that is ______ feet long. She cuts the paper into pieces that are each ______ foot long. How many pieces of paper does Carmen have?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)
3 × 4 = 12
Carmen has a roll of paper that is 3 feet long.
She cuts the paper into pieces that are each \(\frac{1}{4}\) foot long.

Question 2.
Draw a diagram to represent the problem. Then solve. April has 6 fruit bars. She cuts the bars into halves. How many \(\frac{1}{2}\)-size bar pieces does she have?
_____ \(\frac{1}{2}\)-size bar pieces

Answer:
First, draw 6 rectangles that represent fruit bars.
Now divide each fruit bar into halves.
Dividing 6 fruit bards by halves.
6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 12
Thus she has 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\)-size bar pieces

Question 3.
Write an equation to represent the problem. Then solve. Two friends share \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a large peach pie. What fraction of the whole pie does each friend get?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given that, Two friends share \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a large peach pie.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Thus the fraction of the whole pie each friend gets is \(\frac{1}{8}\).

On Your Own

Question 4.
Write an equation to represent the problem. Then solve.
Benito has \(\frac{1}{3}\) -kilogram of grapes. He divides the grapes equally into 3 bags. What fraction of a kilogram of grapes is in each bag?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
Given:
Benito has \(\frac{1}{3}\) -kilogram of grapes. He divides the grapes equally into 3 bags.
The equation for the division is,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{9}\)
\(\frac{1}{9}\) of a kilogram of grapes is in each bag.

Question 5.
Draw a diagram to represent the problem. Then solve.
Sonya has 5 sandwiches. She cuts each sandwich into fourths. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\)-size sandwich pieces does she have?
_____ \(\frac{1}{4}\)-size sandwich pieces

Answer: 20

Explanation:
Given,
Sonya has 5 sandwiches. She cuts each sandwich into fourths.
Dividing the number of sandwiches by fourths.
5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 5 × 4 = 20
Thus she has 20 \(\frac{1}{4}\)-size sandwich pieces.

Question 6.
Write a story problem to represent 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{8}\). Then solve.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Erica makes 2 sandwiches and cuts each sandwich into eighths. How many \(\frac{1}{8}\) size sandwich pieces does she have?
Answer: 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{8}\)
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 16 because 16 × \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 2

Problem Solving – Page No. 360

Pose a Problem

Question 7.
Amy wrote the following problem to represent 4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\) .
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 13
Jacob has a board that is 4 feet long. He cuts the board into pieces that are each \(\frac{1}{6}\) foot long. How many pieces does Jacob have now?
Then Amy drew this diagram to solve her problem.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions img 14
So, Jacob has 24 pieces.
Write a new problem using a different item to be divided and different fractional pieces. Then draw a diagram to solve your problem.
Pose a problem.                           Draw a diagram to solve your problem.
Type below:
__________

Question 8.
Test Prep Melvin has \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a gallon of fruit punch. He shares the punch equally with each of 2 friends and himself. Which equation represents the fraction of a gallon of punch that each of the friends get?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = n
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3 = n
c. 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = n
d. 3 ÷ 4 = n

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3 = n

Explanation:
Melvin has \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a gallon of fruit punch.
He shares the punch equally with each of 2 friends and himself.
The expressions which represents this are \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3 or \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\).
So, the correct answers \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3 = n i.e., option B.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 361

Concepts and Skills

Divide. Draw a number line or use fraction strips.

Question 1.
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Step 1: Draw a number line from 0 to 2. Divide the number line into thirds. Label each third on your number line.
Step 2: Skip count by thirds from 0 to 2 to find 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\).
There are 6 thirds in 2 wholes.
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 6 because 6 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 2

Question 2.
1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Step 1: Draw a number line from 0 to 1. Divide the number line into fifths. Label each fifth on your number line.
Step 2: Skip count by fifths from 0 to 1 to find 1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\).
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
Step 3: Record and check the quotient.
1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 5 because 5 × \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 1

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Draw a number line from 0 to 3. Divide the number line into fourths. Label each fourth on your number line.
Step 2: Skip count by fourth from 0 to 3 to find 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\).
You can use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain and check your solution.
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\)
Thus \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Complete the number sentence to solve.

Question 4.
Three students share 4 sandwiches equally. How many sandwiches does each student get?
4 ÷ 3 = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
To find what fraction of sandwich each student gets we have to divide the number of sandwiches by the number of students.
4 ÷ 3 = \(\frac{4}{3}\)
Now convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{4}{3}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 5.
Six girls share 5 pints of milk equally. What fraction of a pint of milk does each girl get?
5 ÷ 6 = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given that, Six girls share 5 pints of milk equally.
To find the fraction of a pint of milk each girl gets, we have to divide the pints of milk by the number of girls.
5 ÷ 6 = \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Thus each girl get \(\frac{5}{6}\) pint of milk.

Write a related multiplication sentence to solve.

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 5
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 5
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{20}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 9
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{27}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 9
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{9}\) = \(\frac{1}{27}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 9 = \(\frac{1}{27}\)

Question 8.
8 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer: 16

Explanation:
8 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
8 × 2 = 16

Question 9.
5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer: 30

Explanation:
5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\)
5 × 6 = 30

Question 10.
Write a story problem to represent \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3. Then solve.
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 11.
Write a story problem to represent 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\). Then solve.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 6

Explanation:
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
3 × 2 = 6

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 362

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 12.
Michelle cuts \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard of ribbon into 4 equal pieces. What is the length of each piece?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{16}\) yard
b. \(\frac{1}{8}\) yard
c. 1 yard
d. 16 yard

Answer: \(\frac{1}{16}\) yard

Explanation:
Michelle cuts \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard of ribbon into 4 equal pieces.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 4
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{16}\)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 13.
Ashton picked 6 pounds of pecans. He wants to share the pecans equally among 5 of his neighbors. How many pounds of pecans will each neighbor get?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{11}\) pound
b. \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) pounds
d. 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) pounds

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) pounds

Explanation:
Ashton picked 6 pounds of pecans.
He wants to share the pecans equally among 5 of his neighbors.
Divide the number of pounds by the number of neighbors.
= \(\frac{6}{5}\)
Now convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{6}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) pounds
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 14.
Isabella has 5 pounds of trail mix. She divides the mix into \(\frac{1}{4}\)-pound servings. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\)-pound servings does she have?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. 9
c. 16
d. 20

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Isabella has 5 pounds of trail mix.
She divides the mix into \(\frac{1}{4}\)-pound servings.
5 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
Now convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{5}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 15.
Melvin has \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a cake. He shares the cake equally with each of 2 friends and himself. Which equation represents the fraction of the whole cake that each of the friends get?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = n
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3 = n
c. 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = n
d. 2 ÷ 3 = n

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3 = n

Explanation:
Melvin has \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a cake.
He shares the cake equally with each of 2 friends and himself.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) divided by 3.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3 = n
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 363

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 16.
Camille has 8 feet of rope. She cuts the rope into \(\frac{1}{3}\)-foot pieces for a science project. How many \(\frac{1}{3}\)-foot pieces of rope does she have?
Options:
a. 24
b. 8
c. 3
d. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Given,
Camille has 8 feet of rope.
She cuts the rope into \(\frac{1}{3}\)-foot pieces for a science project.
8 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 8 × 3 = 24
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 17.
Awan makes 3 sandwiches and cuts each sandwich into sixths. How many \(\frac{1}{6}\)-size sandwich pieces does he have?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
b. 2
c. 9
d. 18

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Given that, Awan makes 3 sandwiches and cuts each sandwich into sixths.
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\)
3/ \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 3 × 6 = 18
The correct answer is option D.

Question 18.
Eight students share 5 blocks of modeling clay equally. What fraction of one block of modeling clay does each student get?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{40}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
Eight students share 5 blocks of modeling clay equally.
Divide number of students by the number of blocks.
8 ÷ 5 = \(\frac{8}{5}\)
Convert the fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{8}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 19.
The diagram below represents which division problem?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 8 Divide Fractions hapter Review/Test img 15
Options:
a. 5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 5
c. 5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 5

Answer: 5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
The figure above shows that there are 5 rectangles. Each rectangle is divided into three parts.
So, the fraction is one third.
Divide number of blocks by the number of thirds.
5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 364

Constructed Response

Question 20.
Dora buys one package each of the 1-pound, 2-pound, and 4-pound packages of ground beef to make hamburgers. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\)-pound hamburgers can she make? Show your work using words, pictures, or numbers.
Explain how you found your answer.
______ hamburgers

Answer: 28 hamburgers

Explanation:
Given:
Dora buys one package each of the 1-pound, 2-pound, and 4-pound packages of ground beef to make hamburgers.
Total number of pounds = 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 pounds
Now divide number of pounds by \(\frac{1}{4}\)
7 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 28
Thus Dora can make 28 Hamburgers.

Performance Task

Question 21.
Suppose your teacher gives you the division problem 6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\).
A). In the space below, draw a diagram to represent 6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\).
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Draw 6 rectangles and divide each whole by one-fifths fractions.

Question 21.
B). Write a story problem to represent 6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\).
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Kyra has 6 feet of rope. If she cuts the rope into \(\frac{1}{5}\) foot pieces for a project. How many \(\frac{1}{5}\)-foot pieces of rope does she have?

Question 21.
C). Use a related multiplication expression to solve your story problem.
Show your work.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The multiplication expression to solve the above problem is
6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 6/\(\frac{1}{5}\) = 6 × 5 = 30

Question 21.
D). Write a division problem that shows a unit fraction divided by a whole number. Write a story problem to represent your division problem. Then solve.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Isabella has 7 pounds of trail mix. She divides the mix into \(\frac{1}{4}\)-pound servings. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\)-pound servings does she have?

Conclusion

Hoping that Go Math Grade 5 Answer Chapter 8 Divide Fractions has helped you to resolve your queries on time. Get a good hold of the concepts and attempt the final exams with confidence. To know more about such related concepts stay connected to our site on a regular basis.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

go-math-grade-6-chapter-12-data-displays-and-measures-of-center-answer-key

Students who are unable to solve the textbook problems can go through the Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center. Refer to HMH Go Math 6th Grade Solution Key of Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center to understand the problem-solving methods in depth. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key was explained by the experts in a unique and simple way.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

I know it is difficult for parents to explain the homework problems. So, in order to help them, we are providing the solutions for Go Math 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center. Make use of the HMH Go Math Grade Solution Key Pdf and make your child completer their homework in time. Hence Download Grade 6 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center.

Lesson 1: Recognize Statistical Questions

Lesson 2: Describe Data Collection

Lesson 3: Dot Plots and Frequency Tables

Lesson 4: Histograms

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Investigate • Mean as Fair Share and Balance Point

Lesson 6: Measures of Center

Lesson 7: Effects of Outliers

Lesson 8: Problem-Solving • Data Displays

Chapter 12 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 651

Identify the statistical question. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
A. What was the low temperature in Chicago each day in March?
B. What was the low temperature in Chicago on March 7?

Answer: A is the statistical question.

Explanation: As in A temperature was asked for each day and in B temperature was asked for only one day.

Question 2.
A. How long did it take you to get to school this morning?
B. How long did it take you to get to school each morning this week?

Answer: B is the statistical question.

Explanation: In B it was asked for each morning in a week and in A It was asked for only for this morning.

Write a statistical question you could ask in the situation.

Question 3.
A student recorded the number of pets in the households of 50 sixth-graders.

Answer: How many households have one or more pets?

On Your Own

Identify the statistical question. Explain your reasoning.

Question 4.
A. How many gold medals has Finland won at each of the last 10 Winter Olympics?
B. How many gold medals did Finland win at the 2008 Winter Olympics?

Answer: A is the statistical question.

Explanation: A asks about the no.of medals won at 10 different times and in B asks about no.of medals won at 1 time.

Write a statistical question you could ask in the situation.

Question 5.
A wildlife biologist measured the length of time that 17 grizzly bears hibernated.

Answer: What was the least amount of time grizzly bears hibernated?

Question 6.
A doctor recorded the birth weights of 48 babies.

Answer: What was the highest birth weight recorded?

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 652

Use the table for 7 and 8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 1

Question 7.
Give a statistical question that you could ask about the data recorded in the table.

Answer: Which Roller coaster reaches the maximum height?

Question 8.
What statistical question could “92 mi/hr” be the answer to?

Answer: What is the maximum speed of Roller Coasters?

Question 9.
Explain A video game company will make a new game. The manager must choose between a roleplaying game and an action game. He asks his sales staff which of the last 10 released games sold the most copies. Explain why this is a statistical question.

Answer: As the manager asks his sales staff about the last 10 released games and most sold-out copies, so it is a statistical question.

Question 10.
Think of a topic. Record a set of data for the topic. Write a statistical question that you could ask about your data.

Answer: John spend 10 hours to watch TV in each week.

Explanation: What was the time spent by the John to watch TV in each week?

Question 11.
For numbers 11a–11d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the question is a statistical question.
11a. How many minutes did it take Ethan to complete his homework last night?
11b. How many minutes did it take Madison to complete her homework each night this week?
11c. How many more minutes did Andrew spend on homework on Tuesday than on Thursday?
11d. What was the longest amount of time Abigail spent on homework this week?
11a. ____________
11b. ____________
11c. ____________
11d. ____________

Answer:
11a. No.

Explanation: The question asked only about last night’s homework, so it is not a statistical question.

11b. Yes

Explanation: As the question was asked for each night in a week, so it is a statistical question.

11c. No

Explanation: The question is about the differences in the duration of homework at a time, so it is not a statistical question.

11d. Yes

Explanation: As the question is on the longest amount of time on homework, so it is a statistical question.

Recognize Statistical Questions – Page No. 653

Identify the statistical question. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
A. How many touchdowns did the quarterback throw during the last game of the season?
B. How many touchdowns did the quarterback throw each game of the season?

Answer: B is the statistical question.

Explanation: In A asks for no.of touchdowns in the last game and in B asks for no.of touchdowns in each game.

Question 2.
A. What was the score in the first frame of a bowling game?
B. What are the scores in 10 frames of a bowling game?

Answer: B is the statistical question.

Explanation: In A, asks for only for the first frame, and in B asks for 10 frames and score in each frame.

Question 3.
A. How many hours of television did you watch each day this week?
B. How many hours of television did you watch on Saturday?

Answer: A is the statistical question.

Explanation: In A, the question was asked for no.of hour’s television for each day in a week. And in B the question was asked for only for Saturday.

Write a statistical question you could ask in the situation.

Question 4.
A teacher recorded the test scores of her students.

Answer: What was the highest test score recorded?

Question 5.
A car salesman knows how many of each model of a car was sold in a month.

Answer: What was the least sold model of the car?

Problem Solving

Question 6.
The city tracked the amount of waste that was recycled from 2000 to 2007. Write a statistical question about the situation.

Answer: What was the amount of waste that was recycled for each year from 2000 to 2007?

Question 7.
The daily low temperature is recorded for a week. Write a statistical question about the situation.

Answer: What was the daily low temperature recorded each day this week?

Question 8.
Write three statistical questions that you could use to gather data about your family. Explain why the questions are statistical.

Answer:
Which family member was oldest?
Which family member was tallest?
Which family member has the highest income?

Lesson Check – Page No. 654

Question 1.
Elise says that the question “Do you have any siblings?” is a statistical question. Mark says that “How many siblings do you have?” is a statistical question. Who is correct?

Answer: How many siblings do you have? is a statistical question. So Mark is correct.

Question 2.
Kate says that “What was the lowest amount of precipitation in one month last year?” is a statistical question. Mike says that “What is the speed limit?” is a statistical question. Who is correct?

Answer: What was the lowest amount of precipitation in one month last year?. Is a statistical question. So Kate is correct.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A regular decagon has side lengths of 4 centimeters long. If the decagon is divided into 10 congruent triangles, each has an approximate height of 6.2 centimeters. What is the approximate area of the decagon?
_______ cm2

Answer: 124 cm2

Explanation: Area= ½ b×h
= ½ 46.2
= 26.2
= 12.4 cm2
So the area of the decagon is 1012.4= 124 cm2

Question 4.
Mikki uses the net shown to make a solid figure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 2
What solid figure does Mikki make?

Answer: Triangular pyramid.

Explanation: Mikki makes a Triangular pyramid.

Question 5.
A prism is filled with 30 cubes with \(\frac{1}{2}\)-unit side lengths. What is the volume of the prism in cubic units?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units.

Answer: 3.75 cubic units.

Explanation: As it takes 8 cubes with a side length of ½ to form a unit cube, so the volume of the cube is 308= 3.75 cubic units.

Question 6.
A tank in the shape of a rectangular prism has a length of 22 inches, a width of 12 inches, and a height of 15 inches. If the tank is filled halfway with water, how much water is in the tank?
_______ in.3

Answer: 1980 in3

Explanation:
The volume of a rectangular prism= LWH
=  22×12×15
= 3960 in3
As the tank was filled halfway with water, so 3960÷2= 1980 in3

Share and Show – Page No. 657

Describe the data set by listing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations.

Question 1.
Greg’s 100-meter race results.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 3

Answer:
The attribute is the Duration of run data.
The unit of measure is Seconds.
The likely means of measurement was taken on Stopwatch.
No.of observations are 7.

Question 2.
The Andrews family’s water use.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 4

Answer:
The attribute is the amount of water used daily.
The unit of measure is Gallons.
The likely means of measurement was taken on Water meter.
No.of observations are 14.

On Your Own

Question 3.
Practice: Copy and Solve Collect data on one of the topics listed below. You may wish to work with other students. Make a chart of your results. Then describe the data set.

  • Weights of cereal boxes, soup cans, or other items
  • Numbers of family members
  • Lengths of time to multiply two 2-digit numbers
  • Numbers of pets in families
  • Lengths of forearm (elbow to fingertip)
  • Numbers of pages in books

Answer:
The attribute is the Number of pages in books.
The unit of measure is Numbers.
The likely means of measurement were counting.
No.of observations are 6.

Question 4.
Describe the data set by writing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations in the correct location on the chart.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 5
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 6

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Summarize – Page No. 658

When you summarize a reading passage, you restate the most important information in a shortened form. This allows you to understand more easily what you have read. Read the following passage:

A biologist is studying green anacondas. The green anaconda is the largest snake in the world. Finding the length of any snake is difficult because the snake can curl up or stretch out while being measured. Finding the length of a green anaconda is doubly difficult because of the animal’s great size and strength.

The standard method for measuring a green anaconda is to calm the snake, lay a piece of string along its entire length, and then measure the length of the string. The table at the right gives data collected by the biologist using the string method.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 7

Question 5.
Analyze Summarize the passage in your own words

Answer: The world’s largest snake in the world is green anacondas. Finding the length of these green anacondas is very difficult because of the animal’s great size and strength. So there is a standard method for measuring. Firstly calm the snake, then lay a piece of string along its entire length, and then measure the length of the string.

Question 6.
Use your summary to name the attribute the biologist was measuring. Describe how the biologist measured this attribute.

Answer:
The attribute the biologist was measuring green anacondas. And the biologist measured by lay a piece of string along its entire length, and then measure the length of the string.

Question 7.
Give any other information that is important for describing the data set.

Answer:
Unit of measure is Centimeters
No.of observations are 19

Question 8.
Write the greatest green anaconda length that the biologist measured in feet. Round your answer to the nearest foot. (Hint: 1 foot is equal to about 30 centimeters.)

Answer: 507.5 cm, 17 feet

Explanation: The greatest green anaconda length that the biologist measured was 507.5 cm. As 1 foot= 30 cm, so 507.5÷30= 16.9 feet round off to 17 feet.

Describe Data Collection – Page No. 659

Describe the data set by listing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations.

Question 1.
Daily temperature
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 8

Answer:
The attribute is Daily Temperature.
The unit of measure is Fahrenheit.
The likely means of measurement is Thermometer
No.of observations are 25.

Question 2.
Plant heights
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 9

Answer:
The attribute is the Height of plants
The unit of measure in inches.
The likely means of measurement is the Ruler.
No.of observations are 10.

Question 3.
Cereal in boxes
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 10

Answer:
The attribute is the Amount of Cereal in Boxes
The unit of measure is Cup.
The likely means of measurement is measuring cup
No.of observations are 16.

Question 4.
Dog weights
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 11

Answer:
The attribute is Dog weights.
The unit of measure is Pounds.
The likely means of measurement is scale.
No.of observations are 8.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
The table below gives the amount of time Preston spends on homework. Name the likely means of measurement.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 12

Answer:
The likely means of measurement is Clock.

Question 6.
The table below shows the speed of cars on a highway. Name the unit of measure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 13

Answer: The unit of measure is miles per hour.

Question 7.
Gather data about the heights of your family members or friends. Then describe how you collected the data set.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Lesson Check – Page No. 660

Question 1.
What is the attribute of the data set shown in the table?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 14

Answer: The attribute is the Mass of produce.

Question 2.
What is the number of observations of the data set shown below?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 15

Answer:
No.of observation: 6

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the area of the figure shown below?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 16
_______ cm2

Answer: 23 cm2

Explanation:
Area of the rectangle= Length×width
= 7×4.5
= 31.5 cm2
Area of trapezoid= 1/2 ×(b1+b2)×h
= 1/2 ×(7+4.5)×4
= 11.5×2
= 23 cm2

Question 4.
Each base of a triangular prism has an area of 43 square centimeters. Each lateral face has an area of 25 square centimeters. What is the surface area of the prism?
_______ cm2

Answer: 161 cm2

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism is 2×43+3×25
= 86+ 75
= 161 cm2

Question 5.
How much sand can this container hold?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 17
_______ in.3

Answer: 225 in.3

Explanation:
Volume= Length×width×Height
= 5×10×4 1/2
= 5 × 10 × 5/2
= 5×5×9
= 225 in.3

Question 6.
Jay says that “How much does Rover weigh today?” is a statistical question. Kim says that “How long are the puppies’ tails in the pet store?” is a statistical question. Who is NOT correct?

Answer: “How much does Rover weigh today?” is not correct as it is not a statistical question.

Share and Show – Page No. 663

For 1−4, use the data at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 18

Question 1.
Complete the dot plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 19

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
What was the most common distance Lionel biked? How do you know?

Answer: The most common distance Lionel biked is 6 km.

Question 3.
Make a frequency table. Use the intervals 1−3 km, 4−6 km, 7−9 km, and 10−12 km.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 4.
Make a relative frequency table. Use the same intervals as in Exercise 3.

Answer:
As there are 25 data values, so
1-3 km 8÷25= 0.32= 32% relative frequency.
4-6 km 9÷25= 0.36= 36% relative frequency.
7-9 km 4÷25= 0.16= 16% relative frequency.
10-12 km 4÷25= 0.16= 16% relative frequency.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve For 5−9, use the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 20

Question 5.
Make a dot plot of the data.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 6.
Make a frequency table of the data with three intervals.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 7.
Make a relative frequency table of the data with three intervals.

Answer:
As there are 25 data values, so
3-7    3÷25= 0.12= 12% relative frequency.
8-12  7÷25= 0.28= 28% relative frequency.
13-17 15÷25= 0.6= 60% relative frequency.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 8.
Describe how you decided on the intervals for the frequency table.

Answer: As we found 3 intervals of equal size that cover the full range of data values.

Question 9.
Could someone use the information in the frequency table to make a dot plot? Explain.

Answer: No. Because the data is grouped in intervals, but a dot plot requires individual data values.

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 664

Question 10.
The manager of a fitness center asked members to rate the fitness center. The results of the survey are shown in the frequency table. What percent of members in the survey rated the center as excellent or good?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 21
a. What do you need to find?

Answer: We need to find what percent of members in the survey rated the center as excellent or good.

Question 10.
b. How can you use relative frequency to help you solve the problem?

Answer: We can solve by adding the relative frequencies of excellent and good responses.

Question 10.
c. Show the steps you use to solve the problem.

Answer: 30%, 25%.

Explanation:
The total no.of responses are 18+15+21+6= 60. So the percent for excellent and good responses are
18÷60= 0.3= 30%
15÷60= 0.25= 25%

Question 10.
d. Complete the sentences.

Answer:
The percent of members who were rated excellent is 30%
The percent of members who were rated good is 25%
So total members rated excellent and good are 30%+25%= 55%

Question 11.
Use the table above. What is the difference in percent of the members in the survey that rated the fitness center as poor versus excellent?
_________ %

Answer: 20%.

Explanation: The percents for poor responses are 6÷60= 0.1= 10%, so the difference in the percent of the members in the survey that rated the fitness center as poor versus excellent is 30%-10%= 20%.

Question 12.
Julie kept a record of the number of minutes she spent reading for 20 days. Complete the frequency table by finding the frequency and the relative frequency (%).
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 22

Answer:
As there are 20 data values, so
30 mins 8÷20= 0.4= 40% relative frequency.
45 mins 4÷20= 0.2= 20% relative frequency.
60 mins 3÷20= 0.15= 15% relative frequency.

Dot Plots and Frequency Tables – Page No. 665

For 1–4, use the chart.

Question 1.
The chart shows the number of pages of a novel that Julia reads each day. Complete the dot plot using the data in the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 23
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 24

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
What number of pages does Julia read most often? Explain.

Answer: Julia reads most often 15 pages because we can see in the dot plot as 15 was the highest.

Question 3.
Make a frequency table in the space below. Use the intervals 10–13, 14–17, and 18–21.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 4.
Make a relative frequency table in the space below.

Answer:
As there are 20 data values, so
10-13  7÷20= 0.35= 35% relative frequency.
14-17  9÷20= 0.45= 45% relative frequency.
18-21  4÷20= 0.2=  20% relative frequency.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving

Question 5.
The frequency table shows the ages of the actors in a youth theater group. What percent of the actors are 10 to 12 years old?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 25
_______ %

Answer: 55%

Explanation:
As there are 8+22+10= 40 data values, so the percent of the actors are 10 to 12 years old is
22÷40= 0.55= 55%.

Question 6.
Explain how dot plots and frequency tables are alike and how they are different.

Answer: As the dot plot is similar to the frequency table and the frequencies are represented with dots instead of using numbers each dot represents a data point.

Lesson Check – Page No. 666

Question 1.
The dot plot shows the number of hours Mai babysat each week. How many hours is Mai most likely to babysit?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 26
_______ hours

Answer: Mai is most likely to babysit for 9 hours.

Explanation: As we can see dot plot with the highest dots is 9 hours. So Mai is most likely to babysit for 9 hours.

Question 2.
The frequency table shows the ratings that a movie received from online reviewers. What percent of the reviewers gave the movie a 4-star rating?

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center
_______ %

Answer: 30%.

Explanation: The percent of reviewers gave the movie a 4-star rating are 6/20
= 0.30
= 30%

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The dimensions of a rectangular playground are 50 times the dimensions of a scale drawing of the playground. The area of the scale drawing is 6 square feet. What is the area of the actual playground?
_______ square feet

Answer: 15,000 square feet.

Explanation: The area of the actual playground is
= 6×50×50
= 15,000 square feet.

Question 4.
A square pyramid has a base side length of 8 feet. The height of each lateral face is 12 feet. What is the surface area of the pyramid?
_______ ft2

Answer: 256 ft2

Explanation:
The area of the base is 8×8= 64 ft2
The area of one face is 1/2 × 8 × 12
= 4×12
= 48 ft2
So the surface area of the pyramid is 64+ 4×48
= 64+192
= 256 ft2

Question 5.
A gift box is in the shape of a rectangular prism. The box has a length of 24 centimeters, a width of 10 centimeters, and a height of 13 centimeters. What is the volume of the box?
_______ cm3

Answer: 3,120 cm3

Explanation: Volume of the box= Length×width×height
= 24×10×13
= 3,120 cm3

Question 6.
For a science experiment, Juanita records the height of a plant every day in centimeters. What is the attribute measured in her experiment?

Answer: The attribute measured in her experiment was height.

Share and Show – Page No. 669

For 1–4, use the data at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 27

Question 1.
Complete the frequency table for the age data in the table at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 28

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
Complete the histogram for the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 29

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 3.
Use your histogram to find the number of people at the health club who are 30 or older.
_______ people

Answer: 7 people.

Explanation: The people from 30-39 are 5 and from 40-49 are 2 people.

Question 4.
Use your histogram to determine the percent of the people at the health club who are 20–29 years old.
_______ %

Answer: 40%.

Explanation: The data value is 2+6+5+2= 15, so the percent of the people at the health club who are 20–29 years old are
6÷15= 0.4= 40%.

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve For 5–7, use the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 30

Question 5.
Make a histogram of the data using the intervals 10–19, 20–29, and 30–39.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 6.
Make a histogram of the data using the intervals 10–14, 15–19, 20–24, 25–29, 30–34, and 35–39.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 7.
Compare Explain how using different intervals changed the appearance of your histogram.

Answer: In the histogram, smaller intervals shows that most of the data are clustered between 15 and 24. And larger intervals show that the data is evenly spread out.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 670

The histogram shows the hourly salaries, to the nearest dollar, of the employees at a small company. Use the histogram to solve 8–11.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 31

Question 8.
How many employees make less than $20 per hour?
_______ employees

Answer: 7 employees.

Explanation: 7 employees make less than $20 per hour.

Question 9.
How many employees work at the company? Explain how you know.
_______ employees

Answer: 47 employees.

Explanation: As 2+5+10+12+9+6+3= 47 employees work at the company.

Question 10.
Pose a Problem Write and solve a new problem that uses the histogram.

Answer: How many employees make more than $40 per hour?

Explanation: 3 employees.

Question 11.
Analyze Describe the overall shape of the histogram. What does this tell you about the salaries at the company?

Answer: The histogram shows that the employees are high at the interval of $25-$29 and it tells us that there is the same number of employees with salaries less than $25 as there are with salaries greater than $29.

Question 12.
The frequency table shows the TV ratings for the show American Singer. Complete the histogram for the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 32
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 33

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Histograms – Page No. 671

For 1–4 use the data at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 34

Question 1.
Complete the histogram for the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 35

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
What do the numbers on the y-axis represent?

Answer: The numbers on the y-axis represent the number of students.

Question 3.
How many students scored from 60 to 69?
_______ students

Answer: 3 students scored 60 to 69

Question 4.
Use your histogram to find the number of students who got a score of 80 or greater. Explain.
_______ students

Answer: 12 students.

Explanation: Students who scored 80-89 are 8 students and students who scored 90-99 are 4 students. So total students are
8+4= 12 students.

Problem Solving

For 5–6, use the histogram.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 36

Question 5.
For which two age groups are there the same number of customers?

Answer: The same number of customers is 10-19 and 50-59.

Question 6.
How many customers are in the restaurant? How do you know?
_______ customers

Answer: 63 customers

Explanation: Total number of customers are 6+9+13+11+15+9= 63 customers. By adding all frequencies we can get a number of customers.

Question 7.
Write a letter to another student that explains how to make a histogram and what type of data a histogram displays.

Answer: A histogram represents a bar graph with a vertical axis and a horizontal axis. The histogram displays the vertical axis with frequencies and the horizontal axis with a certain amount of intervals. We must place the intervals from lower to higher, and the height of each bar should be equal to the frequency of its corresponding intervals.

Lesson Check – Page No. 672

Question 1.
The histogram shows the amount, to the nearest dollar, that customers spent at a museum gift shop. How many customers spent less than $20?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 37
_______ customers

Answer: 14 customers.

Explanation: The number of customers who spent less than $20 is 8+6=14 customers.

Question 2.
Use the histogram in Problem 1. How many customers bought something at the gift shop?
_______ customers

Answer: 27 customers.

Explanation: The number of customers who bought something at the gift shop is 8+6+7+4+2= 27 customers.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Marguerite drew a rectangle with vertices A(−2, −1), B(−2, −4), and C(1, −4). What are the coordinates of the fourth vertex?

Answer: As Marguerite draw a rectangle, so the fourth vertex is D(1,-1)

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 4.
A rectangular swimming pool can hold 1,408 cubic feet of water. The pool is 22 feet long and has a depth of 4 feet. What is the width of the pool?
_______ feet

Answer: 16 feet

Explanation: Volume= LWH
1408= 22×W×4
W= 1408÷88
= 16 feet

Question 5.
DeShawn is using this frequency table to make a relative frequency table. What percent should he write in the Relative Frequency column for 5 to 9 push-ups?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 38
_______ %

Answer: 35%

Explanation: Data Values are 3+7+8+2= 20

As there are 3+7+8+2= 20 data values, so
5-9  7÷20= 0.35= 35% relative frequency.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 673

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 39

Question 1.
A _____ is a kind of bar graph that shows the frequency of data grouped into intervals.

Answer: A histogram is a kind of bar graph that shows the frequency of data grouped into intervals.

Question 2.
A question that asks about a set of data that varies is called a _____.

Answer: A question that asks about a set of data that varies is called a statistical question.

Concepts and Skills

Question 3.
A sports reporter records the number of touchdowns scored each week during the football season. What statistical question could the reporter ask about the data?

Answer: What was the greatest number of touchdowns scored in one week?

Question 4.
Flora records her pet hamster’s weight once every week for one year. How many observations does she make?
_______ observations

Answer: 52 observations.

Explanation: As there are 52 weeks in a year, so Flora makes 52 observations.

Question 5.
The number of runs scored by a baseball team in 20 games is given below. Draw a dot plot of the data and use it to find the most common number of runs scored in a game.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 40

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Page No. 674

Question 6.
Write a statistical question you could ask about a set of data that shows the times visitors arrived at an amusement park.

Answer: How many visitors arrived at an amusement park each hour?

Question 7.
A school principal is trying to decide how long the breaks should be between periods. He plans to time how long it takes several students to get from one classroom to another. Name a tool he could use to collect the data.

Answer: He could use to collect the data by stopwatch.

Question 8.
The U.S. Mint uses very strict standards when making coins. On a tour of the mint, Casey asks, “How much copper is in each penny?” Lenny asks, “What is the value of a nickel?” Who asked a statistical question?

Answer: Casey asked a statistical question.

Question 9.
Chen checks the temperature at dawn and at dusk every day for a week for a science project. How many observations does he make?
_______ observations

Answer: 14 observations.

Explanation: As there are 7 days in a week, so he makes 7×2= 14 observations.

Question 10.
The table shows the lengths of the songs played by a radio station during a 90-minute period. Alicia is making a histogram of the data. What frequency should she show for the interval 160–169 seconds?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 41

Answer: 5.

Explanation: As there are 5 values in between 160-169, so Alicia makes a frequency of 5 for the interval 160-169 seconds.

Share and Show – Page No. 677

Use counters to find the mean of the data set.

Question 1.
On the first day of a school fundraiser, five students sell 1, 1, 2, 2, and 4 gift boxes of candy.
The mean of the data set is _______.

Answer: 2.

Explanation: The mean of the data set is
= \(\frac{1+1+2+2+4}{5}
=\frac{10}{5}\)
= 2.

Make a dot plot for the data set and use it to check whether the given value is a balance point for the data set.

Question 2.
Rosanna’s friends have 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, and 12 pets at home. Rosanna says the mean of the data is 3. Is Rosanna correct?

Answer:

Explanation: Yes, Rosanna is correct. As the mean is
= \(\frac{0+1+1+2+2+12}{6}
=\frac{18}{6}\)
= 3
So Rosanna is correct.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving + Applications

Question 3.
Four people go to lunch, and the costs of their orders are $6, $9, $10, and $11. They want to split the bill evenly. Find each person’s fair share. Explain your work.
Each person’s fair share is $ _______ .

Answer: $9.

Explanation: Each person’s fair share is
= \(\frac{ $6+$9+$10+$11}{4}
=\frac{$36}{4}\)
= $9.

Page No. 678

Use the table for 4–6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 42

Question 4.
A grocer is preparing fruit baskets to sell as holiday presents. If the grocer rearranges the apples in baskets A, B, and C so that each has the same number, how many apples will be in each basket? Use counters to find the fair share.
_______ apples

Answer: 3 apples.

Explanation: Mean for the apples are
= \(\frac{4+1+4}{3}
=\frac{9}{3}\)
= 3
So there will be 3 apples in each basket.

Question 5.
Make Arguments Can the pears be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of pears in each basket? Explain why or why not.

Answer: No pears cannot rearrange, as three stacks of counters height are 2,1,5 so that there is an equal number in each stack, So we cannot rearrange.

Question 6.
Use counters to find the mean of the number of pears originally in baskets B and C. Draw a dot plot of the data set. Use your plot to explain why the mean you found is a balance point.

Answer: Mean= 3

Explanation: Mean= \(\frac{1+5}{2}
=\frac{6}{2}\)
= 3
As data point 1 is 2 times less than the mean and data point 5 is 2 times greater than the mean, so the points are the same distance from the mean and the mean is the balance point.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 7.
Four friends go to breakfast and the costs of their breakfasts are $5, $8, $9, and $10. Select True or False for each statement.
7a. The mean of the cost of the breakfasts can be found by adding each of the costs and dividing that total by 4.
7b. The mean cost of the four breakfasts is $10.
7c. The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $2.
7d. The difference between the least cost and the mean is $2.

Answer:
7a. True

Explanation: As mean = (sum of the terms)/ (No.of terms)

7b. False

Explanation: The mean cost of the four breakfast is \(\frac{$5+$8+$9+$10}{4}
=\frac{$32}{4}\)
= $8.

7c. True

Explanation: The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $10-$8= $2.

7d. False

Explanation: The difference between the least cost and the mean is $8-$5= $3

Mean as Fair Share and Balance Point – Page No. 679

Use counters to find the mean of the data set.

Question 1.
Six students count the number of buttons on their shirts. The students have 0, 4, 5, 2, 3, and 4 buttons.
The mean of the data set is _______ .

Answer: 3

Explanation: The mean of the data set is \(\frac{0+4+5+2+3+4}{6}
=\frac{18}{6}\)
= 3

Question 2.
Four students completed 1, 2, 2, and 3 chin-ups.
The mean of the data set is _______ .

Answer: 2

Explanation: The mean of the data set is \(\frac{1+2+2+3}{4}
=\frac{8}{4}\)
= 2.

Make a dot plot for the data set and use it to check whether the given value is a balance point for the data set.

Question 3.
Sandy’s friends ate 0, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6, and 7 pretzels. Sandy says the mean of the data is 4. Is Sandy correct?

Answer: Yes, Sandy is correct.

Explanation: The mean of the data set is \(\frac{0+2+3+4+6+6+7}{7}
=\frac{28}{7}\)
= 4.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving

Question 4.
Three baskets contain 8, 8, and 11 soaps. Can the soaps be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of soaps in each basket? Explain why or why not.

Answer: Yes, the soaps can be rearranged.

Explanation: As the mean is 9, the soaps can be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of soaps in each basket. And we can fit 9 in each group.

Question 5.
Five pages contain 6, 6, 9, 10, and 11 stickers. Can the stickers be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of stickers on each page? Explain why or why not.

Answer: No

Explanation: No, we cannot rearrange the stickers. As there is a 5 stack counter which is unable to fit in for 6, 6, 9, 10, and 11 stickers

Question 6.
Describe how to use counters to find the mean of a set of data. Give a data set and list the steps to find the mean.

Answer: We will start with an unequal stack then we will move a counter from the tallest stack to the shortest stack and we will repest it until the stacks have the same height.

Lesson Check – Page No. 680

Question 1.
What is the mean of 9, 12, and 15 stamps?
The mean is _______ stamps.

Answer: 12 stamps.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{9+12+15}{3}
=\frac{36}{3}\)
= 12.

Question 2.
Four friends spent $9, $11, $11, and $17 on dinner. If they split the bill equally, how much does each person owe?
$ _______

Answer: $12.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{$9+$11+$11+$17}{4}
=\frac{$48}{4}\)
= $12.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What figure does the net below represent?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 43

Answer: As the net has 6 equal square surfaces, it represents a cube.

Question 4.
Sarah paints the box below. She paints the whole box except for the front face. What area of the box does she paint?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 44
_______ cm2

Answer: 586 cm2

Explanation: The area of the box is
= 2×20×7 + 2 ×9×7 + 9×20
= 280+126+180
= 586 cm2

Question 5.
Chloe collected data and then displayed her results in the table to the right. What is the unit of measure of the data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 45

Answer: The unit of measure is Fahrenheit.

Share and Show – Page No. 683

Question 1.
Terrence records the number of e-mails he receives per day. During one week, he receives 7, 3, 10, 5, 5, 6, and 6 e-mails. What are the mean, median, and mode of the data?

Answer:
Mean: 6
Median: 6
Mode: 5,6.

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{7+3+10+5+5+6+6}{7}
=\frac{42}{7}\)
= 6
First, we must set the data from smallest to greatest
3,5,5,6,6,7,10
so, the median is 6.
As 5 and 6 appears twice the mode is 5,6

Question 2.
Julie goes to several grocery stores and researches the price of a 12 oz bottle of juice. Find the mean, median, and mode of the prices shown.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 46

Answer:
The mean is $1.21
The Median is $2.08
The mode is $0.99

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{$0.95+$1.09+$0.99+$1.25+$0.99+$1.99}{6}
=\frac{$7.26}{6}\)
= $1.21.
First, we must set the data from smallest to greatest
$0.95,$0.99,$0.99,$1.09,$1.25,$1.99 as the count is even number we will add both middle numbers and will divide with 2
so, the median is $0.99+$1.09= $2.08÷2
= $1.04.
As $0.99 appears twice the mode is $0.99.

On Your Own

Question 3.
T.J. is training for the 200-meter dash event for his school’s track team. Find the mean, median, and mode of the times shown in the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 47

Answer:
The mean is $1.21
The Median is $2.08
The mode is $0.99

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{22.3+22.4+23.3+24.5+22.5}{5}
=\frac{115}{5}\)
= 23
First, we must set the data from smallest to greatest
22.3,22.4,22.5,23.3,24.5
so, the median is 22.5
As no value appear twice there is no mode.

Question 4.
Make Connections Algebra The values of a data set can be represented by the expressions x, 2x, 4x, and 5x. Write the data set for x = 3 and find the mean.
The mean is _______

Answer: The mean is 9.

Explanation: As x=3, the expression is 3,2(3),4(3),5(3)
3,6,12,15
So mean= \(\frac{3+6+12+15}{4}
=\frac{36}{4}\)
= 9.

Question 5.
In the last six months, Sonia’s family used 456, 398, 655, 508, 1,186, and 625 minutes on their cell phone plan. In an effort to spend less time on the phone each month, Sonia’s family wants to try and keep the mean cell phone usage at 600 minutes or less. Over the last 6 months, by how many minutes did the mean number of minutes exceed their goal?
They exceeded their goal by _______ minutes.

Answer: 38 minutes.

Explanation: First we must find the mean
= \(\frac{456+398+655+508+1186+625}{6}=\frac{3828}{6\)
= 638
so, they exceeded their goal by 638-600= 38 minutes.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 684

Sense or Nonsense?

Question 6.
Jeremy scored 85, 90, 72, 88, and 92 on five math tests, for a mean of 85.4. On the sixth test he scored a 95. He calculates his mean score for all 6 tests as shown below, but Deronda says he is incorrect. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.

Jeremy’s Work:
The mean of my first 5 test scores was 85.4, so to find the mean of all 6 test scores, I just need to find the mean of 85.4 and 95.
Mean = \(\frac{85.4+95}{2}=\frac{180.4}{2}\) = 90.2.
So, my mean score for all 6 tests is 90.2.

Deronda’s Work:
To find the mean of all 6 test scores, you need to add up all 6 scores and divide by 6.
Mean = \(\frac{85+90+72+88+92+95}{6}=\frac{522}{6}\) = 87.
So, Jeremy’s mean score for all 6 tests is 87.

Answer: Jeremy’s answer is nonsense, Deronda’s answer makes sense.

Explanation: Jeremy should add all 6 test scores and then divide the sum by 6. And Deronda used the mean formula in the right way.

Question 7.
Alex took a standardized test 4 times. His test scores were 16, 28, 24, and 32.
The mean of the test scores is _____.
The median of the test scores is _____.
The mode of the test scores is _____.

Answer:
The mean of the test scores is 25.
The median of the test scores is 26.
The mode of the test scores is there is no mode.

Explanation:
The mean of the test scores is \(\frac{16+28+24+32}{4}
= \frac{100}{4}\)
= 25.
The median of the test scores is 16,24,28,32
= \(\frac{24+28}{2}
= \frac{52}{2}\)
= 26.
As there are no repeated values, so there is no mode.

Measures of Center – Page No. 685

Use the table for 1–4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 48

Question 1.
What is the mean of the data?
The mean is _______ points.

Answer: 9.4 points.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{10+8+11+12+6}{5}
=\frac{47}{5}\)
= 9.4

Question 2.
What is the median of the data?
The median is _______ points.

Answer: 10 points.

Explanation: The median is 6,8,10,11,12
10.

Question 3.
What is the mode(s) of the data?

Answer: No mode.

Explanation: As there are no repeated values, so there is no mode.

Question 4.
Suppose Blaine played a sixth game and scored 10 points during the game. Find the new mean, median, and mode.

Answer:
Mean 9.5.
Median 10.
Mode 10.

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{10+8+11+12+6+10}{6}
= \frac{57}{6}\)
= 9.5.
The median is 6,8,10,10,11,12
= \(\frac{10+10}{2}
= \frac{20}{2}\)
= 10.
As 10 is repeated, so the mode is 10.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
An auto manufacturer wants their line of cars to have a median gas mileage of 25 miles per gallon or higher. The gas mileage for their five models are 23, 25, 26, 29, and 19. Do their cars meet their goal? Explain.

Answer: 25.

Explanation:
The median is 19,23,25,26,29
25.
So the car meets its goal.

Question 6.
A sporting goods store is featuring several new bicycles, priced at $300, $250, $325, $780, and $350. They advertise that the average price of their bicycles is under $400. Is their ad correct? Explain.

Answer: Their ad is incorrect.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{$300+$250+$325+$780+$350}{5}
= \frac{$2005}{5}\)
= $401
Their ad is incorrect. As the average price is more than $400.

Question 7.
Explain how to find the mean of a set of data.

Answer: By dividing the sum of data by the number of data we can find the mean.

Lesson Check – Page No. 686

Question 1.
The prices for a video game at 5 different stores are $39.99, $44.99, $29.99, $35.99, and $31.99. What is the mode(s) of the data?

Answer: As there are no repeated values, so there is no mode.

Question 2.
Manuel is keeping track of how long he practices the saxophone each day. The table gives his practice times for the past five days. What is the mean of his practice times?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 49

Answer: 39.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{25+45+30+65+30}{5}
= \frac{195}{5}\)
= 39.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the surface area of the triangular prism shown below?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 50
_______ cm2

Answer: 1008 cm2

Explanation: The Surface area triangular prism= 25×9+25×12+25×15+2×12×9×12
= 225+300+375+108
= 1008 cm2

Question 4.
Kate records the number of miles that she bikes each day. She displayed the number of daily miles in the dot plot below. Each dot represents the number of miles she biked in one day. How many days did she bike 4–7 miles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 51

Answer: 7 days

Explanation: By counting dots from 4-7 we will get to know how many days did she bike. So it is for 7 days.

Question 5.
Six people eat breakfast together at a restaurant. The costs of their orders are $4, $5, $9, $8, $6, and $10. If they want to split the check evenly, how much should each person pay?

Answer: $7.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{$4+$5+$9+$8+$6+$10}{6}
= \frac{42}{6}\)
= $7.
So each should pay $7.

Share and Show – Page No. 689

Question 1.
Find the outlier by drawing a dot plot of the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 52
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 53

Answer: The outlier is 15.

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
The prices of the X-40 Laser Printer at five different stores are $99, $68, $98, $105, and $90. The mean price is $92, and the median price is $98. Identify the outlier and describe how the mean and median are affected by it.

Answer: The outlier is $68.

Explanation: Outliers are the data values which won’t fit the pattern. In this $68 is an outlier.
The mean price without outlier is \(\frac{$99+$98+$105+$90}{4}
= \frac{392}{4}\)
= $98.
The median is $90,$98,$99,$105
= \(\frac{$98+$99}{2}
= \frac{$197}{2}\)
= $98.5

Question 3.
Identify the outlier in the data set of melon weights. Then describe the effect the outlier has on the mean and median.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 54

Answer: The outlier is 14.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{47+45+48+45+49+47+14+45+51+46+47}{11}
= \frac{$484}{11}\)
= 44 oz.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{47+45+48+45+49+47+45+51+46+47}{10}
= \frac{$470}{10}\)
= 47 oz.
The outlier decreases mean from 47 to 44 oz.
The median is 14,45,45,45,46,47,47,47,48,49,51.
= 47
There is no change in the median with the outlier.

Question 4.
Use Reasoning In a set of Joanne’s test scores, there is an outlier. On the day of one of those tests, Joanne had the flu. Do you think the outlier is greater or less than the rest of her scores? Explain

Answer: The outlier is less than the rest of her score because if Joanne had the flu her test score from the day is probably lower thn her score.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 690

Use the table for 5–7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 55

Question 5.
Which player’s number of stolen bases is an outlier?

Answer: Rickey Henderson.

Explanation: The player is Rickey Henderson number 1,406 is an outlier.

Question 6.
What effect does the outlier have on the median of the data set?

Answer: The outlier increases from 905.5 to 914.

Explanation: The median with outlier is 914 and the median without outlier is \(\frac{897+914}{2}
= \frac{1811}{2}\)
=  905.5
The outlier increases from 905.5 to 914.

Question 7.
Miguel wrote that the mean of the data set is 992.6. Is this the mean with or without the outlier? Explain how you can tell without doing a calculation.

Answer: This is the mean is with outlier as the mean 992.6 is greater than the data values except for the outlier.

Question 8.
Does an outlier have any effect on the mode of a data set? Explain

Answer: The outlier will not effect the mode of a data set because an outlier must be greater or lesser than the data value, so it cannot be the same as any other data value.

Question 9.
The prices of mesh athletic shorts at five different stores are $9, $16, $18, $20, and $22. The mean price is $17 and the median price is $18. Identify the outlier and describe how the mean and median are affected by it.

Answer: The outlier is $9. The outlier decreases both the mean and the median.

Explanation: The mean without outlier is \(\frac{$16+$18+$20+$22}{4}
= \frac{$76}{4}\)
= $19.5.
The median without outlier is $16,$18,$20,$22
= \(\frac{$18+$20}{2}
= \frac{$38}{2}\)
= $19.
The outlier decreases both the mean and the median.

Effects of Outliers – Page No. 691

Question 1.
Identify the outlier in the data set of students in each class. Then describe the effect the outlier has on the mean and median.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 56

Answer: The outlier is 12. The outlier decreases both mean and median.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{30+22+26+21+24+28+23+26+28+12}{10}
= \frac{240}{10}\)
= 24.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{30+22+26+21+24+28+23+26+28}{9}
= \frac{228}{9}\)
= 25.3.
The outlier decreases mean from 24 to 25.3.
The median with outlier is 12,21,22,23,24,26,26,28,28,30.
= \(\frac{24+26}{2}
= \frac{50}{2}\)
= 25
The median without outlier is 21,22,23,24,26,26,28,28,30.
= 26
The outlier decreases both mean and median.

Question 2.
Identify the outlier in the data set of pledge amounts. Then describe the effect the outlier has on the mean and median.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 57

Answer: The outlier is $100. The outlier increases mean from $22 to $31.75 and no effect on median.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{$100+$10+$15+$20+$17+$20+$32+$40}{8}
= \frac{$254}{8}\)
= $31.75.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{$10+$15+$20+$17+$20+$32+$40}{7}
= \frac{$154}{7}\)
= 22.
The outlier increases mean from $22 to $31.75.
The median with outlier is $10,$15,$17,$20,$20,$32,$40,$100.
= \(\frac{$20+$20}{2}
= \frac{$40}{2}\)
= $20
The median without outlier is $10,$15,$17,$20,$20,$32,$40.
= $20.
The outlier has no effect on median.

Problem Solving

Question 3.
Duke’s science quiz scores are 99, 91, 60, 94, and 95. Describe the effect of the outlier on the mean and median.

Answer: The outlier is 60. The outlier decreases the mean from 94.75 to 87.8 and decreases the median from 94.5 to 94.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{99+91+60+94+95}{5}
= \frac{439}{5}\)
= 87.8.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{99+91+94+95}{4}
= \frac{379}{4}\)
= 94.75.
The outlier decreases mean from 94.75 to 87.8.
The median with outlier is 60,91,94,95,99.
= 94.
The median without outlier is 91,94,95,99.
= \(\frac{94+95}{2}
= \frac{189}{2}\)
= 94.5
The outlier decreases the median from 94.5 to 94.

Question 4.
The number of people who attended an art conference for five days was 42, 27, 35, 39, and 96. Describe the effect of the outlier on the mean and median.

Answer: The outlier is 96. The outlier increases the mean from 35.75 to 47.8 and increases the median from 37 to 39.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{42+27+35+39+96}{5}
= \frac{239}{5}\)
=47.8 .
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{42+27+35+39}{4}
= \frac{143}{4}\)
= 35.75.
The outlier increases mean from 35.75 to 47.8.
The median with the outlier is 27,35,39,42,96.
= 39.
The median without outlier is 27,35,39,42.
= \(\frac{35+39}{2}
= \frac{74}{2}\)
= 37.
The outlier increases the median from 37 to 39.

Question 5.
Find or create a set of data that has an outlier. Find the mean and median with and without the outlier. Describe the effect of the outlier on the measures of center.

Answer:

Lesson Check – Page No. 692

Question 1.
What is the outlier for the data set?
19, 19, 27, 21, 77, 18, 23, 29

Answer: The outlier is 77.

Explanation: As 77 is not fit in the data set, so 77 is an outlier.

Question 2.
The number of counties in several states is 64, 15, 42, 55, 41, 60, and 52. How does the outlier change the median?

Answer: The outlier is 15. The outlier decreases the median from 52 to 53.5.

Explanation:
The median with the outlier is 15,41,42,52,55,60,64.
= 52.
The median without outlier is 41,42,52,55,60,64.
= \(\frac{52+55}{2}
= \frac{107}{2}\)
= 53.5
The outlier decreases the median from 52 to 53.5.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Hector covers each face of the pyramid below with construction paper. The area of the base of the pyramid is 28 square inches. What area will he cover with paper?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 58
_______ in.2

Answer: 196 in.2

Explanation:
Area= 1/2 bh
= 1/2 × 8×14
= 4×14
= 56 in.2
The surface area is 28+3×56
= 28+168
= 196 in.2

Question 4.
Mr. Stevenson measured the heights of several students and recorded his findings in the chart below. How many observations did he complete?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 59

Answer: No.of observations are 14.

Question 5.
Kendra is making a histogram for the data in the chart. She uses the intervals 0–4, 5–9, 10–14, and 15–19. What should be the height of the longest bar in her histogram?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 60

Answer: So the height of the longest bar is 5.

Explanation:
The frequency of intervals from 0-4 is 2.
The frequency of intervals from 5-9 is 5.
The frequency of intervals from 10-14 is 4.
The frequency of intervals from 15-19 is 4.
So the height of the longest bar is 5.

Question 6.
Sharon has 6 photo files on her computer. The numbers below are the sizes of the files in kilobytes. What is the median number of kilobytes for the files?
69.7, 38.5, 106.3, 109.8, 75.6, 89.4
The median is _______ kilobytes.

Answer: 82.5 Kilobytes.

Explanation: The median is 38.5,69.7,75.6,89.4,106.3,109.8
= \(\frac{75.6+89.4}{2}
= \frac{165}{2}\)
= 82.5 Kilobytes.

Share and Show – Page No. 695

Question 1.
The table shows the number of goals scored by the Florida Panthers National Hockey League team in the last 20 games of the 2009 season. What was the most common number of goals the team scored?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 61
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 62

Answer: The most common number of goals the team scored is 2.

Explanation: As 2 has appeared 6 times.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
Draw a histogram of the hockey data. Use it to find the percent of the games in which the Panthers scored more than 3 goals.

Answer:

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 3.
Use Appropriate Tools If you needed to find the mean of a data set, which data display—dot plot or histogram—would you choose? Explain your reasoning.

Answer: To find the mean data set the best tool is a dot plot because in a dot plot we can add all the data values to find the mean but in a histogram does not show individual values.

On Your Own – Page No. 696

Question 4.
Corey collected data on the ages of the parents of his classmates. Make a data display and use it to find the percent of parents at least 30 years old but under 50 years old.
42, 36, 35, 49, 52, 43, 41, 32, 45, 39, 50, 38, 27, 29, 37, 39

Answer: 75% of parents at least 30 years old but under 50 years old.

Explanation: Total parents are 16 and 12 parents who are at least 30 years old but under 50 years. So percent is 12/16= 0.75
= 75% of parents at least 30 years old but under 50 years old.

Question 5.
What is the mode of the data in Exercise 4?

Answer: 39

Explanation: As 39 appears two times, so the mode is 39.

Question 6.
Explain An online retail store sold 500 electronic devices in one week. Half of the devices were laptop computers and 20% were desktop computers. The remaining devices sold were tablets. How many tablets were sold? Explain how you found your answer.

Answer: 150 tablets.

Explanation:
Number of devices sold are
= 100%-50%-20%
= 100%-70%
= 30% of devices
So, number of tablets sold are 30/100 ×500
= 150 tablets.

Question 7.
A recipe for punch calls for apple juice and cranberry juice. The ratio of apple juice to cranberry juice is 3:2. Tyrone wants to make at least 20 cups of punch, but no more than 30 cups of punch. Describe two different ways he can use apple juice and cranberry juice to make the punch.

Answer: Tyrone can use 60:40 and 90:60.

Explanation: For 20 cups Tyrone can use 60:40 and for 30 cups he can use 90:60

Question 8.
The data set shows the total points scored by the middle school basketball team in the last 14 games. What is the most common number of points scored in a game? Explain how to find the answer using a dot plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 63

Answer: The most common number of points scored in a game is 39

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving Data Displays – Page No. 697

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Josie collected data on the number of siblings her classmates have. Make a data display and determine the percent of Josie’s classmates that have more than 2 siblings.
5, 1, 2, 1, 2, 4, 3, 2, 2, 6
_______ %

Answer: 40%.

Explanation: Total number of classmates are 10 members and 4 of them have more than 2 siblings, so the percent of Josie’s classmates is 4÷10= 0.4= 40%.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
The following data show the number of field goals a kicker attempted each game. Make a data display and tell which number of field goals is the mode.
4, 6, 2, 1, 3, 1, 2, 1, 5, 2, 2, 3

Answer: The mode of data is 2.

Explanation: As 2 is repeated 4 times, so mode is 2.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 3.
The math exam scores for a class are shown below. Make a data display. What percent of the scores are 90 and greater?
91, 68, 83, 75, 81, 99, 97, 80, 85, 70, 89, 92, 77, 95, 100, 64, 88, 96, 76, 88

Answer: 35% of the scores are 90 and greater.

Explanation: Total data display is 20 scores and 7 of them are greater than 90. So the percent of scores is 7÷20= 0.35
= 35%.

Question 4.
The heights of students in a class are shown below in inches. Make a data display. What percent of the students are taller than 62 inches?
63, 57, 60, 64, 59, 62, 65, 58, 63, 65, 58, 61, 63, 64

Answer: 50% of the students are taller than 62 inches.

Explanation: Total data display is 14 scores and 7 of them are taller than 62 inches. So the percent of scores is 7÷14= 0.5
= 50%.

Question 5.
Write and solve a problem for which you would use a dot plot or histogram to answer questions about given data.

Answer:

Lesson Check – Page No. 698

Question 1.
The number of student absences is shown below. What is the mode of the absences?
2, 1, 3, 2, 1, 1, 3, 2, 2, 10, 4, 5, 1, 5, 1

Answer: 1

Explanation: The mode is the data value with the most dots, so the mode of absence is 1.

Question 2.
Kelly is making a histogram of the number of pets her classmates own. On the histogram, the intervals of the data are 0–1, 2–3, 4–5, 6–7. What is the range of the data?

Answer: 7

Explanation: The range of data is 7.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The area of the base of the rectangular prism shown below is 45 square millimeters. The height is 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) millimeters. What is the volume of the prism?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 64
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) mm3

Answer: 247 1/2 mm3

Explanation:
As l×w= 45 mm2
Area of the base is l×w
V= l×w×h
=  45×h
= 45 × 5 1/2
= 45 × 11/2
= 495/2
= 247 1/2 mm3

Question 4.
The frequency table shows the number of runs scored by the Cougars in 20 of their baseball games. In what percent of the games did they score 5 or fewer runs?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 65
_______ %

Answer: 85%.

Explanation: The Cougars scores 5 or fewer runs in 17 of their 20 games. So the percent of the games did they score 5 or fewer runs is 17/20= 0.85 = 85%.

Question 5.
There are 5 plates of bagels. The numbers of bagels on the plates are 8, 10, 9, 10, and 8. Shane rearranges the bagels so that each plate has the same amount. How many bagels are now on each plate?

Answer: 9

Explanation: There are 9 bagels on each plate.

Question 6.
By how much does the median of the data set 12, 9, 9, 11, 14, 28 change if the outlier is removed?

Answer: The outlier is 28.

Explanation:
The median without outlier is 9,9,11,12,14
= 11
The median with outlier is 9,9,11,12,14,28
= (11+12)/2
= 11.5.
The median was decreased when the outlier is removed.

Chapter 12 Review/Test – Page No. 699

Question 1.
The data set shows the total number of sandwiches sold each day for 28 days. What is the most common number of sandwiches sold in a day?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 66
______ sandwiches

Answer: 13 sandwiches.

Explanation: The most common number of sandwiches sold are 13.

Question 2.
Michael’s teacher asks, “How many items were sold on the first day of the fund raiser?” Explain why this is not a statistical question.

Answer: As there is no variability in the number of items sold on the first day of the fundraiser, so it is not a statistical question.

Question 3.
Describe the data set by writing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations in the correct location on the chart.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 67
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 68

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Page No. 700

Question 4.
The numbers of points scored by a football team in 7 different games are 26, 38, 33, 20, 27, 3, and 28. For numbers 4a–4c, select True or False to indicate whether the statement is correct.
4a. The outlier in the data set is 3
4b. The difference between the outlier and the median is 24.
4c. The outlier in this set of data affects the mean by increasing it.

4a.
Answer:  True.

Explanation: The outlier is 3.

4b.
Answer: True.

Explanation: The median is 3,20,26,27,28,33,38
= 27
and outlier is 3, so difference between median and outlier is 27-3= 24.

4c.
Answer: False

Explanation: The mean with outlier is \(\frac{26+38+33+20+27+3+28}{7}
= \frac{175}{7}\)
= 25
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{26+38+33+20+27+28}{6}
= \frac{172}{6}\)
= 28.6
The mean increases without the outlier.

Question 5.
Mr. Jones gave a quiz to his math class. The students’ scores are listed in the table. Make a dot plot of the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 69

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 6.
Melanie scored 10, 10, 11, and 13 points in her last 4 basketball games.
The mean of the test scores is _____.
The median of the test scores is _____.
The mode of the test scores is _____.

Answer:
The mean of the test scores is 11.
The median of the test scores is 10.5
The mode of the test scores is 10.

Explanation:
The mean of the test scores is \(\frac{10+10+11+13}{4}
= \frac{44}{4}\)
= 11.
The median of the test scores is 10,10,11,13
= \(\frac{10+11}{2}
= \frac{21}{2}\)
= 10.5
The mode of the test scores is 10. As 10 is repeated twice.

Page No. 701

Question 7.
The Martin family goes out for frozen yogurt to celebrate the last day of school. The costs of their frozen yogurts are $1, $1, $2, and $4. Select True or False for each statement.
7a. The mean cost for the frozen yogurts can be found by adding each cost and dividing that total by 4.
7b. The mean cost of the four frozen yogurts is $2.
7c. The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $1.
7d. The difference between the least cost and the mean is $1.

7a.
Answer: True.

Explanation: To find the mean we will add each cost and divide that total by 4.

7b.
Answer: True.

Explnation: The mean is \(\frac{$1+$1+$2+$4}{4}
= \frac{$8}{4}\)
= $2.

Answer:
7c. False.

Explanation: The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $4-$2= $2.

Answer:
7d. True.

Explanation: The difference between the least cost and the mean is $2-$1= $1.

Question 8.
The histogram shows the amount of time students spent on homework for the week. For numbers 8a–8d, choose True or False to indicate whether the statement is correct.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 70
8a. The number of students that spent between 30 minutes and 59 minutes on homework is 2.
8b. The greatest number of students spent between 90 minutes and 119 minutes on homework.
8c. Five of the students spent less than 60 minutes on homework for the week.
8d. Six of the students spent 60 minutes or more on homework for the week.

8a.
Answer: True.

8b.
Answer: True.

8c.
Answer: False

Explanation: Three of the students spent less than 60 minutes.

8d.
Answer: True.

Page No. 702

Question 9.
The dot plot shows how many games of chess 8 different members of the chess club played in one month. If Jackson is a new member of the chess club, how many games of chess is he likely to play in one month? Explain how the dot plot helped you find the answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 71

Answer: Jackson played 5 games of chess in one month.

Explanation: As the tallest stack in this dot plot is 5 games.

Question 10.
Larry is training for a bicycle race. He records how far he rides each day. Find the mode of the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 72

Answer: 15

Explanation: As 15 repeated 3 times, so mode of the data is 15.

Question 11.
The amounts of money Connor earned each week from mowing lawns for 5 weeks are $12, $61, $71, $52, and $64. The mean amount earned is $52 and the median amount earned is $61. Identify the outlier and describe how the mean and median are affected by it.

Answer: The outliernis $12. The outlier decreases both mean and median.

Explanation: The mean without outlier is \(\frac{$61+$71+$52+$64}{4}
= \frac{248}{4}\)
= 62.
The median without outlier is $52,$61,$64,$71.
= \(\frac{$61+$64}{2}
= \frac{125}{2}\)
= 62.5
The outlier decreases both mean and median.

Question 12.
The frequency table shows the height, in inches, of 12 basketball players. What fraction of the players are 70 inches or taller?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 73
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Explanation: The total number of players who are 70 inches or taller are 6+3= 9, so fraction is \(\frac{9}{12}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Page No. 703

Question 13.
A teacher surveys her students to find out how much time the students spent eating lunch on Monday.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 74
She uses _____ as the unit of measure.
She uses ______ as the unit of measure.

Answer: She uses minutes as the unit of measure.

Question 14.
For numbers 14a–14d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the question is a statistical question.
14a. What are the heights of the trees in the park?
14b. How old are the trees in the park?
14c. How tall is the cypress tree on the north side of the lake this morning?
14d. What are the diameters of the trees in the park?

14a.
Answer: Yes.

14b.
Answer: Yes.

14c.
Answer: No.

14d. Yes.

Question 15.
Five friends have 8, 6, 5, 2, and 4 baseball cards to divide equally among themselves.
Each friend will get _____ cards.
Each friend will get ______ cards.

Answer: 5 cards.

Explanation: Each friend will get \(\frac{8+6+5+2+4}{5}
= \frac{25}{5}\)
= 5

Question 16.
The data set shows the ages of the members of the cheerleading squad. What is the most common age of the members of the squad? Explain how to find the answer using a dot plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 75

Answer: 11 is the most common age of the members of the squad.

Explanation:

Page No. 704

Question 17.
The band director kept a record of the number of concert tickets sold by 20 band members. Complete the frequency table by finding the frequency and the relative frequency.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 76
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 77

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 18.
Gilbert is training for a marathon by running each week. The table shows the distances, in miles, that he ran each week during the first 7 weeks.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 78
Part A
Gilbert set a goal that the mean number of miles he runs in 7 weeks is at least 14 miles. Did Gilbert reach his goal? Use words and numbers to support your answer.

Answer: No, Gilbert did not reach his goal as 13 is less than 14.

Explanation: The mean number of miles he runs in 7 weeks \(\frac{8+10+9+10+15+18+21}{7}
= \frac{91}{7}\)
= 13

Question 18.
Part B
Suppose Gilbert had run 18 miles during week 5 and 22 miles during week 6. Would he have reached his goal? Use words and numbers to support your answer

Answer: As the mean is 14, Gilbert reached his goal.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{8+10+9+10+22+18+21}{7}
= \frac{98}{7}\)
= 14.

Final Words

Tap the above links and start your preparation from now itself. You can understand the concepts of Data Displays and Measures of Center in-depth here. Bookmark our ccssmathanswers.com to get the answers with explanations for all grade 6 chapters.

Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity

go-math-grade-8-chapter-10-transformations-and-similarity-answer-key

Download Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity pdf for free of cost. The HMH Go Math 8th Grade Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Solution Key includes properties of dilations, Algebraic Representations of Dilations, and similar figures. The explanations seen in Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 are prepared by the concerned subject experts. Students can overcome their difficulties with the help of the Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Answer Key.

Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Answer Key

Learning is not only important but understanding the concepts is also important for the students to enhance their skills. We have provided the Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity in the pdf format so that you can practice in online and offline mode. Thus Download Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Answer Key PDF and start your practice. The students of 8th standard can easily learn maths with the Go Math Solution Key on ccssmathanswers.com

Lesson 1: Properties of Dilations

Lesson 2: Algebraic Representations of Dilations

Lesson 3: Similar Figures

Model Quiz

Mixed Review

Guided Practice – Properties of Dilations – Page No. 318

Use triangles ABC and A′B′C ′ for 1–5.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 1: Properties of Dilations img 1

Question 1.
For each pair of corresponding vertices, find the ratio of the x-coordinates and the ratio of the y-coordinates.
ratio of x-coordinates = _______
ratio of y-coordinates = _______
ratio of x-coordinates = ____________
ratio of y-coordinates = ____________

Answer:
ratio of x-coordinates = 2
ratio of y-coordinates = 2

Explanation:
A’ = (-4, 4), A = (-2, 2);
ratio of x-coordinates = -4/-2 = 2
ratio of y-coordinates = 4/2 = 2
B’ = (4, 2), B = (2, 1);
ratio of x-coordinates = 4/2 = 2
ratio of y-coordinates = 2/1 = 2
C’ = (-2, -4), C = (-1, -2);
ratio of x-coordinates = -2/-1 = 2
ratio of y-coordinates = -4/-2 = 2

Question 2.
I know that triangle A′B′C ′ is a dilation of triangle ABC because the ratios of the corresponding x-coordinates are _______ and the ratios of the corresponding y-coordinates are _______.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
I know that triangle A′B′C ′ is a dilation of triangle ABC because the ratios of the corresponding x-coordinates are equal and the ratios of the corresponding y-coordinates are equal.

Question 3.
The ratio of the lengths of the corresponding sides of triangle A′B′C ′ and triangle ABC equals _______.
________

Answer:
The ratio of the lengths of the corresponding sides of triangle A′B′C ′ and triangle ABC equals 2.

Question 4.
The corresponding angles of triangle ABC and triangle A′B′C ′ are _______.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The corresponding angles of triangle ABC and triangle A′B′C ′ are congruent.

Question 5.
The scale factor of the dilation is _______.
________

Answer:
The scale factor of the dilation is 2.

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 6.
How can you find the scale factor of a dilation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Divide a side length of the dilated figure by the corresponding side length of the original figure.

10.1 Independent Practice – Properties of Dilations – Page No. 319

For 7–11, tell whether one figure is a dilation of the other or not. Explain your reasoning.

Question 7.
Quadrilateral MNPQ has side lengths of 15 mm, 24 mm, 21 mm, and 18 mm. Quadrilateral M′N′P′Q′ has side lengths of 5 mm, 8 mm, 7 mm, and 4 mm.
_____________

Answer:
MNPQ is not a dilation of M′N′P′Q′

Explanation:
15/5 = 3 mm
24/8 = 3 mm
21/7 = 3 mm
18/4 = 4.5 mm
The ratios of the lengths of the corresponding sides are not equal.
Therefore, MNPQ is not a dilation of M′N′P′Q′

Question 8.
Triangle RST has angles measuring 38° and 75°. Triangle R′S′T ′ has angles measuring 67° and 38°. The sides are proportional.
_____________

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
Both Triangle S have Angle S of measures 38°, 67° and 75°. So, the corresponding ∠S are congruent.

Question 9.
Two triangles, Triangle 1 and Triangle 2, are similar.
_____________

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
a dilation produces an image similar to the original figure

Question 10.
Quadrilateral MNPQ is the same shape but a different size than quadrilateral M′N′P′Q.
_____________

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
The figures are similar is they are the same shape but different size SO one is a dilation of the other

Question 11.
On a coordinate plane, triangle UVW has coordinates U(20, −12), V(8, 6), and W(−24, -4). Triangle U′V′W′ has coordinates U′(15, −9), V′(6, 4.5), and W′(−18, -3).
_____________

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
Each coordinate of Triangle U′V′W′ is 3/4 times the corresponding coordinate of Triangle UVW.
So, the scale factor of the dilation is 3/4.

Complete the table by writing “same” or “changed” to compare the image with the original figure in the given transformation.

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 1: Properties of Dilations img 2
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
grade 8 chapter 10 image 1

Question 16.
Describe the image of a dilation with a scale factor of 1.
_____________

Answer:
The image is congruent to the original figure

Properties of Dilations – Page No. 320

Identify the scale factor used in each dilation.

Question 17.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 1: Properties of Dilations img 3
________

Answer:
3

Explanation:
A’B’/AB = 6/2 = 3
B’D’/BD = 6/2 = 3
scale factor = 3

Question 18.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 1: Properties of Dilations img 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
A’B’/AB = 2/4 = 1/2
scale factor = 1/2

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 19.
Critical Thinking Explain how you can find the center of dilation of a triangle and its dilation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
If you draw a line connecting each pair of corresponding vertices, the lines will intersect at the center of dilation

Question 20.
Make a Conjecture
a. A square on the coordinate plane has vertices at (−2, 2), (2, 2), (2, −2), and (−2, −2). A dilation of the square has vertices at (−4, 4), (4, 4), (4, −4), and (−4, −4). Find the scale factor and the perimeter of each square.
Scale factor: _________
Original perimeter: _________
Image perimeter: _________

Answer:
Scale factor: 2
Original perimeter: 16
Image perimeter: 32

Explanation:
-4/-2 =2; 4/2 = 2
Scale factor = 2
perimeter of the original square = 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = 16
perimeter of the image = 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 = 32

Question 20.
b. A square on the coordinate plane has vertices at (−3, 3), (3, 3), (3, −3), and (−3, −3). A dilation of the square has vertices at (−6, 6), (6, 6), (6, −6), and (−6, −6). Find the scale factor and the perimeter of each square.
Scale factor: _________
Original perimeter: _________
Image perimeter: _________

Answer:
Scale factor: 2
Original perimeter: 24
Image perimeter: 48

Explanation:
-6/-3 =2; 6/3 = 2
Scale factor = 2
perimeter of the original square = 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 = 24
perimeter of the image = 12 + 12 + 12 + 12 = 48

Question 20.
c. Make a conjecture about the relationship of the scale factor to the perimeter of a square and its image.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The perimeter of the image is the perimeter of the original figure times the scale factor

Guided Practice – Algebraic Representations of Dilations – Page No. 324

Question 1.
The grid shows a diamond-shaped preimage. Write the coordinates of the vertices of the preimage in the first column of the table. Then apply the dilation (x, y) → (\(\frac{3}{2}\)x, \(\frac{3}{2}\)y) and write the coordinates of the vertices of the image in the second column. Sketch the image of the figure after the dilation.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 2: Algebraic Representations of Dilations img 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
grade 8 chapter 10 image 2

Graph the image of each figure after a dilation with the origin as its center and the given scale factor. Then write an algebraic rule to describe the dilation.

Question 2.
scale factor of 1.5
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 2: Algebraic Representations of Dilations img 6
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) -> (1.5x, 1.5y)

Explanation:
After dilation
F’ (3, 3)
G’ (7.5, 3)
H’ (7.5, 6)
I’ (3, 6)
algebraic rule: (x, y) -> (1.5x, 1.5y)

Question 3.
scale factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 2: Algebraic Representations of Dilations img 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) -> (1/3x, 1/3y)

Explanation:
After dilation
A’ (3, 3)
B’ (7.5, 3)
C’ (7.5, 6)
algebraic rule: (x, y) -> (1/3x, 1/3y)

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 4.
A dilation of (x, y) → (kx, ky) when 0 < k < 1 has what effect on the figure? What is the effect on the figure when k > 1?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
When k is between 0 and 1, the dilation is a reduction by the scale factor k.
When k is greater than 1, the dilation is an enlargement by the scale factor k.

10.2 Independent Practice – Algebraic Representations of Dilations – Page No. 325

Question 5.
The blue square is the preimage. Write two algebraic representations, one for the dilation to the green square and one for the dilation to the purple square.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 2: Algebraic Representations of Dilations img 8
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Green square -> (x, y) -> (2x, 2y)
Purple square -> (x, y) -> (1/2x, 1/2y)

Question 6.
Critical Thinking A triangle has vertices A(-5, -4), B(2, 6), and C(4, -3). The center of dilation is the origin and (x, y) → (3x, 3y). What are the vertices of the dilated image?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A'(-15, -12)
B'(6, 18)
C'(12, -9)

Explanation:
A'((3.-15), (3.-12)) -> A'(-15, -12)
B'((3. 2), (3.6)) -> B'(6, 18)
C'((3. 4), (3.-3)) -> C'(12, -9)

Question 7.
Critical Thinking M′N′O′P′ has vertices at M′(3, 4), N′(6, 4), O′(6, 7), and P′(3, 7). The center of dilation is the origin. MNOP has vertices at M(4.5, 6), N(9, 6), O′(9, 10.5), and P′(4.5, 10.5). What is the algebraic representation of this dilation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) -> (2/3x, 2/3y)

Explanation:
M’N’/MN = 3/4.5 = 2/3
algebraic rule: (x, y) -> (2/3x, 2/3y)

Question 8.
Critical Thinking A dilation with center (0,0) and scale factor k is applied to a polygon. What dilation can you apply to the image to return it to the original preimage?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A dilation with scale factor 1/k

Question 9.
Represent Real-World Problems The blueprints for a new house are scaled so that \(\frac{1}{4}\) inch equals 1 foot. The blueprint is the preimage and the house is the dilated image. The blueprints are plotted on a coordinate plane.
a. What is the scale factor in terms of inches to inches?
Scale factor: ________

Answer:
Scale factor: 48

Explanation:
scale factor = 48

Question 9.
b. One inch on the blueprint represents how many inches in the actual house? How many feet?
________ inches
________ feet

Answer:
48 inches
4 feet

Explanation:
48 inches or 4 feet

Question 9.
c. Write the algebraic representation of the dilation from the blueprint to the house.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) -> (48x, 48y)

Question 9.
d. A rectangular room has coordinates Q(2, 2), R(7, 2), S(7, 5), and T(2, 5) on the blueprint. The homeowner wants this room to be 25% larger. What are the coordinates of the new room?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Q'(2.5, 2.5),
R'(8.75, 2.5),
S'(8.75, 6.25),
T'(2.5, 6.25)

Question 9.
e. What are the dimensions of the new room, in inches, on the blueprint? What will the dimensions of the new room be, in feet, in the new house?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Blueprint dimensions: 6.25 in. by 3.75 in.
House dimensions: 25ft by 15ft

Algebraic Representations of Dilations – Page No. 326

Question 10.
Write the algebraic representation of the dilation shown.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 2: Algebraic Representations of Dilations img 9
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) -> (1/4x, 1/4y)

Explanation:
algebraic rule of the dilation: (x, y) -> (1/4x, 1/4y)

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 11.
Critique Reasoning The set for a school play needs a replica of a historic building painted on a backdrop that is 20 feet long and 16 feet high. The actual building measures 400 feet long and 320 feet high. A stage crewmember writes (x, y) → (\(\frac{1}{12}\)x, \(\frac{1}{12}\)y) to represent the dilation. Is the crewmember’s calculation correct if the painted replica is to cover the entire backdrop? Explain.
_____________

Answer:
The stage crewmember’s calculation is incorrect.
The backdrop scale factor is 1/20, not 1/12

Question 12.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Explain what each of these algebraic transformations does to a figure.
a. (x, y) → (y, -x)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) → (y, -x)
90º clockwise rotation

Question 12.
b. (x, y) → (-x, -y)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) → (-x, -y)
180º rotation

Question 12.
c. (x, y) → (x, 2y)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) → (x, 2y)
vertically stretches by a factor of 2

Question 12.
d. (x, y) → (\(\frac{2}{3}\)x, y)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) → (\(\frac{2}{3}\)x, y)
horizontally shrinks by a factor of 2/3

Question 12.
e. (x, y) → (0.5x, 1.5y)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) → (0.5x, 1.5y)
horizontally shrinks by a factor of 0.5 and vertically stretches by a factor of 1.5

Question 13.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Triangle ABC has coordinates A(1, 5), B(-2, 1), and C(-2, 4). Sketch triangle ABC and A′B′C′ for the dilation (x, y) → (-2x, -2y). What is the effect of a negative scale factor?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The figure is dilated by a factor of 2, but the orientation of the figure in the coordinate plane is rotated 180°

Guided Practice – Similar Figures – Page No. 330

Question 1.
Apply the indicated sequence of transformations to the square. Apply each transformation to the image of the previous transformation. Label each image with the
letter of the transformation applied.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 3: Similar Figures img 10
A: (x, y) → (-x, y)
B: Rotate the square 180° around the origin.
C: (x, y) → (x – 5, y – 6)
D: (x, y) → (\(\frac{1}{2}\)x, \(\frac{1}{2}\)y)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:

Explanation:
A: (x, y) → (-x, y)
coordinates for A
(-7, -8)
(-7, -4)
(-3, -4)
(-3, -8)
B: Rotate the square 180° around the origin.
coordinates for B
(3, 4)
(3, 8)
(7, 8)
(7, 4)
C: (x, y) → (x – 5, y – 6)
coordinates for C
(-2, -2)
(-2, 2)
(2, 2)
(2, -2)
D: (x, y) → (\(\frac{1}{2}\)x, \(\frac{1}{2}\)y)
coordinates for D
(-1, -1)
(-1, 1)
(1, 1)
(1, -1)

Identify a sequence of two transformations that will transform figure A into the given figure.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 3: Similar Figures img 11

Question 2.
figure B
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) -> (x, -y)
(x, y) -> (x +5, y-6)

Question 3.
figure C
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) -> (x, y+6)
rotate 90º counterclockwise

Question 4.
figure D
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(x, y) -> (1.5x, 1.5y)
(x, y) -> (x+3, y+5)

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 5.
If two figures are similar but not congruent, what do you know about the sequence of transformations used to create one from the other?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
At least one transformation must be a dilation with a scale factor other than 1

10.3 Independent Practice – Similar Figures – Page No. 331

Question 6.
A designer creates a drawing of a triangular sign on centimeter grid paper for a new business. The drawing has sides measuring 6 cm, 8 cm, and 10 cm, and angles measuring 37°, 53°, and 90°. To create the actual sign shown, the drawing must be dilated using a scale factor of 40.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 3: Similar Figures img 12
a. Find the lengths of the sides of the actual sign.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
240 cm, 320 cm, and 400 cm

Explanation:
6cm × 40 = 240cm
8cm × 40 = 320cm
10cm × 40 = 400cm
The lengths are 240 cm, 320 cm, and 400 cm

Question 6.
b. Find the angle measures of the actual sign.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The angle measures are the same
37º, 53º, and 90º

Question 6.
c. The drawing has the hypotenuse on the bottom. The business owner would like it on the top. Describe two transformations that will do this.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Reflect the drawing over the x-axis
Rotate the drawing 180º around the origin.

Question 6.
d. The shorter leg of the drawing is currently on the left. The business owner wants it to remain on the left after the hypotenuse goes to the top. Which transformation in part c will accomplish this?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Reflecting over the x-axis

In Exercises 7–10, the transformation of a figure into its image is described. Describe the transformations that will transform the image back into the original figure. Then write them algebraically.

Question 7.
The figure is reflected across the x-axis and dilated by a scale factor of 3.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Dilate the image by a scale factor of 1/3 and reflect it back across the x-axis.
(x, y) -> (1/3x, 1/3y)

Question 8.
The figure is dilated by a scale factor of 0.5 and translated 6 units left and 3 units up.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Translate the image 3 units down and 6 units right and dilate it by a factor of 2
(x, y) -> (x+6, y-3)
(x, y) -> (2x, 2y)

Question 9.
The figure is dilated by a scale factor of 5 and rotated 90° clockwise.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Rotate the image 90 counterclockwise and dilate it by a factor of 1/5.
(x, y) -> (-y, x)
(x, y) -> (1/5x, 1/5y)

Similar Figures – Page No. 332

Question 10.
The figure is reflected across the y-axis and dilated by a scale factor of 4.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Dilate the image by a factor of 1/4 and reflect it back across the y-axis.
(x, y) -> (1/4x, 1/4y)
(x, y) -> (-x, y)

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 11.
Draw Conclusions A figure undergoes a sequence of transformations that include dilations. The figure and its final image are congruent. Explain how this can happen.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
There must be an even number of dilations and for each dilation applied to the figure, a dilation that has the opposite effect must be applied as well.

Question 12.
Multistep As with geometric figures, graphs can be transformed through translations, reflections, rotations, and dilations. Describe how the graph of y = x shown at the right is changed through each of the following transformations.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Lesson 3: Similar Figures img 13
a. a dilation by a scale factor of 4
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
original coordinates
(0, -6)
(0, -4)
(4, 0)
(0, 4)
(-4, 4)
(-4, 2)
(-2, 0)
(-4, -2)

Question 12.
b. a translation down 3 units
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
coordinates for A
(0, -4)
(0, -3)
(2, -1)
(0, 1)
(-2, 1)
(-2, 0)
(-1, -1)
(-2, -2)

Question 12.
c. a reflection across the y-axis
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
coordinates for B
(-4, 3)
(-4, 2)
(-2, 0)
(-4, -2)
(-6, -2)
(-6, -1)
(-5, 0)
(-6, 1)

Question 13.
Justify Reasoning The graph of the line y = x is dilated by a scale factor of 3 and then translated up 5 units. Is this the same as translating the graph up 5 units and then dilating by a scale factor of 3? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
No; the dilation is not the same reversed

Explanation:
The position of the sketch from 12A will be 1/2 unit above the sketch obtained when the translation occurs first

Ready to Go On? – Model Quiz – Page No. 333

10.1 Properties of Dilations

Determine whether one figure is a dilation of the other. Justify your answer.

Question 1.
Triangle XYZ has angles measuring 54° and 29°. Triangle X′Y′Z′ has angles measuring 29° and 92°.
_____________

Answer:
No; one figure is not a dilation of the other

Explanation:
The triangles have only one pair of congruent angles

Question 2.
Quadrilateral DEFG has sides measuring 16 m, 28 m, 24 m, and 20 m. Quadrilateral D′E′F′G′ has sides measuring 20 m, 35 m, 30 m, and 25 m.
_____________

Answer:
Yes; Quadrilateral D’E’F’G’ is a dilation of quadrilateral DEFG

Explanation:
each side of the second figure is 1.25 times the corresponding side of the original figure.

10.2 Algebraic Representations of Dilations

Dilate each figure with the origin as the center of dilation.

Question 3.
(x, y) → (0.8x, 0.8y)
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Model Quiz img 14
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Coordinates after dilation
(0, -4)
(4, 0)
(0, 4)
(-4, 0)

Question 4.
(x, y) → (2.5x, 2.5y)
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Model Quiz img 15
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Coordinates after dilation
(-2.5, 2.5)
(5, 5)
(5, -3)

10.3 Similar Figures

Question 5.
Describe what happens to a figure when the given sequence of transformations is applied to it: (x, y) → (-x, y); (x, y) → (0.5x, 0.5y); (x, y) → (x – 2, y + 2)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
After the sequencing of transformations, reflection over the y-axis.
dilation with a scale factor of 0.5
translation 2 units left and 2 units up

ESSENTIAL QUESTION

Question 6.
How can you use dilations to solve real-world problems?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
You can use dilations when drawing or designing

Selected Response – Mixed Review – Page No. 334

Question 1.
A rectangle has vertices (6, 4), (2, 4), (6, –2), and (2, –2). What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image after a dilation with the origin as its center and a scale factor of 1.5?
Options:
a. (9, 6), (3, 6), (9, –3), (3, –3)
b. (3, 2), (1, 2), (3, –1), (1, –1)
c. (12, 8), (4, 8), (12, –4), (4, –4)
d. (15, 10), (5, 10), (15, –5), (5, –5)

Answer:
a. (9, 6), (3, 6), (9, –3), (3, –3)

Explanation:
(9 -3)/(6 -2) = 6/4 = 1.5

Question 2.
Which represents the dilation shown where the black figure is the preimage?
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Mixed Review img 16
Options:
a. (x, y) -> (1.5x, 1.5y)
b. (x, y) -> (2.5x, 2.5y)
c. (x, y) -> (3x, 3y)
d. (x, y) -> (6x, 6y)

Answer:
b. (x, y) -> (2.5x, 2.5y)

Explanation:
5/2 = 2.5
10/4 = 2.5
(x, y) -> (2.5x, 2.5y)

Question 3.
Identify the sequence of transformations that will reflect a figure over the x-axis and then dilate it by a scale factor of 3.
Options:
a. (x, y) -> (-x, y); (x, y) -> (3x, 3y)
b. (x, y) -> (-x, y); (x, y) -> (x, 3y)
c. (x, y) -> (x, -y); (x, y) -> (3x, y)
d. (x, y) -> (x, -y); (x, y) -> (3x, 3y)

Answer:
d. (x, y) -> (x, -y); (x, y) -> (3x, 3y)

Explanation:
Reflection over x-axis (x, y) -> (x, -y)
dilation by scale factor of 3 (x, y) -> (3x, 3y)
(x, y) -> (x, -y); (x, y) -> (3x, 3y)

Question 4.
Solve −a + 7 = 2a − 8.
Options:
a. a = -3
b. a = −\(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. a = 5
d. a = 15

Answer:
c. a = 5

Explanation:
-a + 7 = 2a – 8
2a + a = 8 + 7
3a = 15
a = 15/3
a = 5

Question 5.
Which equation does not represent a line with an x-intercept of 3?
Options:
a. y = −2x + 6
b. y = −\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 1
c. y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x − 2
d. y = 3x − 1

Answer:
d. y = 3x − 1

Explanation:
y = -2x + 6
0 = -2x + 6
2x = 6
x = 3
y = -1/3 . x + 1
0 = -1/3 . x + 1
1/3x = 1
x = 3
y = 2/3 . x – 2
0 = 2/3 . x – 2
2/3x = 2
x = 2 . 3/2
x = 3
y = 3x – 1
0 = 3x – 1
3x = 1
x = 1/3

Mini-Task

Question 6.
The square is dilated under the dilation (x, y) → (0.25x, 0.25y).
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity Mixed Review img 17
a. Graph the image. What are the coordinates?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
After dilation:
(-1, 1)
(1, 1)
(1, -1)
(-1, -1)

Question 6.
b. What is the length of a side of the image?
______ units

Answer:
2 units

Explanation:
The length is 2 units

Question 6.
c. What are the perimeter and area of the preimage?
Perimeter = ________ units
Area = ________ square units

Answer:
Perimeter = 32 units
Area = 64 square units

Explanation:
Perimeter = 2l + 2w = 2(8) + 2(8) = 32
area = l.w = 8 .8 = 64

Question 6.
d. What are the perimeter and area of the image?
Perimeter = ________ units
Area = ________ square units

Answer:
Perimeter = 8 units
Area = 4 square units

Explanation:
Perimeter = 2l + 2w = 2(2) + 2(2) = 8
area = l.w = 2 . 2 = 4

Conclusion:

The Go Math Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 10 Transformations and Similarity help the students to enhance their math skills. All the explanations are given by the best maths experts. So, to learn maths in the best way, you must refer to HMH Go Math Grade 8 Solution Key. Also, get the solutions to the review test on our Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key. Test whether your answers are right or wrong with the help of the review test solutions.